# Emily's House

> Inspirational, Unique, Jute Rugs, Berber, Kilim and more by Emily's House London

> Admin Email: landmarkseouk@gmail.com


## Posts

### The Story and Craftsmanship Behind Beni Ourain Rugs

At Emily’s House London, we believe a rug should do more than decorate a room. A true Beni Ourain rug adds history, warmth and character. Each one is a handwoven expression of Moroccan craft, made from natural wool and steeped in tradition.



This guide covers everything you need to know before choosing your own.




The origin and heritage of Beni Ourain rugs



How they are made and why the process matters



Signs of authenticity to look for



How to use them in modern homes



How to care for them correctly



How to buy ethically and confidently



Five FAQs answered by our experts








The Origins of Beni Ourain Rugs



The name Beni Ourain refers to a group of Amazigh Berber tribes from Morocco’s Middle and High Atlas Mountains. For centuries, weaving has been part of daily life there. Rugs were not made as luxury items but as household essentials to provide warmth during the cold mountain nights.



These tribes used locally sourced wool from their own sheep. The wool’s natural oils and long fibres make it soft, resilient and insulating. Traditional rugs were woven on simple looms that could be dismantled and moved with the nomadic families. That portability shaped their narrow width and long rectangular form.



The first Beni Ourain rugs were ivory-toned with deep brown or charcoal geometric lines. The designs were personal, sometimes symbolic, and always handmade. What began as necessity evolved into an enduring craft that now sits comfortably in both traditional and modern interiors.







Contemporary Beni Rug - Click the rug image to find out more.







The Making of a Beni Ourain Rug



Every Beni Ourain rug is made by hand, often by women who learned the skill from their mothers and grandmothers. The process can take weeks or months depending on size and design.




Shearing and selectionWool is sheared from local sheep, then sorted for softness and fibre quality.



Washing and cardingThe wool is washed by hand to remove impurities and carded to align fibres for spinning.



SpinningIt is then spun into yarn by hand. Small variations in twist give the rug its natural texture.



Dyeing or natural tonesMany weavers leave the wool undyed, keeping the natural cream tone. Dark lines may come from undyed brown fleece or simple natural dyes from plants or minerals.



WeavingThe weaver sets the yarn on a loom and works from memory. Patterns develop organically. No grids, no templates. This intuitive method gives each rug its unique rhythm.



FinishingThe edges are secured and the pile is trimmed evenly. Fringes are left as natural warp threads.








Each piece reflects the maker’s skill and patience. There are no two the same, even within a single family or region.







A beautiful Original Moroccan Beni Ourain Rug, just one of our Vintage collection, click the image to shop.







Meaning Behind the Patterns



Beni Ourain rugs use geometric symbols that reflect life, family and faith. The patterns might look abstract but often carry meaning.




Diamonds may represent protection or the outline of mountains.



Triangles can symbolise womanhood or fertility.



Zigzags echo rivers and natural paths.



Grids mark time, memory or connection between generations.








The beauty lies in the freedom of design. Each weaver tells her own story through pattern, turning raw wool into a quiet visual language that has survived for centuries.







A Traditional Beni Ourain Rug, click the image to read more about this product.







How to Recognise an Authentic Beni Ourain Rug



The popularity of Beni Ourain rugs has led to mass-produced copies that imitate their look but not their craftsmanship. Knowing what to look for protects your investment and supports genuine artisans.



Key indicators of authenticity




Small irregularities in pattern or line. A human hand always leaves variation.



A plush, springy texture without a plastic sheen.



Visible knots and weave on the reverse side.



Natural tone variations between ivory, cream and soft brown.



Clear edge finishing with secure selvedges and hand-knotted fringe.



Transparent information about the maker or region.



Fair pricing that reflects the cost of real wool and manual work.








At Emily’s House London, each Beni Ourain rug is handpicked in Morocco. We work directly with trusted cooperatives to guarantee quality, authenticity and fair trade standards.







How Beni Ourain Rugs Work in Modern Interiors



Few rugs blend as easily across different design styles. The simplicity of Beni Ourain patterns makes them one of the most versatile options for modern homes.



Living RoomAnchor your seating area with a large rug under the sofa and coffee table. The soft ivory surface balances darker wood and adds warmth to minimal spaces.



BedroomPosition a medium or large rug beneath the bed so it extends beyond both sides. The thick wool adds comfort underfoot and visual softness.



Layered LookPlace your Beni Ourain rug over a natural jute or sisal base. The contrast in texture creates depth and interest without overpowering the room.



Statement Hallway or OfficeA smaller size makes a welcoming first impression or defines a calm workspace.



Wall DisplayFramed or hung, a smaller Beni Ourain rug can act as textile art. The handwoven pattern draws the eye without feeling heavy.



The neutral palette makes these rugs easy to style with wood, linen, stone and earthy tones. They work as well in Scandinavian interiors as they do in more traditional British homes.







This contemporary White and Blue Beni measures 200x305cm, click the image to shop this design.







Caring for a Beni Ourain Rug



A genuine wool rug is designed to last, but it needs proper care. Follow these simple steps to keep it looking and feeling good.




Vacuum lightly once a week using low suction and a soft head attachment.



Rotate it every few months to even out wear.



Keep it out of strong direct sunlight to avoid fading.



Blot spills immediately using a clean white cloth and cold water.



Use only cleaners made for wool if needed. Never rub or soak.



Air the rug outdoors occasionally on a dry, breezy day.



Arrange professional cleaning every few years through a wool specialist.








With these steps, your Beni Ourain rug will remain a comfortable and beautiful part of your home for many years.







Ethical and Sustainable Sourcing



Buying a rug from Emily’s House London supports real artisans in Morocco. We partner with small weaving cooperatives that maintain traditional techniques while ensuring fair pay and safe working conditions.



Every purchase helps preserve cultural heritage and provides stable income for families who have kept this skill alive for generations. We never work with suppliers who mass-produce imitations or use synthetic fibres.



When you choose authentic craftsmanship, you invest in sustainability, community and artistry that cannot be replicated by machines.







What Makes Each Piece Unique



An authentic Beni Ourain rug combines material honesty and individual design. Look closely and you’ll see the marks of handwork in every centimetre. The slight unevenness of line, the subtle change in tone, and the visible wool grain are all part of its charm.



These rugs are timeless precisely because they resist perfection. They hold the story of the weaver and the texture of the land they come from. When placed in a home, they soften modern lines and bring quiet balance.







Frequently Asked Questions



How long will a Beni Ourain rug last?A well-made Beni Ourain rug can last several decades. With light regular care and professional cleaning every few years, it will maintain its softness and shape for generations.Do Beni Ourain rugs shed?Yes, a small amount at first. Natural wool releases loose fibres in the early months of use. This settles down with gentle vacuuming.Are these rugs suitable for homes with pets or children?Yes. Wool is naturally stain-resistant and durable. Use a quality underlay to prevent slipping and provide extra cushioning.How can I be sure a rug is genuine?Ask the seller where and by whom the rug was woven. Authentic rugs show irregular lines, soft undyed wool and hand-finished edges. Emily’s House rugs are sourced directly from Moroccan cooperatives, ensuring authenticity.Can I use a Beni Ourain rug in a dining area?Yes, but choose a size that allows chairs to move easily and clean up any spills quickly. For heavy-use dining rooms, a darker patterned version may be more practical.



Bringing Authentic Craft Home



A Beni Ourain rug is more than a design trend. It connects Moroccan tradition with modern life, linking centuries of craftsmanship with today’s interiors.



At Emily’s House London, we handpick every rug to guarantee authenticity, comfort and lasting beauty. Each piece tells its own story and adds warmth to yours.



Explore our latest collection of Beni Ourain rugs online or visit our London showroom to see the textures and details up close.



Bring authentic Moroccan craft into your home. 



Shop our Beni Ourain collection at Emily's House

### Emily’s House x Cinny: Thick Braided Rug Styling

Thick braided rug styling was the focus when Emily’s House London teamed up with Cinny for a recent photoshoot. The collaboration highlighted how natural textures and heritage-inspired fabrics can transform a space when combined with care. Our thick braided rug became the grounding element, bringing texture, warmth, and balance to Cinny’s striking designs.



Who are Cinny?



Cinny specialise in fabrics and wallpapers that draw on 18th-century Indian influences. Their collections are full of intricate floral and geometric prints, created to bring character and depth to modern interiors. Beyond textiles and wallcoverings, they also offer accessories such as luxurious Eiderdown quilts and frilly cushions, all designed with attention to comfort and style.



By partnering with Emily’s House London, Cinny were able to demonstrate how patterned fabrics and wallpapers work in harmony with thick braided rug styling. The rug provided a grounded base for the look, letting the colours and prints take centre stage without losing cohesion..







The Role of the Rug in the Shoot



At the centre of the shoot was our thick braided rug, woven by hand from natural jute. Its chunky texture provided a tactile base against the finer details of Cinny’s prints. The neutral tones of the rug gave space for patterns to stand out without competing for attention, while its robust structure reminded viewers that style can be practical as well as beautiful.



When styling interiors, a rug is often the piece that ties the scheme together. In this case, the thick braided rug grounded the bold colours and ornate detailing of the fabrics and wallpapers. It softened the overall look, making the space feel warm and lived-in rather than overly formal. This balance is at the core of thick braided rug styling, using natural fibres and craftsmanship to complement rather than overshadow.



Why the Thick Braided Rug Works So Well



There are several reasons why this rug featured so successfully in the Cinny shoot:




Texture - The heavy braiding introduces a tactile element that contrasts with smooth walls and fabrics.



Neutral colour - Its earthy tones provide a base that allows patterns and colours to shine.



Versatility - It works just as well in traditional interiors as in more contemporary spaces.



Durability - Made from sturdy jute, it is designed to withstand daily life as well as occasional styling.








Bringing the Look into Your Own Home



The shoot demonstrated how a single rug can reshape the look of a space. To bring similar results into your own home, consider these ideas:




Place a thick braided rug in a living room to anchor sofas and armchairs, creating a defined seating area.



Use it under a dining table to add warmth while balancing out patterned wallpaper or decorative textiles.



Pair it with bold fabrics, floral, striped, or geometric, to allow patterns to stand out against a natural background.



Combine it with accessories such as cushions or quilts to create layers of texture that feel inviting.




For homeowners, the appeal of thick braided rug styling lies in this combination of beauty and practicality. It is not simply decorative, it is functional design that holds a room together.



Why Natural Rugs continue to appeal



Beyond aesthetics, natural fibre rugs carry qualities that synthetic options struggle to replicate. They are breathable, durable, and produced with traditional handweaving methods. Over time, they develop subtle variations that add character rather than detract from the look.



This makes them particularly effective for thick braided rug styling, where authenticity and tactile presence matter as much as visual impact. In the Cinny shoot, the rug grounded the scheme and gave the entire set a sense of lived-in comfort.



See More from the Collaboration



The partnership with Cinny allowed us to highlight not just the craftsmanship behind our rugs, but also how they can work seamlessly with fabrics and wallpapers. Their Indian-inspired prints brought richness, while our thick braided rug styling gave the whole look cohesion and balance.



Cinny’s wallpapers and fabrics set the tone, while our thick braided rug styling completed the look. For anyone seeking to create interiors that balance bold pattern with natural texture, this combination is an ideal starting point.



You can view more of our handwoven rug collection in the Emily’s House shop or make an appointment to see the rugs in the Battersea shop.



Photos by Toby Mitchell

### Ideal Rugs for Hotels, Airbnbs and Restaurants

The way a space feels can make or break a guest’s impression. In hospitality settings such as hotels, Airbnbs, and restaurants, interiors must balance style with practicality, comfort with durability. Rugs are one of the most effective tools for achieving this. They soften acoustics, add warmth, define zones, and tie designs together.



For hotels especially, rugs need to stand up to constant use. Guests drag in luggage, chairs are pulled back and forth, and floors see hundreds of footsteps every week. A rug that only looks good won’t last. This is why natural fibre, artisan-made designs are the best choice when selecting rugs for hotels and other busy environments.



What Makes Rugs for Hotels Ideal for Hospitality?



Hotels and restaurants operate under far tougher conditions than the average home. A rug that looks elegant in a showroom may quickly disappoint once exposed to daily footfall. Durability is essential, but so is maintenance. A rug that can be cleaned with ease saves time for staff and reduces long-term costs.



When choosing rugs for hotels, Airbnbs, or restaurants, consider:




Durability – high resistance to wear and tear.



Comfort – a sense of warmth underfoot, especially in bedrooms and lounges.



Maintenance – fibres that resist stains and respond well to cleaning.



Sustainability – eco-friendly materials that align with modern guest expectations.



Design Flexibility – neutral tones or bold patterns that fit your brand identity.




Cheap synthetic rugs often fail on one or more of these points. Handmade rugs from natural fibres, by contrast, improve with age, hold their structure, and add genuine character.







  
    
      
      Large Turkish Rug Ideal for Hotels, Restaurants and Pop-Up Shops (300x450cm)
    
  

  
    
      
      Kingsize New Made Handwoven Carpet – Colourful Harlequin Design (255x355cm)
    
  

  
    
      
      Made to Order – Checkerboard Rug Brown & White Short Pile Wool Rug
    
  








Rug Types from Emily’s House London



Wool Rugs: The Gold Standard for High-Traffic Areas



Few materials match wool for its combination of resilience and softness. Our short-pile, handwoven wool rugs are the most durable option and are our top recommendation for the toughest environments. They are the only type we confidently recommend for areas of high, constant footfall.



Why wool works for rugs for hotels:




Most Durable: Our short-pile weave is built to withstand constant traffic.



Naturally Stain-Resistant: The lanolin coating in the wool helps repel dirt and stains.



Provides Warmth: Adds insulation and luxury, especially in guest rooms.



Cost-Effective: Long-lasting quality makes it a smart investment for hotels.




We could confidently recommend any of our short-pile handwoven wool rugs for a hotel lobby. For businesses with specific design needs, we can create something in this durable texture with a 3−month lead time.







Jute Rugs



Jute rugs are one of the most adaptable options for hospitality, offering a warm, natural tone that fits seamlessly into both modern and classic interiors.



Important Note on Jute: Thicker jute weaves are best reserved for private homes. For hospitality, we advise opting for our finely woven jute rugs. These are hardwearing yet comfortable and are ideal for areas with moderate footfall such as bedrooms.



They are best suited for:




SusHotel Bedrooms – Comfortable underfoot and strong enough for guest use.



Sustainability – An excellent, eco-friendly fibre grown with low environmental impact.



Airbnbs – A neutral, appealing colour that blends with any interior scheme.
















Hemp Kilim Rugs



Hemp kilim rugs bring colour and pattern without sacrificing practicality. Flatwoven by artisans, they have a tight, extremely durable structure that resists wear and makes them easy to clean. Their frequent use of colour and intricate patterns is a key advantage, as it helps to effectively forgive and conceal minor spills or marks that occur in busy hospitality settings.



They work particularly well in:




Dining Spaces – Flatweave construction allows chairs to move easily.



Corridors and Hallways – Slim profile ensures durability in these thoroughfares.



Lounges and Bars – Patterns add vibrancy and character, helping to forgive minor spills and marks.




Hemp is a very strong fibre, and the flatwoven structure ensures high durability. We suggest using a short-pile wool rug instead of a kilim for a main hotel lobby to reduce any potential trip hazard from a lighter-weight textile.

















Berber Rugs



Berber rugs are woven for comfort and texture. With their thick pile and often geometric designs, they instantly add depth to a room. They are excellent for Airbnbs or smaller, independent hotels looking to add significant character.



They are best used in:




Bedrooms – Under or beside beds to create an instant cosy atmosphere.



Living Areas – Especially for Airbnbs where personality is key and their often colourful, patterned nature helps conceal everyday marks and stains.



Boutique Hotel Lounges – Where texture and comfort combine.




Our vintage Berber rugs are handwoven with 100% wool and have already proven to stand the test of time. Opt for colourful options to add texture, character, and durability. For Airbnbs on a tighter budget, our sale section is an ideal place to start for a great quality rug at a reduced price.















Room-by-Room Rug Guide for Hospitality



Each area in a hospitality property places different demands on flooring. A lobby needs toughness, while a bedroom calls for softness. Rugs for Hotels, AirBnBs and Restaurants must be carefully matched to the setting.



AreaRecommended Rug TypeKey BenefitHotel Lobbies/EntrancesShort-Pile Wool RugsMaximum durability for constant footfall.Guest BedroomsWool and Berber RugsComfort, luxury, and a homely feel.Airbnb Living AreasKilim or Berber RugsAdds character, personality, and can hide marks.Restaurants/Dining RoomsHemp Kilim Rugs or Low Pile RugsPractical beneath tables; flatweave allows chairs to move easily.Corridors/StairwellsFlatwoven Kilim RugsDurable structure and slim profile for safety in high-use areas.Covered Outdoor TerracesFine Woven Jute RugsExtends natural textures to exterior spaces.



Why Handmade Rugs for Hotels Beat Synthetic Options



Mass-produced synthetic rugs may appear cost-effective at first, but their short lifespan quickly erodes that saving. They flatten, fray, and hold stains, leading to constant replacements. Over time, they become the more expensive option.



Handmade natural fibre rugs stand apart. They:




Last longer and age beautifully.



Offer unique textures and patterns impossible to copy in synthetics.



Align with sustainability goals and eco-conscious guest expectations.



Support artisan weavers through fair pay and traditional craft.




For businesses competing on guest experience, authenticity matters. Guests can feel the difference underfoot.







How Emily’s House London Supports Hospitality Projects



Emily’s House London provides access to carefully selected artisan pieces that work in demanding environments. Our collection spans wool, jute, hemp kilim, and Berber, available in sizes that suit both intimate guest rooms and expansive communal areas.



For businesses with specific design needs, bespoke and made-to-measure options are available. This flexibility allows hoteliers, restaurant owners, and Airbnb hosts to integrate rugs seamlessly into their interiors. All rugs are ethically produced, with fair working conditions respected at every stage.



The right rug doesn’t just finish a room; it transforms how people feel within it. Whether you need a durable short-pile wool rug for a busy entrance, a kilim for a dining space, or a characterful Berber for an Airbnb, you’ll find an option that enhances both your interior and your guests’ experience.



SEE OUR RUG COLLECTIONS



SEE OUR SALE RUGS

### Our Jute Rugs Featured in the Colefax and Fowler AW25 Photoshoot

We are delighted to share that our rugs were selected for the Colefax and Fowler Autumn/Winter 2025 collection shoot. Known internationally for its classic English appeal and timeless refinement, Colefax and Fowler created a series of interiors that highlight the very best in design and craftsmanship. It was the perfect stage to showcase our natural jute rugs, pieces that sit beautifully within both traditional and contemporary settings.















A Celebration of Craftsmanship and Style



The AW25 collection from Colefax and Fowler draws inspiration from centuries of textile artistry. Luxurious fabrics, finely detailed wallcoverings, and carefully curated accessories are layered to create rooms that are rich in character yet effortlessly balanced. Against this backdrop, our handwoven jute rugs added texture and grounding, enhancing the interplay of colour, form, and light.



Rugs Featured in the Shoot




Braided Jute Square Rug (280 x 280 cm)Positioned beneath a circular dining table, this substantial rug brought structure to the room. The braided design and generous proportions created a strong foundation that complemented the patterned dining chairs, dark table, and decorative marble fireplace.



Fine Jute Rectangle RugIn a softer setting, this rug was chosen for its clean lines and understated weave. Its simplicity provided the perfect canvas for more expressive textiles, allowing every fabric and finish in the room to shine while maintaining a sense of calm.



Fine Braided Jute Rug Blonde (244 x 335 cm)Featured in the bedroom, this pale-toned rug added warmth and softness against the natural wood floorboards. Paired with an intricate patterned headboard and layers of rich fabrics, it grounded the design and created harmony in the space.
















Why a Jute Rug Works in Classic Interiors



An Emily's House jute rug offers a unique combination of durability and natural beauty. Its organic fibres and versatile tones bring balance to interiors that feature bold colours or patterned upholstery. In the Colefax and Fowler shoot, the rugs added depth and texture without overwhelming the design, proving how well they adapt to layered, luxurious schemes. They provide warmth underfoot while remaining breathable and practical, making them an ideal choice for dining rooms, sitting rooms, and bedrooms alike.















A Meeting of Tradition and Modernity



The pairing of Colefax and Fowler’s distinguished fabrics with our natural jute rugs highlights how traditional design can be reinterpreted for today’s homes. Each setting in the AW25 collection feels both rooted in heritage and open to modern living. By choosing a jute rug, you introduce an element that bridges these two worlds, an honest, handmade product that complements both period properties and contemporary architecture.















A Collaboration in Style



To see our rugs included alongside the work of renowned brands such as Manuel Canovas, Jane Churchill, and Larsen within the Colefax and Fowler showroom is something we are truly proud of. The shoot demonstrates how a jute rug can be as versatile and enduring as the finest fabrics, creating interiors that feel both comfortable and timeless.



If you would like to bring this same sense of warmth and refinement into your own home, explore our collection of handwoven jute rugs. Designed with care and woven from natural fibres, each piece offers a subtle foundation that enhances the beauty of your surroundings.



Photo credits: @janechurchillfabrics, Stylist: Ali Brown @alibrownstylist, Photographer: Simon Bevan @sibev

### What Is a Jute Rug Made Of?

Jute rugs have become a familiar sight in interior design magazines, online shops and social feeds. They bring a warm, earthy tone that works across many styles from modern minimalism to coastal living. Yet despite their popularity, many people still wonder: what is a jute rug made of? It’s a fair question. Some assume it comes from tree bark, others think it is synthetic, and quite a few confuse it with sisal or seagrass. The answer is simpler than many realise, but also more interesting. Knowing what a jute rug is made of can help you understand whether it suits your space, lifestyle and values.



The Origins of Jute



To answer what is a jute rug made of, we start with the plant itself. Jute fibres are harvested from the stalks of Corchorus plants, mainly C. capsularis and C. olitorius. These grow in hot, humid regions of India and Bangladesh where the climate and soil are ideal. The plant reaches several metres in height and when mature the stalks are cut and processed. The key fibres sit just beneath the bark. Once the stalks are harvested, they are soaked in water for several weeks in a process called retting. This loosens the fibres from the woody core. Workers then strip away long strands which are dried in the sun. These dried strands are twisted into coarse yarn and woven on handlooms or industrial looms to create rug fabric. Simply, a jute rug is made from long vegetable fibres extracted from the inner bark of the jute plant, spun into yarn and woven into rugs.







How Jute Is Harvested



Jute is a natural fibre obtained from the stem and outer skin of the jute plant. Jute harvesting is an important agricultural activity in many countries, especially in Asia and Africa, where it is used for sacks, carpets, ropes, mats and handicrafts. To ensure both quality and yield, the harvesting process involves several key stages. Cutting takes place when plants are at or near the flowering stage, usually 120 to 150 days after sowing. The stalks are cut close to the ground using a sickle or knife. Retting follows, where the cut plants are soaked in ponds, tanks, canals or rivers for 10 to 20 days, depending on temperature and water quality. This bacterial action breaks down the pectin that binds the fibre to the woody stem. Stripping then separates the fibres from the retted stalks by hand or machine. The stems are washed and beaten to loosen the fibres, which are then pulled free of the core and impurities. Washing and drying ensures cleanliness and durability, with fibres dried in the sun until the moisture content reaches about 10%. Finally, baling compresses the dried fibres into bundles for storage and transport, often wrapped in jute cloth or plastic for protection.




https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9Yao-uNmaLs&t=8s




What Makes Jute Different?



Jute is often grouped with other natural fibres, but it has qualities that make it stand out. It is noticeably softer underfoot than sisal or coir, which can feel scratchy. The natural colour is a golden blond that works well with neutral interiors, though it can be dyed into darker or patterned designs. Jute has strong eco credentials because it grows quickly with little water and without pesticides. It is fully biodegradable, making it a sustainable choice for households seeking to reduce reliance on synthetic fibres. The surface has a textured but gentle look that introduces natural character into any room. Because it absorbs sound, it also helps to quieten open spaces with hard flooring.



Jute Compared with Other Natural Fibres



Shoppers often wonder how jute measures up against sisal, seagrass or coir. Here’s a clear comparison:



FibreSourceTextureDurabilityMoisture ResistanceColour RangeBest UseJuteBark of Corchorus plantsSoft, silky, goldenHighLowWide (natural + dyed)Living rooms, bedroomsSisalAgave leavesCoarse, rope-likeHighModerateMostly beigeHallways, stairsSeagrassAquatic plantsWaxy, smoothHighHighGreens/brownsKitchens, dining roomsCoirCoconut husk fibresRough, bristlyVery highModerateGolden-brownDoormats, heavy traffic



This table shows why asking what is a jute rug made of matters. Each natural fibre has a distinct origin and feel which directly affects performance in the home.



Key Qualities of Jute Rugs



Jute rugs are valued for several practical and aesthetic qualities. They are eco-friendly and renewable, which appeals to households looking for sustainable choices. The fibre is soft compared with other plant-based rugs, making it more comfortable for bare feet. The golden blond tone creates a calm and grounding atmosphere, and while the material is durable enough for everyday living, it is not as hard-wearing as sisal. Moisture is the biggest limitation, so these rugs are best kept in dry areas. Taken together, these qualities explain why interior designers use jute rugs as a foundation for natural and relaxed spaces.







Types of Jute Rugs



Although the material is always the same, weaving techniques change the appearance. Flatwoven jute rugs are lightweight and versatile, often used for layering with other rugs in Scandinavian-inspired rooms. Braided jute rugs are created by twisting fibres into strong braids, producing durable and sometimes reversible rugs, often in circular or oval shapes. Herringbone jute rugs feature a distinctive zig-zag pattern that adds visual energy and is popular in dining rooms. Bouclé jute rugs are woven with loops of different fibre lengths, creating a cushioned, raised texture suitable for bedrooms. Jute can also be blended with cotton or chenille for a softer finish, while dyed jute rugs bring bolder shades and patterns. All these variations still answer the same question: they are made from jute fibres, but woven in different ways to suit different interiors.



Where Jute Rugs Work Best



Placement matters as much as material. Jute rugs work well in living rooms with moderate traffic, bedrooms where softness underfoot is appreciated, dining areas if spills are managed quickly, and open-plan homes where sound absorption is useful. They are not recommended for bathrooms or kitchens, as jute absorbs moisture, or for outdoor use where weather will weaken fibres. Entryways exposed to mud or water are also best avoided. Knowing where jute performs well prevents disappointment and ensures the rug looks good for years.







Jute vs Synthetic Rugs



It is reasonable to ask why not just buy a synthetic rug, especially if they are cheaper. The main difference lies in authenticity and sustainability. Jute is natural, biodegradable and genuinely organic in texture. Synthetics are petroleum-based, non-biodegradable and attempt to imitate the look of natural fibres. Jute brings warmth and an eco-friendly story to your space. That said, synthetics resist stains and moisture far better, and they are easier to clean with detergents. The decision depends on what matters most: if it is sustainability and design, jute makes sense. If it is durability in a high-spill environment, synthetics might be the safer option.



Caring for Jute Rugs



A frequent concern is maintenance. Jute does not demand daily care, but it does need the right approach. Vacuum once a week using low suction to prevent pulling up fibres. Blot spills immediately with a dry cloth instead of rubbing, which can drive liquid deeper. Avoid steam cleaning or soaking, as water damages the structure. Take the rug outside occasionally to shake out dust and rotate it every few months to spread wear. A rug underlay is also worth considering as it prevents slipping, adds comfort and prolongs the life of the rug. With these steps, a jute rug can last many years and will develop a mellow patina that adds character over time.



Why Jute Rugs Are Popular Today



Beyond the technical question of what is a jute rug made of, the surge in popularity reflects wider lifestyle trends. Consumers are increasingly eco-aware and prefer materials with a low environmental impact. Natural textures are central to popular design approaches like Scandinavian and coastal interiors. Jute is affordable compared with wool or silk, making natural style accessible to more households. The fibre is flexible enough to look at home in both rustic cottages and sleek city apartments. In short, jute ticks multiple boxes: sustainable, attractive and budget-friendly.



Pros and Cons of Jute Rugs



When weighing up a purchase it helps to be clear about both strengths and limitations.Pros: renewable and biodegradable, natural aesthetic, softer than sisal or coir, affordable compared with other natural fibres, good sound absorption in open-plan homes.Cons: sensitive to stains and moisture, less durable than sisal in heavy-traffic areas, can fade in direct sunlight, not suitable for machine washing or steam cleaning.Being aware of these factors allows you to make an informed choice rather than buying into a trend without context.



Answering the Question: What Is a Jute Rug Made Of?



So, what is a jute rug made of? It is made from the long bast fibres of the jute plant, harvested in India and Bangladesh, dried, spun into yarn and woven into rugs. This produces a natural and renewable floor covering that combines warmth, comfort and eco-friendly appeal. Whether or not it is the right rug for you depends on your lifestyle. If sustainability and natural style are top priorities, jute is an excellent choice. If you need a rug that is water-resistant and highly stain-proof, another material may serve you better. Either way, understanding what a jute rug is made of gives you the knowledge to shop with confidence and select a rug that suits both your home and your values.







Explore Our Jute Rug Collection



If you are inspired to add natural warmth and texture to your home, take a look at our full range of jute rugs or book a visit to our Shop in Battersea. At Emily's House we stock a variety of sizes, weaves and styles, from flatwoven to bouclé, in both natural and dyed finishes. Every rug is handwoven from sustainable fibres and crafted to bring lasting character to your space. Browse the collection today and find the perfect jute rug for your room.

### Getting ready for the London Design Festival

Welcome to the new blog for Emily’s House London. As the 2014 London Design Festival looms we thought now would be a great time to take a breath from our preparations to share a little of what we’ll be doing during the event.



Last year was the first time Emily’s House London took part in the festival, when we hosted a pop-up shop. The event was fantastic for us, and looking back, something of a turning point too. The huge interest from visitors to the show not only surprised us, but it also convinced us that we needed to find a permanent home in which to show our huge collection of beautiful vintage rugs and carpets to their best advantage.



This year we have that permanent home, with our showroom in the historic 34 Queen Anne’s Gate, London. Until about a year ago this Georgian townhouse was home to the famous St Stephen’s Club, a gentleman’s club with links to the Conservative party. From the imposing front door to our tranquil showroom at the rear with views over St James’s Park, this is an amazing address and a lovely place to show the rugs. Our showroom has a very calm atmosphere with lots of positive energy, and we couldn’t be happier here.



So this year we’re looking forward to making our LDF open-house event better than ever. We’ve hauled hundreds of carpets into the showroom to make sure our full selection of vintage Kilims, Boucherouites and more are all ready to view. Some of the larger carpets – often our oldest pieces – will be displayed on the walls, reflecting their status as artistic creations in their own right. And visitors will also be able to see how these vintage rugs fit perfectly with modern furniture and a contemporary lifestyle, as Danish brand HAY, who have a showroom next door, will be showing with us. And as an extra enticement, we are hosting a pop-up café too. For anyone who has been to London Design Festival before, they’ll appreciate how welcome a place this will be to sit and relax with a coffee, away from the design madness.



We can’t wait for the event. We’ll be open from 10am until 7pm every day from the 13th to 20th September, and it’ll be great to see who comes to visit us. If you’re passing by, or are on the LDF trail, we’d love to welcome you to our new home too.

### Traditional Kilim Rug Featured by Paint & Paper Library

We’re proud to share that our grey-striped traditional kilim rug was recently featured in a beautifully styled shoot by Paint & Paper Library a brand celebrated for its refined colour palettes and distinctive design approach.



The backdrop for the shoot featured two rich tones from their palette: Malachite, a saturated green, and Peruvian Yellow, a deep, warm ochre. These bold, expressive colours set the tone for the space. Our large-format rug played a key role in balancing the scene grounding it with natural texture and understated character.











Paint & Paper Library Styling Claudia Bryant 







A Closer Look at the Rug



The star of the shoot was our grey-striped traditional kilim rug, handwoven in 100% wool and measuring 300x400cm. This is one of our most popular large-scale kilims, a blend of classic craft and minimal design.



Key features:




Woven entirely by hand by skilled artisans



Crafted from hand-dyed wool, giving a rich, tonal finish



Flat-woven construction for a clean, low-profile look



Minimal grey stripe pattern that adds texture without noise




Because the wool is dyed by hand, no two rugs are identical. The colour shifts subtly throughout the weave, adding visual depth and giving the rug a layered, lived-in quality. In the shoot, this effect worked beautifully against the intensity of the painted walls.







Pairing Colour and Texture



The Paint & Paper Library shoot showed how a grey-striped traditional Emily's House kilim rug can hold its own next to bold design elements. Its striped pattern offered just enough rhythm and structure to the room without competing with the saturated green and yellow hues.



Using a traditional flatweave like this in a colour-rich setting creates a kind of visual balance. The paint brings warmth and energy, while the rug keeps the space feeling calm and grounded. It’s a simple contrast, but it works.



This shows that a traditional kilim doesn’t have to be rustic or ornate. When paired with clean lines and confident colour, it can look fresh and modern, without losing its handcrafted charm.











Paint & Paper Library Styling Claudia Bryant 







Practical Style That Lasts



Traditional kilim rugs are prized for their durability and ease of use. They are woven without a thick pile, making them hardwearing and highly practical in everyday spaces. The flatweave style of our grey striped traditional kilim rug means it sits close to the floor, which makes it especially useful in areas where chairs need to move or where foot traffic is high.



This particular design is popular for:




Dining rooms



Open-plan lounges



Family living areas



Workspaces or studios




At 300x400cm, the rug shown in the shoot easily defined the space. Its minimal stripe added structure to the layout, without overwhelming it. The grey tones created a neutral base that complemented the stronger wall colours while adding depth underfoot.







Bespoke Options for Design Projects



If you love the look of the Emily's House grey striped traditional kilim rug but need a different size, we also offer a made-to-measure option. Our bespoke kilims are woven to order and take around 3 months from start to finish.



Each custom rug is still handwoven from hand-dyed wool, maintaining the same level of quality and texture as the original. This is ideal for interior designers, architects or anyone with a specific room layout to accommodate.



Whether you’re looking for something long and narrow for a hallway or a wider version for a larger open space, we can help. If you’re unsure what size you need, we also offer guidance on measurements to help you choose the right fit.







Why Choose a Traditional Kilim?



A traditional kilim rug brings heritage, function and simplicity to your interior. These rugs have been used for centuries in homes around the world, known for their strong flatwoven construction and long-lasting fibres.



But they’re not just practical. A well-chosen kilim, especially one as adaptable as our grey striped traditional kilim rug, adds texture and warmth without stealing focus from other elements in the room. Its clean design is timeless, and its craftsmanship means it can be passed down or moved from room to room as your style changes.



It’s also worth noting that our kilims are woven by artisan makers using techniques that respect and continue long-standing weaving traditions. Each rug represents hours of work, careful dyeing, and skilled craftsmanship passed down through generations.







How It Looked in the Shoot



In the Paint & Paper Library shoot, the rug was layered into a space with bold painted walls, statement furniture and rich lighting. Its grey stripes subtly echoed tones from the surrounding decor, while its texture helped to soften the harder surfaces of the room.



The finished result was a space that felt styled but comfortable, elegant yet functional. That’s the sweet spot our rugs are designed for.



What stood out was how this grey-striped traditional kilim rug held its own in such a colour-forward room. It didn’t need to shout. It simply did what great design should do, bring everything together.







Inspired by the Shoot?



This photo shoot captured how colour, texture and craftsmanship can work together to create spaces that are both bold and balanced. If you're drawn to the richness of Malachite and Peruvian Yellow, but want a base that calms and complements, a rug like this is a smart choice.



Our grey-striped traditional kilim rug lets you explore characterful wall colours while keeping your flooring refined and timeless. It fits naturally in minimalist homes, layered interiors, and even historic buildings where a neutral floor covering adds breathing space.



We loved seeing this piece styled alongside such striking paintwork, and we hope it gives you some ideas for your own space. Why not purchase the traditional kilim rug from the photoshoot.



Take a close look at our wide range of rugs:



Kilim Collection



Jute Collection



All collections



For more real-life interiors, new arrivals and updates from our studio, follow us on Instagram:@emilyshouselondon

### How to put rugs in a room

At Emily’s House London we are, obviously, passionate about rugs. We’re also passionate about how you can use and position rugs creatively around the home to make it look and feel great. Vintage rugs are special for their inbuilt history, warmth and colour tones. They also come in all sorts of sizes!  In the first of our ongoing series of guides, we thought we’d offer advice on how to use the varied shapes cleverly.



Today we’ve asked Parsons-trained interior designer Sophie Ashby, of Studio Ashby, to weigh in with her expert tips too. Sophie’s recent projects include luxury residential development Craven Street in London’s Covent Garden, plus a townhouse off Trafalgar Square. “For me, the scheme always starts with either an important art piece or the rug,” she says. “I love pattern, particularly geometric or tribal patterns and am not afraid of making a statement with a rug as you can then layer plains and simple, more diminutive patterns on top to soften the look.”



“For me, the scheme always starts with either an important art piece or the rug”



Sophie Ashby and glimpses of details from her latest project Craven Street, while it was in process from her Instagram



Use smaller pieces to zone areas within a room



Smaller, square or rectangular Kilims, Tulu or Berber rugs are great for marking out a small cosy zone within a larger room – a quieter seating area away from the television perhaps, under the desk of a small work space in the corner of a living room, or even under a home bar. The hit of pattern will add a greater dimension to your interior decor, making the small area feel much more inviting in the process.



Small rugs are great for creating smaller, cosier zones within a large room



“I think you can put rugs anywhere, there are no rules,” says Sophie. “I buy and stock pile rugs because, like throws and blankets, they can be thrown anywhere to instantly add warmth and homely cosiness. Children’s bedrooms are a great place for smaller rugs – I like to place them off center underneath the end of a bed as they make a new ‘area’ where kids often like to hunker down and play.”



Use runners to divide a room



Hallways are the go-to place for runners, but definitely not the only spot to consider. Trying to portion your loft up so that it feels domestic? Got an open-plan kitchen-diner that feels just a little bit too undefined? Runners are perfect for adding textural divisions to such spaces. If your seating area, workspace and kitchen are altogether for instance, plant runners between each area to make the room feel more domestic, less chilly and vast.



The long runner in this room perfectly demarcates a workspace. Photography: Birgitta W. Drejer / Sisters Agency. Stylist: Pernille Vest



For Sophie, the bedroom is also an ideal place for slim runners. “I sometimes like to place longer runner style rugs either side of the bed as I think there is nothing nicer than waking up and hitting something soft with your feet – this is on the assumption that the flooring is timber, which is my preference”



How to use large rugs to encompass vast areas: Apartment in South Bank Tower, London by Studio Ashby



“I love the idea that rugs are so tactile and invite you to touch and study them close up”



How to work with supersize rugs



In beautiful, historic Leeds Castle in Kent, the rugs reach to the outer edges of some of the rooms so that they read like fitted carpets, only they have a wonderful textural clash with the original chevron floors. Use supersize rugs, such as Beni Ouarains in the same way – outlining almost an entire room or area. “I like rugs to capture all the furniture in a living space,” adds Sophie. “Rather than just the front legs of chairs and sofas, or just under coffee tables, I much prefer them to be huge and encompassing.” Try containing an entire set of living room furniture – the sofa, armchairs and coffee table – for example, or running a huge rug under the whole bed, bedside tables and any end-of-bed furniture you might have. And don’t be afraid of asymmetry – we love to see the end of a rug peeking out at the other side of the sofa in this kind of setting.



Use rugs to add a textural layer to sofas, chairs, even tables – we also love hanging them on a wall



Be creative – hang or drape your rugs



Rugs are soft textiles that are to be enjoyed not just by your feet. We love draping them on chairs (note Jenna Lyons does too) or hanging them on the wall where they bring another sensibility – and a great shot of vertical pattern – to a room. A rug on the wall is much like a painting – try a long narrow runner vertically to create a big statement.



“To me, rugs as wall hangings are beautiful and I love the idea that they are so tactile and invite you to touch and study them close up,” adds Sophie.



We also encourage you to break any rules. Think rugs are not for bathrooms? What could be more luxurious than stepping out of your bath or shower onto a gorgeous, sumptuous and colourful antique rug.



Bathroom with antique rug in place of a bath mat. Image from House to Home, photography: James Merrell



Visit our Pinterest board for more inspiring ideas on how to use rugs. Shop the look here.

### Behind the scenes at the HAY Vintage pop-up

After our recent post about opening up our London showroom, we’re excited to share with you another project that has given our rugs another beautiful – if temporary – home. Neighbours in our London showroom, HAY is well known for its contemporary furniture and accessories. However HAY showrooms also feature HAY Vintage pieces, including rugs from Emily’s House. HAY are currently hosting a pop-up shop in one of the most spectacular buildings in Copenhagen, and it’s one of the best opportunities to show just how well our vintage rugs work with cutting-edge contemporary design.



We spoke to Anne Langkilde Lie Kaas, who has been responsible for establishing the ambitious pop-up project. She’s a good friend of Emily’s House and has often accompanied us on buying trips to Morocco, so we asked her all about the idea of the pop-up and why she’s so excited about bringing our vintage rugs to a new audience.



“My idea was, just for one month, to present the rugs in a large space, so that people understand them,” she says. “If you don’t know these kinds of rugs very well it can be difficult to see what they can do. The effect that they have when you put these rugs out in a room is just so beautiful, sometimes you really just have to see it!”



The shop has opened in 26 Bregade, a street in Copenhagen well know for art galleries and fashion stores. The limestone mansion at number 26 was built in 1756 by Rococo architect Nicolai Eigtved, and retains its handsome original plaster panels and fireplaces. “It’s a beautiful palace, with big rooms and chandeliers,” explains Anne of the three-room space that HAY has taken in the building.



“Rugs, rather like clothes, will look different in different contexts”



Each room houses not just HAY furniture but a specific type of vintage rug, and Anne gave careful consideration to the bones of each room before deciding which rugs to place in each. “I tried to think about which carpet would look best in which room,” she says, “not least because different rugs go better with different floor coverings. Take Beni Ouarain rugs for example, the background tends to be more cream, because they are vintage and made from natural wool. Sometimes if you put that on a really light floor it looks too cream, so we’ve placed them in a room with a darker floor, and a gold ceiling and fireplace and it all goes together really well.” Rugs, rather like clothes, will look different in different contexts, and so the display helps people to see how flooring, furnishing and decorating style will alter what the ‘perfect’ rug for them is.



“Displaying rugs on the wall is a great way to show off both your walls and your creativity!”



The rooms show rugs mixed with furniture to create a comfortable feeling that is more home than shop, but there is also space to hang rugs on the walls, a style of display that we love and urge you to try in your own home too – a great way to show off both your walls and your creativity! One room even features stacks of Moroccan Boucherouite rugs piled up to echo the feeling of a souk.



For Anne the opportunity for customers to not just look but also feel and experience the rugs is really important. “People have said these rooms are so amazing,” she says, “and these rugs just fit hand in hand with the space. It’s interesting to see customers sometimes have something specific in mind, but when they come in here their minds open up to new possibilities. They get a much better idea of all the different things rugs can do.”



Offering such a variety of stock has its drawbacks for Anne, who had just one week to set up the pop-up. “Working long days!” she laughs. “We have I think 400 rugs here. There’s no elevator, so we had to carry every rug up here, and they are really, really heavy.”



Despite weary arms however she’s keen to do another pop-up soon. “It’s been a huge success,” she says. “I think seeing HAY furniture with vintage pieces gives a whole new dimension to the furniture, and even more so in this beautiful building. And to finally have the whole stock in one place and be able to help customers when they come here is really nice, a real pleasure.”



HAY pop-up store is open until 25th October at 26 Bregade, Copenhagen

### Beginner’s guide to Feng Shui with Zoi Mpichtas

Zoi Mpichtas is a classical Feng Shui specialist (and a life coach), based between Cyprus and Belgium.



She has consulted for designers and architects such as Zaha Hadid and Gert Voorjans, and her belief in the ancient Chinese philosophy of ‘harmonising people with environment’ is so powerful that she even sold her last home because it didn’t fully support its principles.



We asked Zoi to give us a beginner’s guide to Feng Shui, here’s what she said….



Assembling a room



“Astrology comes first. When I’m working with a client, I start by looking at who they are from a personality point of view. I dig first in their astrology charts to find out what their personal favourable and unfavourable elements are. Then we start looking at the Feng Shui of their home or business. I often consult designers and, to achieve good results, it’s best to start early in the design stage.



After looking at the analysis then comes assembling a room.  It is important to know the purpose of the room and to collect all the information about how it is to be used and by whom.  I have to say though that we are talking here about classical Feng Shui, not new age.



The Bagua, used to take measurements of a building to define its orientation and the tool that Zoi uses when auditing a home. “Without the compass no assessment can take place,” she says.



Basic Feng Shui principals



“To explain the principles of Feng Shui to newcomers in a very simple way, my baseline is ‘Live life to its fullest potential.’ Feng Shui is all about energy and discovering the potential of your home. It’s a technique for discovering which rooms support you and which don’t and is about letting your home work for you. It is a way of living more than anything.  When you put yourself first as an individual, ‘balancing yourself first,’ and then your home, you will notice that the rest follows very easily.



“It’s a technique for discovering which rooms support you and which don’t.”



Feng Shui colours and how to use rugs



“There are five elements in Chinese metaphysics: Wood, metal, earth, water and fire. We use the colours at home to bring what is needed for a particular room as well as to support people’s personal favoured element. Rugs (and textiles generally) belong to the wood element, however colour in a rug can add another element. For instance, in Gert Voorjans living room the blue carpet represents both wood and water elements. If you favour water, then go for black and dark blue rugs. If you favour fire, then I would suggest red, pink, purple and orange rugs.



“If you favour fire, then I would suggest red, pink, purple and orange rugs.”



When wood is your favoured element then greenish colours are appropriate – rugs in green and turquoise for instance – as well as wooden objects. Metal represents white, silver, gold, light grey and all pastel colours. Earth colours are yellow and brown.



The living room in Gert Voorjans’ home has a lot of wood energy.  Carpets, cushions, chairs, the sofa and even the table incorporate fabric and textiles in general relate to wood. The blue carpet represents both wood and water elements. Similarly, the red cushion is wood, but because of its colour, carries fire energy too.



Layout and balance



“Feng Shui is for everyone. I always respect the style and taste of my clients but the approach stays the same for each project, as it is a technique. For Zaha Hadid we worked on the environment and the floor plans for a 40,000 metre square residential building. With interior designers, it’s often about looking at how we can optimise the internal layout to receive the best energy – so it’s about where to place the living space, kitchen, bedroom, study room. When the layout cannot be changed than I advise them on colours and materials to use depending on their needs.



“It’s often about looking at how to optimise the layout to receive the best energy.”



Feng Shui is all about yin and yang, finding the right balance and using the right rooms. For instance, light is very important, but so is darkness. There must be a balance between both of them. A home with a lot of light is considered to be too yang.  A bedroom with too much light, for example, will influence the quality of your sleep.



Feng Shui at the front door



“If there is one room or location that we should all sort to help our lives? That would be the front door.  It’s where energy enters. Make sure your front door and the entrance hall are clean, bright and inviting. Energy passing through this space collects and becomes part of it. Think about how it feels having the rubbish and recycling bins outside your door and a pile of shoes and newspapers on the inside.



“Seeing interiors in magazines or on Pinterest, I will have a first impression about the energy, but to be accurate I need to make a full analysis. When I see an ‘off’ design I want to bring balance right away! I can’t look at a home or business anymore without seeing it through “Feng Shui eyes”.  There is no way back!



“Your environment does have an influence on your life. I am sure of that.”



People are cynical about Feng Shiu, which is understandable.  I was like them too until I had my own experiences in my previous home. Now I am convinced that there is some kind of invisible energy that drains, energises or controls us.  Your environment does have an influence on your life. I am sure of that.”



Find Zoi Mpichtas on Facebook and Pinterest.



Interiors images courtesy of Gert Voorjans

### Caring for your vintage carpet

“You take your car to be serviced twice a year, but your poor old carpet has to struggle on for 50 years before anyone looks at it.” So says Clive Rogers, a specialist in antique carpets who also looks after valuable rugs for a number of gentlemen’s clubs, venues and country houses. We asked him to tell us more about maintaining and cleaning a vintage rug for yourself… as well as when to ask for expert help. Here are his tips:



Shake…



“Every couple of months or so it’s good to use the old fashioned method and give your rug a shake outside – provided it’s small and light enough to move. This will not only get rid of dust and any danger of moths but be good for a rug that has been getting puckered or isn’t lying flat.”



…brush…



“You can use brushes on pile rugs more purposefully than you might on a flatweave. If you go at it too enthusiastically with a stiff brush you can alter the texture of a flatweave rug. With a pile rug you don’t really have that problem.



Brushing a rug is a good basic routine. You should always brush in the direction of the nap. Pile rugs lay in a natural direction and when you start brushing it in the wrong direction you’ll know, because you’ll see that the texture of the surface alters. So when you’ve finished cleaning the last thing you should do is brush it back in the natural direction of the pile.”



… and vacuum



“Vacuuming is recommended but not too frequently. Vacuum on a strong setting for pile rugs, but on a less strong setting for flatweaves and Kilims. Don’t forget that it’s not only the front that needs Hoovering. Every four or five times that you Hoover it, flip it over and also do the back.”



“Every couple of months use the old fashioned method and give your rug a shake outside”



Cleaning up spills



“The great thing about Oriental carpets is that very often they hide the dirt! But if you do spill, say, red wine, then first apply water to dilute the spill, before mopping it up with a kitchen towel straight away. That’s the quickest, easiest solution – even for a white Berber rug! One thing to remember is that if the carpet does get thoroughly wet it’s important that it also gets thoroughly dry again to prevent rot. If the carpet doesn’t dry out within two or three days you might have a problem there.



Resorting to chemical products can lead to unforeseen consequences. Off-the-shelf proprietary products might help with something like a Biro mark, but always test first. A lot of vintage rugs are made with natural dyes which are very fast and very resilient, but some can have unstable chemical dyes in them. You won’t know until you try it, so caution is the word. Do a little patch test on a square inch at the edge. Apply very hot water to a paper towel, put it on the rug and then stand on it. This will let you see if there’s any movement in the colour right away.”



“The old adage of ‘a stitch in time’ is so true. If the carpet tears, darn it up quick!”



Prolonging the life of your rug



“If your rug gets torn or gets a hole, if you have basic needlework ability, you can do a quick fix yourself. The old adage of ‘a stitch in time’ is so true. If the carpet tears, darn it up quick! It’ll save a lot of money and keep the original carpet intact.



To make your rug look better for longer, invest in some underlay. It keeps the carpet flat and straight and protects the carpet, as well as making the whole thing more comfortable. If a rug is lightweight, and as people tend to put them on hard wood floors these days, then of course they skid around and they don’t stay flat. You needn’t go to a specialist unless you need underlay for a very large rug – Ikea sell small-sized machine-washable underlays which are great for a small rug.”



When to call the professionals



“You should be proactive about caring for these things. I would advise anyone, if they have a precious carpet, to have it looked at periodically. If the carpet is new then every two or three years. If the carpet is antique then every 18 months, depending of course on the value and size. For smaller rugs, if you use the simple common sense remedies suggested above you don’t need to call in professionals every five minutes. But however you do it, if you have precious things, it’s good to care for them.”



For more information on Clive’s services visit his website.

### HAY opens in Bath – we plan a day out in the city

We have exciting news. Tomorrow HAY opens its first UK shop in the beautiful city of Bath. Taking over a former bank inside a striking Georgian building at 36-38 Milsom Street – at the heart of designer shopping area, the Milsom Quarter – the shop opens its ground floor initially and will slowly unveil the rest of the floors as the renovation completes. Anyone who has visited the brand’s flasgship store HAY HOUSE in Copenhagen will know that one of its specialities is choosing locations of architectural merit and creating within them shops you want to live in. We’re excited to have our Kilims and Moroccan rugs represented in the store. As usual, these will sit alongside beautiful contemporary furniture and accessories from the brand that most recently introduced Sebastian Wrong to its creative team for the WRONG for HAY collection, and brought the work of Nathalie du Pasquier back to prominence.



Our guide to a day out in Bath



In celebration of the new HAY shop, which is just a few minutes’ walk from the centre of the historic Georgian town, we’re highlighting our favourite things to do in central Bath. Just 1 hour and 30 minutes train ride from London Paddington, it’s the perfect day trip for one or for a family. And where better to start than the spa….



Bathe in the rooftop pool at Thermae Bath Spa



No good guide to Bath is complete without a nod to the Thermae Bath Spa on Hot Bath Street. The historic spa, which has been expertly combined with a new contemporary building by Grimshaw Architects, opened its doors in 2006 and has, we hear, been full ever since. Book a slot before you go! The experience of bathing high up in the rooftop pool overlooking the most stunning Georgian architecture in Britain’s only naturally warm and minerally rich pool, is not to be missed. There are also plenty of spa treatments to choose from, if you want the full-on pampering effect. All of which takes you neatly to lunch…



Dine out at Milsom Place



The spa is just five minutes from the city centre as well as chic shopping centre Milson Place – which is just around the corner from HAY, handily enough. There are a few lunching options here, including our favourites Cote Brasserie and Jamie’s Italian.



Shop around Milsom Quarter…



HAY shares Milsom Street with great vintage clothing shop Vintage to Vogue. This is run by Imren Lowin – ex-London College of Fashion – with her husband John, who specialises in restoring vintage luggage and leather goods. Tweeds, woollens, frocks and gentlemen’s finery from Dior, Gieves and Hawkes and Ossie Clarke (to name a few brands) – it’s all hand picked by the duo.



Also worth checking out is the new Anthropologie, around the corner on New Bond Street.



…and Bartlett Street



Just north of Milsom Street, Bartlett Street is home to Bartlett Street Antiques Centre – great for jewellery, crafts and original art – as well as independent gallery Edgar Modern, which is currently showing the work of Carl Melegari.



Toast and independent fashion and furniture concept store The Loft are also on this street – and the latter also has in-house Cafe Lucca if you need to refuel.  Either that, or try Beas Vintage Tea Rooms a tiny bit further north on Saville Row.



…then back over to Argyle Street



Back down by Milsom Street, just across the river between Putney Bridge and Laura Place, is Argyle Street and one of The Telegraph’s top 50 boutiques, Found. Find a cute and creative mix of contemporary fashion, homewares and gifts here, from brands such as Kenzo, Comme Des Garcons and Karen Walker. The eclectic collection is dotted between utilitarian clothes rails and traditional antique shop cabinets in an environment that’s easy to linger in.



Complete your shopping trip at the Christmas Market



The Christmas market takes place between Bath Abbey and the Roman Baths (27 November – 14 December), so this recommendation means you can take in two major tourism sites whilst getting your Christmas shopping underway. Contemporary and vintage crafts, gifts, and handmade decorations are presented alongside artisan food and drink, all from a vast collection of British makers and producers – with the majority of stallholders hailing from Bath and the South West.



Bolthole just outside the city



We billed this as a day trip, but if you are tempted to take things a bit further then we recommend The Pig Hotel (last seen on Erin O’Connor’s Instagram), set just outside Bath and surrounded by the rolling green of Somerset. The 29 room hotel has gorgeous unfussy interiors with huge four poster beds, velvet sofas, wood burning stoves and views of the local deer. The restaurant serves home-grown and locally-sourced food and there’s even a spa in the two potting sheds outside. This is nowhere near as rustic as it sounds!

### Emily’s House London at 19 Greek Street – Part 2

If you’re a London-dwelling design nut and haven’t been to 19 Greek Street yet, then we might have just the excuse for you to go there asap…



A six-storey townhouse gallery in the heart of Soho, 19 Greek Street is owned by Marc Peridis who is both a designer and curator. Marc’s mission is to bring design pieces that are beautiful and environmentally-consious into the fabric of our lives – or at least put them firmly in our minds. His philosophy could not be more prominent in 19 Greek Street’s latest exhibition, ‘L’Appartement’, in which, we’re delighted to share, he chose to showcase some of our rugs. These are exhibited in striking roomsets alongside furniture and homeware products by Nina Tolstrup, Marni, Out of the Dark, VIJ5 and Dian Simpson. The premise of the show is to challenge the idea that charitable and sustainable design must sacrifice style – we think it achieves exactly what it sets out to do, cleverly using domestic sets to help visitors understand how they can make such pieces work in their own homes.



We love the way the gallery has placed our rug on an angle here, partially under one of the stools and not lined up at all with the wall. The Rug Lamp by Analogia Project is also wonderfully witty.



This same formula of ‘imperfect positioning’ is present in the bedroom set, where this time the rug helps to zone a little sitting area with Nina Tolstrup’s distinctive chair.



Marc has stated that the building that 19 Greek Street inhabits does not particularly lend itself to being a gallery – and hence that’s why it feels so fresh and unique. We think his eye for unusual design pieces and use of colour also enhances this.“We have done interiors projects for eight years – most recently working on Saint Martin’s lofts and the Library hotel and private member’s club – but this is the first time we have done an interiors installation in our gallery space,” he says. “The space is quite eclectic, with different patterns and shapes and tones, but it works well because what binds it together mainly is the philosophy behind it.”



All photography by Michael Franke



Marc supports designers and their work based on his instincts and on the criteria that the pieces must be sustainable (or have an element of sustainability) whilst also embodying an experimental feel. This is probably why he’s earned himself a reputation as the Rossana Orlandi of London. We asked him what drew him to our rugs: “We love the rugs, simply because we think Katrien has amazing taste and we love every piece she selects. We also like the ethos of re-use, of conservation and of looking to the past for solutions to spaces today. And we also like the fact that some of the rugs are made from recycled fabrics.”19 Greek Street’s ‘L’Appartement’ is open now until 16 January.

### Ward-off winter with our cosy bedroom ideas

The bedroom is a sanctuary, a place to escape from the rest of the world, unwind, relax and sleep… In winter it’s essential to add elements to your bedroom that make it into a cosy space that you’ll want to hibernate in. Below we explore the best ways of adding warmth to your bedroom with texture and textiles that feel as good as they look.



Pile on contrasting textures



In summer the cool sensation of sleeping on crisp white bedlinen is just the thing, but in winter we want to feel cocooned. Perhaps it’s some primal memory of snuggling up on animal skin in our caves that makes textures like sheepskin, leather and wool seem a natural choice in winter. Piling the bed with linens and throws in contrasting textures creates both a wonderful feeling of insulation, and also provides visual interest.



Don’t be afraid of the dark



During the winter months our homes can be starved of natural light, but rather than fight against it, we say embrace the short days with a dark colour scheme. Rooms with black, inky blue, rich brown or deep purple walls feel wonderfully dramatic, and subtly enclosing. A dark colour scheme can be dramatic or snug, depending on how your dress it. Just bear in mind that a single hit of contrasting colour – a vivid red or a tangy mustard – will add a real punch and lift your mood.



Add some weight



The simplest way to give your bed a cosier feel is to add some weight to your bedding, something that will hold the duvet down and give a comforting sense of being enclosed. A real wool throw or traditional Welsh blanket is ideal for this, but so are some light-weight rugs. Many of our lighter-weight Kilims and vintage throws are perfect for this, large enough to drape dramatically over the bed and onto the floor, and adding rich colour and cosiness to your year-round white bedlinen.



Make a rug the focal point



From the moment your feet peep out from under the duvet make sure there is something soft and warm underfoot. Whether your bedroom has bare floorboards or is already carpeted, the addition of a large-scale rug will add extra softness, comfort and enhance the room’s feeling of warmth. When it comes to the size and placing of your rug, you need to think both visually and in a tactile way. A large rug leading your eye across the room towards the bed, or which frames the whole bed area, will have a big impact, as well as covering the areas you walk across most.



Cover the walls



It isn’t just the floor that can make your bedroom feel chilly. Large expanses of bare wall – so cool and elegant in summer – can soak up both visual and actual warmth during the winter months. Covering an area of wall will make a dramatic difference, whether it’s by adding an upholstered headboard or hanging a tapestry or rug. We love this idea, as it adds texture, visual interest, softens noise and also highlights a rug as the work of art it is. Place behind the headboard to add a real sense of drama and importance to the bed area.

### Rag rugs as art

As a company specialising in rugs, we’re forever researching the different ways to use them in decorating – that’s why our Pinterest board How To Put Rugs In A Room is jam packed! And why we have a file specifically for the creative uses of Boucherouites.



Boucherouites are a relatively recent style of Moroccan rug dating back to the 1960s when the country’s farming and cattle breeding industries declined and society became urbanised. Instead of being made from traditional wool, they are woven using recycled materials such as scraps of old clothes and cotton – which explains their nickname, Rag Rugs – and the women making them, rather than following earlier traditions of incorporating colours and motifs in keeping with their tribes (as passed down by their parents), began inventing their own new patterns, colourways and motifs. This greater freedom of expression has resulted in rugs which, in our opinion, are more like unique pieces of art.And so to the nature of today’s post: Boucherouites as works of art.



Part of the reason that Boucherouties work so wonderfully as wall hangings is because their often small sizes perfectly mimic conventional paintings and pictures – happily, they come without the hefty price tag of original art. It’s also because they tend to be so vivid and highly textured, as well as the fact that having them on the wall makes them far easier to paw (we do).



In this room, the wall-hung Boucherouites add a necessary focal point of dense colour to the neutral room. Try also hanging a Boucherouite as a headboard above your bed (placed horizontally for double and kingsized beds). This makes the whole experience of sitting up in bed to read a far more cosy and cocooning affair.



Fancy being more inventive with your Boucherouite? Check out the interior of London boutique Browns Focus as styled by Faye Toogood’s design company Studio Toogood. Densely-coloured Boucherouites are reimagined as seat upholstery which, in the all-white interior, pops out to make a statement. The seat, which is quite uptight and sculptural, is far more inviting thanks to the textile finish and again, having rugs at this height makes them easier to touch (are we alone in having this urge?)



It’s a great idea, and because Boucherouties are quite inexpensive, an easy update to copy if you need your sofa reupholstered. Team with similar on the floor  to bring more depth of pattern and a sense of continuity to your room, just like Studio Toogood has.



Find more ideas and examples of these pieces as works of art in the home in our Boucherouites file.



Finally, please do share in the comments here, if you have any other ideas on how to feature these rugs in the home – we love learning about how creative you are.

### The secret life of a Berber rug

We believe that each rug we sell is a work of art. Through the materials used, the colours employed and the motifs within, each tells a unique story of the environment, lifestyle and community that produced it. Taking just one rug in our collection as an example – a rug woven by Berber women in Morocco – Emily’s House London founder Katrien explains some of the factors which make Berber rugs so unique and special, from the mix of tradition and creative freedom that weaving allows, to the communal aspect of their creation.



The fabric of life



“All the carpets that we have are made by ‘tribal weaving’ – this means that they are made by women for domestic purposes, like blankets and bedding, in their everyday lives. There is a very traditional way of living where the woman looks after the children and the household, and she makes these rugs for use at home in her spare time.”



A sense of place



“If we look at this particular rug (above), it’s a Moroccan rug that comes from the Middle Atlas mountains – a very cold area that is very well-suited for raising sheep and the high quality wool that they use in weaving. The people living there are still very traditional and often still live a semi-nomadic life where they stay with their flock, moving to the high lands in the summer and coming back down to the low lands in winter. They use natural, undyed wool as much as possible in their rugs, as it is abundantly available for them.”



Women’s work



“Weaving is something the women do together. It’s a collective female activity. Men will never be weavers as they don’t take care of the household. There is always one woman who will initiate the rug, and be responsible for it. But she will need other women to help put up the loom or to stitch or weave certain motifs that she isn’t able to do.”



“At 90 many of the women are still active in weaving!”



A lifetime of weaving



“Making rugs is something that is deeply rooted in their everyday life – they don’t question it, they just do it. It’s something that they learn from their mother or grandmother, or from another lady in the local village. It is passed on from one generation to the next. You can become a weaver in your adult life but normally women start at around six years old. They may have a break when they have kids, but at 90 many of the women are still active in weaving! It’s something that runs through a whole lifetime.”



Tribal tradition



“It’s not about the individual, like in Western culture – in this culture the individual is subordinate to the group.  A weaver will always create within the tradition of her tribe. So a certain tribe might always use specific motifs or a certain colour of wool, and women of the tribe will always use these as a way of identifying with their tribe. Again she is subordinate to the group – it’s not her individual style she wants to put forward. It’s more that she wants to say ‘I am part of this tribe, so I weave like this.’”



“Each woman invents the rug in her mind as she weaves it”



A creative act



“Because they weave these rugs in their free time, when all the other household tasks are done, it’s never a main occupation. The weaver doesn’t have to go to work and finish within a set time. This means that she has no commercial pressure on her – she can make the rug in the way she feels it has to look, not based on any specific colour, or fashion. Although tradition is paramount in these designs. there is also a lot of freedom in the weaving. There is no drawing to follow, meaning each woman invents the rug in her mind as she weaves it, with a lot of freedom to incorporate her own ideas and fantasies if she wants.”



This feature is an edited version of a speech given by Katrien at 19 Greek Street’s L’Apartment du Progress exhibition.

### Fitting rugs in with this season’s colour trends

Colour is a purely subjective thing of course, but just like in fashion, in interiors each year new trends emerge and we become totally gripped by them. It’s fun to see how each new wave filters down from big brands to smaller makers, or in many cases the other way around. Happily, unlike in fashion, interiors trends stick around for a bit longer, our homes being less easy to mess around with so readily. If you buy cleverly too, trend-led pieces that are beautiful and well made will last the distance and merge into the fabric of your home forever.



With this in mind we wanted to distill some of the interiors colour trends emerging for 2015 via mood boards of objects we think are beautiful (yes including nougat!) from makers and shops we admire. We also wanted explore and share with you how to fit these trend ideas with our rugs. The faded colours in all of our carpets are a really important part of why we choose them, speaking of the age and history of the crafted pieces and giving them a special quality.



Below you’ll find three key colour trends. Click the links to find the pieces in both our mood boards and our rug collages…



Trend 1: Ice cream colours



This needs little explanation, but is less ‘pretty-pretty’ than you might imagine. Think faded, slightly murky Gelato colours – pistachio, strawberry, chocolate, mint green – which together look wonderful and fresh, especially when grounded with an unexpected accent of bold red or black.



Images clockwise from top left: Smallable, Siecle paints, Friars, Paul Smith / Anglepoise, My Friend’s House, HAY, My Friend’s House, Benjamin Hubert.



Images top row from left: Painter’s Palette, Pastel Mosaic, Spring Pansies Bottom row from left: Pastel, violet and beige kilim, Diagonal Lines, Pastel Squares



TREND 2: BOTANICAL



The colours of nature around us have such a soothing effect on the soul that it makes sense that we’d want them indoors too. Plants are obviously a huge trend, but this colour trend extends to furniture, lighting, paint, ceramics. Just like the ice cream colours above, green also loves a little jolt of something else – red, pink or burnt orange for instance.



Images clockwise from top left: Ochre, Muller Van Severen / Viaduct, own, Peantreath & Hall, Gina Marris / The New Craftsmen, Dietland Wolf Ceramics, Merci (linen)



Images top row from left:Turkish Tulu Carpet, Moss green and violet Yastik rug, Konya Tulu Rug, Bottom row from left: Turkish Tartan Chaput, Sunny Green Moroccan Rug, Turkish Tulu Carpet



trend 2: eARTHY browns



Brown has been out of favour for a long time, but it’s firmly back. Faded taupes provide a good neutral for walls and carpets, on top of which you can then layer darker browns, caramel, terracotta and beige – think rich materials and textures such as velvet, leather, cord, wood and mohair. There are no real rules and they all work well together.



Top row from left: Gubi, Kirsten Hecktermann, Elisa Strozyk Bottom row from left: HAY, Reiko Kaneko, Kirsten Hecktermann



Top row from left: Turkish Adiyaman Runner, Plain and Simple Muscovado stripes, Mountain Brown with Dotty, Bottom row from left: Brown Earth, Wavy Diamonds Beni Ouarain, detail of Mountain Brown with Dotty (as before)

### Bath decorative antiques fair

Are you in or near Bath next month or looking for an excuse to visit? We’re delighted to be showcasing our rugs at the Bath Decorative & Antiques Fair from 5-8 March. The show, which has been running for 26 years, was originally set up to promote the local Bath and Bradford-upon-Avon Antiques Dealers Association. However, under new directors the fair now casts the net wider to bring together around 50 dealers from all over the UK and beyond, resulting in a far more eclectic offering.



Come and see us if you can. We’ll be taking along an assortment of kilims, Tulu rugs, Beni Ouarains, Berbers and boucherouites….



From top: Vintage Beni Ouarain, Moroccan pile rug, Moroccan Azilal rug, Vintage Beni Ouarain



A FEW OTHER EXHIBITORS…



We’ve been eyeing up who else is going to be at the show and thought we’d share with you a few exhibitors that took our fancy – our mini ‘best of’. Here are a few of the shops we like the look of…



molly & maud’s place



Dealers Molly & Maud – AKA mother and daughter team Karen and Chloe – are based between York and Harrogate and will be bringing their fine mix of ‘items they love’ to the fair. They buy, sell and restore anything that they have a strong (good) emotional reaction towards! So expect all from painted bureaus to Egyptian fabric panels from the early 20th Century. The duo won’t be defined by a particular genre – “How do you put a 20th Century Indonesian puppet and a 17th Century English gate table under the same umbrella?” Chloe says.



Clockwise from top left: Victorian walnut-framed armchair, French gilt fauteuils, Victorian ballustrade table lamps, 19th Century washstand.



nikki page antiques



Specialising in French and Swedish decorative pieces, Nikki Page seeks out rare and original furniture, accessories and architectural elements that she sells direct from her own family home – so she has to love each piece enough to live with it first! And you can see how she would. Her current collection is full of beautiful furniture and oddities, including rare carved wood columns and 19th Century chairs. But it’s this collection of coral – from one private collection – that really turned our heads.



Coral from one private collection



casa nova antiques



Casa Nova are based in Denmark but sell via the Blanchard Collective in Marlborough, which sells a mix of antique and contemporary interiors products. Casa Nova’s focus is original painted Swedish antique furniture and continental decorative antiques and art. We love the faded colours of these pieces, which in our opinion would work in any type of interior – but especially well next to a perfect Beni or, for contrast, one of our hot-coloured Tulu rugs.



From left, Blue Danish bureau bookcase, small painted chest of drawers, early 1900’s Landscape painting by Arnold W Petersen, Karl Yohan dressing table



Tickets to the fair cost £3.50 and you can find out more information here.

### Buyer’s trip to Morocco

A few weeks ago we went on a buying trip to Morocco and thought you might like to see some images of our time there. I also promised some people that I’d finally share my top tips for places to go for great food and atmosphere, which we’ll get to in a moment…



My favourite time to visit the country is early spring, up until June, when it’s not busy in the souk and the weather is nice – fresh in the morning, heating up during the day, but not getting too hot yet.



Rural Morocco



While we’re out there we travel a lot to small villages, not just for buying, but to get a better feel of the culture of weaving and gain more understanding of the traditions of Moroccan rural life. Weaving is something the women do together in a group  and you can read more about boucherouites, the newer rugs in our collection that are pictured below, in one of our older posts.



We also work with suppliers who source vintage rugs specifically for us to view. When I’m choosing the rugs to buy I’m often drawn to faded colours, which comes from age, but as a business I need to constantly strike a balance between price and emotional response. Both have to be right.



soaking up the atmosphere 



The colours of Morocco are so particular and in some ways they translate into the rugs too – for instance the faded pinky tones of the city walls and hot orange shades that feature in the street scenes, often set against neutral taupes and contrasting blues.



As a culture, food is an important element and Ramadam is a big part of the experience if you’re travelling to Morocco later in the year, in summertime. At around 4pm after people have been fasting all day – before the sun goes down to signal when it’s time to eat – you begin to feel the souk boiling, not only from warmth because of the time of year, but because people are suddenly rushing to buy food to take home after a long day.



When it feels as though everyone is away eating, a quietness descends on the streets and it’s lovely to wander around at this time.



If you are planning to travel to Morocco, we have some great addresses to share from Marrakech…



Favourite places to eat



Aside from my work, the thing I love about Morocco is the food and I have observed that a lot of the chefs in Morocco seem to be woman. But in any case it’s easy to find great food from a chicken or lamb tagine, to humous and all sorts of aubergine dishes.



Palmerai, hotel area



If you don’t fancy staying in one of the many Riads in the Medina, head to Palmerai for your pick of great hotels with pools and a more relaxed vibe. The most charming and unique of all of them is Dar Ayniwen Taffeta Palmerai. Interiors are eclectic and classically Moroccan and the lush plantation makes it feel like a quiet hideaway.



Gueliz shopping district



Gueliz is the more modern area of Marrakesh and is a bit of a shopping Mecca – think chi chi boutiques as well as high street shops such as Zara. The wonderful Yves Saint Laurent Jardin Majorelle is in this area too, which is a great place to visit for the famous blue architecture and some fauna inspiration. If dining in this area try the relaxed Restaurant Le chat qui rit or, for something more upmarket, Restaurant Grand cafe de la poste Gueliz. There’s also Restaurant La Bagatelle, a classically French place with a huge gallery wall of portraits defining the decoration. Bagatelle opens early for breakfast but is also great for afternoon tea.



Around the SOUK



La Maison Arabe is a gorgeous traditional hotel that’s in the central Medina area. It’s a lovely place to eat and is also close enough to go for a wander in the Bab Doukkala market, where locals go for their food in the early evening. Try Pepenero Resto for very good Italian food.



Outside the city centre



The place with the best setting outside the city centre is Hotel Selman – dinner or lunch in the beautiful surroundings is a real treat and if you’re staying there you can work it off again in the super long swimming pool before retreating to one of the handsome rooms. Serene is the word for this place.

### HAY in Bath – an update of the rugs in store

As we mentioned at the end of last year HAY opened its first UK showroom in the beautiful city of Bath. At the time of writing back then, the shop was still being assembled, but we can report it is now up and running and looking gorgeous. We thought you might like to see a little of the shop floor today – and how our rugs are working alongside the contemporary furniture of HAY and WRONG for HAY. We also asked the manager Lucy Drane from the store for her thoughts on how to make the rugs work at home.



The two-seater Hackney sofa upholstered in navy blue velvet would probably make any interior look immediately smarter – here it’s paired with some of the cushions in the Nathalie du Pasquier collection from WfH and a beautiful, richly textured Beni Ouarain. “We find that the Beni Ourain rugs work beautifully with the sofas and armchairs, since they evoke such a cosy, warm and comfortable feeling in a living room setting,” says Lucy Drane. 



What Emily's House love about this scene is that nothing particularly matches and yet everything goes together. How we’d break this down into a look you can mimic at home? Don’t be afraid to contrast, but try to find a thread of continuity in what you put together. This scheme works because the colours are all muted – even the cushions are not bright red, they’re more burgundy in tone, and on the purple background the overall effect is appealingly dulled. There’s also an emphasis on gorgeous high-end materials with a textural quality – the velvet upholstery, high quality wool of the rug, and oak and brass on the side tables.



We’ve said it before, Boucherouites are perfect for hanging on the wall and this one is no different. Look how it mimics the door size along the wall and how it fills a stretch of wall which, left blank, would be boringly bare. “The Boucherouites often work as a standalone showstopper in a hallway or hung on the wall,” says Lucy. “We think the hand crafted sensibility evident in each unique rug, enables us to respond to a piece in a more personal way. The Boucherouites for example, evoke memories of a rag-rugging generation of women in one’s own family. Often too, evidence of the handmade through an imperfect technique is very appealing and in contrast, sits well alongside a contemporary, perfectly finished furniture collection.”



This little corner of the shop shows to us how to be playful and artistic with rugs – it’s less expected to find a Boucherouite on a wall than on a floor and this is what makes it so lovely. 



Another corner of living room, which gives a few takeaway tips. Our rug – another gorgeous Beni – is again quite perfectly matched in size to this small two-seater sofa. Add a huge coffee table here and that relationship is completely lost. Add a small side table, and you can still have your essentials near the sofa, but can also enjoy the decorative qualities of the rug. Once again, nothing particularly matches.



“When we are styling specific areas in the store, we will often marry very bright, colourful pattern, such as our Nathalie du Pasquier cushions with softer, less colourful rugs such as the Beni Ourains. Or we do the opposite and pair a very bright Boucherouite rug with one of our antique pieces in the store,” advises Lucy.



Here the black detail in the rug relates to the black side table and black embroidered cushion – though we agree that this scene would work just as well with a brightly coloured sofa.



The same corner, dressed differently, this time with a Turkish Caput Kilim. This type of rug allows you to add more colour to your floor and we think it works well with the jungle of different prints going on around it – from the cushions and the bag on the window sill.



“Often the Caput Kilims work very well when layered as they are much flatter than the Beni Ouarains or Boucherouites. Caputs also have a simple, linear pattern with softer colours that work well together when layered. We have seen this technique work very well in many settings – living rooms or spacious landings in particular,” says Lucy. 



Layered carpets used to great effect in a previous HAY pop-up shop



If you can’t make it to Bath, head to our shop for more Beni Ouarains, Boucherouites and Kilims. 



Thanks to Lucy Drane at HAY for the photographs.

### Spring events – our diary ideas for the season

With blossom all around and wisteria beginning to peak out on the front of the city’s finest architecture, Spring has officially sprung in London. We’ve been thinking about events coming up that are enticing us to get out and see things again, in a way that we weren’t quite so inclined to during winter! Below is a round up of things that have caught our eye for the coming weeks that we think you might be interested in too…



ravilious at Dulwich picture gallery



Head to South London to see the wonderful pencil and watercolour works of the artist Eric Ravilious at Dulwich Picture Gallery. His paintings are beautifully detailed, some of them resembling prints, and although he is known for his watercolours of the South Downs his body of work also includes a vast collection of domestic scenes. Like Edward Bawden Working in his Studio, most of these err on the grand side of things thanks to a mix of ornate furniture with luxury printed fabrics set against unusual colour combinations.We have to salute Bawden’s decorating style here too – drapes, bell jars, busts, a striped mustard, green and pink rug, all the very opposite of a utilitarian work space. Even his rolled up paper looks just so. Look out too for A Farmhouse Bedroom, in which, the artist has recorded an historical love of pattern clashing that’s very 2015.



The Ravilious exhibition is on until August.



The Decorative Antiques & Textiles Fair at Battersea Park 



As you know we exhibited at the Bath Decorative Antiques Fair last month and the sister show is taking place in London this week in a huge marquee in Battersea Park. Like the Bath fair, the emphasis here is on the eclectic, and you’ll find decorative antiques, art and design pieces from a host of key dealers, many of them locals from London. The show, originally set up in 1985, was designed to appeal to interior designers and decorators by bringing together everything they’d want under one roof. This ethos remains and this week you can expect to find 20th Century furniture rubbing shoulders with folk art, 17th Century curiosities, rare musical instruments, antique lamps – all you can think of for the home and more. Our pick from the show is Molly Hogg Design, whose rugs and tribal artefacts are not to be missed. Have a sneak peak at her collection here.



The Fair is open tomorrow (April 21) until April 26. Find out more here.



Clerkenwell design week



That’s the wonderful Victorian Grade II listed Farmiloe building in Clerkenwell and the key venue for Clerkenwell Design Week, which opens next month ( 19 – 21 May). The historic warehouse with its original Victorian panelling and vast central atrium, has been used in many film sets (a few Batman movies notably). This is your chance to get a good look around while you eyeball the best furniture and products from international interior brands – eg Magis and Gervasoni – and individual makers from the UK, such as Eleanor Pritchard and Pinch. It’s also theplace to catch up with some Milan highlights from last week’s eponymous furniture fair.



Make sure you head to the satellite shows too, especially Platform, which is a showcase of works by up-and-coming talent held in the vaults of the House of Detention – an atmospheric former prison that was also used as air raid shelters during the Blitz. CDR is definitely the design show of the year in terms of gaining access to some of hidden London. Register for tickets here.

### Our rugs in their new homes

Our rugs in amsterdam



This is new Amsterdam hotel Morgan and Mees. Isn’t it splendid? The parquet-floored townhouse is based in the Jordaan area of the city – an historical neighbourhood full of winding canals and tiny streets that are busy with handsome, classical architecture. Famously, this is the same area where the Anne Frank house is located and nowadays it’s the place to head to for Amsterdam’s best art scene, markets and restaurants. So we’re thrilled to report that Morgan and Mees is a place that one of our Caput rugs now calls home.



There it is, in one of the attic rooms, as full of character as the restaurant space downstairs and just on the right side of feeling like a home. After a good nosy around, we’ve also noticed that the hotel bathrooms look rather lovely – like the bedrooms, they are simply done. This looks like a nice place to hole up if you’re going for a city break.



And if you are planning just that, you might want to check out this article on what to do if you have 24 hours in Amsterdam.



Our rugs in your home



This month we were also delighted that lovely customer Alejandra shared with us on Twitter and Instagram her joy at receiving an Emily’s House London rug. Please do the same thing if you’ve bought something from us. It’s always fun to see where our pieces end up and how they are being used, and very often you inspire us with new ideas. In Alejandra’s home it seems the cat has become rather curious about the colours of her new Boucherouite and it looks like Alejandra is a fan of layering different carpets together, which is a great way of adding contrast and interest to a room. 



Thanks Alejandra for sharing and if you’d like to do the same thing, make sure you tag us on Instagram.

### Pillow talk

Yastik cushions



At Emily's House we are getting all our new stock in order for spring and summer and wanted to highlight today our vintage Kilim cushions. These are handmade in Turkey using old Yastik grain bags, which are highly decorative as you can see. They’re also 100% wool. We especially love the cushion covers that feature handmade patches where the Yastik’s have needed repairing – such imperfections underline the craftsmanship and individuality of each handmade piece. Hard to imagine these as anything so utilitarian as a grain bag!



Obviously, we also think they offset our rugs too and have been trying them out around the showroom with eye-popping results.



Another item that we’re selling, and also repurposed, are these papier mache containers shown above. Originally used as storage trays for grain and rice, they’re from China. We have hundreds in stock and each one is slightly different decoratively, to the next.



Hot orange tones are having a real moment in interiors just now, but don’t let that put you off if you tend to shy away from trends – because the pieces are so timeless they transcend fashion.



Find more at our shop and if you’re a wholesaler please do drop us a line to make an appointment at our showroom on St James’s Park.



Indoor camping shoot



The cushions along with some of our rugs, were recently selected for a photo shoot about ‘indoor camping’ by creative duo Solesbury & Worthy – stylist Eliza Solesbury and photographer Claire Worthy – in anticipation of the festival season.



Their playful idea is a great showcase for why the rugs are so versatile in appealing to your children (or childish instincts) as well as you.



Eliza was a set decorator for many years, working with directors such as Paul Greengrass and Michael Apted on films including Bourne Ultimatum and Enigma. Claire’s portfolio includes a project that spanned six months of her shooting the locations, film stars and crews of Bolywood. So both artist’s are used to dealing with colourful exotic interiors and we love how they’ve worked with our rugs.

### Summer lust list: Hotels and hideaways for interiors nuts

You know summer is approaching when you spend your evenings surfing travel websites to swoon over lovely looking hotels and hideaways or you start regarding your city work trips as an exercise in finding the best urban rooftop pools. What could be nicer than the idea of shoehorning a pre-breakfast dip into your working day? Or staying in a private apartment that feels like your (very beautifully designed) home, except it has a concept gallery and shop downstairs?



At Emily’s House London, we’re lucky that travel is a big part of the job and ever mindful of sharing the nice bits with you, we’ve brought together some ideas for hotels and hideaways in the cities that we travel to especially for our showroom partner HAY and WRONG for HAY. With its HQ in Copenhagen and showrooms throughout Europe, the brand offers a perfect excuse for us to visit some of our favourite cities. Below, are a few of the most aesthetically pleasing stopovers in Berlin, Antwerp, Amsterdam and Copenhagen – all very happily just a few short hours from London.



Soho house, Berlin



Nick Jones’ Soho House empire seems to be ever expanding and it never fails to become the hippest hangout in each of the cities it occupies. The Berlin outpost with its 65 bedrooms and that aforementioned rooftop pool is in the Mitte district – the same neighbourhood as HAY Berlin – and occupies a striking piece of architecture with a bit of a chequered past. The Grade II listed building was originally a department store before its Jewish owners were pushed out by shareholders when the National Socialist Party came to power and it was sold to  the Riech Youth Leadership – it became their headquarters during the Second World War. After the collapse of the Berlin Wall in 1989, descendants of the original owners succeeded in having the building returned to them under the reparations act. It lay empty for ten years after this, but today it’s a swanky vision of decadent glamour all mid century furniture, super-cool lighting, a rooftop bar to go with the pool and vast bedrooms furnished with art deco beds, roll top baths and gorgeous Beni Ouarain rugs. In other words, it’s a classic Soho House.



Shop the look for Beni Ouarains and neutral carpets from our Simple Pleasures collection.



Graanmarkt 13 apartment



Ahhhhh, is it possible to do anything other than relax even just looking at this holiday apartment in Antwerp? Designed by the local, internationally celebrated architect Vincent Van Duysen, Graanmarkt 13 is a townhouse in the centre of the city with a gorgeous concept gallery, restaurant and shop on the ground floor. This duplex apartment occupies the top floors and it embodies that classic pared back style that involves intelligent detailing of the sort that’s basically invisible.



Its owners Tim Van Geloven and Ilse Cornelissens originally planned a B&B here, but were suitably smitten with the space mid-project to make it one large beautiful home instead. We’re delighted they did. If you can tear yourself away from the serene interiors as well as the terraces overlooking the city – HAY Antwerp  is a few short streets away – this is the sort of home-from-home that’s a delight to return to after a day of sightseeing.



Try our selection of brown rugs to achieve the same sort of mood in your home.



The Loft, Amsterdam



Nestled in The Nine Streets district of Amsterdam is a bijou three storey townhouse owned by former fashion and interiors stylist Ulrika Lundgren. The top two floors of the building have been converted into a guesthouse – Maison Rika – with a bedroom on each floor, both of which boast views of the historic Herengracht canal.



Ulrika, whose fashion collections are available world wide and have won her fans such as Julienne Moore and Helene Christensen, uses her signature black and cream to form the palette of her guesthouse. It makes a striking base for each of the curated rooms, full as they are with art, furniture and oddities picked up locally and from her travels over the years.



We especially love the black floorboards used throughout and the rusty orange accents used in The View bedroom (below).  Try our Yastik cushions for a similar effect.



HAY Amsterdam can be found on the border of this neighbourhood and the main shopping street, Kalverstraat.



sp34 hotel, copenhagen



Much like the other cities feared here, Copenhagen, home to the handsome flagship HAY house, is worthy of a travel post of its own – watch this space.



But today we’ve selected the delightful boutique hotel SP34 for its gorgeous, friendly and comforting interiors.  The Danes are masters at pairing streamlined contemporary furniture and urban concrete walls with softening textiles in soothing, warming tones – for instance caramel leather and animal skins. And we love the on-trend grid tiling in the hotel bathrooms (see above).

### Decorating ideas to steal from the HAY and WfH showroom

The furniture has been shuffled around and there’s a new colour palette in place…the beautiful HAY and WRONG for HAY showroom at 16 Queen Anne’s Gate has had a revamp to bring in the new season and it’s full of lovely ideas for how to position and display your rugs alongside contemporary furniture. Today we’re walking you through the space to share the ideas. But before we do, here’s a peek at our HQ just along the road at number 34 – we’ve taken delivery of lots of lovely new stock and there are piles of rugs everywhere!



Our lovely new stock ready to rifle through at our HQ at number 34 Queen Anne’s Gate.



Don’t forget that if you’re interested in one of our rugs, both wholesale customers and private customers can contact us for an appointment. We can help you to decide on the style (or styles) of rug that works best for your needs.



Now for that tour of number 16… The following corners of the building have been styled in a way that we particularly love, so we’ve distilled them as decorating tips that are easy to steal for your own home.



working with Jewel tones and clashing patterns



To us, this fun corner brings back memories of pressing our faces up to the windows of a sweet shop or peering into an enticing jewellery box for the first time – it’s all about colour and pattern, and it feels fresh and spirited. Most of the pattern comes from the floor – our geometric Yastik rug – which looks wonderful alongside the blocks of colour coming from the Hackney sofa and Serve tables from WRONG for HAY. The Tree Trunk vase and Nathalie du Pasquier cushions (also from WfH) bring more pattern to the mix but in simple black and white, they become graphic, sculptural elements in this room. As you can see, it never hurts to add a plant here and there for a softening reminder of nature. Key colours are emerald green, 50s mint green, shades of lilac and red plus that all important dash of black.



Toning luxury textures



Now here’s a different mood – this is a slightly more grown up, sophisticated corner of living room and it’s all about texture. The sumptuous Caramel leather upholstered Mags Soft sofa from HAY is central to the set up and blends well with one of our large Beni Ouarains. Behind, some Azilal rugs add pattern and colour along with the cushions (from WfH as before).



The colours in this scene have a 70s vibe. Caramel tones well with the large expanse of pinky-red because there is some variation in the latter – the textured Azilal. A blocky red in a flat fabric would look more dull and lifeless.



On the subject of wall hangings….



how to enliven uninteresting corners



…this Azilal  has been positioned directly above the covered radiator – i.e. in a corner that might otherwise be unused or uninteresting. It really works to use furniture and fixtures like this as a guide for positioning your rugs both on the wall and the floor. In doing so you create areas of interest that give your home a designer edge. And isn’t dull mustard a great partner for those zingy blues? Pairing duller shades with more vibrant ‘uppers’ always works.



give your formal dining area a twist



Here’s how to give a formal dining room set up a bit of a shake up. Caput Kilims are the perfect size for placing beneath a large table and help to zone – especially helpful if you live in an open-plan loft or similar. Mixing the table with a bench and chairs shakes up what is otherwise quite a symmetrical scene. You could also add cushions to the bench for extra comfort.



We’d obviously encourage you to have just as many rugs piled up nearby ready for use as are in this set up! But realistically most of us might use the huge Chinese box for holding blankets instead (close up of the box below) and this makes the whole scene transferable to the outdoors too if you have a covered terrace, deck or porch. On the chillier British summer evenings, having blankets nearby is a good idea, especially if you like your parties to linger into the wee hours.

### Summer exhibitions in London – inspiration from our favourite tastemakers

Summertime in London. Sure there’s disappointing weather – June has looked a lot like April – and stifling hot conditions on the city transport system. But there’s also outdoor swimming in Art Deco lidos and some of the best parties and openings in the world. It’s the season of the annual Serpentine Pavilion for instance, with this year’s a multi-coloured design by Spanish architect practice SelgasCano. It’s also, traditionally, a time when London’s major exhibitions are unveiled.



At the risk of inflicting a big dose of FOMO on you, we asked our favourite tastemakers to share the shows that are on their to-do lists this season. Get ready to mark your diaries as three of our favourite ladies from the world of interiors – stylist and lecturer of textile design at Central Saint Martins Katie Sellers, trendforecaster Sarah Shepherd from London agency TrendPulse and editor of House, by House & Garden Alaina Vieru – share their must-see ideas.



Katie Sellers: Photorealism sculpture and child-friendly brutalism



Duane Hanson at Serpentine Sackler Gallery



A series of lifelike sculptures of working-class Americans portrayed by the late sculptor Duane Hanson (1925-1996) are brought together in the glorious Serpentine Sackler building blending photorealism with elements of the Pop Art movement.



“I’m curious to see just how life-like the sculptures really are. I imagine it to be a voyeuristic experience, glimpsing a mundane snapshot of each of the subject’s daily life. A still life of sorts which involves hyper reality, scale and three dimensional skills, which I suppose interest me from a Stylists’ perspective, the idea of attempting to create that perfect vignette,” says Katie.



Duane Hanson is on until 13 September 2015. Full details for the exhibition here.



The Brutalist Playground at RIBA



A sculpture-cum-architectural-installation, this piece is a collaboration between architecture practice Assemble (the people behind the much photographed Yardhouse artist studios project) and artist Simon Terrill. It’s a perfect exhibition for families with young kids especially – plenty of exploring and interacting without the dreaded ‘do not touch’ element. Full details here.



Katie says: “I do love a bit of Brutalism (the Barbican never fails to amaze me) so this looks a perfect place to take the kids. I spend enough of my time in playgrounds so this interactive experience will amuse them without them realising they’re at a gallery, and allow me to indulge in the architectural installation. Bingo!”



Find Katie Sellers blogging and on Instagram.



Sarah Shepherd: colour, print and inspirational women



Sonia Delaunay and Agnes Martin at Tate Modern



The first UK retrospective of Russian-born artist Sonia Delaunay (1885–1979) is an explosion of colour and pattern. Dealaunay was a key figure of the Paris avant-garde movement and worked across the genres of fine art, fashion and textiles – her extensive portfolio of work also includes geometric tapestries and carpets.



“My must-see exhibitions in London are all women artists I’ve just noted! I’ve already been to see Sonia Delauney at the Tate, which was sooooo wonderful and exciting it almost made me cry. Just an inspiration for colour, pattern, textiles and entrepreneurship. In the next couple of weeks I’m also planning to go back to the Tate Modern for Agnes Martin. Her paintings are all precise lines and grids rendered in beautiful pale colours, so very inspiring for colour and I’m curious to see more of her work up close,” says Sarah. The EY Exhibition: Sonia Delaunay is on until 15 August. Agnes Martin runs until 11 October.



FRIDA by Ishiuchi Miyako at Michael Hoppen Gallery



A photographic exhibition that records some 300 belongings of celebrated Mexican artist Frida Kahlo. Open until 12 July 2015 – more details at Michael Hoppen Gallery.



“This sounds beautiful and poignant according to the gallery’s own description,” says Sarah: ‘Frida by Ishiuchi Miyako is a photographic record of Mexican artist Frida Kahlo’s wardrobe and belongings. Following Kahlo’s death in 1954 her husband Diego Rivera began placing her personal effects into the bathroom of their Mexico City house, The Blue House, which later became the Museo Frida Kahlo. Rivera gave instructions that this room should remain sealed until fifteen years after his death and it in fact remained unopened until 2004 when the museum decided to organise and catalogue the contents. Ishiuchi Miyako was invited to photograph these artefacts, over 300 unseen relics of Kahlo’s life. Captured in natural light with a 35mm Nikon, Ishiuchi Miyako’s portrayal of these objects can seem deceptively simple. Reviewed together however these relics become a composite “portrait”, an insight into a woman who used fashion to channel her physical difficulties into a courageous statement of identity, strength and beauty.’



Follow TrendPulse on Instagram and discover the TrendPulse blog.



Alaina Vieru: Cornell’s oddeties and major sculpture from a great british artist



Joseph Cornell, Wanderlust at Royal Academy



American Surrealist artist and filmmaker Joseph Cornell created shadow boxes from a basement in New York filled with Victorian oddities and everyday items that he picked up from junk shops and antiquarian bookstores – his collages are on display at the Royal Academy from 4 July until 27 September.



“I am desperate to know more about this self-taught artist,” says Alaina. “Joseph Cornell created miniature boxes and assemblages of incredible beauty from everyday objects. From a decorative perspective, there will be so much to glean, but it’s that transformation from dull to distinctive that is so intriguing – as well as Cornell himself. The man barely left New York, but found inspiration from around the world – how did he do it?”



Barbara Hepworth, Sculpture for a Modern World, Tate Britain



The first major Barbara Hepworth exhibition in London for almost 50 years, this retrospective features the artist’s most significant sculptures alongside rarely seen works. It also includes Tate Britain’s first ever garden installation, The Summer Garden, which is inspired by a Barbara Hepworth textile design. On until 25 October 2015.



“Blame Poldark, but I’ve had a real love affair with Cornwall recently, which has included re-watching Hitchcock’s Rebecca. Delving into this Hepworth retrospective is next on my list – especially as the Tate Britain is perhaps my favourite London museum. The mechanics of inspiration fascinate me, so I will be poring over the textiles, photographs and collages on display with particular relish – not to mention taking in the works of Hepworth’s contemporaries, which will also be on display,” says Alaina.



House & Garden is on Instagram and you can visit the inspirational website for regular stories from and beyond the eponymous magazine.

### Talking summer trends with Tricia Guild

We feel proud and lucky to have clients as creative and inspirational as Tricia Guild OBE, creative director and founder of the world-famous interiors brand Designers Guild. Tricia first opened a shop on the Kings Road back in 1970 and, along with many other stockists and outposts, this is still the road that the brand calls home today – and still where you’d head for eclectic fabrics, homewares and lifestyle goodies that feel totally exotic. Like us, Tricia is an avid hunter-gatherer, travelling to India at least once a year among the various other destinations that her business takes her to. A woman after our own hearts, she always makes sure she heads to the local markets to drink in the local colours and scents. All of which must help her hone the incredible eye she has for combining colours and prints. We managed to grab her for a quick chat about what summer means to her and how Designers Guild has translated those thoughts into the Summer 2015 Shanghai Garden collection.



Even though you say you don’t follow colour trends and that it’s intuitive – is there a particular palette that you love right now?



“It is very difficult to pick one favourite colour, as it very much depends on my mood…having said that I do have deep shades of blue at home such as cool indigo or rich cobalt.”



How did you decide on the colour palettes for Shanghai Garden?



“The inspiration was very much the beauty of Chinese landscape paintings, with their attention to the beauty of the natural world from mountains, waterfalls and rivers. All our designs are created in our design studio as original hand-painted pieces of art and we draw on a broad colour palette – from the more signature brighter shades that our brand is so well know for, to masses of naturals, neutral and black and white.  Each design is unique and we approach it as such. There are no definite rules, instead it is more of an intuitive approach and the design grows organically as a result.”



What does summer living mean to you?



“It is time spent in my home in Umbria, Italy surrounded by family and friends. We enjoy the local markets, the best cappuccinos and of course wonderful, delicious suppers together.”



What makes Emily’s House London rugs fit so well with the Designers Guild aesthetic?



“There is a wonderful mix of colours, textures and fabrics and this fits perfectly with our own fabric collections – as well as the other pieces that we hand pick to sell in store.”

### New rug collection unveiled

Back in June we mentioned that we were sorting through piles of new stock. Since then we’ve been doing some serious organising plus a brand new photo shoot. So today we can reveal the key looks from the new collection in a series of gorgeous settings. As you will see, we’ve got neutrals and brights, flatweaves and knotted piles, mats, runners and plenty of huge statement rugs. In other words something for everyone. The collection is juxtaposed with furniture and accessories from HAY and WRONG for HAY along with a few of our own accessories – for instance an antique saddle bag and Chinese bench – all of which sit perfectly with our crafted textile pieces.



We hope you like the results as much as we do. Below we’ve also included information about the types of rugs you can see so you can get a sense of their origins – to us, this is a huge part of why these beautiful textiles are so magical.



Azilal rugs



This is a vintage Azilal rug whose motif delicately picks out the colours of the furniture it’s sitting with. These medium pile rugs come from the Azilal region of Morocco in the central High Atlas mountains and they are made from 100% pure wool. Most Azilals feature a background of natural cream/beige wool with geometric Berber motifs in colourful wool and more recent Azilals sometimes also incorporate synthetic fibres to create the motifs. Our collection covers quite a variety of Azilals from the more neutral to the eye-popping colourful pieces that work just as well on your walls.



The vintage saddle bag shown over the bench is perfect for storing magazines in



Caput Kilim rugs



Turkish Caput kilims are hardwearing flat weaves handmade by Nomadic people, using cotton and goat hair, for everyday life. They are the Turkish version of rag rugs (Boucherouites) in that they mix up materials. To us they work just about anywhere – as well as using them as conventional carpets, we use them to drape on beds as blankets, or over chairs. Full of colour, the tones in some rugs are quite muted (above) although in others are a bit more vibrant (below), so it’s easy to find a fit for your own personal taste.



Turkish Yastik mats on the stool are made from old grain sacks. They make great bath mats or add a splash of pattern to small areas of the home



Beni Ouarain rugs



It’s no wonder that Beni Ouarains have become so fashionable. They are super luxurious, highly crafted carpets made from 100% wool and they come in vast sizes so you can fill large rooms easily with them. Their neutral white base with evocative and unique tribal patterns make them adapt to pretty much any setting.



Made by the Beni Ouarain tribe in the Middle Atlas mountains of Morocco they’ve been a favourite of design-lovers for decades and have been spotted in hundreds of classic Modernist buildings by designers such as Alvar Aalto. More recently they’ve been photographed in the homes of interior designer India Madhavi and tastemaker Jenna Lyons. Truly failsafe, classic pieces.



Zeki Muren rugs



Picture with the Zeki Muren rug is some of our Turkish Yastik cushions.



These rugs emerged in the Art Deco era and their patterns were designed by the flamboyant Turkish artist and musician Zeki Muren, who was known as the “Turkish Liberace”. Hand knotted with a wool blend, they are hardwearing, colourful, geometric and gorgeous. Jewels and sweets come to mind when looking at these creations.



All photography by Benjamin Swanson

### How to clean your carpet

In Morocco, Ramadan in the early summer is a time when locals often give their homes a thorough cleaning. This notion of seasonal refreshment feels good for the soul and because many of you ask about how to clean your carpets, we thought we’d present some tips here on the blog. We put some questions to our favourite expert on the subject Clive Rogers, who is used to looking after valuable, often huge rugs for various city venues and country houses. “We recently cleaned a carpet from the Shard that required six people to move around wet and then re-install,” he told us. Read below for his top tips on how to clean your antique rugs at home without such assistance!



A batch of rugs laid out for a professional clean



Is there a technique for judging how dirty your rug is?



“Tap or flick the carpet from the backside to examine unsettled semi ingrained dust. Do this on a hot dry day as atmospheric humidity will constrain loose particles. Shaking out your rug not only gets rid of dust and reduces the danger of moths, but is also good for a rug that has been getting puckered or isn’t lying flat.”



How often should you clean a rug?



“It’s beneficial to prevent dust from becoming ingrained with occasional light hoovering, back and front. Over-zealous washing with detergents can remove patina and can degrade the structure in some cases, so it’s best to avoid using harsh detergents where possible. Repetition of cleaning depends on the usage e.g. for commercial, every six months whereas light domestic up to five years between washing can be fine.”



What is the best way to clean the rug at home in between professional cleaning?



“Hair shampoo works but you need to rinse out all agents. A good tip is take your rug to the car wash, but don’t use their industrial strength agents and take care not to apply too much water pressure. If the carpet does get thoroughly wet it’s important that it also gets thoroughly dry again to prevent rot – over a fence outside on a dry day is fine.”



Rugs laid out to dry in a field in rural Morocco.



What’s the best way to spot clean a stain?



“There are propriety products on the market for this, but always test first by doing a patch test on a square inch at the edge. Apply very hot water to a paper towel, put it on the rug and then stand on it to see if there’s any movement in the colour right away. You can tackle grease with detergent (rinsed) and candle wax by ironing with brown paper layers. if you spill red wine then first apply water to dilute the spill before mopping it up with a kitchen towel straight away.”



What’s the best way to deal with animal hairs from pets?



“First shake out the rug, then brush, shake again, gentle brush again, hoover, gentle brush. You should always brush in the direction of the nap. When vacuuming, use a strong setting for pile rugs and a less strong setting for flatweaves and Kilims. Don’t forget that it’s not only the front that needs vacuuming. Now and then flip it over and also do the back.”



When it’s time to take your carpets for a professional clean, find Clive’s details here.

### HAY vintage pop up + 24 hours in Copenhagen

On the 4 September, Anne Langkilde Lie Kaas will be opening this years’s HAY vintage pop up with a huge batch of our antique rugs. Like last year, the event is being held in the handsome mansion building at no 26 Bredgade in the Rococo district of Copenhagen – an established destination for galleries and boutiques. Last year Anne gave us a sneak peak behind the scenes, which you can see here. This year she kindly agreed to share with us her tips for how to spend 24 hours in her stylish hometown. Read  about Anne’s Copenhagen below as she opens up her address book of design and fashion shops, the best markets, where to go for your cultural fix, where to drink and dine and where to retreat to at the end of a busy day.



Where to Stay



I would recommend Nimb hotel. Named after the family who owned the building in the 19th Century, the building, with its Moorish facade, overlooks Tivoli Gardens and feels like an intimate guesthouse – the rooms are filled with antiques. The restaurants are also highly regarded.



There aren’t that many design hotels in Copenhagen, but soon the former world famous ballet dancer, Alexander Kølpin, will open his second boutique hotel so watch out for that. He owns Helenekilde Badehotel north of Copenhagen, which is a beautiful place by the sea.



Best for Breakfast



Union Kitchen is a very cosy place in Store Strandgade 2. They serve a nice healthy breakfast. Make sure you pop into fashion boutique Yvonne Koné on the same street while you’re here. Both are quite close to the waterfront where you can take in some of the striking contemporary buildings, such as Henning Larsen’s Opera House. A bit further along the waterfront is the famous Little Mermaid sculpture.



Best design shops



Back in town for shopping, Hay House in Østergade just won an award for best designshop in Copenhagen – it’s a beautiful building and obviously we love what’s inside it too. If you wonder north of here through the backstreets you will find plenty of other great design and interiors shops.



There’s the Hay Minimarket on Pilestræde, then close to there is Gubi at 19 Møntergade – a great Danish brand, then independent boutique, Beau Marché in in Ny østergade 32 (below) and also Casa Shop in Store Regnegade 2, which is a furniture store full of Danish design classics.



Best for fashion



Close to those design shops are a few of my favourite boutiques for fashion. Holly Golightly is also at Regnegade 2, close to Storm at Regnegade 1, Lot 29#, around the corner at 29 Gothersgade and Gossip at Ny Østergade (by Beau Marche). Another nué is a bit further over at Krystalgade.



Lunch nearby on Gothersgade



On the same street as  Lot 29#, Gothersgade, is Atelier September, which is a great place for lunch. The green mixture in the image above is Matcha Meringue!



Best Markets



The street food market at Papirøen (Paper Island) is a great place to visit when you are in Copenhagen. Copenhagen is a capitalby the sea and the street food market is placed at the waterfront. Here you have 33 different street kitchens with food from all over the world. They also have lots of events and music there and the vibe is really special and international.  Torvehallerne is another great food market and there’s also Frederiksberg fleamarket on Saturdays.



Art and culture



Statens Museum for Kunst (National Gallery of Denmark) is the largest museum in Denmark and its vast collection of European classic, Renaissance and Contemporary art is housed in two buildings – the decorative original building (1896) and newer extension by architect Anna Maria Indrio.



Catch Man Ray at Glyptoteket if you visit between now and December, Peter Doig (until end of Setpember) and an interesting exhibition on Africa (until October) at . You can also find the entire works of famous 19th Century Danish artist Bertel Thorvaldsen, whose clients included the Pope and Napolean, at Thorvaldsens Museum.



Dinner and after dark



Copenhagen has so many great restaurants – if you love food, it’s the place to be.  My favourites include: Kadeau (shown above, it has lovely views), Manfreds, Relae, Kul, Pluto and Gorilla.In the Meatpacking district you can find lots of nice places for drinks and clubbing, including Club Sunday and in the summertime there is a lot going on the city including the outdoor theatre Grønnegaards. Then there is of course the Royal Theater and The Opera. Finally, Vega is a nice place for live music.



HAY pop-up store is open until 4 October at 26 Bregade, Copenhagen

### Update – 2 weeks left of the Hay vintage pop up

Since Anne Langkilde Lie Kaas shared her travel tips for Copenhagen, we’ve been hankering for a trip to the Danish capital. She has now sent us some pictures of her pop up shop at Bredgade and the feeling just increased! The collection of over 400 of our rugs looks fantastic in the townhouse – and thanks to the unique nature of each piece, the interior has taken on a different look to last year’s pop up. For instance, there are some stand out (faded) colours present in the range, such as blush pink, brown and burnt orange – on trend! – and these sit alongside a whole host of electric shades – blues, greens and reds – in the Azilals. To use a tired phrase, there is something for everyone.



There are still just over two weeks left of the pop up so go along if you can.



This grey Beni Ouarain is a fantastic piece for bringing a darker neutral to your interior. It looks rich with the navy velvet upholstered Hackney sofa (Wrong for Hay) and is uplifted by hotter colours, such as the subdued orange side table. The same orange is picked out behind in some of the Azilals, which makes for a nice complete scene.



With Memphis a big interior trend story right now, steal the look by going for a rug with graphic colours from the aesthetic – the Azilal in the foreground of this image (red, blue and green) is perfect. We also love some of the more bizarre clashes in these pieces, such as mustard with orange-red, coral pink with blue and purple with fuchsia and orange.



Blush pink is having a big moment in fashion and interiors just now and a rug in this shade is a great way of introducing the colour into your home – the colour works as a neutral.



Anne has stacked up the Boucherouites and Beni Ouarains in homage to a typical Moroccan souk. There are also plenty of little corners styled up to give you ideas for how to use your rugs at home.



HAY pop-up store is open now until 4 October at 26 Bregade, Copenhagen

### Sebastian Wrong’s London

London Design Festival 2015 is now in full swing. Two years ago, at around this time and at the same event, designer Sebastian Wrong and his team launched the brand Wrong for Hay at 16 Queen Anne’s Gate. The collection of contemporary furniture, textiles, lighting and accessories by designers such as Stefan Diez, Nathalie du Pasquier and Bertjan Pot gave a delicious twist to the ancient antiques and original features of the Georgian townhouse it was presented in. Since then the brand has continued to build on its directional portfolio of pieces by both emerging and established creators….



In celebration of this year’s LDF – you can find Wrong for Hay at Lightjunction from tomorrow until sunday (details below) – we managed to grab Sebastian to ask him for a speedy tour through his favourite places in the host city. Formerly a founding director of Established & Sons, an RCA lecturer and the brainchild behind his separate venture The Wrong Shop, which sells limited edition highly crafted pieces of work by some of his favourite innovators, Sebastian knows all about quality and design in the capital. Here’s his take on his – and our – home town.



sebastian’s london…



Where to stay for nice interiors and mood?



“Claridge’s or the Savoy…..but I’ve not slept in either hotel.”



Breakfast or brunch?



“E5 Bakehouse in London Fields.”



Design shop?



“Twentytwentyone on Upper Street, N1 and their showroom on River St, EC1.”



London park?



“Victoria Park, East London.”



London market?



“Broadway Market on Saturday……it’s good for food.”



Lunch stop?



“Rose Bakery on top of Dover Street Market.”



Art and culture?



“Tate (Modern and Britain), Whitechapel Gallery and the great art bookshops on Duke St, St James’s.”



A lovely dinner?



“Moro or Morito on Exmouth Market.”



Classic London night out?



“The Barbican has great cinema, concerts and theatre.”



Exhibition at LDF 2015?



“Our show at Lightjunction!”



Find Wrong for Hay in the atrium space of The College from 24-27 September at Lightjunction, Designjunction.

### Emily’s House London at 19 Greek Street

We love being involved with anything to do with 19 Greek Street, the ambitious townhouse gallery and interior design studio of Marc Péridis. At last month’s London Design Festival we loaned the Soho venture a series of our rugs for their show Art of Progress. The exhibition brought together ethical furniture and products for the home from pioneering designers who have made environmental living a priority in their work. It also put a spotlight on the idea of restoring, upcycling and using more of what we already have in the world. And this is where our vintage rugs come in. They are being loved and used again 50-60 years after they were made – and they were also made by tribeswomen who worked with natural dyes.



Through the exhibition, we learnt about a lot of new designs, technologies and community projects that complement this ethos of mindful living. From the stained glass window by Marjan Van Aubel, which generates electricity from daylight to provide energy to charge your devices through USB ports in the window ledge…



…To the volunteer-run Tiny Miracles, which aims to bring 700 people in Mumbai out of poverty by teaching skills such as welding and stitching to uneducated people so that they can generate an income.



Everything included was presented in beautiful scenes as full of inspiration for colour-combining as they were for ideas for living in a more positive and environmental way. Moody denim blues graduated to lighter pastel blues, juxtaposed with pinks – from mink to pale blush – and our softening, textured rugs. Here, we present some of our favourite moments of the exhibition.



Pink was used exactly the way we love it – grown up and sophisticated and not at all sickly – and we love that the ceilings were painted to match the blue walls instead of straightforward white.



A little added decoration from our Beni Ouarain still keeps the focus on the other colours in the room, but adds a bit of a graphic twist.



Now, a very pastel corner that featured a delicious green in the mix with blue, pink and coral.



19 Greek Street is being run as more of a pop up space now, with some plans underway for greater online activity. You can sign up to their newsletter (at the bottom of the homepage) to be kept up to date.



And if you like the look of the rugs featured here, don’t forget to check our etsy site or make an appointment to visit us.

### Boucherouites, some press and our seasonal promotion

We were thrilled to have one of our Boucherouite rugs included in Living Etc’s November issue…



The rug is highlighted on a ‘get-the-look’ shopping page that follows a feature about the Danish home of Barbara Husted Werner and her film director husband Martin Werner. They’ve filled their rooms with a rich variety of Moroccan rugs dotted between striking furniture and lighting from super-contemporary design studios including Aparatus, Piet Hein Eek and Nanna Ditzel. Barbara owns the Copenhagen shop Holly Golightly, which Mette highlighted in her Copenhagen city guide for us here on the blog, and she obviously has an incredible eye for colour – it’s worth picking up a copy of Living Etc just to have a peek at her stunning pink kitchen with its green geometric tiled floor.



Seeing the house reminded us that we haven’t talked about our Boucherouites here for a while. Boucherouites are the more contemporary rugs in our collection. They emerged in the 1960s, handmade by a younger generation of weavers living a more urban lifestyle in Morocco than the traditional Berber tribes working in the Middle and High Atlas mountains. Not living so close to the sheep and the fields meant that for this new group of weavers wool was a more expensive and inaccessible commodity. However with rug-making still a large part of their culture, the makers started to look for materials elsewhere, for instance picking up clothing they could find in their local souks. A secondhand pullover would be unravelled, dyed in parts and then used to make a rug. This process explains why Boucherouites are also known as Rag Rugs.



Rag Rug weavers not only updated the materials they used for making, but also reinvented motifs and colour ways and quite radically modernised the work process by focussing on their individual design preferences instead of sticking to tribal traditions as the Berber makers had before them. This means each Boucherouite is not only a unique piece of art, but is also extremely personalised.



So Boucherouites embody an aesthetic and cultural shift towards Western culture for this group of Moroccan weavers and maybe that’s why the patterns feel so modern to us. They are of course totally in keeping with the current trend for geometric designs in interiors, but crucially they’re also classic and timeless – flick through some back issues of World of Interiors to see them appear in all sorts of homes, classical and contemporary.



We love to see them on walls as well as floors – as you might remember us noting before in our feature about Rag Rugs As Art.



There’s also something very joyous about seeing a clash of Boucherouite patterns together, even on the page here. We hope it inspires you to mix and match Boucherouites like this throughout your home too.



Find an extensive collection of Boucherouites in our 15%-off-Sale here. And don’t forget to send us a photo of your rug at home if you do purchase one, we’re always inspired by how you use our pieces.

### Wrapping up for Christmas

It may be still November, but Christmas is only six weeks away. So it really is time to start thinking presents, especially if you favour avoiding a mad dash in the final week – or worse, the final day – before the big event. To help you get started we’ve put together a Christmas Gift Guide with some of our gorgeous, winter-warmer products to use around the home and about your person (the cosiest blankets). And to celebrate, we’re also offering free worldwide shipping on all orders over £100 until Friday 18th December. Each gift is carefully wrapped with ribbon and an Emily’s House London card, which you can personalise with a message that we’ll hand write for you.



Below are a few suggestions of gifts for your loved ones.



STOCKING FILLERs: YASTIK MATS…



Rolled up into a rich patterned bundle, our small Turkish Yastik mats are perfect stocking fillers. Hailing from Anatolia, Yastiks were originally used as storage sacks before finding a decorative function – often placed horizontally along the back of a sofa. We also use them as bath mats or small textural pieces to help zone rooms – underneath a desk or by the side of a bed for instance. Each of our Yastik mats is unique and comes with a high quality underlay. Each at £75, but if you buy two or more, it qualifies for the free Worldwide shipping. Take a look at some of your favourites below.



…And Hand stitched blankets



We have a selection of hand stitched fabrics in rich, warm colours that conjure up a lovely Christmassy feel. Perfect for your friends or family.



THE VERSATILE GIFT: PAISLEY THROWS…



Our collection of hand woven 18th Century vintage French Paisley throws make a lovely versatile gift. They are shawls first and foremost so you can wear them in and out of the home. Equally, they are often used inside the home as blankets thrown over a sofa, chaise longue or bed, and tablecloths – the warm colours setting just the right tone for a luxurious Christmas dinner or just a simple winter supper.



…And Kilims



Kilims are just as multifunctional and not strictly for the floor, although of course they work perfectly as rugs. Employ their rich colours as a backdrop for a great feast and you’ll love being able to see the coloured hand stitching of these pieces up close.



The indulgent gift: Azilals and Beni Ouarains



Great as gifts, or maybe even a sneaky gift for yourself because Azilal’s (above) and Beni Ouarains (below) help to get your home ready for Christmas – made from 100% wool and with a soft pile, these one-off handmade pieces warm up your home instantly, and that is just the mood required for Christmas.



We hope we’ve helped you to feel prepared and inspired with these ideas, all of which are hand woven and unique, making them very special for the lucky recipients of your gifts. Visit our Etsy store for more products and drop us a line if you have any enquiries.

### Inspiring ways to use rugs

Some of us buy things for the home based purely on a passionate ‘I must have that’ feeling in the gut, giving little thought to where the piece is going to go and whether there is actually room for it. Others see a gap in their home that needs filled and take a more practical approach to shopping. This is shopping with a mission. Quite honestly, we can identify with both. But in either instance, when it comes to rugs we know through talking to you that it’s helpful to have a bit of guidance on how to use them and place them. So today we’re bringing you a festival of images to fire your imagination. From using rugs as a zoning tool to displaying them in ways that highlight their artistic merit, here are some ideas to copy.



Using rugs to zone a room  



The showroom at Hay and Wrong for Hay with Emily’s House London



Inside the Hay and Wrong for Hay showroom we used a runner to follow the length of a dining table, both marking it out and leading the eye towards the window. Here, a seating area is also zoned, this time by a larger piece (together the rugs create a nice pattern of shapes on the floor). There is a tendency to place rugs in front of a sofa – use them beneath a lounge area like this for maximum cosiness and impact.



Runners are not just for hallways and can be used to divide up two sides of a room equally or asymmetrically. For instance, two thirds living room, one third study such as in this room showcasing the Capo armchair from Cappellini. 



Image from Cappellini



Whereas a dividing sideboard or screen would form more of a physical barrier, use a zoning rug for a purely (beautiful) visual marker. Very geekily, we also love that the chair is just nudged onto the rug, something that’s just about happening in the Hotel Tivoli in New York state, which is owned by artists Brice and Helen Marden.



Photo courtesy of Hotel Tivoli



It’s more obvious to place a runner along the end of a bed. Instead lay it lengthways to give your feet a treat when you step out of bed first thing in the morning. Honestly, either solution works so it’s down to what furniture you have to fit in and what you like the look of best.



Layering rugs



Photo courtesy of TrendPulse



This is the shop floor of Boerum in Brooklyn, which is sadly no more. It could just as well be your front room. Even if you’re dealing with a smaller scale, try layering a few different rugs on top of one another for a patchwork effect like this. The idea is about making a pattern statement, but try to find a thread of continuity whether it’s sticking to fairly muted Azilals and Kilims with a single highlight colour (burnt orange here) or going for something extremely ecclectic with a series of bright Boucherouites.



Interior by Sarah Lavoine, photo by Francis Amiand



Interior designer Sarah Lavoine has made a cosy and graphic feature beneath the coffee table in her gorgeous home in the Palais Royale area of Paris. She’s used a contemporary rug but you can mimic the look by laying 3-4 runners like this, staggered to create a statement.



UNEXPECTED IDEAS



The showroom at Emily’s House London



Choose a sumptuous pile rug to add a textural contast to your sofa. We’ve used a deep red Tulu rug against the navy blue Wrong for Hay Hackney sofa in the showroom, which ties in with the base tone of the rug on the floor.



Photo courtesy of Aesop



Think outside the box and steal this idea from Aesop Richmond where a kilim rug slithers down a few steps at an angle. The armchair anchors it visually, though we’d advise adding a few pins to the rug on the steps to make sure it remains safely on the them (much like fitting a conventional carpet).



Kilim rug shown by Emily’s House London



There are two great things about hanging rugs on walls. 1. It’s a clever way of bringing colour, pattern and art to blank areas – whether behind a sofa, dining table, or bed, in an alcove or hanging down two storeys of a staircase. 2. It adds insulation and warmth not to be sniffed at in winter. Try it, you won’t look back.



PAY ATTENTION TO DETAILS



Image styled by Abel Sloane using a rug by Emily’s House London



Harking back to what we mentioned before, don’t stop a vast rug in front of the sofa, take it slightly under, just like Mid Century furniture specialists Abel Sloane and Ruby Woodhouse have here.



Don’t feel you can’t take your rug right up to the wall just because it’s not a conventional fitted carpet. It looks great slotted into a space it perfectly fits, or starting off at a wall floating into a greater space where it meets furniture.



Zig Zag rug with tassel detail by Emily’s House London



If your rug has beautiful tassel details or edging, place it somewhere where you will notice this. Make it the first thing you see when you enter the house, place it at the foot of your favourite armchair or even drape it over a console table so you can have it in your eyeline.

### Winter trends with Skandium’s buyer Lucio Longoni

Skandium is not just one of London’s foremost design shops, it’s also a stockist of our Beni Ouarain rugs. These pieces are obviously Moroccan, but they’ve also long had a connection to Scandinavia after some of the greatest modernist designers hailing from there, including Alvar Aalto and Arne Jacobsen, used them in their iconic Mid Century buildings.



In a nod to this history and in celebration of our partnership with Skandium, we asked buyer Lucio Longoni to share his tips on the interiors trends that will carry us through this winter and beyond. Or in other words, we wanted to know how Lucio does cosy creatively. Here’s what he told us about the key colours, textures and even scents in the current Skandium collection and how to use them around the home – especially now that the entertaining season is in full swing.



Can you sum up what says cosy Winter living to you ?



“Cosy living for me is all about the senses. Tactile and fluffy soft rugs – Emily’s House London Beni’s – with a mixture of textured cushions and throws is a great starting point. Ambient lighting gives the perfect atmosphere, whilst lighting woody scented candles, such as those by Skandinavisk, and doing home baking is how I like to unwind in the winter months.”



How do you think Emily’s House London rugs fit with the Skandium aesthetic?



“The Beni Ouarain rugs sit perfectly with Skandium’s commitment to offering the best of classic Scandinavian design. Although they’re not from the Nordic countries, there has been this strong link between the rugs and modernist architects and designers such as Alvar Aalto, Le Corbusier, Charles and Ray Eames, Frank Lloyd Wright, Marcel Breuer and Arne Jacobsen. All of whom used to have these rugs in their buildings or homes.”



What key colour palettes are in the current / new Skandium collections and how do you decide on them?



“The current colours of the season are a balancing act of current trends, such as fern green and rich blue, with classic Scandinavian design. From Marimekko’s bold stripes and prints to the pastels of Muuto combined with timeless stainless steel at Georg Jensen and classic china from Royal Copenhagen.”



 Is there a particular palette that you love right now personally / for winter in your own home?



“The colour of the moment for me is blue, I’m loving rich, deep tones mixed with touches of brass.”



What are your tips for making a Christmas table look festive and gorgeous?



“The perfect Christmas table for me is all about height and layers. Starting with flowers and foliage as centerpieces, followed by elegant candles and cotton, linen and metallic details – try Ferm Living cotton napkins and napkin rings, Georg Jensen candlesticks and Iittala Serving platters.”



How do you celebrate Christmas?



“I usually spend Christmas in the USA as that’s where most of my family is. We have an unusual mix of British, Italian and American food but it always tastes fantastic. Christmas for me is all about food!”



What’s on your Christmas wish list?



“Too many things! But if I have to narrow it down to three…a Max Bill Quartz watch by Junghans, black Mismo shopper and Stilleben x Skandinavisk candle, which is exclusive to Skandium.”



Visit Skandium for more ideas

### Dining trends – for Christmas and beyond

It’s looking Christmassy in our Emily's House showroom just now. Together with Hay and Wrong for Hay, we’ve been setting the rooms up to display ideas for how to decorate for the festive season and – very importantly – the Christmas table. That part of Christmas day when you sit down to lunch or dinner is the best bit of the day surely. Although yes, it does depend a little on the company!



Whether you’re dining with loved ones or a motley crew, below are some of our ideas for laying a table, along with a tour of inspiration from other tastemakers we love. And if you’re a Christmas avoider? We promise, these are ideas that will carry you well beyond December, give or take a cracker.



The showroom all decked out for Christmas



We’re lucky to have a lovely large dining table to play with here. Much like buying a bed, when it comes to choosing a dining table – and if you like to entertain – it’s worth getting the largest one your room can take. But assuming that part is already in hand, lets dissect the details.



To top the table we’ve used one of our Paisleys as a runner at the centre, giving a textured, coloured and patterned focal point to the scene but without covering up what is a very lovely table. A Turkish Perde Kilim running along the bench seat picks up the same colours – and also adds some cushioning.



Don’t forget to add Christmassy foliage to your table



As Skandium’s Lucio Longoni pointed out in our last blog post, what happens next is about adding layers and height. We’ve used Hay and Wrong for Hay tableware and candlesticks (and their lovely matches – details!) to achieve this variation and make sure the table is not a flat landscape.



Our final touch: some Christmas foliage in the shape of berries and eucalyptus. If space is too tight for a vase, why not scatter it as we have?



COLOUR CODED TABLES



Eagle-eyed readers you may have noticed that we stuck to a fairly rigid palette of red and navy blue for the main elements of our table. We are not alone in colour-coding our dining sets. Below are some more ideas and current trends surrounding colour at the dining table.



Image from Society Limonta



This beautiful scene from Society Limonta looks like a Flemish Renaissance painting – heavy on the drapes. It’s all about the green tablecloth and brass jug, both of which offset the thick navy blue curtain rather beautifully. Everything else tones from there and does so in the same muted way. If you have a linen tablecloth, go for linen napkins too. If you’re going for such an expanse of colour and pattern on the tablecloth everything else just needs to be kept simple.



Image from Canvas Home, available from Selfridges



Canvas Home is making a very compelling case for lilac here – and that fits with the current love of all things pastel. The trick is in making pastels chic and not sickly and pairing this lilac table with crisp white crockery and cool brass cutlery achieves exactly that.



Image courtesy of Skandium



Who says you can’t have a monochrome Christmas? Not Skandium anyway. This is a table in their showroom as put together by super stylist Despina Curtis. In contrast with the Society Limonta scene, this is all about bringing detail in with the smaller items – the tabletop itself being bare (a black or white tablecloth would also work). Take Dazzle ships as your inspirational cue using stripes at the heart of a clever monochrome pattern clash.



Blue and brass. It’s a killer combination and if your blue has pattern in it, then err away from adding too many more colours to detract from it. Although as the pomegranate proves, a tiny dollop of warm red does look great against the cool blue and white. We also like the unexpected rustic wood plate here as a nice contrast to the slick brass details. The brass napkin rings are by Ferm Living.



the fine tuning



As ever with decorating, the devil is in the details with putting together a very fine table setting. For the winter months – see also the UK generally – think about adding warming textural details, a Gotland sheepskin to your chairs or bench, or a Tula rug. If you have a simple tablecloth consider coloured or patterned tableware and don’t forget really lovely napkins. Last minute paper napkins thrown on a beautiful table? Considered a decorating crime in polite circles.



Clockwise from top left, Gotland Sheepskin from Trill Farm, Tela glassware by Wrong for Hay, Napkins from Merci, Astier de Villatte plates from Graanmarkt 13



Set the mood with lighting



A detail not to be overlooked – and thus deserving of its own section – is mood and lighting. A few things to bear in mind. Where food is in the equation, scented candles are a no no. Save them for after. Low hanging chandeliers or pendant lights are great for setting the mood and making a statement as demonstrated below by Ochre. Your light’s position will set a height limit for your candles. In short, low light, low candles. Downlights integrated in your ceiling mean you can go crazy with tall candles.



Arctic Pear chandelier from Ochre



Finally, clusters of candles, on a nearby fireplace, at one end of the dinner table or simply put together in small groups at intervals along the table – can never go wrong as long as they’re not too close to the merriest guest.



Candles and images from Toast

### Trend watch: 3 design fairs this month and how to follow the best bits

Design Fairs are a great place to pick up ideas for the home and see trends as they emerge whether your special interest is colour, textiles, furniture or all of the above. We know our rugs are just part of the story of creating a loved home, and like us you are probably a smidge obsessed with the other components too. So, since the beginning of the year is also a time of many fairs, below are three of our favourites taking place this month, along with a few ideas of brands to look out for. Two of them are for industry only – interior designers note! However, if you are more consumer than industry (or simply prefer watching from the comfort of your own home) we’ve included the best ‘scouters’ to follow for reports on new finds as they are discovered.The trends that emerge at these fairs will continue to shape the rest of the year in interiors. Here’s what we’re watching out for…



17-19 January,Olympia, London: Top Drawer



Top Drawer at London’s light-filled Olympia venue – trust us, if you’ve done as many design fairs as we have then you’ll appreciate that light – has exploded since its beginnings in 1984. Its speciality is crafts, gifts and smaller homewares pieces, often from rising talents. Some key colour trends we’re expecting to see from there: blush pink (still going VERY strong), green, black and blue (we love this room). Plus, the trend for tribal pieces, which works very well with our rugs – think woven wickerwork, such as chairs, baskets and lights, and a strong sense of the handmade. Full information here.



Brands to watch for: Minimal works from Eradu Ceramics, new black tableware Theo from Stelton, which includes a swish coffee maker, and Turner Prize winners Assemble no less (seen above).



Follow from your armchair: Top Drawer’s own Instagram and Twitter is constantly updated throughout the fair (and has previews beforehand). Read Design Hunter and Mad About The House – two blogs that are great for picking up on latest trends and new products.



19-24 January, Battersea Park, London:The Decorative Antiques and Textiles fair



We’ve been to this fair (for all visitors) before, and can attest to its ability to lead the eye (and the wallet) on a journey through all sorts of beautiful antique furniture and fabrics. It specialises in the quirky and obscure. As the fair’s own image above reveals, you can find everything from key furniture pieces such as Arne Jacobsen’s Grand Prix chairs, to taxidermy and yes, burl wood as a table display if you’re so inclined. Don’t be prissy about mixing styles and periods for that winning World of Interiors vibe. Find out all the details here.



Dealers to watch for: Fontaine for oddeties including papier mache masks, taxidermy and decorative busts, Gaby van Schagen for classic Scandinavian painted folk furniture, and contemporary art from Jenna Burlingham.



Specialists in the field: Writer and antiques specialist Judith Miller, Homes & Antiques magazine.



22-26 January, Paris Nord Villepinte Exhibition Centre: Maison&Objet



Every interiors trend forecaster worth their salt will be on the Eurostar to Paris come the 21 January to check out the enormous – at times overwhelming – Maison&Objet. This professional’s fair brings together the best and the obscure names of contemporary design from around the world, along with many local French brands. At last year’s event we learnt about Celie Hannes, a label that has worked with makers from some of the townships in Cape Town to make gorgeous pieces, including these woven wall matts and wall tiles.



This year, a selection of six new Scandinavian design talents are showcasing their works in a specially dedicated space – we love the look of recent Helsinki graduate Katrina Nuutinen’s work. Her focus is lighting, tableware and interior accessories. Her collection includes beautiful blown glass, birch and maple Lyyi boxes (above), for “jewels, bath pearls and other small treasures,” according to the designer.



Brands and makers: Menu for stunning pared back furniture, UK brand Tiipoi, which works with makers in India and follows the Indian ethos of wasting nothing, Belgian brand Muller Van Severen for beautiful clean-lined furniture in perfect colour combinations, and Yastik by Rifat Ozbek for striking contemporary textiles from the Turkish former fashion designer.



Follow the best bits: The ever updating Dezeen for straightforward reports and TrendPulse for their brilliant eye for textiles and colour.

### Emily’s House Escapes: Killiehuntly in the Cairngorms

Scotland is at least one of the best places in the world, if not the best, to experience genuinely wild and remote nature without the burr of cars in the background. This March, brand new holiday hideaway Killiehuntly opens its doors in the heart of the Cairngorms to offer just this sort of escape, with some splendid interior design thrown in. The estate, built in 1603, contains a four bedroom farmhouse, where guests are served breakfast, a packed lunch, afternoon tea and dinner, plus a self-catering two-bed cottage and the one-bedroom Hayloft. All on a backdrop of rugged, mountainous wilderness…



…and we’re proud to say that inside Killiehuntly, you’ll find some of our rugs dotted throughout the beautifully curated interiors. They sit wonderfully alongside traditional Orkney chairs, locally-sourced sheepskins and a host of contemporary Scandi pieces from brands such as Gubi and Rubn. Danish owner Anne Storm Pedersen, along with her husband Anders, worked with designer Ruth Kramer to create a homestay that quietly blends the best of Scandinavian and Scottish design, but puts the local scenery at the heart of everything. Here, Ruth tells us a bit more about how they’ve achieved their particular style of laid-back country living and reveals her client’s unusual inspirations.



What kind of condition was the building in previously?



“The whole farm needed to be rebuilt and nothing had been done to it for decades. The original layout was kept and we worked with architect Nicholas Groves-Raines, who specialises in restoring old houses in the traditional way, but at the same time giving the houses modern standards. We have achieved a great feeling inside.”



A cosy atmosphere is created in the living room at the Farmhouse.



Can you tell us what kind of principles of Scandinavian design you have brought to the house?



“The main inspirations for Anne were the paintings of Hammershøj and modern photos by Trine Søndergaard. They both work with the idea of the ‘room as an object’. Rooms in which the viewer gets an impression of order, beauty and a wonderful colour scheme. We wanted to create a house with a feminine touch with a colour scale that can calm you and make you just want to be in it. The idea is about making you instinctively feel at home. By blending the best of Danish design with the house and more handmade elements from Scotland we felt we could achieve a modern more contemporary Scandi-Scot blend.”



Large flagstones and a traditional console table are teamed with art by Trine Søndergaard.



How about the Scottish elements that you’ve worked with?



“We have used quite a lot of Scottish pieces that blend perfectly with the more contemporary Danish classics – Sheepskin bed throws, handmade stools, Orkney chairs. We have some very good connections in Scotland who we visit every time we are there to find new, old or just special pieces that will work for the house.”



Guests from all of the buildings can gather for breakfast in the Farmhouse. One of our Azilals brings warmth and graphic pattern to the panelled bedroom in the Hayloft.  Red chairs from HAY bring a hot accent colour to the black and natural wood Hayloft.  A hallway made cosy with the help of one of our vintage early 20th century Persian Sofreh rugs.  One of our colourful small Turkish Yastk mats in the simple rustic bathroom.



What is it about this area of Scotland that you think guests will love about it?



“The nature is breathtaking. It’s so large that it gets to you and makes you silent. You feel the beauty in the rough and realise that here enjoyment must be earned – you have to hike up the hills to admire the majestic views and revel in the loneliness of it all. You can take morning walks and see animals up close. You can simply let nature inspire your actions.



We hope guests will enjoy being out in it, then returning in the evening to discuss their experiences with their fellow travellers at the Killiehuntly dinner table, or share experiences over breakfast. And we hope that guests rediscover the meaning of life, doing sweet nothing and the importance of unspoiled nature.”



For full details visit Killiehuntly.

### tips for styling runners in your home

People often assume runners are just for hallways. Of course runners are for hallways, but they are also ideal for many other places too. Today we’re exploring those ways. We’ve got hanging ideas, zoning ideas, pattern-forming ideas, ideas focused on particular rooms… and at the end of all of it we’ve got some of our newest runners to show you. To ease in gently, lets begin by exploring the more expected…



Hallways and corridors



Like we said, runners are great for hallways and on one of the upper landings in our showroom we’ve been playing around with different ideas. Above is one of our favourites two outcomes: The straightforward use of this blush-toned Turkish Chaput creates a walkway from one room to another, adds pattern and warmth to a minimal space and its length perfectly mimics the balustrade it sits next to.



In much the same way, this simple hallway found in House & Garden (below) features a rug that uses the outline of walls around it to inform size. In short, use the architecture of the building as your guide for choosing how long your runner should be.



You can of course go against this idea as we have in our second favourite outcome in the hall of our showroom. This time we layered two shorter runners together to create a colour clash and interesting floor shapes – together they extend beyond the length of the ballustrade.



The pattern – a classic stripe – is the same on each Chaput for continuity so that it’s the colour differences that strike you. This reminds us of the sofa in the chic home in Tilda Swinton’s latest movie A Bigger Splash (directed by I Am Love‘s Luca Guadagnino). See if you can spot it in the trailer.



Runners connect rooms and lead the eye



Some corridors are more like transition spaces – less obvious, but no less suitable places for runners. Below, Italian brand Molteni makes the area between a bedroom, closet and ensuite more cosy.



Using a longer-than-necessary runner here is unexpected and leads the eye into the next room. We’ve achieved similar with one of our Moroccan Berbers, lining it up to a door.



How to use runners in wider rooms



We’ve found that not everyone thinks to use our longer, slimmer runners in environments such as living rooms and dining rooms. In fact there are various ways to utilise them in these broader rooms.



An obvious one is to line up your runner with your main sofa as the wonderful Gert Voorjans has done in his living room (below).



Take this idea further by making your runner(s) the statement of your living area instead of the sofa. Try two runners at right angles and overlapping with each other to form an interesting shape in front of a sofa and use the shape to frame a side table. Stick to the same type of rug (for example, only Boucherouites) so there’s not too big a mish-mash of different fibres.



For smaller furniture items, the runner works well underneath – here’s a reading corner from B&B Italia, which is made cosy by the rug marking out the seat.



Similarly, you can place your runner beneath your dining table to make it cosy, indulgent and luxurious. Have it poking out from under the chairs to highlight the material and textural contrast with the floor.



Or, run your textile alongside the table, again marking out its shape. On a side note, we love the blush and red contrast in this image from modular furniture brand USM.



This wouldn’t be Emily’s House London without a rug on the wall and long runners are unexpectedly ideal for corners and filling sections of larger wall in an interesting way. We have a sturdy steel structure in the showroom for hanging rugs, but for a softer more homely look use a wooden bracket to hang your runner from, painting it the same colour as your wall so that it blends in (shown here in the Bath Hay showroom). Use strong screws in each end of the bracket then attach metal or wooden clips onto the screws through the small hole in each clip.



Pushing creativity further



For parties, informal weddings and barbeques in the summer months, create a bohemian, cosy lounge space by layering a garden room with lots of runners with a mix of fibres and patterns. Cover them with comfy cushions, poufs, benches, and add low seating and tables for eating.



Finally, to set the mood of a Bedouin-style tent, hang rugs from the ceiling. Use flat woven runners here and take advantage of the length of the rug to create something dramatic. Use beams (if you have them) for clipping and hanging the ends of the rug.



As usual, you can find our textiles on our Etsy page, and here are some of our newest pieces…

### Our rugs, Jamb and The World of Interiors

This bedroom in the Spitalfields home of Antiques specialist and Jamb founder Will Fisher and his wife Charlotte Freemantle is a feast for our textiles-loving eyes. It featured in the January 2016 issue of The World of Interiors and we’re pleased as punch that at the end of the perfectly dressed bed, the view is of…



… one of our Moroccan Beni Ouarain rugs! Will and Charlotte bought several pieces from us and it’s been inspiring to see how they have dotted them around this, their latest house project.



You might already know about Will’s work from his shop in London’s Pimlico where he has built Jamb into a widely respected destination for 17th, 18th and 19th Century antique and reprodution chimney pieces, fire grates, lighting and furniture. As a self-confessed antiques-obsessive, Will also has a brilliant knack for crafting eclectic interiors that are classical, English country house-style and yet also somehow thoroughly modern.



The couple’s Spitalfields house is a former wig maker’s and, unlike its surrounding buildings, was not listed. Its mixed background gave the owners the courage to approach its renovation with a creative hand, rather than following a strict Georgian aesthetic that they might have tended towards had they been dealing with one of the neighbouring homes. It has obviously been a labour of love, but the interiors embody a playful feel and as Charlotte told The World of Interiors, “We made everything ourselves, working with our ideal designs, in the materials we wanted to use.”



Read about the project in full over on Will’s blog and while you’re there, you might enjoy his short essay, Footballs and Fireplaces, about how he’s had to adapt to his young children’s decorating ideas – Yoohoo stickers on Raku pots and all. Any interiors-obsessed parents out there will be able to identify.



If you like the rugs that Will and Charlotte selected, don’t hesitate to come and see us at the showroom so we can help you find something similar.

### Morocco to Scotland – steal design ideas from Vanessa Branson’s two magical hideways

Unlikely as it sounds, today’s post about Vanessa Branson’s two very different holiday escapes is woven together by the common theme of the Beni Ouarain rug. Before we explain, lets introduce the two locations. First, her magical island Eilean Shona in Moidart on the west coast of Scotland – a place that J M Barrie once holidayed and is rumoured to have inspired Neverland.



One of our team spent a magical holiday here last year and enjoyed a proper escape from life (AKA connectivity). Guests are collected by boat from the mainland then escorted to their holiday home where tvs, phones and anything more tech than a toaster are completely absent. A small village hall, which acts as a communal games room for guests from all seven holiday cottages (in addition to “the big house” which sleeps 20), offers the only wi-fi on the island. The natural outcome of this is that you spend all your time at one with nature, whatever the weather. Stags wander past windows and gallop in packs accross the hills and if you’re lucky you might spot seals, otters and pine martens.



El Fenn meanwhile, Branson’s 28 bedroom riad hotel in bustling Marrakech – not far from the main square Jemaa el Fnaa and the manic markets that wend their way down the streets off here – is a haven with no less than three swimming pools and some resident tortoises. It’s frequented by the likes of Gwyneth Paltrow among other starry names. And also us! We love hanging out there for lunch when we’re on our buying trips.



As different as they are, the interior design in both locations is cosy, cocooning and fitting of each setting. We’ve spotted North African rugs in both and were struck again by how versatile these textiles really are.



The Old Schoolhouse on Eilean Shona (below) has only just been added to the collection of cottages on the island, following its refurbishment – it is now the nicest one.



Some of the origial fittings – such as the brass light switches – remain part of the modernised interior where white-washed pannelled walls, bare floorboards and simple furniture create a classic cosy cottage feel. So far so Scottish. But two Beni Ouarains in the main living and dining space bring a subtle taste of Morocco to the look. Made from sheep’s wool in a natural colour, they actually fit in perfectly here in remote – and lets face it cold – Scotland.



In an all-white bathroom an Azilal follows the same tonal theme, but adds a touch of colour too. Again, the textural quality of the piece makes the room cosy and comforting.



The design could not be more different to the rooms at El Fenn, where hot colours and darker walls are more fitting for the climate and local design traditions.



In this bedroom, the Beni Ouarain has the effect of adding a highlight, an almost cooling effect.



As well as Beni Ouarains, there are various other North African rugs dotted throughout El Fenn…



From faded orange, patterned kilims…



To bolder Berbers that create real impact in the rooms – green with red/pink/orange is a wonderful combination.



We’re probably biased, but to us, the rugs play a big part in the interiors of both holiday destinations we’ve shown above. Hopefully they’ve given you some interiors inspiration and maybe some ideas for travel too.



Images from Eilean Shona and El Fenn

### Emily’s House Reading list…

We’ve got three inspirational interiors books for you today, each one offering something a little bit different – each one being added to our ever-growing reading pile.



The first covers the current trend for domestic plants. Do you remember when these were deemed totally uncool? Well not anymore, and it’s hard to imagine such a healthy thing going back out of fashion.



The second book looks at African textiles in close detail – and thus is close to our heart – and the third is a bible of contemporary and modernist homes from the people who run niche estate agency The Modern House.



Greenterior



The perfect book for plant-loving interiors nerds, Greenterior showcases the homes of 20 creatives who have a passion for green and is full of ideas for how to display your plants, as well as tips on how to care for them. The book is by photographer Bart Kiggen and journalist Magali Elali, the duo who created chic interiors blog Coffeelatch – plantlovers themselves, who, with Greenterior, wanted to make the case for more greenery in the home. Visiting New York, the Netherlands, Barcelona and their native Belgium, the pair shot the private homes of a great mix of subjects, including interiors photographer Martyn Thompson, artist Ana Kras and furniture designers Muller Van Severen. Helpfully, each case study is followed by a plants glossary so that you can get to know your Agave from your Anigozanthos.



The New York home of photographer Martyn Thompson  The New York home of artist Ana Kras  The Antwerp home of painter Piet Raemdonck



African Textiles



Just re-issued, African Textiles is written by John Gillow who has collected textiles and lectured on the subject for 35 years. His comprehensive journey through the traditional handmade textiles traditons of Africa explores region by region, the colourful, diverse and vibrant hertiage of the continent’s North, West, East, Central and Southern areas. As well as looking at traditions and techniques, and showcasing materials and patterns in glorious colourful images, the book discuses the impact of textiles on Africa’s religious, social and political cultures – in particular, looking at how the role of women has shifted from domestic to business. The book is both an education and an inspiration – particularly for pattern and colour lovers.



A craftsman in West Africa, from African Textiles



The Modern House



Architecture journalist and author Jonathan Bell has worked with The Modern House‘s founders Matt Gibberd and Albert Hill on this glossy book that acts as a sort of ‘best of’ for the niche architecture estate agency. The focus is on British buildings and there are architectural icons present – London’s Barbican, Isokon building and High Point- alongside stand alone country villas, some of whose interiors have not been seen before. Ideas for decorating the contemporary home are plentiful. But really, this is the sort of book that’s ripe for escapism and dreaming.



Barbican, London  West Common Way, Harpenden Hartfordshire  High & Over, Amersham, Buckinghamshire  Holyport House, Maidenhead, Berkshire

### Bathroom Focus

After losing some hours on the black hole of design that is Pinterest, we thought we’d bring you some of our findings on a room that’s currently piqueing our interest – the bathroom. Despite being a functional space that’s constantly exposed to water, the bathrooms that we love are places where textiles form a major part of the design.



As long as your bathroom has decent ventilation, there’s no need to worry about adding natural fabrics such as wool and linen. Rugs for instance are a treat, an indulgence in the bathroom – as are curtains, even shower curtains if they’re made from proper heavy linen or similar (not plastic!). It does mean making sure you keep on top of laundering these textiles, but don’t be put off by this – we’d advise you to do the same for a rug in any room. Here’s a small edit of the bathroom moodboard we’ve been making to explain the look in more detail…



All images from Pinterest, including full credits



Included is Gert Voorjans exotic house (bottom centre) where a colourful Tulu rug sits in the space where you’d normally find a humble bath mat. Top left, meanwhile, is from new holiday apartments Casa Cau in Rome, where a Boucherouite makes a more practical choice – made from cotton, Boucherouites could not be easier to wash.



Soft pure wool neutral rugs also look great in any bathroom as shown in both a minimal one – with Lucy Bathurst textiles on the window (bottom left) – and a more flamboyant one – by American designer Natalie Clayman, where a pink shower curtain and Nina Campbell Swan Lake wallpaper add all the colour that’s needed. The final image above (top middle) was chosen because the shower curtains are made from pure linen and drape wonderfully, heavily from a handsome brass rail. Much like Gert’s Tulu rug, this seems like the height of luxury in a bathroom.



All images from Pinterest, including full credits



The above ideas all use rugs to make a statement with colour, pattern or shape. No wonder top left’s circular number has proved too enticing for the owner’s sleeping dog.



Off the back of our Pinterest-fest, we had a play about with several of our own rugs in the showroom. Fancy seeing some of our favourite results?



Yastik mat from Emily’s House London



This is a deep red Yastik mat. Yastiks are actually perfectly sized for bathrooms being almost identical in dimensions to convetional bath mats. They are also hardwearing and of course very good looking. Use them to add a strong hit of pattern.



Yastik mat from Emily’s House London



The pinks and orange of this Yastik make a great contrast with the yellow wallpaper and we love its strong graphic design against the prettier floral wall.



Turkish Kilim rug from Emily’s House London



More faded tones define this Turkish Kilim rug so it adds colour much more subtly, which we think works well in this more traditional and neutral room.



What do you think, will you be embracing textiles in the bathroom? Keep track of our ever-evolving Pinterest board for more ideas as we find them.

### House tours – 3 of the best preserved homes from history

Private homes are often the best places to find ideas for your own interiors, as is proved by the wealth of magazines (and websites) documenting such different types – from Apartamento to The World of Interiors and everything in between. Rather than looking only at images, and we do that a lot, we also prize being able to visit the homes from history that have been preserved and are now open as museums. These buildings are rich with tried-and-tested ideas and theories on how to display, how to colour-combine and how to live well. Having visited quite a few already on our travels – although we still have a list as long as your arm of others to see! – below are three favourites that we hope you’ll be compelled to visit for yourselves.



Sir John Soane’s museum, London



The facade of the Museum, Photography ©Gareth Gardner courtesy of Sir John Soane’s Museum



The neo-classical architect Sir John Soane built his home in the heart of London’s Holborn area on the site of 12-14 Lincoln’s Inn Fields – he bought one house at a time to rebuild – and filled it with his outstanding collection of architectural drawings, art, sculpture, books and antioquities. Unsurprisnlgy, many creatives have since cited this museum as a favourite place for inspiration, including another Sir – Paul Smith – for there’s interesting things to be found in every inch of space.



ome Area, ©Derry Moore courtesy of Sir John Soane’s Museum



Sir John supposedly treated the building as an architectural laborotary, constantly remodelling the interiors and the museum was established when he was still alive in a Private Act of Parliament that came into effect on his death in 1837.



Between 1988 and 2005 a restoration project put the building’s grand rooms back to their original colours and mostly reinstated the objects as they were left when Sir John was alive. Thanks to the success of his architecture practice – which worked on the Dulwich Picture Gallery among other projects – Soane collected pieces that are British Museum standard, including the alabaster sarcophagus of Seti I, which is covered in Egyptian hieroglyphs. Apparently when it arrived at the house in 1825 its owner celebrated by throwing a three-day party for 890 friends. The sarcophagus was placed in the basement and lit by hundreds of lamps and a candelabra. Just an ordinary day in an ordinary London home.



No.13 Breakfast Room, ©Derry Moore courtesy of Sir John Soane’s Museum Picture Room Recess displaying Nymph, ©Derry Moore, courtesy of Sir John Soane’s Museum



The house hosts special exhibitions and events and you can currently find Sarah Lucas’s Power In Women sculpures among the Canalettos, Hogarths and Turners. We also love atending the special Christmas events when the whole house is lit by candle.



Only 70 people are admitted at a time, so you expect to find a queue if you go – find out more info on the website.



Finn Juhl’s home, Copenhagn, Denmark



Photo courtesy of Finn Juhl



For mid-century architecture and furniture lovers, the house that Danish designer Finn Juhl built for himself and his first wife in Copenhagen is a must-visit. An architect, interior and furniture designer, Juhl was a key figure in the Danish Design movement of the 1940s and credited with introducing modern Danish design to the States. His home is preserved as it was the day he died in 1989 and is a gorgeous example of that particular gentle and cocooning Danish way of living – Hygge – with natural lime-washed flooring, furniture and lighting classics, and small bursts of colour from textiles, art and accessories throughout. Finn Juhl was apparently a keen collector of carpets – as well as art and sculpture – and we love the way the hot pink kilim rug adds a shot of colour to his living area in the open plan design, and the way other areas are defined and zoned with textiles, both large and small. It’s no surprise to learn that the designer believed in creating from the inside and out – letting furniture create the room, and the room create the facade. It’s a theory also adopted by the likes of Ilse Crawford today, another specialist in cocooning design.



For further reading , take a look at Finn Juhl on Artsy.



Photo courtesy of Finn Juhl  Photo courtesy of Finn Juhl Photo courtesy of Finn Juhl



Alvar Aalto House, Helsinki Finland



It will come as no surpirse that Finn Juhl was an admirer of architect and furniture designer Alvar Aalto, who together with his first wife Aino Aalto designed this their home and studio in the outskirts of Helsinki in 1935/36. The area was farmland then and is more like suburbia now, but the house still retains its striking relationship with the outdoors, a key theme of Modernist architecture. In the work studio just off the home’s living room (above), where the couple’s architecture practice came together, Alvar’s favourite place to work was by the bright corner window – despite having designed a more private space for himself to work on, on a mezzanine above the main studio.



A beautiful room in its own right, the private studio also contains a secret staircase that is rumoured to have provided a handy escape for Alvar if unwanted visitors popped round. We love the curtain that acts as a partition between the mezzanine and the main studio below.



The textiles were Aino’s domain. She collected various carpets (and seems to have shared our love of the Moroccan Beni Ouarain) and designed fabrics for Artek, the famous company that she and Alvar helped to found.



Important info if you plan to visit – the house is only accessible if you join a tour and the tours take place at the hours of 1pm, 2pm and 3pm for just 20 people at a time (though when we went there were more in the group). Make sure you check the website before you head there as you can’t just show yourself around.

### We’re having a pop up shop

We’ve got news….as of today 13 May until next Weds 18, we’ll be at 19 Greek Street once again for an Emily’s House London pop up shop. Unlike our previous collaborations with the gallery, for this one we’ve brought a much bigger collection of our rugs for you to chose from. It’s a solo show this time too and we hope as many of you as possible can make it to Soho to see our pieces in their full and glorious form. We’ve tried to create a capsule version of what we have at St James’ Park so you should get a real taste of what we do – and have the chance to buy a rug on the spot – while getting a rare peek inside 19 Greek street, which is now only open for special events.



As we’ve been reflecting on what we do in the run up to the pop up shop, we thought it might be nice to recap here too. Emily’s House London was established five years ago by Katrien Vermeeren, whose travels to the Middle East and North Africa inspired her passion for antique rugs made by local artisans. The pieces she personally sources are up to 60 years old and mostly made from natural fibres such as wool, cotton and goat hair. Each carpet is hand woven and carries on local traditions within the tribal communities, often telling stories through creating scenes, or using symbols to warn off bad spirits. From Moroccan Rag Rugs and Middle Atlas Mountain Beni Ouarain rugs to Turkish Perde fabrics and small decorative mats, each carpet is unique in its design and craftsmanship. In a time where craft and the handmade are more desired than ever, this pop up will celebrate the skill behind these wonderful designs, but also the desire to reuse and incorporate one-off, ethical pieces into our homes.



Because the townhouse on Greek Street is quite bijou, we have selected a cross section of our smaller carpets and, partly in celebration of summer, we’ve made colour a priority. Moroccan Azilals and Berbers with gorgeous hot orange and red tones plus Boucherouites in all sorts of shades are bringing a new feel to the wonderful Soho showroom. Minimalists, don’t worry there will be some plainer Beni Ouarains in the mix too.



The start of summer is a great time to refresh your home with new textiles and we find a lot of our customers love using smaller carpets as a way of experimenting with colours that they’ve fallen for, but that they might want to introduce to their homes in a subtle way. Come along and see our diverse collection for yourselves. We’re sure we have something for you.



The Emily’s House London Pop Up shop at 19 Greek Street, London W1D 4DT is open daily from 11-7pm except for sunday, when we’re open 12-5pm. 

### Names to watch for print lovers

As out-and-out textiles obsessives, the job of sourcing and selling antique rugs is obviously a really pleasurable one. But we also find print and pattern broadly to be subjects that we’re drawn to and often head to sites such as Patternity and Lost in Fibre for inspiration – as well as Pinterest, obviously.



Today we thought we’d share some of the pattern-led designers and artists who are currently piquing our interest – all of which, if you’re in London, you’ll be able to see for yourself.



Ceramic artist Alison Britton



The leading British ceramic artist Alison Britton, who is also a respected writer and curator, came to prominence in the 1970s when she was part of a loosely formed group of radical female potters who had trained at the Royal College of Art and whose work challenged established traditions in the ceramics world. Alison’s hand-built pots have gained international recognition and are known for their expressive designs – as everyday sculptures they are also canvases for her painting, each one incorporating beautiful pattern work and often glorious colours too. For her retrospective at the V&A, Content and Form she gathered together over 60 pieces from the breadth of her career over the last 40 years and the museum hopes that this show will highlight the evolution of the artist’s practice over this period. It also includes her most recent pieces, made just last year, which have never been shown in public before. Don’t miss it – it’s on until 4 September.



Jessica Ogden quilts for APC



Jessica Ogden’s beautiful quilts and cushions for chic French label APC are made using surplus fabrics from the brand’s fashion collections, so you’ll find offcuts of denim alongside other colourful fabrics in an array of pleasing designs. The designer’s eye for colour is awe inspiring and we love that there is a re-use element to this anti-waste collection. Visit the site or one of the stores for the ever-changing collection and don’t deliberate on your chosen piece as the nature of the work means they sell out fast.



Made a Mano Tiles



Hand made tiles are the focus of “Italian-Danish”company Made a Mano whose collections and bespoke solutions for walls, floors and surfaces are the stuff of dreams. Luckily for Londoners the brand, which started life in Copenhagen, has now opened a showroom in an old piano factory in Chalk Farm so you can head there to feast your eyes on their glorious colours and patterns. We love the above gold scheme, which feels very North African, but even the plainer solutions are made delicious by simple colour.

### Interview with Katrien Vermeeren

It’s been a busy seven years since Katrien set up Emily’s House London in the showroom at St James’s Park, alongside her first major client HAY. Since then the brand has grown at a rapid pace and today you can find its (predominantly) Moroccan and Middle Eastern rugs in various great boutiques and larger furniture showrooms – Skandium and Designers Guild among them. As well as some inspiring private homes that we wish we could show you here.



We thought it was high time we caught up with Katrien on the blog so today we’re turning the lens inwards for a Q&A with our founding director. Below she tells us her hopes and plans for the future of Emily’s House London, which rugs she’s introducing to the collection and which pieces she loves for her own home. Here we go….



Katrien with her daughter Emily who inspired the name of the brand



How do you feel Emily’s House London has evolved since you started?



“The collection has become broader. We have more styles and more variation – vintage and new pieces, Turkish, Moroccan, Persian….the more rugs I see the more I buy so the collection has grown a lot over the past few years. Of course I think about the commercial aspect but I do select rugs mostly because of what I like and not because of what sells.”



Tell us about new pieces you’ve recently added and what drew you to them?



“We are adding some more classic looking kilim rugs and also more new ‘made’ pieces in special XL sizes. They are great quality. You can – as we often say – layer kilims together to cover a large area, but these rugs allow you to use them as statement pieces for a large room instead.”



One of the new XL rugs in the collection – a Turkish newer made pile rug in the style of a Moroccan Beni Ouarain rug



“We’re also adding some new carpets to the range that are old rugs redyed in a new colour. They’re very hard wearing pieces and the perfect blend of old with new. We’re buying lots of runners now and also still focusing on very plain styles – of course the Beni Ouarain rugs are good here. But we also have Turkish kilims made from hemp, priced at around £600. They’re simple and beautiful. In future I’d also like to incorporate more Chinese or Tibetan rugs, some older Indian kilim / dhurries and more runners – especially XL ones.”



A simple Turkish hemp rug with a discreet multicolour geometric pattern Vintage Turkish runner overdyed with a striking mustard – currently for sale at Designers Guild



What colours are you personally currently into for your own home?



“Warm tones such as red and orange – the latter has been my favourite for a long time. For modern Hay-style interiors I know that cool colours are preferred, which I think looks great, but I personally like living with hotter dark red and warm cream – colours that are quite dominant in Morocco too.”



Can you tell us more about your own rugs and how you like to use them at home?



“I love a nice very large Beni Ouarain for the living room, under the sofa and all the furniture of the sitting area. I also like layering a kilim and a pile rug together – for example in the bedroom, using the kilim as a base with a fluffy runner on top either next to the bed or behind it on the wall.”



Which pieces in the current collection are your favourites that we can buy?!



“Here are my top five…” 



Faded red Moroccan Berber rug with black pattern detail A soft Moroccan Marmoucha pile rug with a bold diamond pattern and apricot coloured detail Turkish Konya kilim with hot colours of orange and yellow and touches of cooler blue  An ecru wool looped pile Moroccan Beni Ouarain rug  A densely patterned Turkish Konya kilim runner



What’s the experience of selling to private buyers – do they come to you knowing what they want, are they tempted off course?



“Often they have something in mind for a particular room, which is clear. However, quite frequently when they see more rugs they start to realise where else they need them or can use them. So often they leave with more than what they came for. It’s like when you go shopping for a pair of summer sandals but you come home with sandals and a pair of red high heels too. When you tune into a product you can suddenly see how that product in its different forms might work in other ways. With rugs it’s discovering how they might work in various rooms.”



What’s been your proudest or most exciting moment running Emily’s House London so far?



“Our rugs in Will Fisher’s house in the World of Interiors! He is a master at putting things together with perfect balance and the rugs really did look perfect! I am also so proud of Casey and how she runs the daily operation of EH!!!”



Where would you love to see your pieces?



“The Battersea Decorative Antiques and Textiles fair. I hope to have a stand there soon. I’m also hoping to reach out to more interior designers, decorators and to reach more boutique hotels internationally. As well as be on 1st Dibs.”



Which (famous) interior is currently inspiring you the most?



“I really like the El Fenn in Morocco – as a boutique hotel, because it has a beautiful selection of items in the shop, it offers good food and there is great weather outside. With interiors I like a personal twist to things. I like finding the balance between practical and smart versus the personal touch.”



What should we look out for next at Emily’s House London?



“As well as the rugs mentioned above, we are also looking to produce some styles in a limited edition.”

### Outside Living

Summer is upon us, and it’s time to make the most of it. One of the simplest of all joys must be dining alfresco – whether alongside the coast, gazing out across rolling lawns, surrounded by pots outside your back door or squeezed onto a bijou London balcony (size isn’t everything). There’s something about taking your meal outdoors that elevates it to another level, turning it into a real occasion.



Image from Bird and Branch Turnery



Making the most of this experience is critical when the opportunity doesn’t arise that often, thanks to our gloriously inconsistent climate. Here are some fantastic ideas to really enjoy your outside space this summer…



Get the foundations right



First things first, you need a dining table and chairs for outdoors that will last a lifetime. We’re huge fans of the (relatively) new Palissade collection from Hay. Designed by French designers Ronan and Erwan Bouroullec, who describe the pieces as “strong without being bulky; elegant without being fragile”, this is a truly timeless collection. Featuring curving slatted surfaces and available in three chic shades (Anthracite, Olive Green and Light Grey) the range includes high and low dining tables, dining and lounge chairs, benches and even sofas – meaning you can treat yourself to a new piece each year.



Pick the perfect table linen



Once you’ve got your dining table sorted, it’s time to turn your attention to dressing it. We think that outdoor dining is all about creating a relaxed, casual feel with none of the formality of a staged dinner party. Instead, you can focus on good food, sharing plates and laid-back living. Think natural fabrics, textures and hues to ensure an informal feel. This stunning linen tablecloth from Designers Guild is a good place to start – we love the simple green tones that reflect those of the great outdoors.



Go relaxed with your tableware



What was that we were saying about laid-back dining? This is our idea of the perfect alfresco meal – everyone helping themselves and getting stuck in. MUD ceramics, an Australian brand with a showroom in London, sell the most gorgeous plates in every colour under the sun. We agree with MUD that food looks better on coloured plates – it allows what you’re eating to truly stand out and after all, it’s the food (and the company) that should be the main event. But if you want to dip into colour cautiously, choose soft muted greys, cool blues and off-whites, as pictured here.



To contrast with the laid-back feel, the brass cutlery here adds a contemporary edge and a note of sophistication – and is very current.



Clockwise from top left: More delightful pieces in natural tones from MUD; alfresco dining isn’t alfresco dining without a huge salad served in a pleasing wooden bowl – these by Bird & Branch Turnery from SCP are just the thing; keep glassware understated and low-level, like Iittala’s Kartio glass from Skandium; in a unique collaboration with TOAST, Akiko Hirai has created a small collection of yunomi-chawan teacups, based on those made for the Sen-Cha tea ceremony. Left to right: This hand-etched brass vase from Decorators Notebook is ideal for creating a centerpiece; handmade in India as a milk jug, these drip-free pourers from Such & Such are made from spun brass or copper, with a tin lining.



Don’t forget about lighting



Left to right: We love the woven styling of the Dedon Dala Outdoor Lantern by Stephen Burks from Chaplins; this brass candleholder from Decorators Notebook is handmade in India and has a clear glass box base underneath.    You might think that lighting doesn’t matter if you’re dining during the day or in the early evening, but like the Scandinavians, we believe there’s always a place for candles on a dining table, no matter what time of day it is. Use a combination of large lanterns and on-table candlesticks to add ambience – and when night falls, a simple string of festoon lights will transform the space.



Designed by Seletti, the Bella Vista lights from Heal’s have a pleasingly simple cord construction and classic styled bulbs. They’re eco-friendly too, and more robust than most festoon lights.



Bring the indoors out



Not just for interiors, using rugs outdoors is a simple way of creating a truly luxurious feel to your alfresco dining area – they can also be used to help define and zone areas of your outside space, such as here in this outdoor seating area from Aram. Don’t be afraid to layer rugs either to truly ‘decorate’ your space. Simply roll them up and store inside at night to keep them pristine.



Last but not least – the perfect finishing touches



North West Persian Saddle Bag, early 20th Century with Turkish Kilim Pillow



When you’ve set the perfect scene outdoors, you want to keep things super easy and relaxed and not have to keep going back indoors to fetch things. Our Persian saddle bags, which are made from pure wool, are perfect for keeping all the essentials close to hand – sun cream, books and magazines etc. Just sling the saddle bag over a chair or sun lounger and enjoy the fact that it brings another decorative touch to your garden too.



The only last thing you need to complete the scene? A large glass of something cool and crisp…

### Summer exhibitions not to miss

London is an inspiring place to live and work at any time of the year, but there’s something about the longer and warmer days that gets us itching to get out and about and explore. The city, as ever, hosts an unrivalled wealth and breadth of enticing cultural events throughout the summer months – from exhibitions to pop-up installations and everything in between. Keeping up to date with what’s new and exciting in the world of the arts is an essential part of our work – and it doesn’t hurt that we enjoy it very much too.



We thought we’d share with you some of the most inspiring exhibitions taking place across the coming months – ones we definitely won’t be missing, and which you might want to check out yourselves…



Missoni Art Colour at the Fashion and Textile Museum



This fascinating exhibition originally opened at the Maga museum in Italy, and reveals a little-known fact about this dazzling fashion brand, known for its bold use of stripes, zigzags and most importantly of all – colour. The surprising revelation is that the Italian fashion label, set up in 1953 by Ottavio Missoni and his wife Rosita, took its original inspiration from futurist and Orphist art, such as works by Sonia Delaunay and Giacomo Bella.



To demonstrate this influence, some of these paintings are on display in the exhibition, and come from the family’s own private collection. Many of these works have never been exhibited before in the UK.



Left to right: 1 Sonia Delaunay, Untitled, 1936, 64×46 cm, gouache on paper and ‘ Gino Severini , Ballerina, c.1957, 81×59 cm, oil on canvas



For those who want to see clothing, however, the exhibition won’t disappoint – with a breathtaking centerpiece featuring 42 mannequins arranged in a pyramid, wearing garments from Missoni’s archive to the present day. The exhibition is partnered by The Woolmark Company, as many of the fashion pieces on display are made from delicate merino wool. As Luca Missoni, director of the Missoni Archive reveals, “Wool is an essential ingredient in our work, so much so that wool has practically become a synonym for Missoni: Missoni, knit, wool; wool, knit, Missoni.”



‘Le forme della moda’, The Forms of Fashion installation of Missoni garments dating from 1953 to 2014.



Missoni Art Colour is on from 6 May to 4 September 2016. Full details of the exhibition can be found here.



Dutch Flowers at the National Gallery



Flowers in a Serpentine Vase by Osaias Beert the Elder and Glass Vase with Flowers with a Poppy and a Finch Nest by Jan van Huysum



Twenty two paintings in one single gallery make up the Dutch Flowers exhibition at the National – many of which have been loaned from private collections. From the preview pictures we’ve seen, we can’t wait to view these amazingly vibrant paintings in the flesh. No wonder the collection of these magnificent artworks has been described by the Telegraph as “like a psychedelic version of a florist shop”.



Ambrosius Bosschaert the Elder, ‘A Still Life of Flowers in a Wan-Li Vase on a Ledge with further Flowers, Shells and a Butterfly’, 1609-10



Showcasing paintings from the beginning of the 17th century right through to the late 18th, Dutch Flowers examines the origin of the genre as well as the height of its popularity in the Dutch Golden Age. What’s most remarkable about these paintings are the colours, used to portray a depth and intensity that truly brings them to life. But lifelike though they are, many of the arrangements are simply not possible in reality – the flowers pictured together in many of the paintings do not bloom at the same time of the year. They are works of beautiful imagination.



Dutch Flowers is a free exhibition that runs until 29 August 2016; more details here.



Opus Anglicanum: Masterpieces of English Medieval Embroidery at the V&A



The Butler Bowdon Cope (detail), 1330 – 50, weaving Italy, embroidery England. Museum no. T.36-1955. © Victoria and Albert Museum, London



We have a little confession to make – this exhibition doesn’t open until October. However, it was so up our street that we had to include it. It’s always good to plan ahead! The first exhibition in more than half a century to showcase the work of medieval English embroidery, Opus Anglicanum is already creating a real buzz among those who appreciate the fading art of needlework. It may come as a surprise to you that in the medieval days, the English were renowned for their exquisite needlework – so renowned in fact that many of the items on show were created for royalty or religious dignitaries. Several of the pieces are even on loan from the Vatican.



The Tree of Jesse Cope, 1295-1315, England. Museum no. 175-1889. © Victoria and Albert Museum, London



Incredibly opulent materials, from gold and silver thread to pearls and unique gemstones, are all carefully and intricately stitched into the fabric to create pieces that are as mesmerising today as they were when they were first made. The exhibition promises to explore this incredible level of craftsmanship and the world within which these items were created.



Opus Anglicanum: Masterpieces of English Medieval Embroidery runs from 1 October 2016 to 5 February 2017 at the Victoria & Albert museum. Full details of the exhibition can be found here.

### Styling tips with Abel Sloane and Ruby Woodhouse

Abel Sloane and Ruby Woodhouse are a young duo running the multi-disciplinary company 1 9 3 4. Their main job is sourcing 20th century furniture and design pieces for private buyers, designers and stylists – the company is named after the year in which Gerrit Rietveld designed his ‘crate’ furniture series. They’ve borrowed some of our rugs for various shoots and Midcentury Modern shows and we love the way they display them alongside their collection of furniture and textiles so we wanted to feature them on the blog.



Abel, whose background is English literature, has been working with furniture since 2012 and used to do restoration work for Retrouvius. “My absolute passion is Dutch modernism, De Stijl, Gerrit Reitveld, and that whole group of Dutch designers from the inter-war period,” he says. And he once found and bought 23 Alvar Aalto chairs for £1 each!



Ruby comes from a Graphic Design background, but has always been interested in visual curation “she always carries a camera,” says Abel. The styling work they produce is often quite minimal, but never without warmth. Below, in our short interview, we asked them share a few secrets for how to achieve this fine balance…



What are your favourite designers whose furniture you are always drawn to?



“One designer whose furniture we always buy has got to be Alvar Aalto. His pieces are always current and he achieved the perfect balance – it’s modernist in production and lightness whilst retaining a humanness in form.”



How about the most obscure designer name you have in your rosta whose work we should all know about?



“Not exactly an obscure name but we currently have quite an obscure bedroom set by Ambrose Heal from circa 1917. It’s black with hand painted flower details around the outside. We think that it’s quite important to go beyond the timeline of what is so often called ‘Mid Century’ – we gave up on describing what we do as that. Beyond can mean in both directions, of course; we look at contemporary design, not just furniture but in fashion, graphic design, exhibition design and everything else that surrounds the subject.”



What one piece would you love to get your hands on?



“That question is too hard!” Ruby – “Not asking for much here, but a Charlotte Perriand Kitchen… please!” Abel – “I have to stay loyal and say something by Gerrit Rietveld – an original Military table and chair set I think.”



STYLING ROOMS and finding inspiration



In the rooms you’ve shot, you bring warmth and colour to Mid Century pieces, which can look chilly in isolation – any tips for creating this balance?



“First, natural light is a must when creating warmth and as we’ve mentioned about Aalto’s pieces, it’s that balance of humanness with inanimate furniture. It’s worth taking time in considering the furniture you want in your home – don’t make rash decisions. Think about what works with the colour and weight of the wood you have among your furniture. We look more at artists we like, their paintings and what sort of moods certain colour combinations suggest. Basically look beyond interiors for inspiration.”



Are there any ‘public’ houses that you’d love to visit for interiors inspiration?



Ruby – “Villa Muller, by Adolf Loos… I like the combination of materials. Not that I endorse his view of women or anything!”



Abel – “I think it has to be William Morris’ Red House. Mainly because of how close it is to home and how we stupidly haven’t even been there. I do like William Morris, despite the contradictions that lay in his opinions versus his actions (as with most Modernists too). The house looks incredible for 1860.”



Ideas for using rugs



Which types of rugs in the EHL collection are you most attracted to and why?



“We’re quite drawn to the brightly coloured rugs – that’s a lot of them! A lot of our furniture is birch and we think bright colours work to contrast the yellowy wood. Our favourite to use was the ‘Azul blue, Turkish Tulu rug’. We shot that in the birch clad penthouse apartment at the Lawn Road flats. It really suited the 80-year-old plywood that surrounded it.



All of the rugs are timeless though, because they’re not constrained by western trends and so they work well with 20th century pieces, as well as extremely antique more grand pieces of furniture. They’re very versatile.”



What patterns or colours for rugs are you into right now?



“We’re quite into check patterns at the moment. What we also like about most of the rugs is the inconsistencies in the weaving and patterns – they have so much more character and warmth than factory produced ones.”



Any tips for styling with the rugs and positioning them?



“It’s nice to incorporate them into the living space but try hard not to be tied down by the rules of where and how to place them. They’re also there to be used, so don’t isolate them as the centerpiece, have them work for you. To us they work over the top of furniture. For instance sofas are famously hard to get right and covering the sofa with a rug, so long as it’s soft, can really work. Move them around and use them in different areas, until you find somewhere that feels right. And don’t be afraid of changing them around from time to time.”



Find out more information at Abel Sloane 1 9 3 4

### Interview with a designer – Cassandra Ellis

The interiors world is an inspiring one, and we particularly enjoy working with – and getting to know – multi-talented designers such as Cassandra Ellis. A furniture and homewares designer, interiors stylist and author, she grew up in New Zealand and now works from her studio in SW London. She collaborates with independent craftspeople across Britain who make her simple yet beautiful furniture, textiles and other home goods.



She believes in quiet and thoughtful design, responsible production and quality that lasts. Music to our ears!



We caught up with her to find out more about her design ethos…







“Making somewhere look nice is much easier that making it feel great – and I’m much more interested in the latter.”



What made you want to work in interiors?



“I’ve always been obsessed with the notion of home – literally starting as a small girl, I was utterly fixated on people and how they lived – their stories and how that manifested into a physical space, how you felt when you entered their home and therefore how to make a space feel good. Making somewhere look nice is much easier that making it feel great – and I’m much more interested in the latter.”







Cassandra’s deep-buttoned Daybed was inspired by the idea of making every space in your home useful



Can you tell us a little bit about the process behind your design collaborations? 



“I like to work with makers who have great skills and are preoccupied by what they can make and how well they can make it. I think carefully about what people and their homes need, I start the design and then seek out the best person. I also like to work with lovely people – the vibe between you is super important. When I work on interiors projects I want to know how clients would like to live – what fills them up and what they would like to explore. The decorating aspect comes later.”







Cassandra’s signature quilts use both new and old fabric sourced from around the world, to create individual quilts that are beautiful and practical



What would your ideal project be?



“I would love to do the interiors for a shared ownership scheme – this may sound odd, but I think people who are working hard to own their own home need and deserve good design. I think many of the current offerings can be much improved on without expanding the budget – a lot of new developments feel really sterile and almost impossible to make into a warm and inviting home. Most people will have to stay in their homes for longer and so these spaces need to work better for the variables that life may throw at them.”



What inspires you?



“Beauty – in all forms and ways.”



What are your top tips for using colour and pattern in a room?



“We all have our own unique colour and pattern palette. I would always start by creating a physical moodboard of how you want your space to feel – not pictures of sofas that you want or other people’s rooms, rather postcards and images from catalogues and magazines that represent the mood you want to live with. You cannot help but see a theme of what inspires you. From this you can see a clear colour palette and your version of pattern. I do this for every project I start. It gives me a clear direction to refer back to when I’m about to select individual pieces.”







The Sharing Table is a perfectly proportioned dining table for two



What are your favourite types of rugs and why? 



“I like rugs that blend into a room – rather than a bold statement rug, which is why I love antique rugs – particularly faded antique rugs. I like to select rugs after I’ve chosen the palette for the room or home and try to pick out the rugs less obvious colours in other parts of the decor. This way the rug becomes a subtle layer and is more integrated into the space, which makes everything feel more considered and quieter.”







Cassandra’s homewares and furniture are designed and made in Britain using excellent materials and craftmanship, with antiques textiles sourced from around the world



Do you have any tips on using rugs to define zones in rooms?



“Try not to float a rug in the middle of a space  – it never looks right, it just looks plonked and people don’t like walking across them (enormous rooms and halls are excluded from this tip!).



“If you have a small room, try and use a rug that is almost as big as the room – and keep all the furniture on it. This stops the room looking ‘bitty’.



“If you’ve found a rug that you love but it’s too small, you can always layer it on top of a rush mat or sisal weave, to pull it all together.



“In a large space, you can use individual rugs to define different parts of a room, but keep the palette similar so that your eyes aren’t jumping everywhere – rather gliding seamlessly. In our living room, we have rugs placed to define individual seating areas as well as a rug placed under my husband’s glass desk, to signify that this is a separate area within the room, but is also harmonious with the rest of the room (when the desk isn’t covered in paperwork!).”







Quilt Two combines a mixture of new Indian Khadi cotton and Indian block prints, as well as Antique Japanese silk, Vintage African cotton and wool and English block print



If you weren’t a designer, what would you do for a living?



“Grow flowers.”



Finally, what’s your biggest guilty pleasure?



“Books, books, books and museum/gallery memberships.”

### Ideas for Colour combining

There are colour combinations that we stumble upon that feel fresh and new, totally different to anything we’ve seen for a while. Often we discover them in a single painting in an exhibition – recently, for instance, Georgia O’Keeffe, Winifred Knights and Etel Adnan left us with plenty of ideas. Sometimes we’re struck by a colour scheme in a shop, restaurant or hotel and other times it can be in a film, an outfit or a friend’s house.



In our homes, of course it’s possible to try out these ideas. Most radically, starting again with a colour scheme and making the biggest and most immediate impact by changing the paint colour on our walls. But there are smaller, easier ways to try out new colours too – by introducing a new tablecloth to your dining table, adding a vase, cushion or rug to a particular corner of a room, or changing the pillow slips on your bed to bring a fresh accent colour to your bedroom. However you like to do things, below are three ideas for colour combining along with some of the newest rugs in our collection that pick up on the shades…



Brown and rust







Images left, Jotun paint Lady Minerals Right, Dedar at Nilufar Gallery



Brown was a bit unfashionable for a while, but we’ve spotted it creeping back into interiors which suits us well, since so many of our rugs have a brown-ish base note.  It’s the muted grey-brown shades that we’re drawn to and which work so well for layering colour, pattern and texture on top. The rust shade we love on top of this is, for want of a better way to describe it – very expensive looking! Add a bright pop orange and it’d have a totally different effect, not worse, just different. Muted orange shades fit with the tonal quality of the browns in this mood board and we think it feels quite exotic, almost Moroccan, but would also be very workable in north-facing rooms that need warming up.







Moroccan Azilal Pile Rug 







Small Moroccan Vintage Azilal Rug 







Moroccan Vintage Azilal Rug



shades of Blue on blue (with graphic accents)







Images from Tapet Cafe



Blue is the colour of summer holidays in Santorini or Sidi Bou Said, both of which are famous for their white buildings with dinstinctive blue roofs, shutters and doors. Spend five minutes on Instagram and you’ll see what we mean…



Blue indoors feels quite different, especially in this mood board, which is about offsetting bold primary blue with softer shades of blue – navy and teal, notably. Copy this look by juxtaposing prints and making sure you have a strong graphic pattern present, such as the polka dot, the stripe, the chevron. Many of our Berber rugs feature the distinctive diamond motif that would achieve a similar effect, especially if placed alongside another statement-making print.







Vintage Moroccan Beni M’guild Pile Rug







Vintage Moroccan Beni M’guild Pile Rug







Vintage Moroccan Beni M’guild Pile Rug 







Vintage Moroccan Beni M’guild Pile Rug







 Primary colours Azilal Rug



Pink and Green







Images left, Le Saint Marc hotel by Dimore Studio, Right Dedar’s Paisley fabric, PÀISLIG.



Green and pink, has been a trend and for some time now. The pinks are often faded blush tones that look particularly swish paired with emerald greens. Farrow & Ball’s Pink Ground paint is a very popular base colour, verging on being pinky-skin toned and basically quite neutral. It also works really nicely with the brown and rust colours of our first suggested combination. One of our rugs combines these shades altogether, but if you want to use our rugs to add a single colour or family of tones then go for one of our faded red or pink carpets. Team with velvet or linen upholstery or curtains for an on-trend vibe that we think is quite timeless – and if you do have a collection of pink books, as per the Dedar idea above then make sure you show them off as a collection as they have.







Emerald green and pink vintage Moroccan pile rug







Vintage Moroccan Flat Weave Rug 







Vintage Blush Pink Moroccan Rug 







Vintage Moroccan Rug

### Get the look…Cosy Moroccan style

Although in London we’ve just been basking in a mini Indian Summer, at time of writing it’s starting to look a lot more Autumnal so we’re putting our thoughts towards cosier times spent indoors. Moroccan design is of course suited to hotter climates, but it’s also full of more cocooning and warming ideas for the home that make use of the country’s wonderful textiles heritage. We’ve been saving some beautiful rooms that encapsulate this – both from the country itself, but also in houses around the world that knowingly borrow styling ideas from North Africa. Below are some of our favourite ideas, predominantly for bedrooms and living rooms where comfort is key.



Faded beauty







 Left: the living room in Morocco of Belgian decorator Christophe Decarpentrie Image from New York Times. Right: an EHL favourite – the El Fenn Hotel, Morocco



Not all of us can say our homes have intricate original fretwork detailing, but you can still steal some key details from these rooms. Use faded colours on walls – cool or hot tones, but muted either way – or even leave them with a rustic pinkish-toned plaster finish. Add cosiness with sumptuous textiles, such as velvet cushions and Beni Ouarian rugs and bring accent lighting to dark corners to turn them into perfect reading spots.



In the bedrooms below, pattern is added lightly with a woven decorative mat on the wall (below top left) and stripes in Kilim rugs (below bottom right).







Left: a room decorated by Arnaud Maurieres and Eric Ossart, The New York Times. Right: A simple room brought to life by textiles in the Beldi Country Club 











Left: a bedoom with jewel tones and statement tile floor in El Fenn. Right: Beldi Country Club – as above, it’s the textiles that make this room



Modern rustic







Left: A bedroom found on Pinterest, where greens and blues are given a jolt by the red blanket. Right: A bedroom at Beldi Country Club in eye-popping yellow, tempered by the addition of neutral textiles



This is a particular look that’s not for everyone, but it makes huge impact. Hot oranges, zingy yellow and various shades of enlivening greens and blues. However, we think it’s the rustic elements that bring this look together – whether an oversized terracotta pot, a deep pile Azilal, traditional wooden furniture or piles and piles of neutral cushions. All of which keeps this look away from feeling too Pop.







 Images from Pinterest of Lord McAlpine’s home, Il Convento di Santa Maria di Costantinopoli, in Puglia which is available to rent (details here)



Soothing mood







A home in Morocco designed by Studio KO | Image from 1stDibs



Much calmer in feel, these rooms are all by the design practice Studio KO who have worked on a number of contemporary homes in Morocco for private clients. In every case the mood is extremely soothing helped in part by the fact that walls tone with floor finishes and even the rugs continue this theme. The only colour comes from through those enormous windows from the striking Moroccan landscape. Try Benis, Azilals or Kilims to get the look and let their size rather than colours do the talking.







A Moroccan home designed by Studio KO



Reinterpreted for city living







The home in Belgium of furniture and art dealers Ampersand as found in Dwell Magazine



The couple behind Belgian design studio Ampersand deal 20th Century furniture, art and objects from their own home and have mastered the art of bringing Moroccan design into this more urban, western situation. This building is easy to identify if you’re living anywhere in Europe and beyond and is all about teaming patterned deep pile rugs with perfect Mid Century furniture and lighting, with some flashes of colour offsetting the whole thing. Azilal’s and Boucherouites are perfect here.



Find all of these images in our Cosy Moroccan Style Pinterest folder.

### Autumn design Highlights

We had a very busy September, not least because London Design Festival was on. The annual event brings outstanding design from all corners of the world to all corners of the capital – you can find yourself flitting from deepest East London to obscure parts of West London and all that’s in between for days on end. London being London, the business of high art, design and fashion is going on at its usual fast pace festival or not. We thought we’d share an assortment of things that have turned our heads lately.



The first discovery marries hand crafted carpetry and tapestry work with the nature of Hampstead Heath, an artist from Buenos Aires and the shop windows of the New Bond Street Hermès…



Alexandra Kehayoglou’s Hermès installation







Hermès UK, windows installation made by Alexandra Kehayoglou, London Bond Street, Fall-Winter 2016. Copyright Melvin Vincent



Argentinian artist Alexandra Kehayoglou recently told the Evening Standard, “when you take off your shoes and walk on a rug it’s very sensorial.” This is surely at its most heightened in her own signature carpet work – ‘tufted landscapes’ that are inspired by nature and incorporate mossy mounds richly woven in a spectrum of green yarns. The artist, who comes from one of Argentina’s most famous carpet making families, made four window installations for Hermès with her 10-strong team in Buenos Aires – she based the works on the French fashion house’s theme for 2016, Nature at Full Gallop hoping to recall the feelings of a playful childhood within nature. She headed to Hampstead Heath to inspire the designs, enjoying getting lost in the far corners of the unspoilt and wild green space, and used over 100 rolls of yarn to create the finished work, entitled Locus Amoenus – or pleasant place.







Hermès UK, windows installation made by Alexandra Kehayoglou, London Bond Street, Fall-Winter 2016. Copyright Melvin Vincent



Kehayoglou’s previous commissions include her Magic Carpet catwalk for Dries Van Noten’s SS15 show, which later travelled to Hong Kong then Berlin to be exhibited. It’s a privelage to have her original, poetic and witty work in London and we think the Hèrmes windows are a must-see. Visit until 7 November.







Various works, including the Magic Carpet for Dries Van Noten by Alexandra Kehayoglou



LDF highlight: Kheyameya, an Egyptian art form given a graphic reinvention by Rotate Editions







Above left, one of Rhonda Drakeford’s designs inspired by coastal walks in Morocco. Right, a design based on ariel images of the pyramids around Giza by APFEL



This exhibition of wall hangings ran for too short a time – the duration of the London Design Festival – at tile/paint/fabric company Bert & May’s inspiring showroom on Vyner Street, though happily you can still buy the (limited edition) pieces. The brainchild of former Creative Review journalist Roanne Bell, under the banner of Rotate Editions, the collection of 12 textiles marries the work of two traditional Egyptian tent-making ‘Kheyameya’ artists, Ashram Hashem and Hassan Omar (Yahia), with four European graphic artists – Anthony Burrill, APFEL, Damien Poulain and Darkroom’s Rhonda Drakeford.







The Kheyameya artists in Egypt stitching wall hangings designed by Anthony Burrill



Kheyameya makers originally crafted large-scale appliqué pieces to line ceremonial tents for weddings, funerals and religious festivals but the rise of cheaper, imported factory-made pieces threatens the ancient craft tradition with cheaper and less beautiful alternatives. Roanne has sought to shine a light on the art form by giving contemporary artists the chance to create their own kheyameya, working from a given palette of colours to create their designs. Their thoughtful responses include reworking ariel views of the pyramids at Giza to using Arabic calligraphy as a basis for pattern.



Hashem and Omar crafted the results into finished textiles, painstakingly mapping out the designs in fine needlepoint holes onto paper that is later attached to the back of the fabric works before coloured panels are hand stitched into place – the artists often use their local Mosque to lay out and work on the large-scale fabrics. This is a wonderful project that highlights and supports a dying textile art form. Look out for future Rotate Editions projects here.







Damien Poulain’s designs were based on ceremonial masks



Our latest collaboration with 19 Greek Street



We’re thrilled to continue our relationship with Marc Péridis’ progressive Soho gallery, 19 Greek Street. For the annual design festival, the gallery unveiled Collector’s Club, a curated display of product and furniture designs in collaboration with the art from bo.lee gallery’s Petrichor exhibition – its name referring to ‘the smell of the earth after rain’. Altogether, the works were styled over the five floors of the townhouse to explore themes surrounding human interaction with nature and environment.







Moroccan Boucherouite and Grey Beni Ouarain in the Design Café at Collector’s Club, 19 Greek Street



There were some great juxtapositions at play between art and furniture. Artist Rebecca Louise Law’s dramatic overhead floral installations lent some of the rooms an ethereal feel, while the portrait paintings of Wanda Bernardino, each featuring figures with their faces blanked out, added an eeriness. This was offset by handcrafted designs by the likes of Noam Dover and Yoav Reches, plus witty and sustainable furniture by Nina Tolstrup and Paratelier. Our carpets, including Boucherouites and Beni Ouarains, featured in the first floor Design Café, helping to create a cosy hideway for visitors wanting to stop for a rejuvenating herbal tea.







 Grey Beni Ouarain in the Design Café at Collector’s Club, 19 Greek Street 







Moroccan Boucherouite Rug in the Design Café at Collector’s Club, 19 Greek Street

### Decorating with colour and pattern

Today we’re looking at ways to bring colour and pattern to a room – mostly via rugs! We found that the images we were drawn to fell easily into two different categories: bold and true colours versus muted, faded tones. Which do you prefer for your home?



When it comes to adding pattern to a room, you want to keep things looking cohesive, but try approaching pattern in the same way as you would furniture – mix it up a bit to give the overall look more dimensions and much more interest. The easiest way to do this is to stay within a particular style – whether florals, geometrics or anything else. Or to start small by adding a few patterned cushions, blankets and decorative ceramics. To go for more impact use rugs to bring pattern into play.



We have a look at why the following rooms work and link to some rugs and other shopping ideas so you can ‘get the look’…



Braver brighter shades







Image from Dee Murphy



1. Have points of continuity even in a mixed-up room. Styled by Dee Murphy,  this living room includes a concoction of furniture and textile styles, and plenty of colour too. But there are points of continuity in it – for instance, fuchsia pink appears on the rug, the cushion and in the gallery wall helping to lead your eye around the room. If you picture this room without the layered rugs, even though it is quite colourful, it would be far flatter and definitely less cosy.







Image from Matthew Williamson



2. Use varying shades of the same colour. The rooms above and below are both less hectic than the first room, and are both from the Matthew Williamson collection. Above features really just three colours – 70% is pink, with around 15% orange and 15% blue. The rug was one of ours! We sold it many years ago, so it’s nice to see it crop up in such a lovely living room design.



Below the tone of the room is set by cool blue-  and the blue-on-blue effect of the glassware next to the wall works really well. The look is then warmed up by hotter shades of blush, pink and red from the table and the rug.







Image from Matthew Williamson







Shop the look



1. Beni Ouarain rug 2. Azilal rug. 3. Matthew Williamson Sofa 4. Matthew Williamson Pink Mirror Coffee Table. 5. Boucherouite rug



Mellow, muted palette







Image from Farrow & Ball, Lichen paint colour



3. When mixing patterns, find something to unite them – a repeated colour or element in the design, whether it’s that there are stripes or geometric shapes present.  In this child’s room, a soft red appears on the chair, rug, quilt and even the dolls!







4. Use size and play with scale to make a feature. In this dining room by designer Christien Starkenburg of Studio Interieur+, there are a few soft contrasting colours going on – all quite quietly combined. But the big design feature is the oversized blue kilim rug that sits beneath not just the table, but all of the chairs too.



5. The same concept appears in the work of  designer Fiona Squires (below)- this dining room features a huge rug that stretches well beyond the table and chairs, reaching to the outer edges of the room.  Apart from the vibrant painting on the wall, it’s the only piece of major pattern in the scheme. Because it follows the palette of the room, it’s a beautiful rather than overpowering addition.







Image from Fiona Squires



6. Don’t use high contrast if you’re trying to create a classic room in a muted palette. The hallway below, also by Fiona Squires, features at its basis, a palette of very soft whites and off-whites with elements of rustic wood. This allows the red rug to really wow. But beware, Fiona has chosen a soft faded red that’s in keeping with her soothing design, rather than a jarring pillar box red that would feel out of place.







Image from Fiona Squires











Shop the look



1. Muuto chair 2. Lichen paint 3. Mid Century Light 4. Michael Anastassiades chandelier 5. Hay chair. 6. Moroccan wool runner

### Copenhagen design city – our favourite haunts

At the beginning of this year, Wallpaper magazine named Copenhagen the best city in the world. It’s also been referred to as a Design Capital and rightly so. After a recent visit to the Danish city to see the brand new Hay Vintage shop in its new permanent home, we thought we’d make a list of reasons – ok, mainly this is shops – that have led us to think so. A travel guide for the design obsessed if you will. Let’s begin in the place that enticed us there in the first place….



Hay Vintage, Pilestræde







Image from Hay



After successful pop-up shops in Broad Street, Hay Vintage has made a permanent home inside the Hay store on Pilestræde. As Emily’s House regulars will know, the Vintage arm of Hay offers a great collection of Moroccan and Turkish carpets, including Beni Ouarains, Azilals, Boucherouites, Caputs and Kilims – each piece a unique, handmade creation. Anne Langkilde, who runs Hay Vintage regularly travels with us to Morocco and Turkey where she “selects the blankets that we think fit well with the Hay collection. Carpets are an important part when it comes to creating a home. They tie a room together and give it character, but most importantly, make it cosy and nice.” It’s definitely the right time of year to be thinking about cosy and nice….



Pilestræde 29, 1112 København K



&Tradition Showroom, Paper Island







Images from &Tradition



Furniture brand &Tradition opened its unusual waterfront showroom on Copenhagen’s Paper island in 2014 – it was designed by tastemakers Norm Architects. A design showroom with a twist, it’s housed inside a 1000 square metre warehouse which is sectioned off with 12 boxy white cubes, each one with subtle architectural differences and each containing a different room setting – kitchen, living room, dining etc – to showcase the &Tradition collection. This comprises furniture and lighting from the 1930s to the present day and includes creations by internationally renowned designers.Partly inspired by the New York design spaces of Donald Judd as well as the Gagosian / Richard Serra installation, it’s minimal, individualistic and not to be missed if you are in CPH.



Papirøen, Trangravsvej 24, 1436 København



The Apartment, Christianshavn







Image from The Apartment



Beware if you’re planning a trip to The Apartment as it’s only open on tuesdays and thursday, 11-4pm and it’s REALLY worth any effort required to make this window. Its founders Tina Seidenfaden Busck and Pernille Hornhaver, describe it as “a liaison of 20th century furniture, contemporary art and design, showcased in the elegant setting of a beautifully restored 18th century apartment in a charming district of old Copenhagen.” Which just about paints the full picture, but the place needs to be seen to be believed. It’s a delicately balanced mash up of notable antiques, unique and precious vintage textiles and one-off editions from contemporary designers such as Michael Anastassiades, Muller Van Severen, Ilse Crawford and McCollin Bryan. The rooms and furniture change periodically, though they tend always to be painted with the most recent gorgeous Farrow & Ball colour you’re hankering after (soft pink and various teals and blues dominate at the moment). 



The Apartment, Overgaden neden Vandet 33, 1st floor, 1414 Copenhagen K



Fritzhansen Flagship, Valkendorfsgade







Image from Fritz Hansen



Only last month, Fritz Hansen opened its Flagship store in the centre of Copenhagen taking over a former mansion / post office building. Inside, its beautifully proportioned rooms are styled to perfection with the brand’s iconic furniture – Arne Jacobsen Egg, Swan and Series 7 chairs, classics from Poul Kjærholm – and newer works from Spanish designer Jaime Hayón, Danish architect Cecilie Manz and cabinetmaker Kasper Salto. We love the simplicity of the palette in the room above – white walls mixed with natural materials and a few details in black or pink.



Republic of Fritz Hansen Store Valkendorfsgade 4, 1151 Copenhagen K



Designmuseum, Bredgade







Paper lamps designed in the 1970s by Danish brand Le Klint, inspired by Japanese origami



The exhibition Learning From Japan was on when we visited the Designmuseum and it’s open until September 2017 so you have plenty of time to catch it. Putting a spotlight on Japan’s influence on Danish design in the 20th Century, the curator – art historian Mirjam Gelfer-Jørgensen – brings together the best of design, crafts and graphic art from both countries to highlight the parallels that exist between their cultures. Japanese design was particularly influencial in shaping the Danish tradition of taking cues from nature to inform design work.



Find ornamental Japanese swords, paintings, ceramics and pottery showcased alongside eponymous 20th Century Danish products that are still in huge demand today – such as the Origami-inspired lights from Le Klint above. An aesthetically pleasing education that will probably make you want to seek out Japan next.



Designmuseum Danmark, Bredgade 68, 1260, Copenhagen K

### Highland house tour….Scandi-Scottish style at Kinloch Lodge

Picture the map of Scotland and let your eye go almost to the very top of it, just before the island of Orkney. This is Sutherland, where new Highland hideaway Kinloch Lodge is located, surrounded by the purest wild Scottish nature as far as the eye can see. Now imagine the wintery chill in the air, the lashing rain and unforgiving wind, the crisp sunlight glinting off snow peaked mountains and the changing colours of the grass and trees as they settle into the muted colours of winter. All of this became a source of inspiration for designer Ruth Kramer when she worked alongside Kinloch’s owner Ann Storm Pedersen to create a cocooning environment for visiting guests to retreat to.







The duo had already worked together on sister guesthouse Killiehuntley (which we wrote about at the beginning of this year) where they developed a language of Scandi-Scottish style. “It’s even more remote here,” notes Ruth. “We still wanted to keep the Scandi-Scot feeling but wanted an artier feeling here and developed the idea of a collector sitting in his landscape. A person who has lived here for a long time with their private collection – it was like a layer of Anne and I that we played with.”



Like Killiehuntley, Kinloch has history and its re-design is contemporary “but a bit quirkier,” says Ruth. “We chose things like fossilised stones and petrified wood alongside art by Danish and International contemporary artists. When you sit here, especially in the conservatory,  and look out at the view we wanted your eye to also find interesting little things to rest on indoors.”















Ruth has a background in textiles and worked hard with Anne to give each piece of furniture an identity and a cosiness. “It was a high priority to use natural fabrics on sofas and chairs and to add three dimensional textiles to the pieces. We’re always draw to natural materials, linen, wool – and do also use very nice velvet and chord with no polysester in them so that the materials age gracefully,” she says. “What we really want is a warm feeling to go all the way through the house – people get a welcome hamper and then this caring feeling continues throughout their stay in every detail.”











For the colour palette, the design team chose earthy  browns and greys. “Colours that in a busy world would feel very calm,” says Ruth. Plenty of highlight shades dot the house subtly in paintings or objects, seeming to borrow ideas from the scenery outside. Ruth explains that she and Anne also became more daring with darker tones in Kinloch. “If a room was dark we’d make it a bit darker rather than fight against that – we’d decide on it when in the house,” she says.



“For both Anne and I it’s important to keep being curious as designers. We don’t picture the same recipe each time, but keep on twisting it and changing it.”























Find out how to book your stay at Kinloch Lodge here.



All images courtesy of Kinloch Lodge

### Designer Fiona Squires on her Christmas Rituals

We’ve become well acquainted with the work of interior designer Fiona Squires since she started integrating some of our rugs into her projects. The designer has a great way of pulling together rooms using colour, pattern and texture, while balancing traditional furniture and ideas with the super contemporary. You can see a little of her work below, and even more on her website.



Brought up in France, Fiona originally worked in the City of London as a Lawyer, but in 2010 decided to follow her dreams for a more creative existence.



Since she’s got such a handle on how to create the perfect interior, we suspected her Christmas must be pretty stylish too and so asked her to talk us through her rituals for the celebratory day…



“Christmas colours remain classic for me: mainly gold and red.” 



How did you tend to spend your Christmas?



“I spend Christmas with my family whether that be in France or in the UK. This year we are really excited about spending our first London Christmas.”



Do you have any Christmas rituals that you’ve carried on from childhood or anything you’ve gathered along the way?



“As a child growing up in France we used to celebrate on Christmas eve.  We’ve now switched to the English way and celebrate it on Christmas day because we find it more fun for the children.  Christmas, for me, is all about family and the children having a magical day (mine still believe in father Christmas!).”







How does the day tend to evolve – e.g when do you open the presents, who does the cooking etc?



“We cannot hold the children back so open the presents first thing in the morning over a big continental breakfast served on a large tray placed on the coffee table in front of a real crackling fire.  We go to church and the children are then kept busy with their toys which gives us time to sort out the chaos and prepare lunch.  My husband cooks and I lay the table! Feast usually begins around 2pm and that’s it, not much more to say for the rest of the day!”



What are your top tips for making the table look festive and enticing?



“I dress the table with a fine white linen table cloth and napkins that were passed down from my Grandmother, white Limoges porcelain plates with a gold rim, fine Moser crystal wine and water glasses, festive Zara gold cutlery, candelabras and tealights placed in handmade fine porcelain ceramics from Epure Ceramique, hydrangeas and roses in vases from Svenskt Tenn, some gold glitter sprinkled over the centre of the table cloth and something fun in each plate – eg an item of a fancy dress costume (Christmas tree sunglasses or a father Christmas beard etc), a game or a lottery ticket maybe because it’s Christmas day and who knows, you could get lucky!”







 Gorgeous details based on Fiona’s ideas – vase from Svenkst Tenn, cutlery from Zara, porcelain from Epure Ceramique



Do you decorate for Christmas using principles you’d employ for design or is it more ad hoc than that?



“It’s more ad-hoc than that. I love using gold but not too much, old school tree decorations (wooden or ceramic) we’ve accumulated over the years, nothing plastic and no tassles, ever. I love fresh flowers and greenery.  I don’t do Christmas scents other than the odd orange peel and cinnamon stick that I burn on the open fire.  I stick to my Diptyque woody scents I love so much.  I am quite traditional in my Christmas decoration and keep it elegant.”







Any colour themes you are into that will shape what you do this year?



“Christmas colours remain classic for me: mainly gold and red.”



Tree?



“I have a real tree decorated with lots of gold and oversized red glass baubles, clear baubles, vintage decorations, dried orange and cinnamon sticks infused with the same essential oils for smell, and opaque glass mini ball lights that are discreet and don’t flash.”



How about crackers?



“Definitely crackers: for the children. But classy crackers or really fun ones: last year we had a cracker symphony set which entails appointing a conductor and a lot of whistling, hilarity and chaos.”







Any famous places that get Christmas just right to you, or that have made you laugh in the past?



“The Place Vendome in Paris – the place is majestic anyway and they get the Christmas decorations just right: not too many and very chic.  Makes me laugh the most are father Christmas climbing up the front of houses with their sacks on their back!”



What’s on your own present wish list this year or what are your hopes for the new year?



“If Santa feels generous jewellery from Aurelie Bidermann, I have been coveting the Chivor necklace, but let’s see! Next year, I wish for family good health and for my business to continue flourishing: I am working on a bed linen brand which I hope may launch in 2017.”

### Embracing Winter – Time to Cosy Up in your Home

As we move closer to the winter solstice on December the 21st we truly are in the depths of winter, in the midst of the darkest days of our calendar, but, let us find comfort, stay warm, and even indulge a little. Inspired by the good things that come with staying warm we invite you to slow down, come indoors and get cosy. In the spirit of the Danish art of Hygge, we too will take pleasure in the small things during the next few months; wearing soft woollen socks, drinking hot-chocolate, enjoying a weekend lie-in, appreciating the softness of a rug underfoot and lighting endless candles.



Image Source, Jane Day



There are many reasons to embrace winter, the warmth of a good rug being just the tip of the iceberg of all the good things that offer comfort during the colder months. For some of us winter is the favoured season for its frosts, muted colours, low light, echoes, bare trees, and is embraced as a thing of beauty. For others, particularly those who feel the cold and struggle with the lack of daylight, it is the season of virtual hibernation, a heads down against the chill, waiting for spring to return time of year. How ever you may feel, home comforts, without doubt, ease the passage of time and take us comfortably into the next season.







Image Source Pinterest







Image Source Pinterest



Key comfort places in the home are different for each of us. For some it is the bedroom, for others the bathroom, for those lucky enough to have an open fire or log burner this must surely be the prime spot. When we at Emily’s House imagine being in our most cosy spot there is always a rug in mind; a soft place for your feet to land in the darkness of the morning, somewhere to sit, cross-legged, with a warming drink and a good book, or padding down a hallway runner from bedroom to bathroom to sink into a steaming hot bath.



 Left: Image Source Pinterest. Right: Image Source Pinterest  Image Source Jane Day  Image Source Jane Day



The perfect rug for this season is the vintage Moroccan Beni Ouarain, a deep 100% wool weave which come in sizes perfect for the hearth, hallway, or to cover a large area of floor. The warm, natural wool tones and simple geometric designs are easy on the eye and a welcome treat for the feet.







Other home comfort treats, such as bed linen, throws, blankets, nightwear, cushions and candles, can be found in delightful abundance at Toast, The Linen Works, Soak & Sleep, The Future Kept and Freight, among others of course.



To complete the feeling of sanctuary within your home, we sourced some essentials, a survival kit of sorts that you could pack up and take anywhere with you.



 Left: Cream Alpaca Socks, £16, Freight . Right: Merino Lambswool Flint Throw, £215, The Future KeptBroste Nordic Sea Classic Stoneware Mug, £6.95, TrouvaClassic Hot Chocolat, £9, Hotel ChocolatLeft: Baileys Lavender Bath Soak, £16, Baileys Home . Right: Beeswax Candles, £5, Freight



Wishing you all a gentle winter season.

### Spring Greens by Alice Roberton

It’s all about spring now as winter is officially last season. The northern hemisphere is getting ready to come alive with a burst of greens, and we are already marvelling at blossom on trees. Pretty little carpets of flowers in city parks make us smile knowingly, and the sound of birdsong is calling us to fling open doors and windows to let the season rush in. The spring equinox came and went and the clocks sprang forward, reassuring us that the days are getting longer and the land will once again be light and awash with colour and new growth.







Image source Urban Jungle Bloggers



Whilst the new season tugs encouragingly at us to get outside, we can’t always oblige, and finding a balance of outdoor and indoor living can be hard when domesticity beckons and the office rules. The solution for many is to bring the outside inside – which feels invigorating and inescapably healthy. With its vivid shades of green painted on walls and furniture, nature is inspiring interiors more than ever and the majestic influences of temperate Victorian glasshouses are stealing their way into our homes.







Image source Pinterest



Green is very much the on-trend colour of the season and is being celebrated widely; most notably due to the December 2016 launch of Pantone’s colour of the year ‘Greenery’, which was declared ‘the universal shade of hope’. Pantone Color Institute executive director Leatrice Eiseman recently told the New York Times “We know what kind of world we are living in; one that is very stressful and very tense, this is the color of hopefulness, and of our connection to nature. It speaks to what we call the ‘re’ words; regenerate, refresh, revitalize, renew. Every spring we enter a new cycle and new shoots come from the ground. It is something life affirming to look forward to”. The passion for green to ground us in a world of unrest seems universal, so bringing it home makes perfect sense.







Image source Pinterest







Image source Pinterest



Wallpapers and textiles featuring bold palms, delicate ferns and all manner of flora and fauna are in abundance. Inspiration is being drawn from retro wallpapers such as the the original Martinique Banana Leaf wallpaper, which was created by decorator Don Loper in 1942 for the Beverly Hills Hotel.  Garden centres, florists and regional flower markets are offering up easy to care for plants, and Terrariums are making a comeback – it’s fair to say that we are well-rooted in a new age of green living.







Palm Beach, Florida, apartment designed by William T. Georgis (2006). Image Source Pinterest







Image source London Terrariums



Inspiration is coming directly to us from nature and we are bang on target within the perfect season to embrace it. Interior magazines, style pages, Pinterest and the blogasphere are awash with fresh ideas to revive your senses; just tap the words ‘green’ and ‘interiors’ into any search engine and you’ll be hit with an explosion of brilliance.







Emily’s House & Hay







Emily’s House



There are a multitude of ways to welcome green in to the home, whether organic or through a carefully planned scheme; but, as with all these projects, the key is in finding what works for you and your home. Spring cleaning can mean so much more than a good dust behind the wardrobe; playing with new paint colours, re-vamping rooms and getting furniture re-upholstered are all great seasonal activities. However, if you don’t feel you have the time or budget to go wild with pots of paint, there are plenty of potted plant options to breathe life in to your home.







Image Source Pinterest



A simple fern or a bulb in a pot can harness some of the emerald goodness of nature, and if you really want to get inspired by a bounty of green then make a visit to one of the UK’s temperate hothouses – from the modern splendour of the Eden Project in Cornwall to the impressive Palm House at the Royal Botanic Gardens of Edinburgh.



To help you find inspiration for your spring home here are a few links to point you in the right direction…..



Pantone’s Greenery is available at many paint suppliers, visit Pantone for a list of stockists.



Some other paint suppliers with a good green colour palette are Little Green, Farrow & Ball and Dulux.



There are some wonderful fern and palm print wallpapers available at Sanderson and Cole & Son.



Check out Etsy for some retro banana leaf print wallpapers



Learn how to make your own terranium with London Terraniums, who offer workshops for all.



For indoor plant inspiration and regular commentary on the subject visit Urban Jungle Bloggers.



For a great selection of small succulents visit Grace & Thorn in Hackney, London.



Many large DIY stores stock large indoor palms, ferns and pots, visit Homebase for ideas.



Visit Kew Gardens or the Royal Botanic Gardens of Edinburgh for impressive fern and succulent plant collections. Or venture to Cornwall’s Eden Project for a more modern take on things.

### Walking on Sunshine – by Alice Roberton

Summer is on its way, and with the warmth we (optimistically) await, comes a more relaxed vibe. Holidays, outdoor living, light and colour all help to make for a more enjoyable existence. The lines between indoor and outdoor living spaces become blurred when the sun is out, and we gain liberation from many of our daily trappings; enabling us to move more freely between indoors and outdoors. Life’s essentials minimise, and simple pleasures are easier to achieve. Whilst rugs and carpets do a sterling job of adding warmth and comfort during colder months, their heritage is firmly grounded in warmer climates, so, for us, they are as much about summer as they are winter. In our opinion, never does a vibrantly coloured rug look more beautiful than when the sun is steaming in on it through an open door or window. Try pulling a familiar rug outside on a balmy day, drink in hand, and as you relax on it, you might just fall in love. Should you need to cool off, then lie, stretched out on a Beni Ouarain, you’ll be amazed by the temperature regulating quality of its wool.



To celebrate the approaching season we have embraced exotic, Middle-Eastern style and have five hot colour palettes, all woven through the most beautiful new, vintage and antique rugs. As we unpack our recent consignment of new pieces, in a variety of shapes and sizes, visions of Lapis Blue and Palm Green, tones of blush pink and heady reds, vibrant citrus colours and pace-slowing neutrals are spilling out onto our showroom floor and giving us a sunny feeling.



Blues and Greens







Tiled Floor Hallway, Morocco. Image Source Pinterest



We have new pieces in fresh Lapis and sage colours from the high Atlas Mountains and urban Morocco regions, as well as from South West Persia. This palette of colours makes us think of blue skies and deep oceans, tiled Riad’s with water-features and refreshing plunge-pools. Boucherouites, Gabbeh and Azilal rugs reflect their native environments in terms of colour and weave, with each one offering something unique. Perfect for serious interior schemes or more informal and funky spaces, these pieces have all angles cleverly covered.



From left to right: 1) Looped Pile Beni Ouarain, Beni M’Guild Rug, Azilal Rug, Boucherouite Rug



Pinks and Reds



The blush pinks, hot reds, terracottas and muted Bougainvillea magenta in these pieces are just saying ‘heat’ to us. The diversity of colour and tone, and the unique patterning in each piece, is a sight to behold – these rugs are truly sumptuous. There is something deeply romantic about the colours; which makes them a wonderful addition to a theatrical, boudoir style. Equally though, they can take centre-stage in a large space juxtaposed with clean white walls and simple furniture.



From left to right: 1) Dusky Pink Moroccan Beni Ouarain 2) Moroccan Pile Rug 3) Small Fluoro Runner 4) Blush Pink Moroccan Beni Ouarain







 Oranges and Yellows







Tiled Entrance Arch, Morocco. Image Source Pinterest



With a mix of traditional Berber rugs and pieces from Boujad and Rehamna, this selection is captivating, conjuring up visions of heaped spices in busy markets, searing hot days, and lemons piled-high in stone bowls. With burnt orange, natural Ochre and zingy citrus, these are the ultimate rugs for creating an earthy warm feeling in your home. Mixed up in a scheme with pottery, cleverly selected tribal furniture and plenty of plants these rugs shine bright.



From left to right: 1) Coral Harlequin Boujad Rug 2) Boujad Runner 3) Rehamna Rug 4) Boujad Runner Rug







Neutrals







Rustic Bathroom, Morocco. Image Source Pinterest



The soft white, cream, brown and black tones of natural wool echo the simple life of the Beni Ouarain and other Berber tribes of the Middle Atlas Mountains. The tribes are devoted to agriculture and the shepherding which yields the fine wool for their traditional rugs. These rugs are the embodiment of natural living. Their soft geometric patterns somehow take on a very modern and minimalistic feel; they pair as well with a contemporary surrounding as they do with somewhere of cultural or historical significance.



All our rugs are available to buy through our on-line shop, Decorative Collective and 1st Dibs shop.

### Optimal Indoor Plants And How To Let Them Thrive – by Lucy Drane

The choices we make about what we invite to live alongside us is a personal one. Each object we select to keep in our home, a chair, a rug, a fern, has earned its keep and is an extension of ourselves, a statement about our personal taste and interests.  As many of us tire of ploughing through a world of daily consumer excesses, of gathering more and more and more, we seek solace in more mindful selection, surrounding ourselves with fewer but richer, more meaningful possessions.



There is no denying indoor plants have long been associated with desirable decor or as a useful tool for those who care to design and decorate. The basic aesthetic pleasure we find in house plants is reflected through the endless flood of images we happily consume of covetable green interiors. But a more recent bout of houseplant appreciation appears to be cultivating a genuine interest in indoor gardening, rather than just a ride on the wave of another interior trend.  A broader and more sustained interest in plant keeping is arising, with renewed recognition of the positive effects plants have on our wellbeing and the soul nurturing daily rituals that caring for plants can provide.



The efficacy of plants as air filters has long been documented; a pivotal study by NASA in the 1980s revealed how highly polluted the air in our homes and work places is often proven to be.  As we seek to conserve energy by tightly sealing our buildings, the pollutants from synthetic building materials become trapped inside, and has been closely linked to the rise in asthma, allergies and other respiratory problems. The study concluded that certain houseplants were very adept at removing indoor air pollutants since plants naturally absorb these harmful chemicals through their leaves, breaking them down in their root systems and consequently using them as a source of energy. It is unsurprising to note that interior landscaping and the rise indoor planting, specifically in office spaces and public buildings, first came to prominence as a means to counteract what became known as ‘Sick Building Syndrome’, a term coined to describe the detrimental effect certain buildings were seen to have on our health, which plants were found to help counteract.



Perhaps you are already one of the many plant enthusiasts out there,  lovingly tending to an indoor jungle, a more reserved potted plant keeper,  or still to be converted; either way, make time to enjoy the indoor green around you and its quiet and subtle everyday activity. House plants make for noble companions and a plant collection can be a life long endeavour. But just like us, no two days are the same. Plants are a snapshot of a moment in time that provide us with an enduring connection to nature and the cycle of life. Plants bring the life and energy of outside in.



Different plants appeal to different personalities but everyone has a green thumb – it’s just about getting to know your plants, having the right information about what keeps them happy and responding intuitively to how they behave.



Most effective air purifying plants include:



–     Devils ivy / Epipremnum aureum



–     Peace lily / Spathiphyllum wallisii



–     Lady palm / Rhapis excelsa



–     Rubber plant / Ficus elastica



–     Snake plant / Sansevieria trifasciata



–     Areca Palm / Dypsis lutescens



POSITION OF INDOOR PLANTS



No plants were created indoors, they are creatures of the outside world so it is always helpful to consider the natural environment of your particular plant, where it naturally thrives and recreating that as best you can in your home. Consider the microclimate of your space – the light, temperature, drafts and airflow will all have an impact on your plant and if it is the wrong plant for the wrong place, it’s probably not going to thrive!



Plants for bright positions:



–     Palm varieties



–     Sedum varieties



–     Cacti varieties



–     Aloe vera



–     Strelitzia reginae / Bird of paradise

### Salvage Design with Retrouvius Co-Founder Maria Speake

Known for their innovative and intelligent use of salvage materials, West London based Retrouvius have built their way to an essential and pioneering studio with a vast array of domestic and commercial projects. We chat to co-founder Maria Speake about where it all began, her love of materials and how she chooses to incorporate rugs into their design projects.







What is it about using salvaged materials that you find inspiring?



I am always drawn to things that are slightly rejected, from items in a skip to shopping on a sale rail. I like the fact that others have rejected something. I find it more inspiring to give something a new life, it’s more of a challenge. When it comes to rugs, I quite like the ones that are a bit tattier so therefore they really do need a whole new life.



How did you get into salvaging?



It was from being a student in Glasgow and from skips and demolition. It really was before the whole green movement really got going. At my architecture school, there was no sense of consciousness and responsibility towards the environment or an understanding of your materials, where your materials come from.



Glasgow at that stage had once been so wealthy by being a port city and having a massive manufacturing industry exporting so much that it made, there would be masses of cast iron for example, that was shipped out to all around the empire. To bring the ships back, they would use a lot of timber as ballast to keep the ships weighed down so there would be amazing mahogany, and pitch pines coming back to Glasgow. Some of the buildings there were filled with gorgeous, amazing quality timber. For me, I’m very much interested in the materiality of things and the natural understanding of textiles.







How do you incorporate rugs and textiles into your projects? Do you start off with a specific fabric or print and build the project from there?



Yes absolutely. We also do masses of the architecture so a lot of people can find it overwhelming, stressful, and very abstract when you’re talking about spatial three-dimensions, but if they are suddenly really inspired by a fabric, it makes people feel so much more relaxed about making these other quite big architectural decisions.



Sometimes it is the last thing to be added in, and that can make it more fun for us because we can bring eight or ten rugs to a room and then show them how the room changes completely depending on the base.



One thing that really stands out to me in your design projects is your use of rich colour and texture. How do these elements play a part in your projects?



Each client and each building is different so it’s about marrying what is going to look right in the building with the client’s tastes. It’s about educating the client into what materials and colours sit comfortably in certain buildings. We also love to find cost effective fabrics that are still produced in the UK.











Do you have any tips for incorporating salvaged objects in your home?



I think it’s about maintaining flexibility. It’s now more important to find pieces that you can take with you. I think it’s really nice to see that kitchens are stepping back to loose fit furniture based pieces. If we’re looking at salvaged things, it’s about how they’re put in a lot of the time. A lot of furniture and cupboards are built in so actually the only thing that you can salvage are the front cupboard doors. Other people are designing now that the whole piece can come out, which is great.



Also, just to enjoy colour with paint, because it’s so cheap and easy to change. With lighting, the flexibility of going back to the simple pendant and gallery, you can change your shade continuously and they’re relatively inexpensive to buy. The atmosphere and lighting conditions can change dramatically.







 Are there any rugs that are continuous winners with clients?



The Beni Ouarain Berber rugs are great and people love the cosiness. The colour is great because they’re very light reflective. Especially in older buildings they bounce the light down locally so it’s quite flattering.



The character of handmade textiles is wonderful. That is the joy of things that are a little imperfect. It feels more human and feels much more accessible. Modern and historic conservation and craft have come back and realised they don’t have to be at war with each other.



What interesting and perhaps unconventional ways have you used rugs or salvaged textiles before?



I rarely use a rug as a cushion as I don’t think they’re cosy enough to snuggle up to but I will buy a lovely old fragment to use for something. It would be more about taking an element and making it more precious. I like to use them as a front panel on a curtain so the light will never directly get to it, to protect the vegetable dyes from the sunlight.



I’ve used the Turkish Perde for ottomans and for use as panels within curtains. I like having things in a panel where they can remain in their original form. I like using them when they’re not stitched in or fixed because a lot is about their movement.







 Do you have a favourite project?



It’s all about the building and the people so actually no, I love that each different job will have something really fabulous, something that you’ll have learnt, and something that’s really tricky. One project was a beautifully designed and detailed 1976 boat. Most people don’t associate textiles with boats and so it was really fun to do things on a boat that you would never usually do. For example, we used long, full length hanging draped curtains, which you would never see. A lot of cabins feel quite low because of the low ceiling height so it was about how can we accentuate the height.



Can you describe the Retrouvius style?



We are all about materials. Rather than the Bauhaus modernist phrase of “Less if More”, my latest phrase is “More is Less.” The more of one colour you have, it then becomes neutral. If you’ve got lots of the same type of thing, whether it’s the colour, the wood or tiles as a whole lot, then it’s great. What becomes frenetic, is when you’ve got lots of different things together.

### Round Up of London Design Festival 2017 by Casey Mollett

It’s that time of year again when the city comes together to celebrate design in all its forms from across the globe. London Design Festival brings innovative and outstanding design to the capital for one week in September each year. We thought we would share our pick of the events that we found most inspiring last week.







Urban Cabin, MINI UK



A key trending concept at LDF this year has been to question the future of urban living, adapting to congested habitats and researching innovative ways to build new homes. The Urban Cabin by MINI LIVING and Sam Jacob Studio, which is displayed in the courtyard area of the OXO Tower Wharf encourages viewers to pause and reflect of how much they really need in their homes, in order to still create a personal and welcoming space. An inventive approach to the use of the space, which is designed for Londoners to adapt and engage in the changes in home living within the capital.







Interior of Urban Cabin, MINI UK



A compact, minimalist space with modular kitchen, hammock and micro library respond to issues such as the decreasing number of public libraries and the importance of using food markets through encouraging the use of the shared kitchen. A book swap for visitors to share literature took place throughout the week with a London theme, bringing the past and present together, questioning the future of residential living.



Read more about MINI LIVING .



Tiipoi launches new collection, Modern Kantha











Spandana Gopal of Tiipoi, Witek Golik designers Martyna Golik and Sisse Witek



This year, London based design studio Tiipoi have joined forces with Danish textile designers Witek Golik to create Modern Kantha, which launched at this year’s London Design Festival. Described as bringing “Scandinavian sensibility together with ‘kantha’ a traditional embroidery technique from India”, the collection comprises of soft cotton sateen quilts and cushions in four colour ways. As part of LDF Tiipoi’s founder, Spandana Gopal held a talk with Witek Golik designers Martyna Golik and Sisse Witek to discuss more about the process and ideas behind their collaboration.







Modern Kantha Process, Tiipoi



Kantha is a type of traditional embroidery technique using a simple running stich, that originates in Eastern India. It consists of using multiple rows of running stitches over an entire cloth, also serving a functional purpose to quilt the fabric together. Traditionally old saris would be bound together using the kantha stitch to make a light blanket or quilt, combining decoration with functionality.







Modern Kantha quilt and cushions, Tiipoi



Re-interpreting the technique, larger scale stitches are made using an embroidery machine rather than by hand. We love the results and can’t wait to see what’s next from the two design studios.



Modern Kantha is available online at tiipoi.com and exclusively at Twentytwentyone.



The Skandium Townhouse presents Louis Poulsen







Amandine Alessandra for Brompton Design District



Scandinavian design retailer Skandium, have recently moved into their new Townhouse residence a stones throw from their previous Brompton Road store. To celebrate their new home, Skandium have opened early to present an installation by designers GamFratesi, around their new YUH collection for Danish lighting manufacturers Louis Poulsen. The installation displayed their new collection of table, floor and wall lamps by illustrating how Scandinavian lighting and furniture design can create and alter the ambiance in a room.







Amandine Alessandra for Brompton Design District



The exhibition also saw the launch of a new limited edition light, the PH3 1/2-3 Pendant Lamp, made from amber coloured glass with brass suspension.







The Skandium Townhouse officially opens on the 2nd October.



Transmission at the V&A, Ross Lovegrove



Within the Tapestry Gallery at the V&A sits Ross Lovegrove’s Transmission, a serpent-like textile sculpture, which snakes down the centre of the room.







Ross Lovegrove, Transmission



It is made using an innovative sound absorbent material, Alcantara, and decorated with gold and silver threads, which gives off a soft, glistening glow when the viewer walks around the room. We found it to be a meditative area of quietness and reflection in a busy week of London Design Festival!







Ross Lovegrove, Transmission



It is made using an innovative sound absorbent material, Alcantara, and decorated with gold and silver threads, which gives off a soft, glistening glow when the viewer walks around the room. We found it to be a meditative area of quietness and reflection in a busy week of London Design Festival!

### What is The Best Rug For Dog Owners?

At Emily’s House London, we like rugs and we also very much like dogs…We’re often approached by dog owners, who are unsure what rug to buy because of their loyal, furry companion. Just because you share your home with a dog, it shouldn’t mean you have to compromise on buying a beautiful rug. From the best for pet hair to ones for dogs that don’t always make it outside to ‘do their business’, we take a look at the best kinds of rugs for dog owners. We also take a quick look at how to look after and protect your rug from your dog with the correct cleaning regime.



Stains



A sad fact of sharing your home with a beloved dog is that there will be times that they urinate in the house. This tends to happen more often at the beginning and end of their life. They will also cause dirt to appear on your rug in the form of mud or even worse, fox faeces.



One way to make your rug last longer in general is to invest in a good underlay. This is especially beneficial for flatweaves and kilims, which will also stop the rug from slipping and moving.



Although dogs love to snooze on soft long haired pile rugs…..a kilim, short pile rug or our vintage overdyed rugs with extra short shaved pile are the smarter choices to make.



The worst for your rug is not that your dog has an “accident” but the fact the rug does not thoroughly dry afterwards, which makes the yarn rot! The most effective way to treat this is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away. Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area. Then make sure your rug dries thoroughly by placing it on the underfloor heating, a radiator or use a hair dryer to make sure the rug get completely dry.



Rugs for dogs that claw or chew



Dogs aren’t nearly as bad as cats when it comes to ‘clawing’ up your home, but some breeds or even individual dogs are more likely to claw away at a rug than others and even if they don’t, their nails are still likely to affect the quality of your rug. Avoid looped piles as these can be caught by claws and are more likely to be ruined, so try to find a cut pile instead. A better solution all-round is to keep your dog’s claws clipped regularly. Also avoid rugs with tassels that dogs are likely to chew and play with .



Dogs that shed



Unless you have specifically chosen your dog based on its ability not to shed much hair, the chances are it will shed hair all over your house. The easiest way to protect your rug from this is to give your rug a shake outside every couple of weeks. Additionally hoover the rug when needed and every four to five times you hoover make sure the reverse is also vaccuumed as just as much hair can accumulate there, as on the front.



Colour



You can also help yourself by choosing the right colour. For the most part dark or brightly patterned rugs will hide pet hairs best, but of course look to the colour of your pet. If your dog has black hair then a white rug will show up and vice versa. Also go for a short pile which will be easier to clean. A daily clean with a lint brush will clear up most dog hair from a short pile rug.



Best textures



One might think that a rug made from synthetic materials is easiest to clean but actually wool is a better fabric to choose. Wool is also hardier than many synthetic materials and is easier to get stains and urine out of. In fact, any natural textures such as jute, , cotton and seagrass will also be better to maintain and keep well.



Cleaning



When it comes to keeping your rug clean from dog urine, there are liquids you can spray on your rug to make them go ‘somewhere else’….any bigger supermarket has it in their dog section.



For small stains you can invest invest in an anti-stain carpet or rug cleaner, ideally one made with natural derivatives rather than heavily synthetic ones which may damage the fabric of the rug or cause the colours to run.. The easiest option is to buy a ‘dry’ cleaner which simply needs to be shaken on and rubbed in before leaving for a bit before vacuuming. A great option is Natural & Clean Dry Carpet Cleaner. It’s also worth having a spot cleaner on hand for sudden accidents.



For bigger cleaning jobs, i recommend:LONDON http://www.orient-rug.com



This is a photo of myself and my daughter, Emily, with our family dog:

### Tips For Measuring Your Rooms Correctly

If you’ve never done it before then measuring a room can seem like a fairly daunting task. However, with a little simple advice, it is very achievable. In this article, we’ll explain how to measure a room and ensure that you get the correct dimensions. This means that you can be certain that any rugs you order or hire from us will fit superbly into your home.



The basic measuring



Those of you with good memories will remember learning at school how to work out the area of a square or rectangle. The good news is that measuring the size of a typical room works in just the same way. Measure the width and length of the room at the longest points and then multiply the two figures together. This will give you the area of the room in total. We’ll cover how to measure more oddly shaped rooms later on in this article.







Getting the conversion right



It’s likely that your measuring tape gives you measurements in either inches or centimetres but you may well want to get a final figure in square yards. Thankfully, this is pretty easy as well, although we would recommend a calculator. If you want to convert from square inches to square yards, simply multiply the two numbers together as normal and then divide the answer by 36. You now have the figure in square yards.



If you’re moving from centimetres to metres then you simply divide the number by 100 (brainier individuals may be able to do this one in their head). This helpful conversion calculator will ensure your conversion are correct.



Drawing the room



The key to drawing any room effectively is to find a scale and stick to it. For those of you who favour imperial measures, 1 inch = 1 yard is a good scale to choose. Metric fans might want to consider something close to 1cm = 50cm. It doesn’t really matter what scale you choose, what’s important is that you choose a scale that works for you and you stick to it. Make sure that you have a ruler to help you measure and get a really straight line and take note of any furniture and other objects that are already in place in the room when you’re preparing your drawing. Remember that the drawing should give a good sense of the room to someone who has never been there.







Dealing with irregular shapes



If your room has triangular areas then don’t despair. Simply measure the width and height of these areas, multiply the two numbers together and divide your answer by two (it might be time to grab that calculator again). To get the area of the whole room, measure the largest possible square or rectangular area in the centre of the room and add on the area of these little fiddly bits to get your total. Drawing the room as we discussed above should make this whole process easier.



Hopefully, this article has shown that measuring the area of your room shouldn’t be a daunting task. We wish you luck in your measuring endeavours.

### How To Tell If a Rug is Handmade

To the untrained eye, it can be difficult to identify the difference between a handmade, hand-knotted, and machine- made rug. To help ensure you are purchasing an authentic handmade rug, we’ve put together this guide to help you recognise the differences. We hope this allows you to make an informed decision when finding your perfect rug.



Check the underside of the rug



One of the best ways to tell if your rug is handmade rather than machine made is by checking the back or underside of the rug. If the knots and weaving are not perfectly uniform, then you will know it’s a handmade rug. You can also distinguish the individual knots when you look at the back of the rug as when making a handmade rug, weavers manually insert the knots into the foundation of the rug and then proceed to tie each knot by hand.



Look for variations in colour



You will typically find that handmade rugs are more likely to have slight variations in colour. This is due to the method being entirely manual including the actual dyeing process. When using wool that has been dyed in different batches, this will often result in a slight variation in the colour. Whereas, with machine-made rugs, the materials used are typically dyed in a single batch and the colours will therefore be uniform throughout the rug.



Look for white grid lines and fringe



Typically, machine-made rugs will have lots of white lines on the back that are a result of them being made by computers, whereas a handmade rug will not have the same pronounced white grid lines. Also, if your rug has a fringe, you can often tell if it’s handmade by the position of the fringe and whether it looks “sewn on”. Handwoven rugs are always going to have the fringe ends as part of the yarn of the rug. The fringe of a hand-knotted rug is not an addition to the rug, rather it’s an extension of the foundation of the rug.



Don’t confuse hand-tufted with handmade



It is important to note that hand-tufted rugs aren’t the same as handmade rugs, although many can be mistaken that they are the same due to their similar look. But when you look closer, you will see there are differences between them, so don’t buy the wrong rug and be disappointed. Hand-tufted rugs are easier to make and cheap to recreate with the use of a tufting gun which brings the yarn to the back to create the tuft. Next, they glue material to the back of the rug to hold the fibres in place. Hand-tufted rugs can look similar to handmade rugs, which often makes it difficult to distinguish.



Whether you’re a collector of quality rugs or you’re interested in buying high-quality handmade rugs, vintage rugs, oriental rugs and more for your home, check out the range at Emily’s House London today. All our handmade rugs are selected for their quality and beauty and we guarantee you will find a rug that will complement your home.



If you need more help in choosing the perfect rug for your home, don’t hesitate to get in touch with Emily’s House London for more information and further advice. We are happy to help!

### Interview with Katrien Vermeeren – Rug Expert & Founder of Emily’s House London

What developed your passion for rugs?







My parents had 2 furniture shops in Belgium. I’d spend all my weekends roller skating and playing hide and seek with my sister in the beautifully made up beds and sleek leather sofas. As a child I made my own pillows and backpacks out of leftover fabric samples I’d ‘instructed’ my parents to bring home for me.



However, my interest in rugs did not arise until much later, while travelling with my partner to Turkey and Morocco. I’ve always been drawn to colour and happy shapes, which is still clearly reflected in my current selection of rugs.



How do you go about selecting each rug?



Sometimes you get a real diamond in the rough moment. I always make sure I’m equipped with a super sweet mint tea and prepared for sneezing away the dust from the much older pieces. Often this means browsing through piles of rugs and screening tons of to assess wool quality.



Where should you put your rug in relation to the room?



Anywhere it works really! No rules, just fun. That being said, wool rugs don t survive long in bathrooms, and kilims should be made non-slip with a rug pads if they’re going in a bathroom. But that’s easily avoided with a bit of rational thinking. .



These days a rug under a dining table is best at 250cm wide, and not 200cm as used to be the norm. For bedrooms, I think there are many “correct ” solutions, from behind the bed; to the bed half on the rug; to all furniture on the rug (if they all fit).



Why are rugs so important for interior design?



In my opinion it is about the texture and how it mixes in with the room. If you use a feng shui colour palette or more of an intuitive style compass, a rug needs to have that extra wow element.



You can often work around a rug with a difficult size, but the right texture is of key importance to add that extra charm to a room. Colour is obviously the second runner up here! It needs to blend in or stand out and represent your personal taste.



What should you look for when buying a rug?



You should look for something that you think stands out from the crowd! And in some cases that means a rug that is a statement piece with lots of colour and stand out, for others it means something that is more serene and blends in.



If you need some advice in choosing a rug, read our helpful guide here.



What sort of rug would you recommend for a small space /large space?



Small spaces benefit from colourful rugs and highly decorative pieces, in my opinion.Large rooms function best with more serene rugs, as there is often lots of other things present to attract the eye. Bedrooms are somewhere in between, and can benefit from both colourful or more serene rugs.



Should you have furniture on or off the rug?



If the rug and furniture allow it, then all on is a great way forward. Vintage rugs however do not often make this possible as sizes are often long and relatively narrow but they do give that extra character to a room that other rugs don’t offer. With vintage pieces you can often work around the sizing and put just the front legs of the sofa on it. As mentioned above, in a bedroom more options will flow more easily with a rug fully or partly behind the bed.



Your favourite ever rug?



I like anything with a symmetric sort of look, and anything with dots is always attracting my attention. A good colour combo is definitely interesting too.



How does your collection of rugs reflect your style?



I like things that have a bit of elegance yet with a twist. I like colour and I like to mix it with …more colour. Black is definitely not the way forward for me.



What rugs do you have in your home?



I have a large pink pile rug under my dining table and some flatweaves next to the sofa. It’s probably be better the other way around, but for now I like it this way!



How has your collection changed over the years?



Over the last years I have also started doing more new made rugs. Still all one off pieces that are highly unique, but in super large sizes. They are great for the larger living room or for floating seating areas. They are no replacement for the vintage pieces but in fact are complimenting the collection by offering super sizes.

### We’re Moving – Back to London!

We’re Moving – Back



With two opposing worlds luring, and questioning which direction to take, it helps to pay attention to the heart. As much as I like the tranquil Tetbury countryside, with a name like Emily’s House London, I can’t hide where my heart really lies. I started Emily s House 9 years ago in London and we have now returned to its centre. This means that from 1 September 2018 you can come and see our rugs in real, in our new showroom in London Battersea!



Why Battersea?



From a practical point of view Battersea just works – it’s easy to reach and has an interesting selection of English and European antiques, for example Circa Battersea, Robert Young and other fantastic independent dealers. Not to mention the Decorative Antiques and Textiles Fair, in Battersea park itself, attracts discerning decorators with events every Autumn, Winter and Spring Season. It’s always bursting with colour and stunning one of pieces.







Bigger & Better



Our new showroom will be more practical and bigger! What this means for you is there will be even more rugs to look at and choose from! As always I focus on beautiful rugs and colour, yet honouring a playful side by selecting vintage or new made pieces with that special twist. From Berber to Boucherouite, from nomadic to new made….. Come and see our selection of unique rugs in real, and make an appointment to go through ideas together.



Where exactly?



Our new address from 1 September 2018:Havelock Terrace,Hewlett House,Unit 11FSW8 4AS.



This is opposite Battersea Cats and Dogs Home and 3 minutes walk from Battersea Park overground station. There are regular trains from Victoria, or it is 25 minutes walk in a straight line from Sloane Square. Parking is available upon request. The opening times are Monday-Friday (term time) from 09.00-12.00 and other times by appointment. Our online store is open 24/7, as always!



I hope to see you soon!

### How to Make Your Bedroom Cosy and Snug This Autumn

With the colder weather closing in and one of the hottest summers in history behind us, it’s time to think about transitioning our homes from bright and breezy to warm and snug. Autumn presents the perfect opportunity to pack away the garden cushions and reach for fur throws, swapping pops of summer colour for warming neutrals and crisp autumnal shades. After all, your home is your sanctuary and this is the season to transform it into a warm retreat to shield you from those cold, crisp days.



Settle down with a pumpkin spice latte, slip into something comfortable and warm, and get your bedroom autumn/winter ready with our interior design tips for this season.



Utilise Fabric and Textures



Minimalism may be in, but at Emily’s House we like to add a bit of extra texture and softness to your space too. There’s nothing like curling up in bed with a good book as the long, dark nights draw in. Textured cushions and throws will offer you all the comfort you crave as you sink into the soft fabrics. Restricting them to your bed will give you a hygge haven to retreat to and is the ideal solution if you prefer to keep decorative objects to a minimum.



It’s an age old trick, but adding blankets and throws to your bed will create a feeling of warmth and cosiness. They ensure you wake up warm on even the coldest of autumnal days, providing extra depth and luxury to your sleep space – the only downside is it’ll be even more of a struggle to leave your bed on those weary winter mornings.







Introduce Accent Rugs



Introducing a rug is a great way of uplifting a room, creating a space that has transformed from simple yet stylish to the trend-driven hub of your home. The addition of soft texture and smooth edges offers a warm, homely touch underfoot and a bold design can be revolutionary. Not all spaces are conducive to a vibrant print but choosing a single coloured rug is no compromise. Our Vintage Moroccan Plain Rug is a great choice, adding some true ‘midnight blue’ vibes to your home.







The choice is yours; run with your existing colour theme and match your rug to current accessories and bedding, or go for a contrast to create a real statement bedroom. Sneaking patterns and shapes in can be an excellent way to take a room from basic to beautiful and is the secret of creating an aesthetically pleasing space – as comfortable on the eye as it is underfoot. If wooden floors are your thing, a rug can take away that morning chill, a must for the colder seasons. Introducing a rug with a vibrant colour or statement pattern, such as our Turking Tulu Carpet Orange Rug, can be the perfect way to cement your chosen theme. Vibrant tones go surprisingly well with antique and brown furnitures or to uplift your inherited pieces.







Combine your choice with the right woods and tones to really offset your room. It’s all about creating a space that feels cosy and right for you, so sticking to your style and picking colours that are right for you is essential.



Make Use Of Creative Lighting



Getting your lighting right is key, especially for autumn/winter. Harsh, white lighting is not conducive to a relaxing environment, you need to encourage warmth and softness now that the days are getting shorter. Calmness and serenity are the order of the day, so think about warming orange tones, perhaps picking standard lamps over traditional pendant lights; it’s all about feeling cosy this season.



For the ultimate hygge vibes, consider using multiple lamps at a range of different heights. String lights are a great alternative, providing a calming atmosphere and creating a sense of warmth in a way that is hard to achieve using only a single bulb. They also give you greater control over the levels of brightness in your bedroom, giving you the opportunity to dim the lighting as you unwind before bed.







For smaller bedrooms, the inclusion of different lighting sources can really give a sense of space. For a brighter vibe mix this with cleverly situated mirrors, but for a snug feel try dotting a few candles around, the warm, flickering wicks will promote relaxation. If your room is on the larger side then focus your attention on the bed, cluster lighting will help to centre your focus. Picking out essential areas of your room will then give you alternative areas to target with a multitude of lighting options.



Batten down the hatches and shut out that vicious cold air as autumn seeps into winter. Retreat in the comfort of your home in cosy lounge wear – a hot water bottle and a warm bowl of tomato soup are essential. Warm bedding, textured fabric and a statement rug will draw a room together, providing a personal sanctuary to shelter from the harsh winter weather.



If you’re on the lookout for the perfect rug to complete your bedroom this season, check out our full range here. Perhaps you’re looking for something simple and chic or vibrant and autumnal for your seasonal home makeover. Our complete collection features rugs in a rainbow of colours, assortment of fabrics and a variety of sizes; we have something to suit every style.

### Rug Arrangements Made Easy: 5 Stylish Layouts

There is an art to rug arrangements in a living room, and it’s all about creating harmony between rugs and furniture. We’ve tested countless setups to save you the trial and error, looking at different layouts with everything from L-shaped sofas to single armchairs.



One golden rule in rug arrangements is to avoid the dreaded “floating rug”. This happens when a rug is placed too far from any furniture, often stranded in the middle of a room. Instead, use rugs to connect your seating and tables so the space feels cosy and cohesive. At Emily’s House, we often guide customers on rug arrangements that not only look stylish but also make the most of their space.







Matchesfashion.com at 5 Carlos Place. Photograph by Cat Garcia



Use your rug to create an island.



Luxury fashion house Matchesfashion.com transformed a townhouse at 5 Carlos Place, Mayfair, into a space that feels like a chic living room. Here, a large rug arrangement creates an island effect, anchoring the seating in the centre of the room. This technique works beautifully in large lounges. Choose a large or extra-large rug, place sofas and chairs around it, and let your rug define the zone.







Image 2 caption: Hay Mags corner sofa, Photograph by Hay



Large corner sofa, small rug



When planning rug arrangements around a corner sofa, size matters. With this Hay corner sofa, a smaller rug sits neatly within its frame, leaving a slim border of floor visible on both sides. The coffee table rests centrally on the rug, making the arrangement feel inward-looking and intimate. Be careful not to leave large gaps or the rug will appear “floating” and disconnected.







Image 3 caption: Heal’s Matera L shape chaise. Photograph by Heals



For L-shape sofas try half-on, half-off



Another approach for rug arrangements with L-shaped sofas is the half-on, half-off placement. Heal’s demonstrates this well with their Matera chaise: the horizontal section sits just outside the rug, while the longer section overlaps. This asymmetric look gives structure without being overly formal.







Image 4: Our Cobalt blue Beni M’Guild rug in the Hay Vintage store in Copenhagen



Mirror the sofa length



In the Hay Vintage showroom, one of our cobalt blue Beni M’Guild rugs was used as a focal point. Its length mirrors the sofa perfectly, and the rug extends far enough to include a lounge chair opposite. This rug arrangement highlights zoning and makes the seating area feel complete..







Image 5: From the Boussac fabric collection by Pierre Frey. Photography by Pierre Frey 



Runners can work too



Not all rug arrangements need to involve large rugs. In a double-fronted living room, a runner can define a reading nook or secondary space. Pierre Frey’s design for Boussac fabrics shows a chair, side table, and lamp all sitting comfortably on a deep-pile runner. It’s a smart way to use awkward corners or secondary zones, while still feeling purposeful.







Image 6: Day Bed One by Another Country. Photography by Another Country



Be playful and layer



Layered rug arrangements are perfect for contemporary interiors. In this example by Another Country, a daybed is set in front of a fireplace on top of two flat-weave rugs. The striped base rug adds subtle pattern, while the layered look creates a tactile, relaxed atmosphere. Stick to thinner flat-weave rugs for layering, as thicker piles don’t sit as neatly.



For more rug idea, see our shop where we have everything from handwoven jute rugs to vintage berber rugs, you can also get any rug made to measure for your home. Contact Emily's House with any rug questions you may have, we have the experience to answer them all.

### How to use rugs in the bedroom – including our favourite decorating secret.

The bedroom is the one room in the house where having something cosy underfoot is appreciated in every season, even the hot months. For those of us who love nothing more than the look of hardwood floors, whether that’s in the shape of beautiful boards or parquet, it’s probable that we also appreciate stepping out of bed in the night (or first thing in the morning), onto something a little softer and more forgiving. Thus rugs are a great tool for being able to combine the look of hardwood floors with the touch of soft fabric. There are various ways of using a rug or rugs in the bedroom that will help not just with this cosy factor, but with zoning too. We’ve put a few of our favourite ideas together below and tried to suggest different rug types from our collection to help you get the look.



Filling the floor around the bed







Image from Heckfield Place 



The rooms of the luxury country house hotel Heckfield Place(in Hampshire) were designed by Ben Thompson (who used to work for Ilse Crawford) and they offer plenty of lessons in how to use rugs cleverly. In the ‘Signature’ rooms, enormous XL rugs are enlisted to both contain the bed while also providing extra width for walking on, all around it.  Our XL rugs start at 250 x 300cm in size, have a look here, and will allow you to do the same thing, especially if you are working with a King or Super King bed in a large room. For extra luxury, try to find a size that will contain any furniture that is immediately by the bed, such as the bedside tables and a bench or console at the foot of your bed.



The half-on-half-off version







Image from The Craftsman’s Cottage 



Holiday bolthole with a twist, The Craftsman’s Cottage, is full of furnishings from Britain’s best craftspeople that you can buy (at discount), but also just enjoy in situ in the considerately designed rooms. The bedroom shown here features a large neutral rug positioned half way down the bed so that it extends into the room a little. It’s a nice way of bridging the gap between sleeping and non-sleeping zones and works well in medium sized rooms. Try a Beni Ouarain  or one of our Geometric rugs for something that mimics the quiet colour of the rug shown in The Craftsman’s Cottage. Or check out our Kilims for a flatter texture like the one depicted here has.



Follow the Craftsman’s Cottage on Instagram @thecraftsmanscottage



Small rugs and runners beside the bed

















Image from Heckfield Place



Another way to approach things altogether, placing a runner at the end of the bed and / or beside each side of it makes for a different look, but does the same sort of job comfort-wise. Two different bedrooms – again from Heckfield– show alternative ways of doing this. In one, the rug follows the length of the bed, running perfectly alongside the sides of it. In the other, the runner is placed at a right angle to the bed – a more unusual way to approach things, but we like the outcome. In this latter bedroom, a nice symmetry is created with the matching runner seen in the background corridor space. 



Map your rug plan according to storage







Image from Montana



This idea could be employed with the one above. Chic and versatile storage furniture brand Montana has paired a runner with one of its long sideboards to extremely aesthetically pleasing effect here – the two seem perfectly sized for one another. We’re picturing this set up working well across the room from the bed. Pair with a double or king sized bed in a master suite, or a room with twin beds or a single in it.



Try a Kilim rugs on the bed

















We’ve saved our decorating secret until last – it’s one of our favourite, if slightly more unusual ideas for introducing rugs to the bedroom.  Use a Turkish Perde kilim as a bedcover and enjoy the rich decorative touch it brings to your scheme. One of our Perde kilims was used in the penthouse of London’s luxury hotel and members club, Library, which overlooks St. Martin’s Lane, and to us it completes the room. Our founder Katrien has done the same thing with a rug she found 10 years ago in Damascus. Try it for yourself!

### How our Extra-Large Rugs Fit In With Current Colour Trends 

We’re very proud of our collection of (mostly) new, extra-large, handwoven pile rugs and kilims. At an average size of 250 x 350cm, they work particularly well in living rooms and bedrooms, where they can cover vast areas and help to add notable colour and pattern to the room. As well as cosiness.



Choosing the perfect pattern and design, however, can be tricky. So to help you whittle down the options, we’ve been exploring some of the colour trends from this year – as declared by a few of our favourite paint brands – and are suggesting the extra-large rugs from our collection that would work in such colour schemes. Below the three different moods we’ve selected as a starting point, are provided by Dulux, Mylands and Farrow & Ball. The rugs we’re showcasing thereafter, will work equally well in bedrooms, living rooms, large hallways and even – in the case of kilims especially – kitchens and dining rooms. Which colour scheme do you like best?



Caramel 







Spiced Honey, the colour of 2019 from Dulux. Image from Dulux



At the beginning of the year, Dulux announced its colour for 2019 as the wonderfully warming caramel shade, Spiced Honey. This brown tone can work as a neutral – albeit quite a daring one – on top of which you can layer richer, more vibrant shades such as deep terracotta and shades of pink and red. The colour has a slightly 70s feel, but with the contrasting shades its teamed with in this bedroom, it feels fresh and new. Try with our terracotta Berber rug or why not pink for a similar flavour? For pattern lovers, try our colourful mosaic design. The overall effect is cocooning either way. Dulux has also reminded us of the power of blue with brown thanks to that stripe feature on the wall.

















Shop for our terracotta Berber rug here, and kingsize pink Berber rug here







Shop for our colourful mosaic rug here







New greys from Mylands for 2019. Image from Mylands



At some point in the recent past, grey became the everyone’s first choice for their latest decorating project. It was hailed the new neutral by every decorating magazine and blog, and began popping up in all the nicest restaurants, shops and bars. Then, it slightly overwhelmed and people started wearily referring to it as greige. 



Well, Mylands released a new palette of greys this year that rains all over such a negative take on the colour! There is no chill factor to the tones they’ve introduced as many have a putty undertone, and this has refreshed our interest in grey all over again. Note how well they work together as a quiet gradient and once you’ve chosen your grey paint, add furniture and textiles in contrasting greys. We’ve got two suggestions for this look. For a muted architectural feel try our Berber design with its subtle grid pattern and, for something slightly more statement-making, our grey lime green kilim. 



please shop for our large grey and lime green kilim here

















Workwear blue







De Nimes, one of nine new colours from Farrow & Ball in 2019. Image from Farrow & Ball



Farrow & Ball launched nine new paint colours for 2019, including this elegant blue, De Nimes, which they’ve described as feeling down to earth. Its name references the cloth (which is a bit like denim) that is used to make everyday workwear in the French city Nimes and it seems to work well in country homes and contemporary buildings alike. In the dining room shown here, we love both how the jackets and indigo tablecloth look against the duller paint tone and, taking this as a cue, we felt our large blue kilim would add the same feeling. 



Alternatively, as the small Boucherouite by the door shows, you could add some uplifting pastel shades to the mix with our Harlequin rug. Both rugs will do a different job, but both, in our opinion, will look magical.



Shop our super large harlequin rug here

### 20 Best Handmade Rug Shops In The UK

So pleased to be mentioned as one of the twenty best handmade rug shops in the UK!







Is been over 10 years ago since I started Emily's House and my passion for rugs has grown ever since! The collection has grown more wide and ranges from rugs from North Africa to Middle East!



My parents both had an eye for form, colour and a love of the arts and they thought me about aesthetics and different forms of artistic expression.



For me today this translates into sourcing and selling beautiful unique rugs, handmade by skilled craftsman and artisan weavers.

### Emily’s House Rug Shop on 204 Battersea Park Road!

So happy to share this news!



We have reached our new destination with Emily’s House London; I opened my very own carpet shop on 204 Battersea Park Road! No sharing space, no warehouse,… a proper single brand carpet shop!







Is this the right timing? Covid19 is all over…. true and it did make me think twice… but there is no time to think too much… my passion for colour, beautiful carpets and vintage rugs does not get any lesser so no better time to push forward.







From a young age I was surrounded by beautiful interiors as my parents had furniture shops and thought me all about design, aesthetics and different forms of artistic expression.



Although being their “younger generation”, my taste is ironically much less contemporary then theirs. I love vintage and antique things and feel most at peace in bold and colourful surrounding.







This translates into my rug collection having lots of colourful rugs. Yet the simple Beni Ouarain rugs or plain design Berber rugs are always great all rounders and work well in many different interiors.



Then there is also the collection of extra large handwoven carpets, with sizes as big as 250x350cm or 300x400cm. They are great for the larger living room or to create a floating seating area. All rugs are one-off pieces, handmade with excellent wool quality using traditional weaving techniques.



If you want to come and see the rugs in real, please visit by appointment, on 204 Battersea Park Road.

### The Beni Ouarain Carpet

So different to Persian rugs, and yet elegant and sophisticated in their own way. These beautiful “White Giants” have a simple geometric design on a background of undyed natural sheep wool.















Beni Ouarain rugs are handwoven by a group of Berber tribes living in the North Eastern part of the Middle Atlas Mountains. They are always loosely knotted with a medium or long pile of wool.



Here at Emily’s House the vintage Beni rugs have always been an integral part of the collection and aesthetics, yet we also source a growing number of new made Beni Ouarain rugs, all one-off pieces handmade with excellent wool quality using traditional weaving techniques.















The advantage of these newer styles is that they have good standard sizes of 200x300cm, 250x2350cm or 300x400cm. They always have a crispy white natural wool background with a darker coloured simple geometric design.



Here at Emily’s House we have both new made and vintage Beni Ouarain carpets.



Browse our collection of Beni Ouarain carpets and find out what style feels right for your interior!

### Moth Sprays, Traps and Repellents with Natural Based Ingredients

Moths don’t differentiate between expensive and cheap jumpers. They are fans of undisturbed corners that are dark as well as warm. This could be a dark corner or underneath an armchair you use daily and doesn’t have to be undisturbed in our way of thinking, like the spare guest room or a dark attic corner (although they also hang out there).



If the usual household cleaning actions, like hoovering even between the gaps of your floorboards and mopping also underneath your rugs, don’t prevent moths, there are a few more things you can do!



If I see a moth at home, I am all in! They awaken my competitive side and I start screening for small dots everywhere! It is important you deal with the problem at its onset! The more you sweep this under the carpet, the bigger the problem becomes! This is terribly true when it comes to moths.



First, you have to do some detective work to find out where the moths are actually coming from. If you can’t find it, remember to put on your glasses (you ll always be young at heart, I know). Simply removing the item from the room or putting the rug outside in the sunlight, is not going to stop the problem or get rid of the issue. As a first response to an infestation, invest in a good non-toxic natural moth spray.



Signs of a heavy moth infestation can include considerable visible damage to soft furnishings caused by moth larvae, the sight of adult moths flying around the room, or moth traps becoming completely full with adult moths within one to two weeks of its deployment.



Note that moths are most active in the months March and April, so a bottle of moth spray for Valentine’s day, is in fact a loving present and less pricey than Chanel Mademoiselle. It is important you make sure the spray reaches the base of the infested items where the larvae are nesting (as its the larvae rather than the actual moths who are causing the holes in your fabrics) Just ‘skimming the surface’ is not gonna get you out of trouble this time!



Besides sprays it is also a good idea to buy some moth traps, ideally also around Valentine’s day, when love is in the air. These traps are used to detect and monitor a moth infestation early on. They contain a sticky board impregnated with pheromones, which attract male moths. Note these traps only attract the males, so for every moth in the trap there is still a female flying round. However, it does prevent them from laying eggs and together with a good spray you should get the problem under control.



In addition to sprays and traps, a moth repellent spray helps you all year round to minimise future issues and also gives a fresh scent to the room.



I ve got a few recommendations I would like to share with you on moth sprays, repellents and traps! Besides the fact I’m cautious about corporate gigantism like Amazon, most important is that the products below are just unbeatable when it comes to moths! Moreover, they are made in UK and from natural sources with no artificial fragrance, colours or parabens!



When it comes to moths and carpets, make sure you have your rugs properly cleaned once in a while, ideally by a professional carpet cleaner. Additionally, it is a good idea to invest in a high-quality carpet underlay, especially if you have old flooring or gaps in your floorboards. A good underlay makes such a difference, not only in keeping the rug in place but also to make it much nicer to walk on!



I m amazed you have managed to read a whole blog post about moth sprays, traps and repellents and I m sorry this article doesn’t offer any ‘master solution’, but more a range of small step actions to help prevent, monitor and minimise the issue.



Follow the links here and put Emily10 at checkout to get 10% off 















Natural Chrysanthemum Moth Spray 250ml



This moth spray is highly effective as a first response to a heavy infestation. It’s a natural insecticide with the active ingredient ‘natural pyrethrum’, extracted from the flowerhead of Chrysanthemums. Natural pyrethrum has an insecticidal effect and kills insects. Chrysanthemum spray works on contact with adult moths, larvae and eggs. It contains no artificial ingredients no organo-chlorine pesticides, no synthetic materials, and no harmful synergists such as PBOs commonly used in other insecticides but don’t get confused, IT WORKS!















Pheromone Moth Trap



This Pheromone moth trap contains a sticky board impregnated with pheromones. Though they only attract the males, it does prevent the females from laying eggs, stops the breeding cycle, and as such helps to get your problem under control. This is a completely non-poisonous alternative to chemical insect control and can be used in your rooms all year round.



















Natural Moth Repellent Spray



This moth repellent spray is made from natural sources with no artificial fragrance, colours or parabens. I personally like the Cedarwood scent most which is a careful blend of natural ingredients, in natural plant alcohol and spring water which also includes red and atlas cedar, fir, lemongrass and may Chang, rosemary, thyme and clove bud. Use as a home spray once a week in the moth breeding season although in cities like London, it is moth Valentine’s Day pretty much all year round!

### Jill Macnair Interior Design

Jill Macnair Interior



Jill Macnair is and interior designer based in Peckham, South East London. Jill’s work covers all aspects o interior design from spatial planning and specifying materials, to creating bespoke furniture, selecting furniture, lighting and accessories. An obsessive eye for colour also plays a large role in making sure everything works harmoniously.











For her Scottish project Jill worked with some our vintage plain rugs!



PLAIN, SOLID-COLOURED OR PATTERNLESS RUGS ARE A GREAT CHOICE FOR THOSE SEEKING A MINIMALISTIC LOOK WITH A SOPHISTICATED TEXTURAL ELEMENT



Plain rugs have several advantages. They are a great way to add texture and colour to a room, without the commitment to lots of pattern. They provide a neutral and grounding foundation that allows other designs elements, such as furniture and artwork to stand out and become more of a focal point in the room. A plain rug can also help to make a room feel more spacious, especially if it is a light colour. It can create a calming and relaxing atmosphere, which is ideal for bedrooms, living rooms, and other spaces where you want to unwind and feel comfortable.



Overall, plain rugs are a great choice for those seeking a minimalistic look with a cosy textural element while allowing versatility and room to add your own unique and personal style.

### Colefax and Fowler Shoot

Colefax and Fowler Shoot



What a great success this shoot for Colefax and Fowler!



Styling by Sally Denning @sallydenningstylist



Photographed by Jan Baldwin @janbaldwin.



Showing a collection of evocative designs that interpret decorative history, culture and craft,  skilfully expressed through a variety of densely woven and printed cloths, intricate embroidery and hand finished details in a richly coloured palette.







Credits



Lamp: Sibyl Colefax and John Fowler



Amrchair: LH side Kingcome



Armchair: RH side Howe



Stool: Kingcome



Rug: Emily’s House 



Tray: Salvesen Graham 

### Coco & Wolf Autumn Winter 2022 Shoot

Coco & Wolf Autumn Winter 2022 Shoot



I love this beautiful shoot using our Midcentury Azilal Berber rug for the Autumn Winter 2022 campaign for @cocoandwolf bedlinnen with furniture from @hollowaysbath.



Photographed and styled by the wonderful duo Hannah Newton and Claire Worthy @newtonandworthy

### ROMO SHOOT Spring 2022

Romo Shoot Winter 2022



Delighted to share the latest ROMO imagery featuring our jute rug.



Wallpaper PLUMA @romo_fabrics



Photographer @Benandersphotographer @Sibev







These jute rugs are a popular choice for many homeowners and for good reason! They are incredibly diverse and a natural way to add warmth and texture to any space.



Made from natural plant fibres that are native to India and Bangladesh, these jute rugs are handwoven with a thick braided weave and a soft texture! What’s more, they look beautiful, have noise-reduction properties and are eco-friendly, as jute is a renewable resource that requires little water and no pesticides to grow.



Our jute rugs come in various sizes and can also be made-to-order according to your specific requirements with a 3 month lead time. Get in touch for questions or a quote.

### LARTA 2023

The London Antique Rug & Textile Art Fair (LARTA) was launched in 2011 and is the UK’s leading fair dedicated to the appreciation of antique rug and textile art. It’s held every year in January and together with the Battersea Decorative Fair. This specialist event brings together quality decorative pieces and interesting collectors’ items presented by some of the UK and Europe’s most dynamic and knowledgeable dealers.

### ROMO x TEMPERLEY Collab Shoot

The Romo Group took a maximalistic and glamorous dive into the Temperley archives and came up with some magnificent fabrics, wall coverings and trimmings!



So pleased they used our jute rug and striped kilim to shoot this fabulous collab between @romo_fabrics and @temperleylondon where fashion and interiors unite! Photographed by the talented @sibev

### A Stylish Dentist Waiting Room

I’m not usually a fan of the dentist, but this waiting room is quite something!



This is at @drtcc.dentist in Marylebone done by the very talented interior designer @rebecca.wakefield.Our 200x300cm jute rug has been used here, adding warmth and texture to this beautiful space. Handwoven with a thick braided natural weave, our jute rugs have a soft texture, noise-reduction properties and are eco-friendly, as jute is a renewable resource that requires little water and no pesticides to grow.



Hallway light: thelampworkshop



Pendant: dodo egg light by Beata Heuman 



Sofa: Soho Home



Artwork: finnjohnsonart



Photo credit: Dr Tom Crawford-Clarke, Dentist & dental surgery, Award Winning Cosmetic Dentist based at61 Wimpole St, Marylebone, London.

### Beata Heuman: A Pop of Purple

I spy with my little eye one of our Emily’s House rugs in this stunning London loft done by the incredibly talented interior designer Beata Heuman, known for her unique and imaginative approach to design.



This vibrant and eclectic library space is characterised by a playful blend of colours and textures, merging traditional items like one of our vintage rugs with contemporary elements, resulting in this distinctive and timeless interior.







Purple, Lavender, Lilac, Indigo, Violet, Plum…



Purple is undoubtedly a captivating and unique colour that can add a touch of luxury, creativity and sophistication to any interior space. However, it is also considered a challenging colour in interior design because it is less versatile than other colours. When using purple it’s important to get the saturation right, creating a soothing and calming atmosphere with lighter shades while adding drama and opulence by using deeper shades!



A solid lavender or lilac rug can provide a subtle pop of color without overwhelming the clean lines and simplicity of the design. On the other hand, a deep plum or eggplant rug can complement traditional or vintage-inspired interiors, adding a touch of sophistication.



When it comes to pairing purple rugs with other colours, purple works exceptionally well with neutrals such as white, cream, and grey, creating a harmonious and balanced combination. For a bolder statement, you can mix purple with complementary colors, such as yellow or green, for a vibrant and eclectic look. Whichever color scheme you choose, a purple rug will undoubtedly create an unforgettable visual impact.

### Jane Churchill Shoot

Jane Churchill Fabrics



Delighted to share these images from the Jane Churchill shoot using our jute rug as well as one of our stunning Marmoucha Berber rugs!



@janechurchillfabrics / @claudiabryant / @pollywrefrod



Chair: Arlo Sunflower



Seat bench: Hopper Kingfisher Blue



Kansa Stripe: Multi



Montferrat Leaf Chandelier: Vaughanddesigns























This vintage rug is handwoven in Morocco by Berber woman from the Marmoucha tribe.



It is handwoven with a network of thick double diamonds, which is typical for the Marmoucha area. However, it has accents of colour which is less used by the Marmoucha tribe and more in line with Azilal rugs. The weaver has incorporated two traditions into one rug, possibly by being born in one tribe and being married into another tribe.



The rug is handwoven in the 1970s with 100% natural wool and a low short pile height. This sort of pile height is also more typical for the Azilal tribe from the High Atlas Mountains. Marmoucha rugs are usually woven with ticker piles as this is in the Middle Atlas Mountains and a much colder area, requiring rugs with thicker piles to protect against a much colder climate. See our full range of rugs.



This vintage Moroccan Marmoucha rug has a good large size of 180x280cm and is in good condition.

### Liberty’s Interior Collection 2024

January 2024: Liberty’s Interior Collection



So very pleased our jute rug has been featured in the shoot for Liberty’s Interior Collection 2024! Photographed by Christopher Horwood and styled by the Claudia Bryant.



Jute rugs



These jute rugs are a popular choice for many homeowners and for good reason! They are incredibly diverse and a natural way to add warmth and texture to any space.



Made from natural plant fibres that are native to India and Bangladesh, these jute rugs are handwoven with a thick braided weave and a soft texture! What’s more, they look beautiful, have noise-reduction properties and are eco-friendly, as jute is a renewable resource that requires little water and no pesticides to grow.



Our jute rugs come in various sizes and can also be made-to-order according to your specific requirements with a 3 month lead time. Get in touch for questions or a quote.

### LARTA 2024

The London Antique Rug & Textile Art Fair (LARTA) was launched in 2011 and is the UK’s leading fair dedicated to the appreciation of antique rug and textile art. It’s held every year in January and together with the Battersea Decorative Fair. This specialist event brings together quality decorative pieces and interesting collectors’ items presented by some of the UK and Europe’s most dynamic and knowledgeable dealers.

### Romo’s Latest Fabrics

Fabulous shoot for ROMO’s latest fabrics featuring many of our rugs!



Brand – @romo_fabricsPhotographer – @damianrussell and @sibev











https://www.romo.com/collections/prints-weaves/zolani























Generations of experience and distinctive British design are the foundation of the Romo brand. Renowned for our assorted library of contemporary and classic designs and versatile plains, they create elegantly crafted fabrics and wall coverings that are diverse in style and enriched with a sophisticated colour palette.



Romo is the founding brand of The Romo Group, comprising six established interior brands each with their own unique character and style.

### Our Jute Rug at Fortnum X Browrigg Collab

Our Jute Rug @



Fortnum X Browrigg



Step inside the famous portal in Piccadilly you can find Brownrigg sumptuously located on the first floor, where they have taken residency to celebrate the 90th anniversary of the Fortnum antiques department .



The timing coincides with Jorge launching his Jorge’s Toile as part of the display.























Our large jute rugs are being featured in the display and give a lovely contemporary feel to the setting.



Brownrigg



Brownrigg is a renowned and established resource for antiques and decorative pieces from the early 17th century to the mid 20th century. For Jorge, David and the team, the aim is always to bring interiors inspiration and a fresh and innovative perspective that supports clients in their quest for something different, either in terms of an individual item or the way something is mixed with other pieces and ideas to create a definitive look.

### I spy with my little eye….Kate Guinness

So visually pleasing this vibrant colour scheme by interior designer Kate Guinness, using one of our vintage Berber runners in harlequin design in this Kensington town house.

### Colefax Spring 2024 Collection Showing Our Pink Berber Rug

Colefax Spring 2024 Collection



Gorgeous new fabrics and wallpapers for the spring collection 2024 showing our pink berber rug for @colefaxandfowler, styled by Olivia Haswell and photographed by the talented – @horwoodphoto

### I SPY WITH MY LITTLE EYE.. VSP INTERIORS

In this stunning project by interior designer Henriette von Stockhausen, our custom-sized thick braided jute rugs catch the eye in a game of I Spy With My Little Eye…



Photographed by @paul_Massey, beautiful antique Italian Cupboard @robertkime, trimmings @samualeandsons and @boneblackltd, fabrics @susandeliss















VSP_Interiors are known for their sensitive handling of historic buildings and classic architectural features while introducing character and interest through art, antique furniture and vintage textiles.



Von Stockhausen studied interior design at the Inchbald School of Design in London before launching her own design studio in 2009. She quickly gained recognition for her impeccable attention to detail and ability to create spaces that are both functional and stunningly beautiful.















In addition to her interior design work, von Stockhausen has collaborated with prestigious brands such as Dedar fabrics and The Silver Trust, creating unique and luxurious home decor collections.



Henriette von Stockhausen’s designs have been featured in numerous publications and she continues to impress clients and industry professionals alike with her sophisticated and timeless approach to interior design.

### MANUEL CANOVAS & OUR SEMI-THICK JUTE

I take great pride in seeing our semi-thick jute rug showcased in the Manuel Canovas shoot, where their new Jalore fabric in prairie colour is featured. Styled by the talented Miranda Sinclair and captured by Beth Evans.



Our semi-thick jute rugs have a chunky texture and a small subtle pattern. The design runs the length of the rug, complemented by a reversible weave that feels soft and comfortable underfoot. To see what is available in stock, please click here. For a bespoke size, please get in touch!














































SHOP JUTE RUGS

### EMILY'S HOUSE OPEN DAY SUCCESS, 9TH MAY 2024

OPEN DAY SUCCESS!



A big thank you to everyone who attended our Open Day! It was a successful event and a wonderful chance to discover the perfect rug for your next project or add those finishing touches to your room with some beautiful textures.



































Photographed by Gab Bryden.



Art comes in so many forms! For me the Mid-century Moroccan rugs are a real example of an often hugely undervalued form of art. The artistry of Moroccan rugs lies in the meticulous attention to detail and the craftsmanship that goes into creating each piece. They are not just floor coverings but an authentic expression of a dynamic tradition. So when I am in my shop, surrounded by all these beautiful rugs, I feel more like being in an art gallery!

### I SPY WITH MY LITTLE EYE - DAW & CO

Daw and Co



Interior design practice Daw and Co took on this lower-ground apartment on one of  Kensington’s  most desirable streets! It needed a full refurbishment, starting with remedial damp work. First, they stripped it back to the bricks, then they remodelled some of the spaces, followed by decorative schemes which are bold and colourful but still elegant.



The choices reflect the couple’s personalities and interests, and it is now a gorgeous, bijoux bolt-hole that lifts their hearts on arrival.

























I love how they made our rugs work in the different spaces! An antique Turkish kilim rug in bright blue, yellow and rusty brown tones ties the dinner corner together, and one of our thick braided jute rugs adds texture as well as noise reduction properties to the sitting room.



A Fresh Perspective



Founded by the talented designer Jess Daw, Daw and Co bring a fresh perspective to every project they work on! Jess has a keen eye for detail and a passion for creating spaces that are both functional and beautiful! They work closely with each client to understand their unique style and preferences, ensuring that every project is a true reflection of the client’s personality and lifestyle! They handle every aspect of the design process with precision and care!

### ROMO’s AW2024 collection featuring our THIN jute and more

Check out these stunning shots showcasing our rugs alongside ROMO ‘s Autumn Winter 2024 collection, beautifully captured by the talented @damianrussell_ for romo_fabrics!



Our slim braided jute rug boasts a distinctive and chic design, showcasing a textured braided structure. It’s a versatile option that not only enhances your décor but also serves as a practical floor covering. Showing here with Shiri drapes in copper, and cushions from the Ottavia Collection @romo_fabrics































The Turquoise green with a delicate grey texture from our handwoven Berber rug, creates a soothing yet modern contemporary atmosphere. The space is complemented by Mima Lovat fabric for drapes and Ciro Abaca Hunter for the wall covering.











It needs flowers! The Ottavia mural in coral showcases a sophisticated color palette that beautifully reflects the essence of the outdoors. Here, it is complemented by our custom-made plain pink Berber rug.











What a stunning view! We adore the combination of florals and stripes in Romo’s AW2024 catalogue, showcasing our now-sold plain Berber rug. Don’t worry— we have similar plain rugs available or you can reach out to us for a custom order!















Featured here is the Cielo Mural in Heather, with one of our vintage Berber rugs in the foreground!















Loving this stunning stripe from the @romo_fabrics fall 2024 collection! It pairs beautifully with our short pile Berber rug, beautifully captured by damianrussell_ for romo_fabrics.















I’m really enjoying this blend of dark shades with terracotta hues! Captured by @damianrussell_ for the fall collection at @romo_fabrics. Our Midcentury Berber rug showcases its beautiful texture and earthy tones.

### Jane Churchill Fabrics x Emily’s House Rugs

I adore the new imagery of our rugs featured in the shoot showcasing Jane Churchill’s fabric collection 2024, styled by the talented @claudbry and captured by @pollywreford for @janechurchillfabrics



My favourite is the CLEO fabric, which adds a modern twist to the classic animal print, beautifully complemented by our contemporary Berber rug in midnight blue.



The second photo shows a versatile collection of stripes with SKYE on the curtains and the stunning OXLEY on the loose covers, combined with our popular thick braided jute rug.



The CAMILLE is a quintessential Jane Churchill design with botanical shapes and patterns, showing in photo 3 again with our thick braided jute rug.



Last but not least the ANGELICA fabric in lovely soft greens, beautifully combined with our handwoven striped kilim rug in grey tones.











Above  Jane Churchill fabric 2024 Cleo.



 Offering an exciting contemporary twist on the classic animal spot.











Above drapes in Skye Teal , Chair loose covers in Oxley Stipe











Above drapes in Jane Churchill Camille











Above drapes in Jane Churchill Angelica



For all our rug collections visit the Emily's House Shop front or what our customers think about us.

### JUTE RUGS IN 3 WAYS

I’m thrilled to introduce our new jute collection! Our thick braided jute rug remains a favourite, but I’m excited to present two new jute options. Each offers unique features to suit your preferences, so let’s dive in and explore how they stack up!







DURABLE THIN JUTE RUGS



This lightweight option is crafted for ultimate durability, making it perfect for high-traffic areas. Its sleek profile offers versatility while ensuring a robust quality at withstands use effortlessly.















Shop Now



Thin blonde Hardwearing Jute Rug (200 x 300 cm)















Shop Now



Thin Blonde Hardwearing Jug (244 x 355 cm)















ELEGANT SEMI-THICK JUTE RUGS



Striking the perfect balance between softness and chunky texture, this option boasts an elegant visual appeal that enhances any room’s aesthetic.















Shop Now



Semi-Thick Braided Handwoven Jute Rug (170x240cm)















Shop Now



Semi-Thick Braided Handwoven Jute Rug (250cmx280cm)















Shop Now!



Semi-Thick Braided Jute Rug Square (350x350cm)







ELEGANT SEMI-THICK JUTE RUGS



Ideal for those who prioritise comfort and texture! The thick jute provides a soft feel underfoot while its generous weave creates a warm and inviting atmosphere, perfect for spaces where cosiness is key















Shop Now



Thick Braided Large Area Jute Rug (244x335cm)















Shop Now



Thick Braided Handwoven Jute Rug Square (300x300cm)















Shop Now



Thick Braided Handwoven Jute Rug (350x400cm)



All styles also come customised, so please get in touch for a quote.

### Kaya Scodelario for SOHO HOME

Actor Kaya Scodelario, star of Netflix’s The Gentleman, spends much of her time travelling, staying in hotels for work. So when she’s at home, she wants her space to feel like her own.



‘My interior style is very personal,’ says Scodelario. ‘I like to lean into my Brazilian side, with lots of bold colours and shapes, and I collect unique souvenirs from around the world – my house feels really specific to me.’



Take a closer look, and you’ll spot one of our stunning Midcentury Berber rugs perfectly complementing the Marcia Three Seater Sofa from SOHO HOME! With its laid-back silhouette, inspired by the inviting atmosphere of Shoreditch House, the sofa features a solid oak frame and fully reversible, feather-wrapped cushions upholstered in soft linen.

### Our Thick Jute Rug by Sarah Vanrenen

What a stunning view of this beautiful space designed by interior designer Sarah Vanrenen, set in an 18th-century farmhouse with a view towards the kitchen. I love how our thick jute rug introduces texture while remaining neutral! The bold decision to paint the ceiling in a glossy orange adds a vibrant touch, while the wallpaper from Jennifer Shorto enhances the overall aesthetic.



Our thick braided jute rug is the most popular of the 3 jute options we offer. It is ideal for those who prioritise comfort and texture! It provides a soft feel underfoot while its generous weave creates a warm and inviting atmosphere—perfect for spaces where coziness is key.

### Batch Order – Striped Cotton Rugs Heckfield Place

Small Batch Orders



We provide a custom small batch order service for rugs, mats, and more.



For example, at the request of Heckfield Place, we replaced their existing bathroom mats with new handwoven, washable, and reversible cotton rugs in a more suitable size. We maintained the original design but adjusted the dimensions as requested and elevated the quality for these batch-ordered rugs.















How It Works:




Share your vision with us. Whether it’s a sketch, an image, or a physical sample, we can work from any source.



Specify the quantity you need.



Outline your requirements, including preferred materials, quality, and whether you’d like the rugs to be reversible or washable.



At Emily's House we’ll provide you with one or more samples, and together we can refine your order to perfection.

### Thick Braided Jute Rug Featured in Romo’s Latest Photoshoot

Thick Braided Jute Rug Featured in Romo’s  Latest Photoshoot



Our thick braided jute rug was recently featured in a beautifully styled Romo photoshoot, paired with the newly released Aubin fabric collection. This shoot highlighted both design and craftsmanship, and we were pleased to see our piece complement Romo’s distinctive fabrics so well.The purpose of the Romo photoshoot was not just to present products, but to show how materials, tones, and textures interact in real interiors. Our rug became a grounding element throughout the styling, offering texture, warmth, and a neutral base.



Rug details and key features



The thick braided jute rug used in the Romo photoshoot is:




Made from 100% natural jute



Hand-braided with a chunky 1cm thick weave.



Finished with elegant raised borders for added structure



Durable and long-lasting



Designed to suit a wide variety of spaces and styles




Its construction makes it suitable for high-traffic areas, while the soft blond tone offers a gentle, organic look that works well in both traditional and modern interiors.















Neutral tones that work with Romo’s Aubin collection



The rug's soft, sandy blond shade provides a calm and versatile base. In the Romo photoshoot, it was styled with prints from the Aubin collection, which draws inspiration from traditional block printing techniques found across India and Asia.



This pairing worked particularly well because:




The rug’s texture adds depth against the finer detail of the Aubin prints



Natural tones blend seamlessly with the muted greens, soft blues, and pale pinks in the fabric range



The layered effect creates a balanced, calming scheme suitable for varied design styles




Colour harmony and visual balance



One of the key takeaways from the Romo photoshoot was how successfully the colours were combined. Rather than competing, the tones worked together to create a unified, considered space. 



The rug’s blond base acts as a soft anchor, allowing the more expressive colours of the Aubin collection to shine without overwhelming the scene. It’s a reminder that strong interior design often relies on neutral layers to create space for pattern and personality.



Texture and comfort underfoot



In addition to being visually adaptable, the rug brings a warm and inviting texture to the floor. This was clearly demonstrated in the Romo photoshoot, where the rug served both a functional and decorative purpose.



Benefits of the thick braided jute rug include:




Comfortable underfoot for everyday use



Strong enough for busy living areas



Works with underfloor heating



Adds texture to rooms with minimal furnishings



Complements both soft textiles and bold design pieces




Whether it’s placed beneath a coffee table, anchoring a seating area, or softening the look of a bedroom, this rug adds quiet impact.















Thoughtfully styled for layered interiors



What stood out in the Romo photoshoot was the overall styling approach. Rather than focusing on one element, the shoot layered colour, texture, and pattern in a way that felt natural and lived-in.



Our rug played a subtle but important role because it:




Grounded the space visually



Introduced tactile variety



Created contrast with finer patterns



Softened and balanced the overall look




This kind of styling is particularly effective in real homes, where pieces need to look good but also serve a purpose.



A versatile piece for design-conscious homes



As featured in the Romo photoshoot, our thick braided jute rug is a smart choice for anyone wanting to introduce natural materials and lasting style into their home.



Its advantages include:




Neutral colour palette that suits many schemes



Durable construction ideal for everyday life



Natural fibres for a more sustainable approach



Style flexibility, from minimalist to eclectic settings




This is more than just a background piece. It’s a foundation that brings everything together, quietly supporting the bolder elements of your space.


## Pages

### Made to Measure Jute Rug

PRODUCT CATEGORIES					Jute Rug Collection					Berber Rug Collection					Kilim Rug Collection					Beni Ourain Rug Collection					Vintage Rug Collection					Runner Collection					Square Rug Collection					Plain Rug Collection					Low Pile Rug Collection					Geometric Rug Collection					Contemporary Rug Collection					Colourful Rug Collection					All Rugs					Rugs on Sale					EMILY'S HOUSE BLOG					Jute Rugs Made to Measure		At Emily’s House, we create made to measure jute rugs in three distinctive styles: thin, semi-thick, and thick. Each is crafted by skilled artisans to meet different needs and room settings.Handwoven from natural plant fibres, jute rugs offer an easy way to add warmth and texture to any interior. Grown in India and Bangladesh, jute is a fast-renewing crop that requires little water and no chemicals, making it one of the most sustainable materials available. With their soft blond tones, natural texture, and mild sound absorption, these rugs bring both comfort and environmental responsibility into the home.			Made to Measure Jute Rugs to your size specification		All our made to measure Jute Rugs can be bespoke to the size you require and in any of the three thicknesses detailed below. Fill in our form with your requirements and we will come back with a quote for your bespoke jute rug.			Free quote for a Made to measure Jute Rug					Fine or Thin Jute Rugs		Measuring under 1 cm in thickness, thin jute rugs are tightly woven with a fine braid. Their slim design makes them ideal for high-traffic areas such as hallways or dining rooms where practicality is key. These rugs are not reversible, and we recommend using an underlay to keep them secure on hard flooring. 			Semi-Thick Jute Rugs		Semi-thick jute rugs provide a balance of softness and durability. The small braided weave gives texture without extra bulk, while the reversible finish allows for longer use. Their natural weight usually holds them in place, making them a practical choice for everyday living spaces.			Thick Jute Rugs		Our thick jute rugs are the most sought-after style. Featuring a generous braid and raised border, they offer comfort underfoot and a rich, natural presence in the room. Fully reversible and naturally weighty, they sit beautifully in central spaces such as living rooms and family areas.			Custom Sizing		All three styles can be made to measure, ensuring your rug fits perfectly whether for a narrow hallway, a large open-plan space, or an intimate seating area.			Sustainability and Craft		Choosing a jute rug means choosing renewable, chemical-free fibres and supporting traditional weaving techniques. Each rug is hand-braided by craftspeople who work with care and experience, giving you a piece that combines authenticity with durability.			Come and visit our shop		Explore the Emily's House full jute collection online, or arrange an appointment at our shop to see the textures and weaves in person.			PRODUCT CATEGORIES					Jute Rug Collection					Berber Rug Collection					Kilim Rug Collection					Beni Ourain Rug Collection					Vintage Rug Collection					Runner Collection					Square Rug Collection					Plain Rug Collection					Low Pile Rug Collection					Geometric Rug Collection					Contemporary Rug Collection					Colourful Rug Collection					All Rugs					Rugs on Sale

### Made to Measure Light Blue Kilim Rug

PRODUCT CATEGORIES					Jute Rug Collection					Berber Rug Collection					Kilim Rug Collection					Beni Ourain Rug Collection					Vintage Rug Collection					Runner Collection					Square Rug Collection					Plain Rug Collection					Low Pile Rug Collection					Geometric Rug Collection					Contemporary Rug Collection					Colourful Rug Collection					All Rugs					Rugs on Sale					EMILY'S HOUSE BLOG					Kilim Rug handwoven with contrasting weaving techniques		This Handwoven Turkish Made to Measure Light Blue Kilim Rug is crafted to order using traditional weaving methods and premium natural wool. Each piece is individually woven on a large loom, combining contrasting weaving techniques to create a distinctive flatweave texture. The soft blue base is enriched with olive green and ochre geometric accents, giving the rug a calm yet characterful appearance.For bespoke sizing, please contact us with your measurements to receive a custom quotation.			Handwoven Quality		This large made to measure light blue kilim rug is woven entirely by hand using 100% high-quality wool. Its mixed weaving technique creates an engaging surface texture that feels soft underfoot while remaining durable for everyday use. The lightweight structure makes it easy to move or layer, yet the weave maintains a firm, balanced feel.			Custom Size and Colour		With its gentle blue tones and patterned accents in olive and ochre, this Turkish kilim rug introduces colour without overwhelming a room. The geometric design offers a clean, modern look while keeping its artisan charm.Ideal for kitchens, hallways, or other high-traffic spaces, this rug is both stylish and practical, bringing warmth and craftsmanship to functional areas of the home.			Free quote for a Light Blue Kilim Rug					Flatweave Construction		As a flatwoven rug, this kilim has no pile, making it lighter than traditional hand-knotted rugs. The warp and weft threads are interlaced to form a smooth, reversible surface,  meaning both sides can be used. This versatile structure adds to the rug’s longevity and makes it suitable for busy spaces or under furniture.			Choosing the Right Size		This kilim rug can be custom made to your preferred dimensions. If you’re unsure about the size you need, view our rug size guide for simple visual references before ordering.
			Care and Maintenance		This Turkish made to measure light blue kilim rug is easy to maintain and designed for long-term use. Vacuum occasionally using a low suction setting, including the reverse side to remove trapped dust. Give it a gentle shake outdoors every few months to refresh the fibres.For spills, blot gently with a clean cloth, working from the edge of the mark inward. Avoid rubbing or using harsh chemicals, as these may damage the wool. Always allow the rug to dry completely after cleaning.For deeper cleaning, professional wool-rug services are recommended. Contact us if you’d like further advice on caring for your kilim.			Delivery and Returns		Each rug is made to order, with an estimated production time of three months. Once complete, it will be dispatched securely via UPS with full tracking details provided. International shipping is available, and custom quotes can be arranged for overseas deliveries.			Why Choose a Light Blue Handwoven Turkish Kilim Rug?		Choosing a handmade Turkish kilim rug means investing in craftsmanship, tradition, and longevity. This Light Blue Kilim Rug blends contemporary design with authentic technique, offering a flatwoven texture that’s both practical and beautiful.Its soothing blue tones, artisan texture, and durable construction make it an ideal addition to both modern and classic interiors, a timeless piece designed to last.			Follow Us		See more styles and real customer photos by following Emily's House London on Instagram @emilyshouselondon. You can also contact our team directly for advice on size, colours or custom requests. We also stock jute rugs, beni ourain rugs and vintage rugs in every style.			PRODUCT CATEGORIES					Jute Rug Collection					Berber Rug Collection					Kilim Rug Collection					Beni Ourain Rug Collection					Vintage Rug Collection					Runner Collection					Square Rug Collection					Plain Rug Collection					Low Pile Rug Collection					Geometric Rug Collection					Contemporary Rug Collection					Colourful Rug Collection					All Rugs					Rugs on Sale

### Made to Measure Checkerboard Rug

PRODUCT CATEGORIES					Jute Rug Collection					Berber Rug Collection					Kilim Rug Collection					Beni Ourain Rug Collection					Vintage Rug Collection					Runner Collection					Square Rug Collection					Plain Rug Collection					Low Pile Rug Collection					Geometric Rug Collection					Contemporary Rug Collection					Colourful Rug Collection					All Rugs					Rugs on Sale					EMILY'S HOUSE BLOG					Bespoke Checkerboard Rug		Looking for a checkerboard rug that combines softness, texture and timeless style? Our made to measure checkerboard rug is handwoven from hand-spun wool, giving it subtle tonal variations and a refined finish. Unlike mass-produced rugs, each piece is unique, with a balanced yet characterful look that works in both modern and traditional spaces.			Handwoven Quality		Everymade to measure checkerboard rug from Emily’s House is created by skilled artisans. Using high-quality wool and natural dyes, the check pattern is brought to life with gentle shifts in tone thanks to the hand-spun yarn. The short pile feels soft underfoot yet remains durable enough for everyday use, making it suitable for living rooms, hallways, kitchens and bedrooms.			Custom Size and Colour		Your rug is made to order in your chosen size and colour combination. Some popular options include:

  Cream and maroon brown for a warm, earthy feel
  Navy and white for bold contrast
  Sky blue and grey for a softer palette
  Three-colour designs for a striking statement

We use ARS colour references to achieve accurate shades, though the natural variation of hand-spun wool ensures depth and texture rather than a flat, uniform look.
			Free quote for a Checkboard Rug					Handmade Character		Each made to measure checkerboard rug is crafted by hand, meaning small irregularities may appear in the pattern. These are not flaws but part of the weaving process, giving your rug individuality and a sense of authenticity. The overall design remains balanced and symmetrical while retaining the charm of handmade craft.			Choosing the Right Size		Not sure which size will suit your space? Our Emily's House team can guide you. Some clients choose based on Feng Shui or detailed room planning, while others prefer straightforward size recommendations based on layout and furniture. Whatever your preference, we’ll help ensure your made to measure checkerboard rug fits your home perfectly.			Care and Maintenance		To keep your rug looking its best:

  Vacuum every couple of weeks using a low setting
  Shake it outdoors occasionally to remove deep dust
  Vacuum against the pile now and then to lift fibres
  Don’t forget to vacuum the underside, where dust collects too

			Handling Spills		If a spill occurs:

  Blot immediately with cold water
  Absorb excess moisture with kitchen roll, working inwards from the edge
  Avoid rubbing, which can fray the wool
  Dry thoroughly to prevent damp patches

For tougher stains, avoid chemical cleaners or bleach. Instead, consult a professional rug cleaner or contact us for advice.
			Delivery and Returns		We deliver worldwide. For orders outside the UK, provide your address details and we’ll confirm shipping costs. Once your rug is dispatched, you’ll receive a tracking link for updates.
As each made to measure checkerboard rug is created specifically for you, returns are not accepted. Please review your order details carefully before confirming.			A Rug Designed for You		Choosing a made to measure checkerboard rug from Emily’s House means investing in craftsmanship, sustainability and individuality. Handwoven with care, your rug will bring warmth, pattern and lasting quality into your home for years to come.			Follow Us		For more examples of colour combinations and client photos, follow us on See more styles and real customer photos by following us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon.. You can also contact our team directly for advice on size, colours or custom requests. 			PRODUCT CATEGORIES					Jute Rug Collection					Berber Rug Collection					Kilim Rug Collection					Beni Ourain Rug Collection					Vintage Rug Collection					Runner Collection					Square Rug Collection					Plain Rug Collection					Low Pile Rug Collection					Geometric Rug Collection					Contemporary Rug Collection					Colourful Rug Collection					All Rugs					Rugs on Sale

### Made to Measure Flatweave Bordered Rug

PRODUCT CATEGORIES					Jute Rug Collection					Berber Rug Collection					Kilim Rug Collection					Beni Ourain Rug Collection					Vintage Rug Collection					Runner Collection					Square Rug Collection					Plain Rug Collection					Low Pile Rug Collection					Geometric Rug Collection					Contemporary Rug Collection					Colourful Rug Collection					All Rugs					Rugs on Sale		Flatweave Bordered Rug Handmade CharacterEach of our bordered flatweave rugs is handwoven in Morocco using 100% wool with a 3 month lead time. Subtle variations in tone, texture and weave are natural features of handmade work, not faults. These details give every rug a unique finish while keeping the overall design clean, simple and balanced.Choosing the Right SizeWhether you’re styling a living room, bedroom or dining area, the right size makes all the difference. Our Emily’s House team can advise on layout and proportion, helping you choose the best fit for your home.			Free quote for a Flatweave Bordered Rug		Care and MaintenanceTo keep your bordered flatweave rug in great condition:Vacuum every couple of weeks using a brush-suction settingShake outdoors occasionally to release deeper dustTrim loose threads with scissors instead of pullingVacuum the underside from time to time to prevent buildupHandling Spills Blot spills straight away with cold waterUse kitchen roll to absorb excess, working in from the edgeAvoid rubbing, which may damage the weaveDry thoroughly to prevent damp patches. For tougher stains, professional cleaning is recommended.Styling the Flatweave Bordered RugThe clean design and subtle border make this rug easy to place in almost any setting. Its understated look means it won’t overpower a room but will anchor your space with warmth and texture.In a living room, it works well under a sofa and coffee table, giving structure without distracting from other pieces.In a bedroom, choose a size that extends beyond the bed frame for a soft underfoot feel each morning.In a dining space, a bordered flatweave can define the area while being practical under chairs thanks to its low pile.For smaller spaces, the border detail adds interest without making the room feel crowded.Neutral and timeless, the bordered flatweave rug complements both contemporary and classic interiors, and layers beautifully with other textures like jute, kilim or Moroccan Berber rugs.Delivery and ReturnsWe ship worldwide. For non-UK orders, send us your address and we’ll confirm shipping costs. The lead time on a bespoke flatweave bordered rug is 3 months and once dispatched, your rug will come with a tracking link. As each bordered flatweave rug is handmade, returns are not accepted, so please review order details before confirming.A Rug Designed for youChoosing a bordered flatweave wool rug from Emily’s House means investing in traditional craftsmanship and timeless style. Handwoven with care, this rug will bring warmth, durability and lasting quality into your home.Follow UsSee more bordered flatweave rugs and styling ideas on Instagram @emilyshouselondon, or contact our team directly for help with size, colour or custom requests.			PRODUCT CATEGORIES					Jute Rug Collection					Berber Rug Collection					Kilim Rug Collection					Beni Ourain Rug Collection					Vintage Rug Collection					Runner Collection					Square Rug Collection					Plain Rug Collection					Low Pile Rug Collection					Geometric Rug Collection					Contemporary Rug Collection					Colourful Rug Collection					All Rugs					Rugs on Sale

### Terms

Shop policiesWe want to make your shopping experience easy and straightforward!PaymentPayment is accepted from Pay Pal, Stripe and Direct Bank Transfer!I accept all major credit/debit cards.Taxes are included in the prices.ShippingAll orders are shipped within 5 working days with UPS or DHL.You will receive a tracking number once your order is on its way!Shipments to remote locations might have an additional courier charge. We cannot deliver to PO Boxes.Refunds and ExchangesIf you are unhappy with your purchase for whatever reason, please contact us directly within 3 days after receiving the goods. We will find a way to set things right whether through an exchange or refund.Please note shipping costs BOTH WAYS can not be refunded.Also note that we can no longer refund PayPal or Stripe Fees when refunding your returned item. This means fees from the original payment will not be returned to you.  Seller detailsEmily’s House LtdVAT GB 982 1834 00			GET IN TOUCH:		Need more information? Or advice on what piece would work best in your home? Don’t hesitate to get in touch via telephone or email!			VISIT OUR BATTERSEA SHOP:		Emily’s House Rugs, 204 Battersea Park Road, SW11 4NDPlease make an appointment.								
									VISIT OUR SHOP

### Contact

Address:		Visit our rug showroom in London.204 Battersea Park RoadBattersea, LondonSW11 4NDTel: +44 7921 059 940
Email: kv@emilyshouselondon.comOpening Hours: JULY AUGUST BY APPOINTMENT ONLYFrom September 2025 Monday to Thursday 12.00-15.00. Friday, Saturday, Sunday by Appointment Only Online shop open 24/7Here at Emily’s House we specialise in handwoven rugs collected from various regions to create an eclectic and multicultural aesthetic. Besides the Midcentury Berber rugs and Turkish flat weaves we also offer contemporary handwoven jute rugs, small batch orders in various materials as well as made-to-measure carpets personalised to your taste and needs.

### Rug Hire

Rug Hire and Rug Rental				
		If you're styling a shoot, setting the scene for an event, or dressing a space for viewings, our rug hire service offers a flexible and visually striking solution. At Emily’s House, we rent out a curated selection of vintage, Mid-century and decorative Moroccan rugs to stylists, photographers, interior designers, event organisers and production teams across the UK.Whether you're after subtle texture or a bold focal point, hiring a rug can instantly change the look and feel of a room or set. Our rugs are frequently used in:Editorial and commercial photo shootsFilm and television setsBrand campaigns and showroom stylingHome staging and property marketingPrivate events and venue decorationEach rental is charged at 60£ per rug per day inclusive of VAT, excluding delivery.A deposit is taken to cover potential damage or stains.You are welcome to browse in person or we can suggest suitable options by email, based on your brief.To discuss hiring one of our rugs, please get in touch:kv@emilyshouselondon.com		
											
											
											
					How to Arrange a Rug Rental				
		To enquire about availability or request specific styles or dimensions, email us directly at:kv@emilyshouselondon.comLet us know:The size or style you’re looking forThe dates you’ll need the rug(s)Whether you’ll collect or require deliveryWe’re happy to help you find the right rug for your shoot, event or project.		
					Rug Hire Terms				
		Rugs must be returned in the same condition they were sent out.Clients are responsible for handling and transport both ways.Any professional cleaning or repair costs will be invoiced separately.All hired rugs remain the property of Emily’s House and must be handled with care.We work with stylists and creatives who need high-quality, characterful pieces to bring visual warmth or historical depth to their scenes. From handwoven Moroccan rugs to rustic kilims and jute rugs, every rug in our collection is hand-picked for its unique beauty. 		
					VISIT OUR BATTERSEA SHOP:				
		Emily’s House Rugs, 204 Battersea Park Road, SW11 4NDPlease make an appointment.		
					
									 OUR FULL COLLECTION

### Rug Delivery

Rug Delivery Is Simple		We ship our Emily's House rugs worldwide. If you would like your rug delivered outside of the UK please request a quote at checkout and we will provide you with the delivery cost.We dispatch all orders within five working days and will send you the tracking details once your rug is on its way to you!If you are not happy with your rug, for any reason, please get in touch within two days of delivery. We offer a full refund, excluding all shipping costs and any incurred fees. 					
							GET IN TOUCH:		Need more information? Or advice on what piece would work best in your home? Don’t hesitate to get in touch via telephone or email!			VISIT OUR BATTERSEA SHOP:		Emily’s House Rugs, 204 Battersea Park Road, SW11 4NDPlease make an appointment.								
									VISIT OUR SHOP

### How to choose the perfect rug

Choosing the right one!		I am talking rugs… obviously. Rugs are so often just an afterthought….am I right? But not having the right rug can make a room feel very unsettled….			Selecting the right style of rug:		Rugs help to set the tone of a room, so it is important to decide on the feeling that you are trying to achieve. Whether the mood is luxurious, elegant, casual, contemporary, or traditional, your rug will serve to enhance this feeling.I personally love geometric designs, as they are pleasing to the eye and help instil a sense of calm and order (and I love order!). Our Moroccan Beni Ouarain rugs will do just that! These rugs have a calm and minimalistic look and their white colour palette with simple geometric designs are great all-rounders for interior lovers.When going for this style of rug you also need to consider whether you prefer the look of contemporary Beni rugs or the more charismatic vintage carpets.Statement pieces or bold rugs are a great option if you wish to introduce colour and pattern to a room. Whether it is a new rug or an older carpet you are after, all my pieces are one of a kind, and more importantly, I source rugs that you don’t really see everywhere!			Selecting the size of the rug:		When it comes to selecting the size of the rug, each room is different, however, here are some guidelines that are worth keeping in mind!
Sitting room: The front legs of the sofa or armchairs should sit on the rug, and there should be an overhang of at least 15cm at the sides
Bedroom: The most popular options are to either sit a large rug underneath the whole bed, bearing in mind a large proportion will be covered, or to opt for a runner on one or both sides of the bed. In either case, there should be a 20cm gap between the side tables and the edge of the rug, still ensuring that there is some rug to land on when getting out of bed.
As a rule of thumb, you should allow an overhang of at least 45cm at the base and sides. Personally I prefer it slightly more generous, with an overhang of about 60cm to 85cm, depending on the size of the room and furniture.
Dining room: Low-pile rugs such as flatweaves and hand-knotted pieces with a short pile are best here so chairs can slide in and out without catching. The rug should also be large enough so that the chairs do not fall off the edge when pulled out.
A rule of thumb the chairs should sit on the rug with an overhang of about 20cm. Alternatively, measure the dining table and add approximately 120cm-150cm to the length and/or width, depending on the shape of the table and layout of the room.																													Come and see our rug collection		Come visit our store on 204 Battersea Park Road SW11 4ND.
Alternatively all online orders can be returned within 5 working days for a  full refund minus postage. 

### Rug Shop

Rug Shop					Where to find us																															Emily’s House London		204 Battersea Park Road, SW11 4ND.JULY-AUGUST BY APPOINTMENT ONLY
From September 2025 Monday – Thursday 12.00-15.00
Friday, Saturday, Sunday by Appointment Only.
Online shop open 24/7.
From Moroccan Berber carpets and Turkish kilims to jute carpets and bespoke sizes too! All rugs are handwoven with premium materials, not trend-led, just interesting and beautiful!								
									GET DIRECTIONS HERE
					
																																			RETAIL STORES		You can also find our rugs in retail stores, for example Conran London and Paris, Designers Guild and HAY.

### About

Photo credit to @manuelcanovasparis, styled by the talented @alibrownstylist with Balangan wallpaper in Kiwi on walls and ceiling		
					Katrien Vermeeren				
		Katrien Vermeeren first became inspired by rugs and carpets while travelling to the Middle East and Africa. Finding unique and beautiful designs made by local craftspeople – from Berber women to Turkish nomads – she became passionate about the handmade Kilims, beautiful mosaics, vintage Beni Ouarain and Moroccan rugs that she sources and sells today. Each and every rug that Katrien finds, is selected for its unique beauty and will surely add that special twist to your interior!
Clients include HAY, Designer’s Guild, The Conran Shop, Olivia Outred Interior Design, Beata Heuman Interior Design, Maisonartefacthttps://player.vimeo.com/video/502621345?h=d042a9ca83		
					Where does your passion for interior and rugs come from?				
		“My parents both worked in furniture and design and had two shops, which as a child I spent all my weekends in, playing hide and seek with my sister under the made-up beds and roller skating between the Cassina and B&B Italia. I always loved interior design and decorating, and also being creative with fabrics, making my own pillows and patchwork backpacks.”		
					How did you start Emily’s House?				
		“While travelling to Middle East and North Africa my passion became more serious and I started my own company with carpets and vintage goods. When the Danish brand HAY was looking to add some vintage rugs to its collection, I took that responsibility on and my own brand grew from there.”		
					What makes the rugs so magical to you?				
		“I like colour and I like mixing it with …. more colour! Often in a similar palette. I love bold, beautiful rugs adorned with intricate patterns and daring prints. Yet, there are also many plain rugs in the collection. From classic creams to monochrome blues and reds, plain rugs are often easy all rounders that tie a room together. Most rugs in todays collection are made by Berber woman or Turkish nomads. I like that every rug is unique and beautiful in its own way.”		
					Where do your rugs work best?				
		“I think my rugs work well in both classic and contemporary homes. It is also very much about the mix.” Essentially I have a tribal taste and I’m drawn to all things older. Vintage rugs have the advantage of adding character, elegance and sophistication while new made rugs have good sizing on their side! Within the bespoke section I offer simple plain designs in great textures, all handmade with premium materials. New or old, if placed in the right surroundings, a rug can really add that special twist to a room.”		
					GET IN TOUCH:				
		Need more information? Or advice on what piece would work best in your home? Don’t hesitate to get in touch via telephone or email!		
					VISIT OUR BATTERSEA SHOP:				
		Emily’s House Rugs, 204 Battersea Park Road, SW11 4NDPlease make an appointment.		
					
									SHOP DETAILS

### Blog



### Wishlist

Wishlist
	
		
					Your Wishlist is currently empty.			

	
	
		Return To Shop

### Cart

Remove item
				Thumbnail image
				Product
				Price
				Quantity
				Subtotal
			
		
		
								
						
							×						
						
												
						
						160x240cm FINE Braided Jute Rug Hardwearing						
						
							£600.00						
						
		160x240cm FINE Braided Jute Rug Hardwearing quantity
	
						
						
							£600.00						
					
			
				
					Update Cart
									
			
					
	
					
					
					Apply coupon
		
						
							
									
										
	Cart Totals
	
		
			Subtotal
			£600.00
		
		
			Total
			£600.00 
		
	

	Proceed to Checkout

### Checkout

Billing and Shipping Details
		First Name *Last Name *Country / Region *Select a country / region…AfghanistanÅland IslandsAlbaniaAlgeriaAmerican SamoaAndorraAngolaAnguillaAntarcticaAntigua and BarbudaArgentinaArmeniaArubaAustraliaAustriaAzerbaijanBahamasBahrainBangladeshBarbadosBelarusBelauBelgiumBelizeBeninBermudaBhutanBoliviaBonaire, Saint Eustatius and SabaBosnia and HerzegovinaBotswanaBouvet IslandBrazilBritish Indian Ocean TerritoryBruneiBulgariaBurkina FasoBurundiCambodiaCameroonCanadaCape VerdeCayman IslandsCentral African RepublicChadChileChinaChristmas IslandCocos (Keeling) IslandsColombiaComorosCongo (Brazzaville)Congo (Kinshasa)Cook IslandsCosta RicaCroatiaCubaCuraçaoCyprusCzech RepublicDenmarkDjiboutiDominicaDominican RepublicEcuadorEgyptEl SalvadorEquatorial GuineaEritreaEstoniaEswatiniEthiopiaFalkland IslandsFaroe IslandsFijiFinlandFranceFrench GuianaFrench PolynesiaFrench Southern TerritoriesGabonGambiaGeorgiaGermanyGhanaGibraltarGreeceGreenlandGrenadaGuadeloupeGuamGuatemalaGuernseyGuineaGuinea-BissauGuyanaHaitiHeard Island and McDonald IslandsHondurasHong KongHungaryIcelandIndiaIndonesiaIranIraqIrelandIsle of ManIsraelItalyIvory CoastJamaicaJapanJerseyJordanKazakhstanKenyaKiribatiKuwaitKyrgyzstanLaosLatviaLebanonLesothoLiberiaLibyaLiechtensteinLithuaniaLuxembourgMacaoMadagascarMalawiMalaysiaMaldivesMaliMaltaMarshall IslandsMartiniqueMauritaniaMauritiusMayotteMexicoMicronesiaMoldovaMonacoMongoliaMontenegroMontserratMoroccoMozambiqueMyanmarNamibiaNauruNepalNetherlandsNew CaledoniaNew ZealandNicaraguaNigerNigeriaNiueNorfolk IslandNorth KoreaNorth MacedoniaNorthern Mariana IslandsNorwayOmanPakistanPalestinian TerritoryPanamaPapua New GuineaParaguayPeruPhilippinesPitcairnPolandPortugalPuerto RicoQatarReunionRomaniaRussiaRwandaSão Tomé and PríncipeSaint BarthélemySaint HelenaSaint Kitts and NevisSaint LuciaSaint Martin (Dutch part)Saint Martin (French part)Saint Pierre and MiquelonSaint Vincent and the GrenadinesSamoaSan MarinoSaudi ArabiaSenegalSerbiaSeychellesSierra LeoneSingaporeSlovakiaSloveniaSolomon IslandsSomaliaSouth AfricaSouth Georgia/Sandwich IslandsSouth KoreaSouth SudanSpainSri LankaSudanSurinameSvalbard and Jan MayenSwedenSwitzerlandSyriaTaiwanTajikistanTanzaniaThailandTimor-LesteTogoTokelauTongaTrinidad and TobagoTunisiaTurkeyTurkmenistanTurks and Caicos IslandsTuvaluUgandaUkraineUnited Arab EmiratesUnited Kingdom (UK)United States (US)United States (US) Minor Outlying IslandsUruguayUzbekistanVanuatuVaticanVenezuelaVietnamVirgin Islands (British)Virgin Islands (US)Wallis and FutunaWestern SaharaYemenZambiaZimbabweUpdate country/regionStreet address *Apartment, suite, unit, etc. (optional)Town / City *State / County (optional)
						Select an option…AgrigentoAlessandriaAnconaAostaArezzoAscoli PicenoAstiAvellinoBariBarletta-Andria-TraniBellunoBeneventoBergamoBiellaBolognaBolzanoBresciaBrindisiCagliariCaltanissettaCampobassoCasertaCataniaCatanzaroChietiComoCosenzaCremonaCrotoneCuneoEnnaFermoFerraraFirenzeFoggiaForlì-CesenaFrosinoneGenovaGoriziaGrossetoImperiaIserniaLa SpeziaL'AquilaLatinaLecceLeccoLivornoLodiLuccaMacerataMantovaMassa-CarraraMateraMessinaMilanoModenaMonza e della BrianzaNapoliNovaraNuoroOristanoPadovaPalermoParmaPaviaPerugiaPesaro e UrbinoPescaraPiacenzaPisaPistoiaPordenonePotenzaPratoRagusaRavennaReggio CalabriaReggio EmiliaRietiRiminiRomaRovigoSalernoSassariSavonaSienaSiracusaSondrioSud SardegnaTarantoTeramoTerniTorinoTrapaniTrentoTrevisoTriesteUdineVareseVeneziaVerbano-Cusio-OssolaVercelliVeronaVibo ValentiaVicenzaViterboPostcode / ZIP *Phone (optional)Email Address *If you're ordering from outside the UK, please contact us at info@domain.com for a shipping quote before completing your order.	
			Additional Information
							Order Notes (optional)					
							
					
							
								
	Your Order
		
	
		
			Product
			Subtotal
		
	
	
			
	
		
			Subtotal
			£0.00
		
		
			Total
			£0.00 
		
	

									
								
								
		
			Since your browser does not support JavaScript, or it is disabled, please ensure you click the Update Totals button before placing your order. You may be charged more than the amount stated above if you fail to do so.			Update totals
		
		Your personal data will be used to process your order, support your experience throughout this website, and for other purposes described in our privacy policy.
		Place order

### Home

EMILY's HOUSE FOR Handwoven rugs you don’t see everywhere!							
							Inspiring vintage and bespoke handwoven rugs, unique, beautiful and timeless!		Welcome to Emily's House, let me introduce myself and take the opportunity to express my love for…. Belgian chocolates (my home country), my dog Stella (she loves being photographed on top of a carpet) and rugs …obviously.It all started with my parents' furniture shops, where as a child I spent all my weekends playing hide and seek with my sister under the made-up beds and roller skating between Cassina and B&B Italia.I was always surrounded by beautiful interiors (and my dear sister) and loved decorating my room, and also being creative with fabrics, making my own pillows and patchwork backpacks.Fast forward a few years… I moved into a flat in Antwerp and I really struggled to find nice rugs. The carpets from my parents' shops were just too contemporary, and the oriental rugs were a bit too ‘full on’ for my taste.While travelling to the Middle East and North Africa, I came across all these beautiful textiles and vintage Berber rugs. I then realised this is what I had been looking for to use in my flat without knowing I had been looking for it (you still there? This apparently also happens with finding the one). Opportunities arose, and soon after, Emily’s House was born.The vintage and mid-century rugs have always been an integral part of the collection because I love all things old(er)! From vintage Moroccan Berber rugs to Beni Ouarain carpets, Gabbeh, Turkish kilims, rag rugs, and tribal flatweaves.There is also a growing selection of new-made rugs, from thick braided jute rugs, new-made Beni Ouarain carpets, bespoke flatweaves, and handwoven pieces with short pile. All can be made in your favourite colour combo and size!Moving on to the bigger fabric of my life, I am most happy when looking for more carpets and inspiration. Those near and dear have been of great help to fine-tune ideas and push out this boat!Oh yes, and I am not Emily. I named it after my daughter, euh… our daughter (in case he is reading this)… sounds much better than Katrien’s House… right?You have now come to the end of this page, and if you're still with me, I would like to thank you… for your time!For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon			Our Online Shop:		Finding the right rug for your home can be a bit like looking for a needle in a haystack! eBay and auctions can be a bit of a minefield, with rugs not looking as expected or requiring unexpected costs like washing, stretching, or restoration. The bigger home stores simply don’t offer the same quality, and you definitely won’t get a highly unique or individual product.
								
									Browse our rugs & buy online
					
									Custom-Sized		Can’t find the right rug for the room? Our jute rugs can be customised to fit any space, along with our selection of geometric flatweaves, short-pile rugs, and Beni rugs featuring unique abstract designs. Simply send us a photo of your vision and we’ll work with you to bring it to life!
								
									More about our bespoke rugs
					
																																			Choosing the right one:		I am talking rugs… obviously! Rugs are so often just an afterthought…am I right? But not having the right rug can make a room feel very unsettled. Here are some rules of thumb that will help you choose the right style and size.								
									How to choose a rug
					
																																			About:		My carpets are my passion! All rugs are handpicked for their unique beauty and have a  sophisticated timeless look and feel. The collection includes vintage rugs as well as new-made carpets, all handwoven by craftspeople with affinity for tradition using premium materials.								
									The story so far
					
																																			Rug hire:		Our rugs are available to hire for photo or film shoots.Please get in touch.								
									Rug hire
					
																																			Where to find us:		Want to see the rugs in real life? Come and visit our carpet shop on      204 Battersea Park RoadSW11 4ND.Monday to Saturday 12.00-15.00Home visits and appointments are avaialble at other times.You can also find a selection of our rugs at Conran London, Conran Paris, Designers Guild London and HAY.								
									See our rug shop
					
																																			Washing, Cleaning and Restoration:		Does your rug have stains or need fixing? Maybe it has moth damage or just needs a bit of  TLC?We offer professional washing and stain removal using non-toxic materials, as well as expert repair and restoration of your rugs and carpets!Please get in touch or bring your rug to the shop in Battersea!																													Delivery and returns:		Your online order will be dispatched within five working days.Worldwide shipping is available!If you are unhappy with your purchase, for any reason, you can return your rug within two working days of receiving your order for a full refund, excluding postage costs both ways.								
									RUG DELIVERY
					
									LARTA 2025		Thank you very much for visiting us at LARTA 2025!This year’s event was particularly good showcasing an outstanding quality and range of rugs. If you are still in the market for a rug, keep looking here or visit the LARTA website which will remains active for a few more months.			Visit our carpet shop:		204 Battersea Park Road, SW11 4NDJULY-AUGUST BY APPOINTMENT ONLYFrom September 2025 Monday – Thursday 12.00-15.00Friday, Saturday, Sunday by Appointment Only.Online shop open 24/7.Tel: 07921 059940			Get in Touch:		Don’t hesitate to get in touch via telephone or email!        David B.12:41 17 Jan 24We recently took delivery of a beautiful vintage Moroccan rug from Emily's House in Battersea.The website was really useful, with an extensive choice of pieces to view.Katrien very helpful in helping us decide what would be suitable for our needs, and budget, recommending options for us to consider and then viewing the pieces in her charming shop.Dispatch and delivery were faultless and we're delighted with our acquisition.Gigi K.13:15 04 Jan 23Beautiful place to shop with fantastic people :)Elizabeth H.14:14 07 Nov 22We have three beautiful rugs from Katrien at Emily’s house, all picked up at various times as we decorated. We have loved our many visits to the shop and Katrien very kindly has let us take many beautiful things home to try out. Only sad that we are running out of floor to cover!Emma W.14:15 24 Nov 21Such a wonderful experience with Emily's House. Katrien was so helpful while I was trying to choose the right rug for my living room and a couple of years later she also helped to organise a cleaning of the rug including the collection and delivery. The rugs are really beautiful and very good quality.Haydee W.18:00 21 Jun 21We have had a very positive experience with our purchase from Emily's House London. There was a good selection of rugs,  well proportioned, balanced and some quite playful. Katrien has a nice energy. She is calm, attentive, informative and also accommodating in making arrangements so that we could see the products in place.david S.21:47 09 Apr 21Great shop for quality  goodsSarah B.10:55 21 Jan 21Beautiful selection of rugs.  Katrien was very helpful sending additional photos and measurements as needed.  Very seamless and enjoyable shopping experience!Serena D.18:22 20 Jan 21Emily's House provides an amazing rug service - a wonderful array of rugs, combined with attentive, thoughtful advice and interior design consultation to boot. I loved my rug. Highly recommended.Helle S.15:49 04 Nov 19I am very happy having bought my new perfectly purple rug at Emily`s House London. The rug was send to me in Copenhagen from London. Difficult to choose among all the beautiful rugs they have at Emily`s House.

### My account

Dashboard				
			
					
				
					Orders				
			
					
				
					Downloads				
			
					
				
					Addresses				
			
					
				
					Payment methods				
			
					
				
					Account Details				
			
					
				
					Communication				
			
					
				
					Logout				
			
			


	Hello landmarkseouk@gmail.com (not landmarkseouk@gmail.com? Log out)

	From your account dashboard you can view your recent orders, manage your shipping and billing addresses, and edit your password and account details.

### Privacy Policy

This privacy policy sets out how Emily’s House London uses and protects any information that you give Emily’s House London when you use this website.
Emily’s House London is committed to ensuring that your privacy is protected. Should we ask you to provide certain information by which you can be identified when using this website, then you can be assured that it will only be used in accordance with this privacy statement.
Emily’s House London may change this policy from time to time by updating this page. You should check this page from time to time to ensure that you are happy with any changes. This policy is effective from 13th Feb 2017.
What we collect
We may collect the following information:

name and job title
contact information including email address
demographic information such as postcode, preferences and interests

other information relevant to customer surveys and/or offers


What we do with the information we gather
We require this information to understand your needs and provide you with a better service, and in particular for the following reasons:

Internal record keeping.
We may use the information to improve our products and services.
We may periodically send promotional emails about new products, special offers or other information which we think you may find interesting using the email address which you have provided.
From time to time, we may also use your information to contact you for market research purposes. We may contact you by email, phone, fax or mail. We may use the information to customise the website according to your interests.

Security
We are committed to ensuring that your information is secure. In order to prevent unauthorised access or disclosure, we have put in place suitable physical, electronic and managerial procedures to safeguard and secure the information we collect online.
How we use cookies
A cookie is a small file which asks permission to be placed on your computer’s hard drive. Once you agree, the file is added and the cookie helps analyse web traffic or lets you know when you visit a particular site. Cookies allow web applications to respond to you as an individual. The web application can tailor its operations to your needs, likes and dislikes by gathering and remembering information about your preferences.We use traffic log cookies to identify which pages are being used. This helps us analyse data about web page traffic and improve our website in order to tailor it to customer needs. We only use this information for statistical analysis purposes and then the data is removed from the system.
Overall, cookies help us provide you with a better website, by enabling us to monitor which pages you find useful and which you do not. A cookie in no way gives us access to your computer or any information about you, other than the data you choose to share with us.
You can choose to accept or decline cookies. Most web browsers automatically accept cookies, but you can usually modify your browser setting to decline cookies if you prefer. This may prevent you from taking full advantage of the website.
Links to other websites
Our website may contain links to other websites of interest. However, once you have used these links to leave our site, you should note that we do not have any control over that other website. Therefore, we cannot be responsible for the protection and privacy of any information which you provide whilst visiting such sites and such sites are not governed by this privacy statement. You should exercise caution and look at the privacy statement applicable to the website in question.
Controlling your personal information
You may choose to restrict the collection or use of your personal information in the following ways:

whenever you are asked to fill in a form on the website, look for the box that you can click to indicate that you do not want the information to be used by anybody for direct marketing purposes
if you have previously agreed to us using your personal information for direct marketing purposes, you may change your mind at any time by writing to or emailing us at [email address]

We will not sell, distribute or lease your personal information to third parties unless we have your permission or are required by law to do so. We may use your personal information to send you promotional information about third parties which we think you may find interesting if you tell us that you wish this to happen.You may request details of personal information which we hold about you under the Data Protection Act 1998. A small fee will be payable. If you would like a copy of the information held on you please write to 16 Queen Anne’s Gate, London, SW1H 9AA.
If you believe that any information we are holding on you is incorrect or incomplete, please write to or email us as soon as possible, at the above address. We will promptly correct any information found to be incorrect.

### Shop

You are here

### Woocommerce Shop




## My Templates

### Made to Measure product template

PRODUCT CATEGORIES					Jute Rug Collection					Berber Rug Collection					Kilim Rug Collection					Beni Ourain Rug Collection					Vintage Rug Collection					Runner Collection					Square Rug Collection					Plain Rug Collection					Low Pile Rug Collection					Geometric Rug Collection					Contemporary Rug Collection					Colourful Rug Collection					All Rugs					Rugs on Sale					Jute Rugs Made to Measure		At Emily’s House, we create made to measure jute rugs in three distinctive styles: thin, semi-thick, and thick. Each is crafted by skilled artisans to meet different needs and room settings.
Handwoven from natural plant fibres, jute rugs offer an easy way to add warmth and texture to any interior. Grown in India and Bangladesh, jute is a fast-renewing crop that requires little water and no chemicals, making it one of the most sustainable materials available. With their soft blond tones, natural texture, and mild sound absorption, these rugs bring both comfort and environmental responsibility into the home.			Made to Measure Jute Rugs to your size specification		All our made to measure Jute Rugs can be bespoke to the size you require and in any of the three thicknesses detailed below. Fill in our form with your requirements and we will come back with a quote for your bespoke jute rug.			Free quote for a Made to measure Jute Rug					Thin Jute Rugs		Measuring under 1 cm in thickness, thin jute rugs are tightly woven with a fine braid. Their slim design makes them ideal for high-traffic areas such as hallways or dining rooms where practicality is key. These rugs are not reversible, and we recommend using an underlay to keep them secure on hard flooring.			Semi-Thick Jute Rugs		Semi-thick jute rugs provide a balance of softness and durability. The small braided weave gives texture without extra bulk, while the reversible finish allows for longer use. Their natural weight usually holds them in place, making them a practical choice for everyday living spaces.			Thick Jute Rugs		Our thick jute rugs are the most sought-after style. Featuring a generous braid and raised border, they offer comfort underfoot and a rich, natural presence in the room. Fully reversible and naturally weighty, they sit beautifully in central spaces such as living rooms and family areas.			Custom Sizing		All three styles can be made to measure, ensuring your rug fits perfectly whether for a narrow hallway, a large open-plan space, or an intimate seating area.			Sustainability and Craft		Choosing a jute rug means choosing renewable, chemical-free fibres and supporting traditional weaving techniques. Each rug is hand-braided by craftspeople who work with care and experience, giving you a piece that combines authenticity with durability.			Come and visit our shop		Explore the full jute collection online, or arrange an appointment at our shop to see the textures and weaves in person.			PRODUCT CATEGORIES					Jute Rug Collection					Berber Rug Collection					Kilim Rug Collection					Beni Ourain Rug Collection					Vintage Rug Collection					Runner Collection					Square Rug Collection					Plain Rug Collection					Low Pile Rug Collection					Geometric Rug Collection					Contemporary Rug Collection					Colourful Rug Collection					All Rugs					Rugs on Sale

### Made to measure page (shop)

PRODUCT CATEGORIES					Jute Rug Collection					Berber Rug Collection					Kilim Rug Collection					Beni Ourain Rug Collection					Vintage Rug Collection					Runner Collection					Square Rug Collection					Plain Rug Collection					Low Pile Rug Collection					Geometric Rug Collection					Contemporary Rug Collection					Colourful Rug Collection					All Rugs					Rugs on Sale					Add Your Heading Text Here		Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Ut elit tellus, luctus nec ullamcorper mattis, pulvinar dapibus leo.			Add Your Heading Text Here		Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Ut elit tellus, luctus nec ullamcorper mattis, pulvinar dapibus leo.			Add Your Heading Text Here					Add Your Heading Text Here		Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Ut elit tellus, luctus nec ullamcorper mattis, pulvinar dapibus leo.			Add Your Heading Text Here		Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Ut elit tellus, luctus nec ullamcorper mattis, pulvinar dapibus leo.			Add Your Heading Text Here		Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Ut elit tellus, luctus nec ullamcorper mattis, pulvinar dapibus leo.			Add Your Heading Text Here																																																																																			PRODUCT CATEGORIES					Jute Rug Collection					Berber Rug Collection					Kilim Rug Collection					Beni Ourain Rug Collection					Vintage Rug Collection					Runner Collection					Square Rug Collection					Plain Rug Collection					Low Pile Rug Collection					Geometric Rug Collection					Contemporary Rug Collection					Colourful Rug Collection					All Rugs					Rugs on Sale

### Newsletter Subscribe

close menu icon			
																																	Subscribe to Emily's House Newsletter		Sign up to the Emily’s House newsletter for monthly-ish updates on new rug arrivals, seasonal favourites, special rug offers and behind-the-scenes news.

### Search Bar

Search for rugs×

### 404 page

404				
					Ops, this page doesn't appear to exist, please click below to see some of our beautiful rugs , or return to our home page.				
					
									EMILY'S HOUSE HOME
					
					
									SHOP NOW

### Elementor Loop Item #5149

Read more...

### Elementor Archive #5132

BLOG ARTICLES					PRESS							
																														
					20 Best Handmade Rug Shops In The UK  2020				
																														
					Elle Decoration April 2020				
																														
					Highland Project by Designer Jill Macnair – Elle Decoration April 2020				
																														
					Four of the Best Places to Buy Vintage – Elle Decoration June 2017				
																														
					Living Etc May 2017				
																														
					Highland Project by Designer Jill Macnair – Elle Decoration April 2020				
																														
					Homes & Antiques – March 2017				
																														
					Highland Project by Designer Jill Macnair – Elle Decoration April 2020				
																														
					Reclaim Magazine Oct 2016				
																														
					Rugs in Cassandra Ellis Feature – Living Etc – September 2016				
																														
					Living Etc - September 2016				
																														
					Hot but tricky – 15 ways to use orange in the home” The Chromologist				
																														
					Elle Decoration – May 2016 – House of Treasures – Featured in Style News				
																														
					LivingEtc – April 2016 – Shopping Etc				
																														
					LivingEtc – April 2016 – The New Season Prints – Emily’s House Beni Ouarain Rug				
																														
					LivingEtc – Shopping Etc – November 2015				
							
							
																																	20 Best Handmade Rug Shops In The UK  2020																															Elle Decoration April 2020																															Highland Project by Designer Jill Macnair – Elle Decoration April 2020																															Four of the Best Places to Buy Vintage – Elle Decoration June 2017																															Living Etc May 2017																															Highland Project by Designer Jill Macnair – Elle Decoration April 2020																															Homes & Antiques – March 2017																															Highland Project by Designer Jill Macnair – Elle Decoration April 2020																															Reclaim Magazine Oct 2016																															Rugs in Cassandra Ellis Feature – Living Etc – September 2016																															Living Etc - September 2016																															Hot but tricky – 15 ways to use orange in the home” The Chromologist																															Elle Decoration – May 2016 – House of Treasures – Featured in Style News																															LivingEtc – April 2016 – Shopping Etc																															LivingEtc – April 2016 – The New Season Prints – Emily’s House Beni Ouarain Rug																															LivingEtc – Shopping Etc – November 2015					GET IN TOUCH:		Need more information? Or advice on what piece would work best in your home? Don’t hesitate to get in touch via telephone or email!			VISIT OUR BATTERSEA SHOP:		Emily’s House Rugs, 204 Battersea Park Road, SW11 4NDPlease make an appointment.								
									VISIT OUR SHOP

### Site except home header

Search for rugs×				
					
  

																														
					Search for rugs×

### Elementor Loop Item #5139

Read more

### Elementor Single Post #5113

OUR RUGS
					
									Read more from Emily's House					SEE OUR RUG COLLECTIONS 										
									OUR RUGS
					
						Need more information? Or advice on what piece would work best in your home? Don’t hesitate to get in touch via telephone or email!			VISIT OUR BATTERSEA SHOP:		Emily’s House Rugs, 204 Battersea Park Road, SW11 4NDPlease make an appointment.

### Main Header

Search for rugs×

### Site Footer

Follow Emily’s House London on Instagram				
			This error message is only visible to WordPress admins
			Error: No feed with the ID 1 found.
			Please go to the Instagram Feed settings page to create a feed.
		
		©  Emily's House																															
					
						Instagram
											
				Privacy Policy, Terms and Conditions. Site design by Solve. Site rebuilt and hosted by Landmark.

### Elementor Products Archive #4639

You are here: Home / Shop

### Elementor Single Product #411

Shop					You are here					Product Categories		Berber RugsKilim RugsJute RugsBeni Ourain RugsRunner rugsVintage RugsContemporary RugsGeometric RugsLarge RugsSquare RugsLow Pile RugsColourful RugsMade-to-measure rugsPlain RugsSaleNon Slip Rug UnderlayHotel and Airbnb RugsAll Handwoven Rugs					
							Product Categories		Berber RugsKilim RugsJute RugsBeni Ourain RugsRunner rugsVintage RugsContemporary RugsGeometric RugsLarge RugsSquare RugsLow Pile RugsColourful RugsMade-to-measure rugsPlain RugsSaleNon Slip Rug UnderlayHotel and Airbnb RugsAll Handwoven Rugs					
							Related Products

### Default Kit




## Products

### Plain Soft Orange Moroccan Handwoven Rug 190x290cm

Plain Soft Orange Moroccan Handwoven Rug 190x290cm

 

Beautiful soft orange Berber rug, handwoven with premium wool and a low pile height.

The rug has a large size of 190x290cm and is in excellent condition.

 

### Large Handwoven Jute Rug Thick Braided 300x350cm

This exceptional Large Handwoven Jute Rug embodies the time-honoured weaving traditions of India. Reflecting centuries of skill and precision, this generous 300x350cm floor covering is meticulously woven by hand on traditional looms. It stands as a powerful testament to genuine craftsmanship.

Woven entirely from 100% natural jute, this renewable, plant-based fibre is renowned for its remarkable durability and tactile, earthy texture. The substantial size and warm, neutral tone capture the enduring beauty of natural living, while the thick braided construction ensures a grounding, resilient, and enduring surface for your home.
Sustainability and Ethical Craft
Jute is widely recognised as a highly sustainable natural fibre. It grows quickly, requires minimal water or pesticides, and is completely biodegradable. By choosing this Large Handwoven Jute Rug, you are supporting an environmentally responsible material that is both practical and timeless.

Crucially, your purchase helps sustain traditional craftsmanship. Every rug is produced in workshops that comply with the International Labour Organisation (ILO) standards. Emily’s House London is committed to ensuring that the artisans who create these beautiful pieces receive fair wages and work in safe, respectful environments, promoting ethical production and the preservation of vital cultural weaving techniques.
Design, Texture, and Practicality
This rug features a thick braided construction, offering a deeply textural and substantial feel underfoot that is visually impactful and incredibly durable. The considerable 300x350cm size is specifically designed to anchor the largest rooms, such as spacious living areas or extensive dining rooms.

Despite the thick braid, the rug maintains a relatively flat profile (around 1cm thick) for practicality. Its key feature is its resilience; the tight, thick braid creates a robust surface suitable for high-traffic areas. The reversible weave allows the rug to be flipped for even wear, significantly extending the life and intrinsic value of the piece.
A Work of Quality for Your Home
At Emily’s House London, we verify quality and authenticity for every item. This Large Handwoven Jute Rug has been thoroughly checked for consistency and carefully prepared so it arrives ready to define your space. This rug is more than a floor covering; it is a lasting, authentic expression of natural material and expert handiwork. Don't forget to look at our full collection of Jute Rugs.
Care and Maintenance
With simple, routine care, your large handwoven jute rug will maintain its integrity and texture for decades:

 	Vacuum using a low suction setting; avoid the use of a beater bar.
 	Rotate the rug occasionally to ensure even wear and light exposure.
 	For spills, blot immediately and gently with a clean, dry cloth. Do not rub.
 	Keep the rug away from excessively damp or humid conditions to prevent fibre weakening.
 	Avoid wet cleaning or steam treatments, as these can compromise the natural jute material.

Delivery and Returns
Orders are dispatched within five working days. UK delivery is charged at a flat rate via UPS, and you will receive a tracking link once the rug has been collected. Worldwide shipping is available; please request a delivery quote if you would like your rug shipped outside of the UK.

Returns are accepted within two days of receipt, provided the rug is unused and in its original packaging. Please note that return postage costs are not included in the refund.
More about Emily’s House
We supply a carefully curated collection of beautiful vintage and new rugs, ranging from Jute to Berber and Kilim. You can view all items available for delivery or made-to-order on our shop. Follow us at @Emilyshouse on Instagram or sign up to our monthly newsletter. For any questions, please get in touch, we are always happy to help.

### Handwoven Square Semi-Thick Jute Rug Blonde 320x320cm

This square semi-thick jute rug is a piece of living heritage, directly connected to the long-standing weaving traditions of Indian artisans. For centuries, these communities have perfected the art of handcrafting with natural fibres, passing down their skill and precision through generations. Each rug is not merely manufactured; it is woven by hand on traditional looms, reflecting the quiet strength and expertise of genuine craftsmanship.

This piece is woven entirely from 100% natural jute, a plant-based fibre celebrated globally for its resilience and beautiful, earthy texture. The generous 320x320cm size and soft blonde tone capture the warmth and simplicity of natural living, while the semi-thick weave adds a tangible layer of comfort and quality underfoot.
Sustainability and Ethical Craft
Jute is one of the most sustainable fibres available today. It grows quickly with minimal water, requires no pesticides, and is entirely biodegradable. By choosing this runner, you support a highly renewable material that is environmentally conscious and timeless in design.

More importantly, your purchase directly supports traditional craftsmanship. Every rug is produced in workshops that adhere to International Labour Organisation (ILO) standards. Emily’s House London feels strongly that artisans should receive fair wages and work in safe conditions, promoting ethical production and helping to preserve traditional weaving techniques for future generations.
Design, Texture, and Practicality
The semi-thick construction provides a more substantial, cushioned feel than a standard braid, making it the perfect piece to anchor a large living room or open-plan area. Its large square dimensions are designed to define your space with understated organic texture.

The rug is slim in profile (approximately 1cm thick) yet robust. Its reversible weave is a mark of quality, allowing you to flip the rug for even wear over time and greatly extending its life. The natural blonde tone is versatile and adds warmth without overpowering your interior scheme.
A Work of Quality for Your Home
At Emily’s House London, quality and authenticity are paramount. This square semi-thick jute rug has been meticulously checked for weave consistency and prepared carefully so it arrives ready to transform your space. With proper, simple care, your semi-thick jute rug will maintain its texture and colour for years, becoming a lasting expression of simplicity and sustainable design.
Delivery and Returns
Your sqaure semi-thick jute rug will be dispatched within five working days. UK delivery is charged at a flat rate via UPS, and you will receive a tracking link once the rug has been collected. Worldwide shipping is available; please request a delivery quote if you would like your rug shipped outside of the UK.

Returns are accepted within two days of receipt, provided the rug is unused and in its original packaging. Please note that return postage costs are not included in the refund.
More about Emily’s House
We supply a carefully curated collection of beautiful vintage and new rugs, ranging from Jute to Berber and Kilim. You can view all items available for delivery or made-to-order on our shop including this semi-thick jute rug. Follow us at @Emilyshouse on Instagram or sign up to our monthly newsletter. For any questions, please get in touch we are always happy to help.

### Vintage Pink Moroccan Berber Rug Zaiane 175x250cm

Handwoven Heritage and Authenticity
Originating from the Zaiane area, this Vintage Pink Moroccan Berber Rug carries the deep legacy of Moroccan weaving traditions passed down through generations. Woven entirely by hand on traditional looms, it reflects the nomadic heritage and skilled artistry of the Zaiane people. Every vintage piece tells its own story through its distinctive knots and irregularities that confirm its authentic, handcrafted quality.

Our Trust Guarantee: We source our rugs directly from co-operatives in the Atlas Mountains. This piece has been professionally cleaned, restored where necessary, and thoroughly inspected to ensure it arrives in excellent vintage condition and is ready for your home. Buying a genuine Pink Moroccan Berber Rug from us means investing in certified authenticity.
Unique Design and Vibrant Pink Palette
The design features expressive, abstract patterns typical of the Zaiane style, set against a striking wool background. Strong pinks dominate the palette, often blended with subtle accents of ivory or deep terracotta, showcasing the weaver's creativity. These vivid colours and artistic patterns are signature characteristics of this Vintage Pink Moroccan Berber Rug, ensuring a piece that brings both history and contemporary appeal.
Styling Ideas for Your Home
The bright pink tones of this statement Vintage Pink Moroccan Berber Rug bring life and warmth to any room.

Neutral Interiors: The rug pairs beautifully with light woods and pale walls, acting as a stunning focal point that prevents a room from feeling sterile.

Bohemian Style: The abstract motifs work well alongside layered textiles, leather, and rattan, adding depth and personality to eclectic or bohemian homes.

Whether positioned in a study, in a sitting room, or at the foot of a bed, this Pink Moroccan Berber Rug adds warmth, texture, and individuality.
Sustainability and Long-Term Value
Choosing a vintage Berber rug means investing in sustainability, authenticity, and lasting value.

Natural Materials: This rug is woven from 100% natural sheep’s wool, which is renewable, naturally insulating, and highly durable, making it a practical choice for everyday use.

Eco-Conscious: By choosing a handmade vintage piece, you are supporting a more sustainable alternative to mass-produced synthetic options.

Investment Piece: A vintage Pink Moroccan Berber Rug is an artwork that retains its value. It brings Moroccan artistry and heritage into your home in a way no modern reproduction can match.
Care and Maintenance for Your Wool Berber Rug
With the right care, your investment will last for decades.

Routine Care: Vacuum regularly on a low suction setting to maintain freshness, and rotate occasionally to ensure even wear. Avoid using a beater bar as this can damage the wool’s pile.

Spills: For spills, blot gently with a clean cloth, avoiding rubbing, which can spread the stain.

Deep Cleaning: A professional wool cleaning service, specialising in antique or Berber rugs, is recommended every few years to protect the wool and maintain its rich colours.
Delivery, Availability, and An Investment Piece
Delivery and Availability
This Pink Moroccan Berber Rug is a one-of-a-kind treasure, and once sold, it cannot be replaced. Emily’s House London offers delivery across the UK, with worldwide shipping available for international buyers. At checkout, overseas customers can select the ‘request-a-quote’ option to receive a tailored shipping cost before finalising the order. Every rug is carefully packaged to ensure safe delivery.
Why Invest in This Vintage Pink Moroccan Berber Rug?
A rug is more than decoration; it defines atmosphere, adds texture, and reflects your personal style. This Pink Moroccan Berber Rug combines vibrant design with traditional craftsmanship, offering both function and heritage. By choosing a one-of-a-kind vintage piece from Emily's House, you bring colour, authenticity, and Moroccan artistry into your home in a way no modern reproduction can match.

### Beautiful Vintage Pink Berber Rug 190 x 310cm

Handwoven Heritage and Authenticity
Originating from the Boujaad region, this Pink Berber Rug carries the legacy of Moroccan weaving traditions passed down through generations. Woven entirely by hand on traditional looms, it reflects deep cultural identity and skilled artistry. Every vintage piece tells its own story, with intentional irregularities and natural variations that enhance its charm.

Our Trust Guarantee: We source our rugs directly from co-operatives in the Atlas Mountains. This piece has been professionally cleaned, restored where necessary, and thoroughly inspected to ensure it arrives in excellent vintage condition and is ready for your home. Buying a vintage Pink Berber Rug from us means investing in certified authenticity.
Unique Design and Vibrant Pink Palette
The design showcases bold geometric shapes arranged across a striking background of wool. Strong pinks dominate the palette, softened by richer purple hues and subtle accents that highlight the creativity of the individual weaver. These vivid colours and artistic patterns are signature characteristics of high-quality Boujaad Pink Berber Rugs, ensuring a piece that combines vibrant energy with timeless artistry.
Styling Ideas for Your Home
The bright pink tones of this statement Pink Berber Rug bring vibrant energy to any room.

 	Neutral Interiors: The rug pairs beautifully with natural wood, stone, and minimalist furniture, acting as a striking focal point.
 	Eclectic Spaces: The geometric motifs work well alongside layered textiles and other vintage décor, adding depth and personality to bohemian or eclectic homes.

Whether positioned beneath a large dining table, at the foot of a bed, or in an open living area, this Pink Berber Rug adds warmth, texture, and individuality.
Sustainability and Long-Term Value
Choosing a vintage Berber rug means investing in sustainability, authenticity, and lasting value.

 	Natural Materials: This rug is woven from 100% natural sheep’s wool, which is renewable, naturally insulating, and highly durable, a practical choice for everyday use.
 	Eco-Conscious: By choosing a handmade vintage piece, you are supporting a more sustainable alternative to mass-produced synthetic options.
 	Investment Piece: A vintage Boujaad is an artwork that retains its value. It brings Moroccan artistry and heritage into your home in a way no modern reproduction can match.

Care and Maintenance for Your Wool Berber Rug
With the right care, your investment will last for decades.

 	Routine Care: Vacuum regularly on a low suction setting to maintain freshness, and rotate occasionally to ensure even wear. Avoid using a beater bar as this can damage the wool’s pile.
 	Spills: For spills, blot gently with a clean cloth, avoiding rubbing, which can spread the stain.
 	Deep Cleaning: A professional wool cleaning service, specialising in antique or Berber rugs, is recommended every few years to protect the wool and maintain its rich colours.

Delivery, Availability, and Final Thoughts
Delivery and Availability
This Pink Berber Rug is a one-of-a-kind treasure, and once sold, it cannot be replaced. Emily’s House London offers  delivery across the UK, with worldwide shipping available for international buyers. At checkout, overseas customers can select the 'request-a-quote' option to receive a tailored shipping cost before finalising the order. Every rug is carefully packaged to ensure safe delivery.
Why Invest in This Pink Berber Rug?
A rug is more than decoration; it defines atmosphere, adds texture, and reflects your personal style. This Pink Berber Rug combines vibrant design with traditional craftsmanship, offering both function and heritage. By choosing a one-of-a-kind vintage piece, you bring colour, authenticity, and Moroccan artistry into your home in a way no modern reproduction can match.

### Braided Jute Runner Rug 70x200cm

Handwoven Heritage and Natural Craftsmanship
This Braided Jute Runner Rug reflects the long-standing weaving traditions of Indian artisans who have perfected the art of handcrafting with natural fibres. Woven by hand on traditional looms, it shows the quiet precision and strength of genuine craftsmanship. Each runner is made from 100% jute, a plant-based fibre known for its durability and earthy texture. The result is a rug that captures the warmth and simplicity of natural living while remaining practical for everyday use.

Every piece in the Emily’s House London collection is inspected for quality before it leaves the workshop. This runner has been checked for weave consistency, cleaned, and rolled carefully so it arrives ready for your home. Buying a Braided Jute Runner Rug from Emily’s House London means choosing a product that has been created with care, authenticity, and respect for traditional handweaving.
Design and Texture
This rug features a fine, even braid that runs widthways across the surface, creating a smooth and balanced appearance. The turned edges give a neat, structured finish, while the natural blonde tone adds warmth without overpowering your space. Each fibre catches the light slightly differently, giving the runner a gentle, organic sheen that highlights its handmade origin.

Slim in profile at around 1cm thick, the runner is designed for both comfort and practicality. Its reversible weave offers flexibility for placement and allows even wear over time. Every strand of jute is tightly braided, offering a resilient surface suitable for high-traffic areas.
Styling Ideas for Your Home
The natural tone and understated braid make this Braided Jute Runner Rug ideal for hallways, entryways, or bedroom spaces where subtle texture is preferred over pattern.

 	Hallway: Place it along a narrow corridor to soften hard flooring and introduce natural warmth underfoot.
 	Entryway: Its organic look complements stone, tile, or wood, creating a calm first impression as guests enter.
 	Bedroom or Landing: The runner adds gentle texture beside the bed or across a landing, offering visual balance and comfort.

Although this rug has enough weight to stay in place, Emily’s House London recommends using non-slip rug underlay on wood, tile, or laminate flooring. Underlay prevents movement, adds cushioning, and helps the rug last longer.
Sustainability and Ethical Production
Jute is one of the most sustainable natural fibres available. It grows quickly with minimal water, requires no pesticides, and is fully biodegradable. Choosing a Braided Jute Runner Rug supports a renewable material that is both environmentally conscious and timeless in design.

Every rug is produced in workshops that follow International Labour Organisation standards. Emily’s House feels strongly that artisans should receive fair wages and work in safe conditions. Supporting these workshops helps preserve traditional weaving techniques while promoting ethical production across generations.
Care and Maintenance
With simple care, your jute runner will maintain its texture and colour for years to come.

 	Vacuum on a low suction setting, avoiding the use of a beater bar.
 	Rotate occasionally to promote even wear and fade distribution.
 	For spills, blot gently with a clean, dry cloth without rubbing.
 	Keep away from damp or humid areas to prevent fibre weakening.
 	Trim or tuck in any loose fibres that may appear as part of natural wear.

As with all plant-fibre rugs, light shedding is normal during the first few months and will settle with regular use. Avoid wet cleaning or steam treatments, which can damage the natural fibres.
Compare Our Jute Weaves
If you’re unsure which texture best suits your home, explore our full jute collection to compare thin, semi-thick, and thick weaves. Each has its own unique look and feel, helping you choose the right balance of softness, structure, and texture for your space.
Delivery and Returns
This Braided Jute Runner Rug is available in stock and will be dispatched within five working days via UPS. UK delivery is charged at a flat rate. For overseas customers, please select the ‘request a quote’ option at checkout to receive a personalised shipping cost before completing your order.

Returns are accepted within two days of receipt for stock items, provided the rug is unused and in its original packaging. Buyers are responsible for return postage. Bespoke made-to-order runners are non-refundable, with a standard lead time of around three months.
Why Choose This Braided Jute Runner Rug
This runner combines natural materials, timeless design, and expert craftsmanship in a size that works perfectly for narrow spaces. The fine braid, soft blonde tone, and ethical handweaving make it more than a floor covering; it is a lasting expression of simplicity and sustainability. By choosing an authentic handmade rug from Emily’s House London, you bring warmth, integrity, and the quiet beauty of traditional craftsmanship into your home.
Product Details

 	Size: 70x200cm
 	Thickness: Approx. 1cm
 	Material: 100% natural jute fibre
 	Construction: Thin braided handwoven weave
 	Colour: Natural blonde tone
 	Edges: Turned finish
 	Reversible: Yes, same weave both sides
 	Origin: Handmade in India

### Contemporary Beni Moroccan Rug Simple Soft Brown Geometric Design 210x255cm

Contemporary Beni Moroccan Rug Simple Geometric Soft Brown Design 200x305cm
This contemporary Beni Moroccan Rug combines traditional weaving with a simple modern design, woven in soft brown tones that create a natural warmth in any room. Measuring 210x255cm, it is handwoven from pure wool using age-old techniques passed down through generations of Berber craftswomen. The result is a rug that feels both contemporary and timeless, with a soft medium pile that brings comfort underfoot while remaining practical for everyday use.

Every Beni Moroccan Rug is unique, shaped by the weaver’s creativity and the natural variations in the wool. This piece carries a quiet elegance in its restrained geometric pattern, making it adaptable to both classic and modern interiors. Emily’s House has selected it for their collection because of its balance of simplicity, authenticity, and versatility, making it a natural fit for a wide range of homes.
Product Details
Manufacturing: Handwoven by Berber craftswomen in Morocco using traditional looms and methods that have remained unchanged for generations. Every knot and line reflects the skill of the weaver.
Material: 100% pure wool, sourced locally from sheep in the Atlas Mountains. Wool is chosen for its softness, durability, and natural insulating qualities.
Thickness: Low to medium pile, approximately 2cm in depth. This creates a balance of comfort underfoot while keeping the rug easy to maintain.
Age: New contemporary production, woven to order in recent years but in keeping with age-old weaving traditions.
Origin: Morocco, specifically the Atlas Mountain region, where Beni Moroccan Rugs have been woven for centuries.
Design: Simple geometric motifs in soft brown tones, understated yet refined. The design offers versatility, suiting both modern and traditional interiors.
Size: 210x255cm, ideal for medium rooms, under dining tables, or as a central living room rug.
Condition: Excellent, newly woven and ready for use in your home.
Origin and Craft
Beni Moroccan Rugs have their roots in the Atlas Mountains of Morocco, where weaving is a long-held cultural tradition. Women of the Berber tribes create these rugs as part of their heritage, often incorporating symbols of family, protection, and nature into the designs. The wool used comes from sheep raised in the region, known for its resilience and natural softness. This rug continues that tradition, updated with a contemporary sensibility through its subtle geometric motifs in soft brown.
Wool Quality
The rug is woven from 100% wool, with a naturally soft and slightly textured pile. Wool provides durability, warmth, and natural stain resistance, making it a practical choice as well as a beautiful one. The pile is low to medium in height, which keeps the rug versatile enough for living rooms, bedrooms, or dining spaces. Unlike synthetic fibres, wool develops character over time, with the fibres settling in and gaining a lived-in softness that only improves with age.
Size and Fit
At 210x255cm, this rug works well in medium-sized spaces. It can sit neatly under a dining table with four to six chairs, create a soft focal point in a living room, or add warmth at the foot of a double or king-size bed. The size provides balance, large enough to make an impact while not overwhelming in a smaller room. For help visualising proportions, you may want to review a rug sizing guide before purchase.
Styling Notes
The simple geometric design of this Beni Moroccan Rug allows it to sit effortlessly in many settings. In a minimalist interior, the soft brown lines bring subtle texture without overpowering the space. In a more eclectic setting, it provides grounding, anchoring brighter colours or bolder furniture pieces. Pair it with natural wood, linen upholstery, or muted ceramic accents for a calm, earthy feel. Alternatively, contrast it with sleek modern furniture to highlight its handmade character.
Underlay Recommendations
While this rug has a substantial weight due to its wool construction, an underlay is recommended if it will be placed on hard flooring such as wood, tile, or laminate. Underlay prevents slipping, adds cushioning, reduces noise, and helps extend the lifespan of the rug by minimising friction with the floor.
Care and Maintenance
Wool rugs are relatively low-maintenance, but regular care keeps them looking their best.

 	Vacuum on a low suction setting once a week to remove surface dust.
 	Turn and rotate the rug occasionally to ensure even wear.
 	Shake it outside every few months to refresh the fibres.

If a spill occurs, blot immediately with a clean white cloth or kitchen towel, working from the outside in. Avoid rubbing, as this can push the liquid deeper into the fibres. Use only water to dilute the stain, never bleach or harsh detergents. For deep cleaning, professional rug care is advised.
Heritage Value
Beyond its practical qualities, each Beni Moroccan Rug carries cultural significance. For centuries, these rugs were woven for family use, serving as bedding, floor coverings, or protective layers in mountain homes. The motifs often held meaning, from fertility and protection symbols to patterns representing the natural landscape. While this contemporary version reflects a simplified, geometric style, it is still tied to that heritage of symbolism and storytelling through weaving.
Delivery and Returns
Orders are dispatched within five working days, with worldwide shipping available, please request a delivery quote if you would like your rug shipped outside of the UK. Customers will receive a tracking link once the rug has been collected by the courier. Returns are accepted within two days of receipt, with postage costs not included in the refund.
Sustainability and Ethical Craft
By purchasing this rug, you support traditional craftsmanship within Berber communities. Weaving remains a respected and vital skill, providing income for women who balance family life with the continuation of cultural practices. Wool is a renewable resource, and each rug is woven by hand without the use of industrial machinery.
A Work of Art for the Floor
This 210x255cm Beni Moroccan Rug is more than a floor covering. It is a piece of living heritage, woven with skill and care. Its soft brown tones and simple geometric design bring warmth and structure to your home, while its natural wool pile provides comfort and durability. With proper care, it will last for decades, gaining softness and character over time.
More about Emily's House
We supply beautiful vintage and new rugs from Jute, to Berber and Kilim and more. In our shop we have listed all those available for delivery as well as those made for order. Follow us at @Emilyshouse on Instagram or sign up to our monthly newsletter or see our Google Reviews. If you have any questions you can also get in touch and we will always be happy to help.

### Mid-century Vintage Beni Ourain Rug Geometric Design 175x225cm

Vintage Beni Ourain Rug Short Pile Geometric Design 175x225cm
This Vintage Beni Ourain Rug is an original mid-century piece, woven by hand in Morocco and finished with a distinctive geometric design. Measuring 175x225cm, it features a short wool pile that has softened beautifully with age, giving it both character and comfort. Unlike mass-produced floor coverings, a Vintage Beni Ourain Rug has already stood the test of time and is ready to bring decades more use and style to your home.

Our vintage rugs last for many years, compared to modern flat-pack rugs that are often discarded within just three. Choosing a Vintage Beni Ourain Rug from Emily’s House means investing in sustainability, craftsmanship, and longevity. Each rug is pre-loved, unique, and carefully selected for its quality and timeless appeal.
Product Details
Manufacturing: Handwoven in Morocco by Berber craftswomen using traditional looms and weaving techniques.
Material: 100% pure wool with natural texture and depth, aged gracefully over decades.
Thickness: Short pile, designed for durability and easy maintenance.
Age: Mid-century vintage piece, authentically pre-loved.
Origin: Morocco, woven in the Atlas Mountains where Beni Ourain rugs have been made for generations.
Design: Geometric motifs that remain striking and versatile, suiting both modern and classic interiors.
Size: 175x225cm, ideal for smaller living spaces, under a coffee table, or at the foot of a bed.
Condition: Vintage condition with gentle signs of use that add to its authenticity and charm.
Origin and Craft
Beni Ourain rugs originate from the Berber tribes of Morocco’s Atlas Mountains. For centuries, women have woven these rugs to tell stories, mark life events, and bring warmth to family homes. This Vintage Beni Ourain Rug carries forward that cultural tradition, offering both history and artistry in a practical form.
Wool Quality
Woven entirely from pure wool, this rug has developed a natural softness and patina through years of use. Wool is inherently strong, insulating, and stain-resistant, which is why vintage examples such as this endure for generations while retaining their beauty.
Size and Fit
At 175x225cm, this rug is versatile and easy to place. It works well in smaller sitting rooms, as a statement under a coffee table, or layered into a bedroom scheme. Its compact size makes it perfect for creating intimate zones within larger spaces.
Styling Notes
The geometric pattern makes this Vintage Beni Ourain Rug adaptable to many interiors. Pair it with modern furniture for contrast, or let it blend with natural woods and textiles for a more rustic feel. Its lived-in character brings warmth and individuality to any room.
Underlay Recommendations
We recommend using an anti-slip underlay if the rug will be placed on hard flooring such as wood, tile, or stone. This keeps it in place, adds comfort, and helps protect the weave.
Care and Maintenance
Even as a vintage piece, this Beni Ourain Rug is easy to maintain:

 	Vacuum occasionally on a low setting to remove surface dust.
 	Rotate from time to time to balance natural wear.
 	Shake outside to refresh the pile and remove dust build-up.

For spills, blot immediately with a clean cloth. Avoid rubbing or harsh cleaning products. For deep cleaning, professional rug care is recommended.
Heritage Value
Every Vintage Beni Ourain Rug is a piece of cultural history. Traditionally used as bedding or for everyday family life, they often carry symbolic motifs linked to protection, nature, and storytelling. Choosing vintage means embracing both sustainability and heritage.
Delivery and Returns
Orders are dispatched within five working days, with worldwide delivery available on request. Tracking details are provided once shipped. Returns are accepted within two days of receipt; please note that postage costs are not refundable.
Sustainability and Ethical Craft
When you buy a Vintage Beni Ourain Rug from Emily’s House, you are choosing a piece that has already been in use for decades and is ready for decades more. Vintage rugs reduce waste and represent sustainable living at its best. You can shop with confidence, knowing you are investing in longevity and supporting traditional craftsmanship.
A Work of Art for the Floor
This 175x225cm Vintage Beni Ourain Rug is more than just a floor covering. Its short pile, geometric design, and mid-century heritage bring both style and story into your home. This rug has lasted for generations and, when cared for, will continue to offer beauty and use long into the future.
More about Emily's House
We specialise in authentic vintage and contemporary rugs, from Beni Ourain and Berber designs to Kilim and Jute. Each piece is handpicked for quality and originality. Follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon for styling inspiration or get in touch with our customer service team, always happy to assist. You can also read our Google Reviews to see why customers choose us.

### Stunning Mrirt Colourful Berber Rug Short Pile 170x270cm

Mrirt Short Pile Colourful Berber Rug 170x270cm
This Emily's House Mrirt rug is a one-of-a-kind statement piece, handwoven from 100% pure sheep’s wool. Measuring 170x270cm, it combines traditional Moroccan craftsmanship with a bold modern design. Its vibrant zigzag pattern in midnight blue and sunny yellow creates a striking contrast that instantly draws the eye. For anyone looking to bring colour, character, and authenticity into their space, this colourful Berber rug offers an exceptional blend of artistry and function.
Handwoven Heritage
Every Mrirt rug is the result of generations of knowledge passed down through Berber weavers. Crafted in the Middle Atlas mountains of Morocco, these rugs reflect both cultural heritage and regional identity. Unlike mass-produced floor coverings, each Mrirt rug is woven on a traditional loom using natural wool, making every piece completely unique. This particular rug’s short, dense pile showcases the precision and skill of the weaver while ensuring it will stand the test of time.
Unique Design and Colours
What sets this rug apart is its bold zigzag design in deep midnight blue and vibrant yellow. The pattern brings energy into a room without overwhelming it, making it suitable for both minimal interiors and more eclectic spaces. The use of contrasting shades highlights the creativity of Berber weavers, who often use colour and pattern as a form of storytelling. This colourful Berber rug is more than a home accessory – it is a work of art that adds depth and personality to your living environment.
Styling Ideas for Your Home
At 170x270cm, this rug is large enough to anchor a living room or sit beneath a bed in a stylish bedroom. Its contemporary zigzag motif pairs beautifully with neutral furniture, allowing the rug to become the focal point of the room. In a modern home, it adds warmth and texture to minimalist lines. In a more traditional or bohemian setting, it blends seamlessly with layered textiles and natural materials. Whether placed in a high-traffic living area or a private sanctuary, this colourful Berber rug adds a sense of luxury and individuality.
Why Choose a Short Pile Rug?
Mrirt rugs are renowned for their softness and comfort, and this piece features a short, dense pile. Short pile rugs are particularly practical in busy homes as they are easier to maintain and less likely to trap dust and debris. The smooth surface makes it comfortable underfoot while keeping the design sharp and defined. If you are looking for a colourful Berber rug that combines beauty with everyday functionality, this one is perfectly suited to modern living.
Sustainability and Natural Materials
This rug has been handwoven entirely from natural sheep’s wool, a renewable resource chosen for its durability and natural insulation qualities. Many Berber rugs, including this Mrirt example, use vegetable-based dyes to create vibrant colours that remain rich over time. Choosing a handmade rug like this is a more sustainable alternative to machine-made synthetic options, and every purchase helps support traditional weaving communities in Morocco.
Care and Maintenance
With the right care, your rug will last for decades. We recommend regular vacuuming on a low suction setting to keep the pile fresh. For spills, blot immediately with a clean, dry cloth rather than rubbing, which may spread the stain. A professional rug cleaning service is advised every few years to preserve the wool’s natural oils and maintain the vivid colours. Because of its high-quality craftsmanship, this colourful Berber rug is designed to age beautifully, gaining character over time.
Size and Fit
Measuring 170x270cm, this rug is ideal for medium to large spaces. It can frame a seating area in a living room, lie beneath a dining table, or bring warmth to a bedroom floor. The generous dimensions make it versatile without overpowering the room. If you are looking for a rug that balances impact with practicality, this Mrirt rug delivers the perfect proportion.
Delivery and Availability
This is a one-of-a-kind rug, and once sold, it cannot be replaced. Emily’s House London offers delivery across the UK, and for international customers, worldwide shipping is available. At checkout, overseas buyers should select the request-a-quote option. You will then receive a personalised shipping quote before completing your purchase. Every rug is carefully packaged to ensure it arrives safely and ready to be enjoyed in your home.
Why Invest in a Colourful Berber Rug?
A rug is more than just a floor covering. It can define the character of a space, influence the atmosphere, and reflect your personal taste. This rug not only enhances your interior but also connects you to a heritage of craftsmanship dating back centuries. Investing in a colourful Berber rug means bringing authenticity, sustainability, and timeless design into your home.

### Quality Handwoven Semi-Thick Jute Carpet Rug 300x400 cm

Semi-Thick Handwoven Jute Carpet Rug 300x400cm
This semi-thick jute carpet rug is handwoven with care, featuring a natural blonde tone and a balanced texture that brings warmth and structure to any room. At 300x400cm, it provides generous coverage without appearing bulky, making it an excellent choice for open-plan living areas, dining rooms or bedrooms where comfort and style are equally important.

Woven from natural jute fibres grown in India and Bangladesh, this rug reflects both sustainability and everyday practicality. Jute is a renewable plant that requires little water and no pesticides, giving you an eco-friendly flooring option. Alongside its sustainable origins, this semi-thick jute carpet rug helps soften footsteps and provides a comfortable underfoot feel in homes with hard flooring.
Compare Our Jute Weaves
We offer three jute textures to suit different interiors. You can compare fine, semi-thick and thick jute rugs to decide which works best for your space.
Made-to-Measure Jute Rugs
If you require specific dimensions, we can produce a made-to-order jute carpet rug to fit your needs. Production usually takes around three months. To request a quote or ask a question, submit your enquiry through our contact page.
Shop In-Stock Rugs
For rugs available immediately, browse our collection of in-stock jute rugs, ready for fast dispatch worldwide.
Ethically Handwoven
Each rug is crafted in Indian workshops that comply with International Labour Organisation standards. Our partners provide fair wages, safe working conditions and respect for traditional weaving practices, ensuring every rug supports ethical production.
Why Use Underlay
Although this semi-thick jute carpet rug is naturally weighty, we recommend anti-slip rug underlay on hard floors such as wood, tile or laminate. Underlay prevents sliding, improves comfort and helps extend the life of your rug.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Cleaning and Care
Jute rugs are not suitable for washing. For day-to-day upkeep, vacuum lightly and shake outside to release dust. Spills should be blotted immediately with a dry cloth. This semi-thick rug is not reversible, but loose fibres can be trimmed or tucked in for a tidy look.
Care Tips

 	Vacuum using low suction only
 	Blot stains immediately with a dry cloth
 	Avoid damp or humid areas
 	Rotate the rug every few months for even wear

Delivery and Returns
In-stock semi-thick jute carpet rugs are dispatched within five working days, with tracking provided on shipment. Worldwide delivery is available.

If your rug isn’t right, you can return it within two days of receiving it. Return postage costs apply. Please note that custom-made rugs are non-refundable.
Customer Inspiration and Feedback
See how others are styling their rugs by following Emily’s House London on Instagram.

You can also read our Google reviews to hear directly from customers about our rugs and service.

### Fine Jute Rectangle Rug Handwoven Natural 350x400cm

Fine Jute Rectangle Rug – Handwoven Natural Flatweave 350x400cm
This handwoven jute rectangle rug combines timeless design with practical durability. Less than 1cm thick, it has a flatweave construction that sits neatly on the floor, making it ideal for dining rooms, living rooms and long open-plan layouts. The rectangular shape gives structure to any space while the soft blonde tones add natural warmth. Browse our full jute rug collection for more options.
Features of Our Flatweave Jute Rectangle Rug

 	Handwoven by skilled artisans for a refined finish
 	Flatweave design with a low profile, practical for everyday living
 	Natural blonde tones that complement both modern and traditional décor
 	Durable and sustainable, suitable for medium-traffic areas

Sustainable Material
This rug is made from jute fibres harvested in India and Bangladesh. Jute is a renewable crop that grows quickly with little water and without pesticides, making it one of the most sustainable fibres used in textiles. Choosing a jute rectangle rug is not just a style decision but also a step towards eco-conscious living.
Ethical Craftsmanship
Every rug is produced in workshops that follow International Labour Organisation standards. Emily's House feels very strongly that artisans should be paid fair wages and work in safe conditions, preserving traditional weaving techniques while supporting ethical production practices and we only source our rugs from businesses that can demonstrate this.
Product Details

 	Shape: Rectangle
 	Thickness: Less than 1cm
 	Construction: Handwoven flatweave
 	Material: 100% natural jute fibre
 	Origin: India and Bangladesh

Underlay Recommendation
Although this rug is weighty enough to stay in place, we recommend non-slip rug underlay on wood, tile or laminate flooring. Underlay prevents movement, adds comfort and helps the rug last longer.
Care Instructions

 	Vacuum regularly on a low suction setting
 	Blot spills immediately with a clean, dry cloth
 	Rotate occasionally to even out wear
 	Avoid damp or humid areas
 	Do not wash or steam clean

With proper care, your jute rectangle rug will develop a soft patina and remain beautiful for years. You can also read what customers say in our Google reviews.
Delivery and Returns

 	Dispatch: In-stock rugs ship within five working days
 	Tracking: Full tracking details provided upon dispatch
 	Delivery: Worldwide shipping available, please request a shipping quote
 	Returns: Accepted within two days of receipt (buyer covers postage)
 	Custom Rugs: Made-to-order rugs are non-refundable

Compare Jute Weaves
If you are unsure whether this rug is the right texture for your space, you can compare our fine, semi-thick and thick jute rugs to see how the different weaves perform.
Bring Natural Texture Into Your Home
A jute rectangle rug is more than a floor covering. It is a sustainable, handwoven piece that blends durability with natural beauty. Whether placed under a dining table, in a lounge or across an open-plan space, it provides structure, warmth and a grounding element that enhances any interior. Visit our Emily's House home page to see more collections, or follow us on Instagram for styling inspiration.

### Handwoven Hardwearing Braided Jute Square Rug 280x280cm

Braided Jute Square Rug 280x280cm – Fine Weave, Durable Finish
This braided jute square rug is handwoven with a refined, consistent braid in a soft blond tone. Measuring just under 1cm thick, it sits low to the floor and adds structure without bulk. The tight weave extends right to the edge, giving the rug a clean and well-defined finish. Its square format is ideal for symmetrical room layouts, open-plan interiors, or under centred furniture arrangements.

Made from natural jute fibre grown in India and Bangladesh, this rug blends sustainability with everyday practicality. Jute is a fast-growing plant that needs minimal water and no pesticides. As well as being eco-friendly, this braided jute square rug offers mild sound absorption and a gentle feel underfoot—perfect for homes with hard flooring.
Compare Our Braided Jute Weaves
We offer three braided jute textures to suit different homes. You can compare fine, semi-thick and thick braided jute rugs to see which suits your interior best.
Made-to-Measure Braided Jute Rugs
If you need a custom size, we can create a made-to-order braided jute square rug to your specifications. Production takes approximately three months. To request a quote or ask a question, submit your enquiry via our contact form.
Shop In-Stock Jute Rugs
To view the current range of rugs ready for immediate dispatch, visit our collection of in-stock braided jute square rugs.
Responsibly Made in India
Each rug is produced in Indian workshops that meet International Labour Organisation standards. Our production partners provide safe working conditions and fair wages, in line with the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
When to Use Underlay
Although this braided jute square rug is heavy enough to stay in place, anti-slip rug underlay is recommended on hard surfaces like wood, tile or laminate. It prevents movement, adds cushioning and helps extend the rug’s lifespan.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
How to Clean and Maintain Your Rug
Jute rugs are not washable. For everyday care, vacuum on a low setting and shake outdoors to remove dust. Spills should be blotted immediately with a clean towel. This braided jute square rug is not reversible, but loose fibres can be trimmed or tucked in to maintain its appearance.
Rug Care Tips

 	Vacuum gently using low suction
 	Blot stains quickly with a damp cloth
 	Avoid placing in humid or damp areas
 	Rotate your rug every few months to ensure even wear

Delivery and Returns
In-stock braided jute square rugs are dispatched within five working days. Worldwide shipping is available, and you’ll receive a tracking link once your order is on its way.

If your order isn’t right for any reason, you can return any in-stock rug within two days of receiving it. Return shipping costs apply. Custom rugs are non-refundable as they’re made to order.
Styling Inspiration and Customer Feedback
See how our rugs look in real homes by following Emily’s House London on Instagram.

You can also read our Google reviews to see what customers say about our service and quality.

### Striking Blue Kilim Rug Flat Woven with Geometric Design 230x300cm

230x300cm Blue Kilim Rug with Geometric Design
This striking blue kilim rug is handwoven using 100% natural wool. Measuring 230x300cm, it features a geometric pattern in deep blue, aubergine, rusty red, and pink tones. The flat-woven construction makes it a practical and attractive choice for busy homes. It works especially well in large living spaces, open-plan areas, or anywhere that benefits from a bold visual feature with long-lasting durability.
Kilim Rugs for Everyday Living
Durable and strong, kilim rugs are ideal for high-use areas such as hallways, kitchens, and dining rooms. Their flat weave prevents chairs from snagging, making them practical under dining tables. A blue kilim rug adds colour and structure to a room while remaining easy to live with. Thanks to its thin profile and robust texture, it offers visual impact without the bulk of a pile rug.
Dimensions and Sizing Tips
This rug measures 230cm in width by 300cm in length. It suits larger rooms or open areas where smaller rugs might feel lost. If you’re unsure what size to go for, use our helpful guide here to choose the right fit for your space.
Why Add Underlay?
Flat-woven rugs like this blue kilim rug benefit from a high-quality underlay when placed on hard surfaces such as wooden floors, tiles, or laminate. Underlay prevents slipping, keeps the rug in place, and adds cushioning underfoot. It also reduces noise and extends the life of your rug over time.
"Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on."
You can find our recommended anti-slip underlay here.
Caring for Your Rug
This blue kilim rug is easy to care for. We recommend regular vacuuming on a low setting and flipping it occasionally to clean the reverse side. Taking it outside for a good shake now and then will help remove loose dust and refresh the fibres naturally.
How to Handle Spills
If something spills on the rug, act quickly. Start by blotting the area with cold water, then press gently with a clean kitchen towel. Work from the outside of the stain inwards to avoid spreading. Avoid rubbing, as this can damage the weave. Never use bleach or harsh chemicals, these may remove the stain but leave a visible mark.

If you’re unsure, professional cleaning is always a safe option. We’re happy to recommend a trusted cleaner, just contact us.
Shipping and Returns
All rugs are shipped via UPS within 5 working days. Once your blue kilim rug is dispatched, you’ll receive a tracking number so you can follow your delivery. We ship worldwide and ensure every order is carefully packaged.

Not happy with your order? You can return it within 2 days of receipt for a full refund (excluding return postage both ways).
Follow Us for Style Inspiration
We have lots of happy returning customers see our reviews.

Looking for styling tips or want to see how others are using our kilim rugs at home? Follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon.

### Handwoven Semi-Thick Braided Large Jute Rug Hardwearing 270x350cm

Semi-Thick Braided Large Jute Rug 270x350cm
This Semi-Thick Braided Large Jute Rug is currently out of stock but will be available again soon. To pre-order or register your interest, please contact Emily’s House via Google.

Handwoven with durable braided jute fibres, this large rug adds natural warmth and texture to interiors. At 270x350cm, it is well suited for open-plan rooms and larger living areas, offering a grounding and earthy aesthetic. Learn more about the material in our guide: What is a Jute Rug Made Of?
Handwoven and Reversible
Each Emily’s House Semi-Thick Braided Large Jute Rug is crafted by hand using natural jute. The weave is the same on both sides, making it reversible for extended use. The rug measures around 1cm thick at the centre, with borders rising to 1.5cm. Consider door clearance when placing.
Sustainable Material
Jute is grown in India and Bangladesh as a fast-growing crop that requires minimal water and no chemicals. This makes it one of the most eco-friendly fibres in use today. A Semi-Thick Braided Large Jute Rug feels soft underfoot, helps reduce noise and adds insulation on hard floors.
Custom Sizes Available
If you need a different dimension, we can create a bespoke large jute rug to order. The standard lead time is three months. Get in touch with our team to discuss your requirements and receive a quote.
Responsible Production
Our rugs are woven in workshops in India that meet International Labour Organisation standards. Fair wages, safe conditions and traditional weaving techniques underpin every rug we supply.
Understanding Jute
Jute is a natural plant fibre, second only to cotton in terms of global use. It is sustainable, biodegradable and affordable. While a large jute rug is durable, it is softer than wool and benefits from careful use in high-traffic areas.

 	Light shedding is normal and reduces over time
 	Loose strands can be trimmed or tucked back into the weave

Rug Care
To maintain your Semi-Thick Braided Large Jute Rug:

 	Vacuum gently with low suction
 	Blot spills immediately with a damp cloth
 	Avoid damp or humid rooms
 	Rotate occasionally to distribute wear

Underlay Information
This rug is heavy enough to stay in place, but underlay is recommended on wood, tile or laminate flooring. It prevents movement, improves comfort and extends the rug’s life. See our anti-slip underlay for more details.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Delivery and Returns

 	When in stock, dispatched within 5 working days via UPS with tracking
 	Worldwide delivery available, including remote locations
 	Returns accepted within 2 days for in-stock rugs (buyer covers postage)
 	Bespoke rugs are non-refundable

Browse our full Jute Rug collection or explore the rest of our shop.
Stay Connected
Read our Google customer reviews and follow @emilyshouselondon on Instagram for styling ideas and client projects.

### Contemporary Pink Living Room Rug Handwoven 245x300cm

Contemporary Pink Living Room Rug 245x300cm
Our handwoven coral design is a Contemporary Coral Pink Living Room Rug with a soft tone and clean finish. The plain surface and low pile give it a sleek, modern feel while offering comfort and practicality. Ideal for adding colour without overpowering the space, this rug brings a gentle lift to neutral or warm-toned rooms.

The smooth texture of this Coral Pink Rug brings warmth to wooden or tiled floors and works especially well in bedrooms, living areas or dressing rooms. The understated colour provides a gentle lift to neutral schemes and balances stronger tones in more colourful spaces.

Available in a generous 245x300cm size, this Pink Rug is also available as a made-to-measure option. If you have a specific layout or room size in mind, we can produce a custom version to your exact dimensions. Just get in touch to discuss the details and we’ll take care of the rest.
Standard Size or Made to Order
This Contemporary Pink Living Room Rug is available now in a 245x300cm size. If you need a different fit, Emily's House can also produce it made to measure. Simply send us a message to discuss your requirements and receive a quote for a custom size that suits your space.
Size and Shape
The standard measurement of this Contemporary Pink Living Room Rug is 245x300cm. If you’re unsure which size works best, you can find helpful guidance here.
Browse More Rugs
Looking for something else? View more low pile rugs here or use the search function in all of our rug collection for more Pink Living Room Rugs.
Underlay Recommendations
If you’re placing your Contemporary Pink Living Room Rug on wood, tiles or laminate, underlay is a smart choice. It prevents slipping, provides extra cushioning, reduces noise and helps prolong the rug’s life. Underlay is especially useful for lighter or thinner rugs placed on hard floors.
Care and Maintenance
Your Contemporary Pink Living Room Rug requires only light upkeep. Use a vacuum on a low setting and turn the rug occasionally to lift settled dust from the reverse. Giving it a shake outdoors every few months will also keep it fresh.
How to Handle Stains
Act quickly on spills. Begin with plain water to dilute the mark, then blot it using kitchen towel. Work from the outer edge inward and avoid rubbing, as this could damage the fibres. Always dry the rug thoroughly after treatment. Avoid bleach or harsh chemicals, which may cause further discolouration. For persistent stains, a professional clean is best. Contact us if you’d like help arranging this.
Delivery and Returns
Your Contemporary Pink Living Room Rug will be dispatched via UPS within five working days. We offer worldwide delivery with a small extra charge for remote locations. A tracking number will be provided as soon as your rug ships.

If you're not satisfied, you can return the rug within 2 days of receiving it for a full refund, minus return shipping costs. Custom-made rugs are non-refundable.

What are customers think of our rugs

See our customer reviews and find out about their experience.
Follow Us
See how our customers style their rugs and get ideas for your home by following us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon.

### Chunky Jute Rug – Handwoven from Natural Plant Fibres 270x350cm

Extra Large Chunky Jute Rug with Thick Braided Weave
This extra large chunky jute rug adds warmth and natural texture to living rooms, hallways, or dining areas. Emily's House has chosen this rug handwoven from jute plant fibres, as it features a thick braided weave in a soft natural tone with four raised borders. The design is the same on both sides, making the rug fully reversible.

Each chunky jute rug has a soft feel underfoot and is approximately 1 cm thick, rising to 1.5 cm at the borders. If placing near a doorway, allow for potential clearance issues.

Made from jute grown in India and Bangladesh, these rugs offer natural insulation and mild noise-reduction qualities. Emily's House loves jute as it is a renewable fibre that requires minimal water and no pesticides, making this a sustainable choice for environmentally aware households.
Made-to-Measure Options
If you require a specific size, a chunky jute rug can be custom made. Lead time is approximately three months. Contact Emily's House for a custom chunky jute rug.
In Stock
To see what’s currently available for fast delivery, browse our jute rugs in stock.
Production
Each rug is woven in a workshop in India that follows International Labour Organisation standards and provides safe working conditions and fair wages.
About Jute
Jute is a plant-based fibre that can be spun into coarse, durable threads. It grows best in the warm, humid climate of South India and is second only to cotton in terms of global production and usage.
Environmental Benefits
Choosing a chunky jute rug supports sustainable living. The fibre is biodegradable and renewable, though it’s not as hardwearing as wool. These rugs are ideal for medium-use areas where environmental impact matters.
Shedding and Loose Strands
Some shedding is normal and can be reduced by vacuuming gently on a low setting. You may also notice the occasional loose strand, which can be trimmed or pushed back into the weave.
Underlay
The weight of the chunky jute rug usually keeps it in place, but for added grip and cushioning, consider using an anti-slip underlay with your chunky jute rug.
Care and Maintenance
Care and Maintenance

 	Vacuum gently using low suction
 	Blot spills with a clean, damp cloth
 	Avoid humid environments
 	Rotate periodically for even wear

Delivery and Returns
In-stock chunky jute rugs are dispatched within five working days and include tracking. International delivery is available. You may return items within two days of receiving them, excluding postage. Made-to-order rugs are non-refundable.
Photo Credit
Interior design by Henriette von Stockhausen, featuring a custom-sized chunky jute rug. See the project in our Blog.

### Moroccan Berber Rug Soft Grey X Large Area Rug 280x366cm

Moroccan Berber Rug – Soft Grey X Large Area Rug 280x366cm
This authentic Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven in 100% wool, featuring a soft taupe grey palette with a subtle geometric design. At Emily's House we love this generous X Large rug, with a size of 280cm x 366cm it is ideal for larger living spaces.
Craftswomen
Every Moroccan Berber rug is a product of traditional craftsmanship. This piece has been woven by Berber women, continuing a cultural practice that has been passed down through generations. The skills are shared from mother to daughter, with discipline, patience, and years of experience shaping every rug.
Size and shape
This grey Moroccan Berber rug measures 280cm wide and 366cm long. Its large size makes it suitable for open-plan living rooms, dining areas, or bedrooms.
If you are unsure which size will suit your home best, we have written you a guide.
Do you need an underlay?
Underlay is recommended if your rug is lightweight, such as a kilim or short-pile rug placed on wood, laminate, or tile flooring. It prevents slipping, adds cushioning for comfort, reduces noise, and helps extend the life of your Moroccan Berber rug.
Caring for your Moroccan Berber rug
This Moroccan Berber rug in taupe grey is easy to maintain. Regular vacuuming on a low setting is usually enough. Remember to vacuum the reverse side too, as dust builds up there as well. Occasionally shaking the rug outdoors will also help keep it fresh.
Stain treatment
Prompt action helps prevent stains from setting. For spills such as red wine, apply water first to dilute, then blot gently with a clean kitchen towel. Always work from the outside of the stain inward and avoid rubbing, which can damage the wool. Allow the rug to dry completely afterwards. Avoid harsh chemicals or bleach. For stubborn stains, professional cleaning is recommended.
Delivery and returns
Your Moroccan Berber rug will be dispatched via UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available, you can request a quote when you add your rug to the basket. A tracking number will be provided once your rug has been shipped.
If you are not satisfied, you may return the item within 2 days of receipt for a full refund, excluding postage costs both ways.
Follow us
For more styling ideas and to see how others are using their Moroccan Berber rugs, follow us our Emily's House profile on Instagram.

### Hardwearing Braided Jute Rug Extra Large Handwoven 300x400cm

Braided Jute Rug Extra Large – Handwoven 300x400cm
The Braided Jute Rug Extra Large in 300x400cm is available now and ready for fast dispatch. You can order this extra large handwoven jute rug online today. For stock questions or delivery details, please refer to our Emily’s House business listing on Google.

This extra large rug features a fine braided weave in a soft blond tone. With a thickness of under 1cm, it sits low and flat, adding clean structure to large spaces. The tight, uniform braid runs edge to edge, giving it a neat, architectural finish. Designed to suit modern or neutral interiors, this rug combines visual texture with everyday durability.
Fine Handwoven Texture
Each Emily's House Braided Jute Rug Extra Large is handwoven from natural jute fibres. The fine weave results in a smoother surface than thick braided rugs, making it ideal for living rooms, dining areas and bedrooms where subtle detail is preferred. Despite its light profile, the rug holds its shape and lies flat across larger surfaces.
Eco-Conscious and Natural
This rug is made from jute grown in India and Bangladesh. Jute is a renewable fibre that uses very little water and no pesticides during cultivation. A Braided Jute Rug Extra Large made from jute helps reduce noise on hard floors and adds a natural warmth to any room.
Compare Our Braided Jute Weaves
Not sure which braid suits your space? Compare fine, semi-thick and thick braided jute rug styles in our side-by-side guide.
Custom Sizes Available
If you need a specific size, we offer made-to-order braided jute rugs with a standard lead time of three months. You can request a quote via our contact page for bespoke dimensions.
Explore In-Stock Jute Rugs
Looking for something similar? View our full collection of in-stock braided jute rugs in a range of sizes and weaves.
Woven Under Ethical Standards
Our Braided Jute Rug Extra Large is handmade in Indian workshops that meet ILO conventions. Workers receive fair wages, and all weaving is done under safe and transparent conditions, supporting ethical craftsmanship at every stage.
Do You Need Underlay?
For wooden, tiled or laminate floors, we recommend pairing this rug with non-slip underlay for extra large braided jute rugs. Underlay prevents sliding, adds comfort, reduces wear and improves insulation.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Care and Maintenance
Unlike wool rugs, jute should not be washed. For general care, vacuum regularly using low suction and shake the rug outdoors to remove embedded dust. Spot clean spills quickly with a clean, damp cloth. Fine braids may show some loose fibres—simply trim or tuck them back in.

 	Vacuum gently with low suction
 	Blot spills immediately to avoid staining
 	Avoid damp or humid spaces
 	Rotate every few months to distribute wear

Delivery and Returns
This Braided Jute Rug Extra Large is in stock and dispatched within five working days via UPS. You’ll receive tracking once your order ships. Worldwide delivery is available, including to remote areas.

If you're not satisfied with your purchase, you can return it within two days of receiving it. Return postage is the buyer’s responsibility. Please note: custom rugs are non-refundable due to their made-to-order nature.
Customer Feedback and Inspiration
See how customers are styling our rugs and get design inspiration by following Emily’s House London on Instagram.

To see what customers say, read our Google reviews for Emily’s House.

### Hardwearing Fine Braided Jute Rug 160x240cm

Fine Braided Jute Rug both Textured and Durable 160x240cm
This 160x240cm fine braided jute rug is a sleek, low-profile option crafted for durability and everyday use. Less than 1 cm thick, it features a tightly woven texture that runs the full length of the rug, adding clean lines and subtle depth to any room. The soft blond colour palette works well with both neutral and bold interiors.

Woven from jute fibres grown in India and Bangladesh, this rug is a sustainable choice. Jute is a fast-growing, renewable plant that requires very little water and no pesticides. The result is a rug that not only looks elegant but also offers natural noise reduction and eco-friendly performance.
3 Ways of Doing Jute
We offer three unique braided styles, Compare our options.
Made-to-Measure Jute Rug
If you need a custom size, we offer a made-to-measure service with a minimum lead time of three months. If you’d like a quote or have questions, please get in touch here.
Stock Availability
View what’s available now for immediate delivery
Ethical Production
All of our jute rugs are woven in a workshop in India that complies with ILO conventions, offers fair wages and working conditions, and follows key UN and human rights standards.
When Do I Need Underlay?
We recommend underlay if your rug is lightweight or placed on a hard surface such as wood, tile or laminate. Underlay prevents slipping and keeps the rug in place. It also adds cushioning underfoot and can extend the life of the rug by reducing friction and movement.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Underlay provides additional noise-reduction and is especially useful for our thin braided styles.

Our thick braided jute rugs are heavy and may not require underlay.

Our fine braided jute rug has a lighter weight and benefits from underlay, especially on smooth flooring.
Maintaining and Caring for Your Fine Braided Jute Rug
This fine braided jute rug is easy to care for. It should be vacuumed regularly using a low-suction setting and stains should be blotted immediately. Do not rub the fibres. If loose strands appear, trim them carefully or tuck them back in. Jute rugs are made from plant fibres and are prone to staining and fading if not looked after properly.

Here are some care recommendations:

 	Vacuum on a low suction setting to avoid damaging the fibres
 	Spot clean spills immediately with a clean, damp cloth
 	Avoid high humidity areas to prevent weakening the fibres
 	Rotate your rug every few months to ensure even wear

Delivery and Returns
In-stock jute rugs are dispatched within 5 working days. Worldwide delivery is available. Please add the rug to your basket and request a shipping quote before completing your purchase. You’ll receive a tracking number once your rug is shipped.

If you're not satisfied, you can return your item within 2 days of receipt for a full refund, excluding postage costs both ways.

Please note: bespoke jute rugs are non-refundable as they are made to order based on your requirements.
Follow Us
For more inspiration and styling ideas, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

### Contemporary Geometric White and Blue Beni Ourain Rug 200x305cm

Contemporary Beni Rug With Blue Geometric Design 200x305cm
This Blue Beni Ourain Rug is a modern interpretation of a Moroccan classic, handwoven in pure wool and finished with gentle geometric lines in blue. Sized at 200x305cm, it brings both presence and comfort to a space, with a soft medium pile that is inviting underfoot. The weaving reflects generations of knowledge, passed down through Berber craftswomen, and gives the rug a distinctive character that works well in both traditional and modern homes.

Each Beni rug has its own identity, shaped by the natural qualities of the wool and the vision of the weaver. This particular piece combines simplicity with bold colour contrast, offering a timeless design that feels fresh and versatile. Emily’s House has chosen it for their collection because it represents the blend of authenticity and contemporary style that our customers look for.
Product Details
Manufacturing: Handwoven in Morocco using traditional wooden looms. Every rug is crafted knot by knot, with each line reflecting the hand of the maker.
Material: 100% pure wool sourced from sheep in the Atlas Mountains, prized for its softness and resilience.
Thickness: Medium pile, approximately 2cm, offering a balance of comfort and practicality.
Age: Newly woven, contemporary production in line with traditional methods.
Origin: Morocco, woven in the Atlas Mountain region where Beni rugs have been made for centuries.
Design: Simple geometric motifs in blue, creating a modern statement while remaining true to Berber traditions.
Size: 200x305cm, suited for large living areas, dining rooms, or beneath a king-size bed.
Condition: Excellent, newly finished and ready for use in your home.
Origin and Craft
Beni rugs trace their origins to the Berber tribes of the Atlas Mountains. Women in these communities have long woven rugs for family life, often using patterns to tell stories or provide protection. The wool used for this Blue Beni Ourain Rug is sourced locally and prepared using time-honoured techniques. The result is a piece that carries forward centuries of heritage while fitting seamlessly into modern interiors.
Wool Quality
Made from 100% natural wool, the rug has a dense yet soft pile with subtle texture. Wool is naturally insulating, durable, and resistant to stains, making it one of the most practical choices for flooring. Over time, wool rugs soften further and gain character, adding depth and warmth to the spaces they inhabit.
Size and Fit
At 200x305cm, this rug is generously sized and well-suited to larger living spaces. It works beautifully under a six to eight-seater dining table, in front of a long sofa, or as a grounding piece in a master bedroom. For additional guidance, you may want to view our rug sizing guide.
Styling Notes
The simple blue geometric lines give this rug versatility. In minimalist rooms, they add colour and definition without overwhelming the scheme. In more layered interiors, the pattern ties together diverse furniture and textiles. Try pairing the rug with natural wood, neutral upholstery, or even metallic accents to highlight its modern edge. For more ideas, see our rug arrangements guide.
Underlay Recommendations
Due to its weight and quality, the rug lies flat, but we recommend using an anti-slip underlay on hard flooring such as wood, stone, or tile. This adds safety, comfort, and longevity to the piece.
Care and Maintenance
Wool rugs are easy to maintain when cared for regularly:

 	Vacuum once a week using a low suction setting.
 	Rotate the rug occasionally to ensure even wear.
 	Shake outdoors occasionally to refresh the pile and remove dust.

For spills, blot immediately with a clean cloth, working gently from the outside in. Avoid rubbing, and never use bleach or harsh chemicals. If deeper cleaning is required, professional care is recommended.
Heritage Value
Beni rugs are more than decorative objects; they are part of Moroccan cultural identity. Traditionally used as bedding or for ceremonial purposes, their motifs often carried protective or symbolic meaning. This Blue Beni Ourain Rug continues that tradition with a contemporary palette, making it both a work of art and a practical home piece.
Delivery and Returns
Orders are usually dispatched within five working days. UK delivery is included, and worldwide shipping can be arranged at additional cost. Tracking information is provided once the rug is shipped. Returns are accepted within two days of delivery; please note that postage costs are not refundable.
Sustainability and Ethical Craft
Purchasing this rug helps to support Berber craftswomen who preserve traditional weaving skills while earning fair income. Wool is a renewable fibre, and the weaving process uses no industrial machinery, keeping production sustainable and environmentally responsible.
A Work of Art for the Floor
This 200x305cm Blue Beni Ourain Rug is both functional and decorative. Its soft wool pile and simple geometric design provide comfort and structure, while its handmade quality ensures lasting beauty. With proper care, it will remain a cherished piece for years to come.
More about Emily's House
At Emily’s House, we specialise in handwoven rugs, both vintage and contemporary, including Jute, Kilim, and Berber pieces. Each rug is chosen for its design, quality, and cultural heritage. Browse our collection online, follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon, or contact us directly with any questions. You can also read our customer reviews to hear what others say about our rugs.

### Thick Braided Square Jute Rugs Handwoven Natural 260x260cm

Handwoven Thick Braided Square Jute Rugs 260x260cm
Square jute rugs bring balance, warmth and natural texture into any room. The 260 x 260 cm size is perfect for open-plan layouts, square rooms, high-traffic spaces or central seating areas. This thick braided design is handwoven in a natural blonde tone with four raised borders and a consistent weave on both sides, making the rug fully reversible for extended use.
Thick Borders
Each of these square jute rugs measures 1 cm in the centre with borders rising to about 1.5 cm, so door clearance may be needed. The texture feels soft underfoot yet structured, creating a grounded look without overwhelming your space.

Made from the fibres of the jute plant, grown in India and Bangladesh, these rugs are an eco-friendly choice. Emily's House favours jute as it requires little water, no pesticides, and is fully biodegradable. Along with its sustainability, jute also provides sound absorption and light insulation, making these rugs both practical and ethical for hard floors.
Made-to-Measure
If you need a specific size, your square jute rug can be custom made. Bespoke orders usually take around three months. For details or a quote, please get in touch here.
In-Stock Availability
To view which square jute rugs are available for immediate delivery, click here.
Production
All rugs are woven in Indian workshops that meet ILO standards and follow the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Every rug is created under safe conditions with fair wages, preserving traditional craftsmanship.
About Jute
Jute is a strong, plant-based fibre widely used in sustainable textiles and second only to cotton in global production. It thrives in the monsoon climate of South Asia, where heat and humidity support its growth.
Natural Vegetable Fibre
The fibre is harvested from the plant stem and spun into durable threads. Jute is renewable, compostable and biodegradable, making it a responsible choice for eco-conscious interiors. Thicker weaves may show shedding or loose strands, which can be trimmed or tucked back in. Occasional vacuuming on a gentle setting helps manage this over time. These square jute rugs are also reversible, allowing you to flip the rug for a fresh look if one side shows wear.
Underlay
While these rugs are heavy enough to stay in place on most surfaces, an underlay can add grip, cushioning and sound control. To see suitable options, click for underlay.
Care and Maintenance
To keep your square jute rug looking its best:

 	Vacuum on a low suction setting
 	Blot spills immediately with a clean, damp cloth
 	Avoid humid environments to prevent fibre breakdown
 	Rotate the rug occasionally for even wear

Delivery and Returns
In-stock rugs are dispatched within five working days with tracking details provided. Worldwide delivery is available.
Returns are accepted within two days of receipt (buyer covers postage). Please note bespoke square jute rugs are non-refundable as they are made to order.
Follow Us
For styling ideas and customer photos, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon.

You can also read customer feedback in our Google reviews.

### Handwoven Taupe Melange  Moroccan Berber Rug 210x300cm

Handwoven Heritage and Authenticity
This Taupe Melange Handwoven Moroccan Berber Rug is created by skilled Berber women weavers in the Middle Atlas Mountains, continuing a centuries-old art form passed down through generations. Rug making in Berber culture is a women-led tradition rooted in community and craftsmanship. Every knot and geometric motif carries a sense of heritage, reflecting both cultural identity and personal expression.

Each piece is woven on a traditional loom using techniques that remain unchanged. Subtle variations in pattern and texture are a hallmark of its authenticity, proof that it was crafted by hand rather than by machine.

Our Trust Guarantee: Emily’s House London works directly with Moroccan co-operatives and independent artisans. Each rug is carefully inspected and professionally finished to ensure it arrives in excellent condition, ready for your home.
Unique Design and Taupe Melange Palette
This contemporary Berber rug blends simplicity with artistic geometry. The natural taupe melange wool forms a soft, organic background against which black geometric lines create a sense of balance and structure. The contrasting tones highlight the minimalist elegance of Beni Ouarain design while retaining the warmth of hand-spun wool.

The subtle mix of greys, browns, and creams in the wool’s natural blend gives the rug its signature melange tone. This makes it easy to pair with both neutral and bold interiors, a piece that fits modern, rustic, and Scandinavian-inspired homes alike.
Styling Ideas for Your Home
This Taupe Melange Handwoven Moroccan Berber Rug offers flexibility across many interiors:

Modern Minimalism:
Its clean lines and muted tones make it perfect for minimalist rooms. Pair it with sleek furniture, white walls, and light wood for a calm, refined space.

Warm Neutrals:
Layer it with linen cushions, oak tables, and textured throws to create a cosy and grounded atmosphere.

Eclectic or Bohemian Homes:
The rug’s geometric design and natural irregularities add depth and authenticity, blending easily with eclectic accessories, ceramics, and rattan.

Place it under a dining table, in a living area, or at the foot of a bed, its neutral tones and organic texture complement almost any style.
Sustainability and Long-Term Value
Choosing a handwoven Moroccan Berber rug is both a sustainable and enduring decision.

Natural Wool:
This rug is made from 100% natural, renewable wool, offering natural insulation and durability. Wool fibres are biodegradable and resistant to everyday wear.

Ethical Craftsmanship:
By purchasing this rug, you support female artisans and small weaving communities in Morocco, helping preserve traditional skills and sustainable livelihoods.

Longevity:
Unlike synthetic alternatives, this natural wool rug gains character over time. Its beauty deepens as the fibres soften and age, creating a piece that lasts for generations.
Care and Maintenance for Your Wool Berber Rug
Proper care keeps your rug fresh and beautiful for many years.

Routine Care:
Vacuum lightly on a low setting, avoiding the use of a beater bar. Turn the rug occasionally to promote even wear. Shake it outdoors occasionally to remove embedded dust.

Spills:
Blot gently with a clean, dry cloth, never rub. For persistent marks, dilute the spill with cold water and blot again. Always allow the rug to dry fully.

Deep Cleaning:
For best results, use a professional wool-rug cleaning specialist every few years. Avoid harsh chemicals or bleach, which can damage natural fibres.

Underlay:
If your rug is placed on a hard surface such as tile or wood, consider an underlay to prevent slipping, provide extra comfort, and extend the rug’s life.
Delivery, Availability, and Returns
Each handwoven Moroccan Berber rug from Emily’s House London is individually packaged and shipped with care.

UK Delivery:
Orders are dispatched within 5 working days via UPS, and you’ll receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way.

Worldwide Shipping:
International delivery is available, with additional surcharges for remote areas. Overseas customers can select ‘request-a-quote’ at checkout to confirm the exact shipping cost.

Returns:
If you’re not fully satisfied, you can return your rug within 2 days of receipt for a full refund, excluding shipping costs both ways.
Why Invest in a Taupe Melange Handwoven Moroccan Berber Rug?
A Berber rug is more than a floor covering, it’s a piece of living heritage. This Taupe Melange Handwoven Moroccan Berber Rug connects tradition with timeless design, using pure wool and artisan skill to create a modern classic. Its neutral tones, durable weave, and authentic origin make it both functional and meaningful.

By choosing a handmade Moroccan Berber rug from Emily’s House London, you bring warmth, authenticity, and quiet sophistication into your home, a long-term investment in craftsmanship that never goes out of style.

Follow Emily’s House London

For more interior inspiration and new arrivals, follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Durable Braided Extra Large Jute Rug 270x370

Extra Large Jute Rug – Fine Braided, Durable and Textured
This extra large jute rug is finely braided and under 1cm thick, making it a sleek, low-profile choice for contemporary spaces. Its tightly woven texture adds subtle structure and visual detail without dominating the room. The soft blond colour palette works well with neutral, warm, or earthy tones, while the durable weave stands up well to everyday use.

Crafted from natural jute fibre, grown in India and Bangladesh, this rug is both eco-friendly and practical. Emily's House love Jute rugs as they are environmentally friendly, as jute is a fast-growing plant that requires minimal water and no pesticides, making it a sustainable choice. The braided weave also helps reduce noise and adds a soft underfoot feel to timber, tile, or concrete flooring.
Compare Our Braided Jute Rug Styles
Not sure which style is best? You can compare fine, semi-thick, and thick braided jute rugs in our guide to see which version suits your space.
Custom Sizing for Extra Large Jute Rugs
If you need a specific size, we offer made-to-measure extra large jute rugs with a standard lead time of around three months. Contact our team for quotes or further information.
Ready-to-Ship Options
Explore our in-stock extra large jute rugs that are available for immediate dispatch.
Ethical Craftsmanship
All rugs are handmade in Indian workshops that follow ILO labour standards. Our weavers are paid fairly and work in safe, ethical conditions, in line with international human rights guidelines.
Do You Need Underlay?
Although this extra large jute rug lies flat due to its weight, we recommend using non-slip underlay for extra large jute rugs if placed on smooth flooring like wood or tile. Underlay prevents slipping, adds extra cushioning, reduces sound, and helps protect the rug over time.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Care and Maintenance
Jute rugs should not be washed. For ongoing care, blot spills immediately with a clean towel, vacuum on a low suction setting, and shake the rug outdoors from time to time. Loose fibres can be trimmed or tucked back in to maintain the rug’s appearance.

 	Vacuum using low suction to protect the fibres
 	Blot stains quickly with a clean, damp cloth
 	Keep the rug away from humid areas to prevent fibre breakdown
 	Rotate the rug every few months for balanced wear

Delivery and Returns
All in-stock jute rugs are dispatched within 5 working days. International shipping for extra large jute rugs is available. If you're outside the UK, add the item to your basket to request a shipping quote at checkout.

Once dispatched, you’ll receive a tracking number. You can return in-stock rugs within two days of delivery for a full refund, minus return shipping costs. Custom-sized rugs are made to order and are non-refundable.
Follow Us for Styling Ideas
See how others are using their extra large jute rugs in real homes. Follow Emily’s House London on Instagram for customer photos and styling inspiration.

You can also read what customers say in our Google reviews for Emily’s House.

### REVERSIBLE Beni Benchegra Looped Berber Rug Handwoven 185x280cm

Reversible Beni Benchegra Looped Berber Rug Handwoven 185x280cm
This is a stunning Beni Benchegra rug, expertly handwoven by Berber women, featuring a looped pile and a refined striped pattern in rich brown tones. This reversible piece offers versatility, allowing for use on either side! A striking embodiment of Midcentury design, it is in excellent condition, making it a perfect addition to any space.




Craftswomen




This rug is handwoven by Berber women. Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

Middle Atlas Berber rug

This Benchegra Berber rug comes from the Middle Atlas Mountains. This is an area particularly well suited for raising sheep for the wool used in these rugs. The Beni Ouarain tribes lived a semi nomadic life: moving their flock to the higher mountain areas in spring and returning to the lowland during colder months.

Semi nomadism is still there today although they may move their sheep and goods by truck and live only a portion of the year  in tents, returning to permanent houses in winter.

The Middle Atlas area is well know for its quality of rugs which have been produced initially for personal needs. Life was spend on the floor on which various coverings were being laid to serve as bedding, blankets or protection against the stony ground. Because of their everyday use a simple design was preferred above more elaborate and complex decoration.

In this case a looped pile was chosen with a simple minimal striped design in brown and navy blue on a natural white wool background.

Size and shape






This Mid-century Moroccan Benchegra Berber rug has a size of 185cm wide and 280cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.




Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.




Maintaining and caring for your rug


This Mid-century Moroccan Berber rug in is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

Stain treatment


The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.


Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Pink Cream Vertical Striped Kilim Rug Contemporary 235x340

Pink Vertical Striped Kilim Rug
 

This stunning kilim rug features a delightful combination of soft pink and cream hues in a vertical striped design. The kilim rug is expertly handwoven from 100% recycled wool, boasting a durable and hard-wearing texture which also retains a pleasant softness underfoot.

Made from hand-dyed wool, the rug showcases a unique aesthetic that machine-dyed materials simply cannot match. The artisanal dyeing process allows for varied levels of colour saturation, resulting in a rich and sophisticated texture.

For bespoke rugs, please click here.

 
Made-to-measure
This style also comes in made-to-measure with a 3 month lead time. Please get in touch for questions or a quote. 

 

Kilim rugs

Kilims are a popular choice for hallways, entryways and other areas at home that receive a lot of use as they are strong and resistant to wear and tear. Their flat-woven texture makes them a great choice for dining areas too as this allows chairs to slide in and out without catching.


 


Hand-dyed wool 

All contemporary and made-to-measure kilims are handwoven by artisan weavers with hand-dyed wool. This gives the rugs a unique appearance that machine-dyed wool cannot replicate, achieving different levels of colour saturation to create a more sophisticated and rich texture.


 

Size and shape

This striped kilim has a large size of 235cm wide and 340cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Underlay 

Kilim rugs or flat-weaves typically do not have a pile of wool on one side and as such they are much lighter and thinner than pile rugs.

If placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles, you may wish to add an underlay to prevent slipping or sliding and to keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This pink cream vertical striped kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs bothways.

 

Follow us: 


For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Mushroom Brown Striped Handwoven Kilim Rug 260x360cm

Mushroom Brown Striped Handwoven Kilim Rug 260x360cm
This stunning kilim rug features a delightful combination of earthy mushroom brown and contrasting cream tones in a horizontal striped design. The kilim rug is expertly handwoven from 100% recycled wool, boasting a durable and hard-wearing texture which also retains a pleasant softness underfoot.

Made from hand-dyed wool, the rug showcases a unique aesthetic that machine-dyed materials simply cannot match. The artisanal dyeing process allows for varied levels of colour saturation, resulting in a rich and sophisticated texture.

For bespoke rugs, please click here.

 
MADE-TO-MEASURE
This style also comes in made-to-measure with a 3 month lead time. Please get in touch for questions or a quote. 

 

Kilim rugs

Kilims are a popular choice for hallways, entryways and other areas at home that receive a lot of use as they are strong and resistant to wear and tear. Their flat-woven texture makes them a great choice for dining areas too as this allows chairs to slide in and out without catching.


 


Hand-dyed wool 

All contemporary and made-to-measure kilims are handwoven by artisan weavers with hand-dyed wool. This gives the rugs a unique appearance that machine-dyed wool cannot replicate, achieving different levels of colour saturation to create a more sophisticated and rich texture.


 

Size and shape

This striped kilim has a large size of 260cm wide and 360cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Underlay 

Kilim rugs or flat-weaves typically do not have a pile of wool on one side and as such they are much lighter and thinner than pile rugs.

If placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles, you may wish to add an underlay to prevent slipping or sliding and to keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This brown cream striped kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs bothways.

 

Follow us: 


For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Teal Blue Contemporary Herringbone Kilim Rug 245x325cm

Teal Blue Contemporary Herringbone Kilim Rug 245x325cm
This stunning kilim rug features a delightful combination of teal blue and cream hues in contemporary herringbone design. The kilim rug is expertly handwoven from 100% recycled wool, boasting a durable and hard-wearing texture which also retains a pleasant softness underfoot.

Made from hand-dyed wool, the rug showcases a unique aesthetic that machine-dyed materials simply cannot match. The artisanal dyeing process allows for varied levels of colour saturation, resulting in a rich and sophisticated texture.

For bespoke rugs, please click here.

 
MADE-TO-MEASURE
This style also comes in made-to-measure with a 3 month lead time. Please get in touch for questions or a quote. 

 

Kilim rugs

Kilims are a popular choice for hallways, entryways and other areas at home that receive a lot of use as they are strong and resistant to wear and tear. Their flat-woven texture makes them a great choice for dining areas too as this allows chairs to slide in and out without catching.


 


Hand-dyed wool 

All contemporary and made-to-measure kilims are handwoven by artisan weavers with hand-dyed wool. This gives the rugs a unique appearance that machine-dyed wool cannot replicate, achieving different levels of colour saturation to create a more sophisticated and rich texture.


 

Size and shape

This striped kilim has a large size of 245cm wide and 325cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Underlay 

Kilim rugs or flat-weaves typically do not have a pile of wool on one side and as such they are much lighter and thinner than pile rugs.

If placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles, you may wish to add an underlay to prevent slipping or sliding and to keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This teal blue herringbone striped kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs bothways.

 

Follow us: 


For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Pink Contemporary Herringbone Kilim Rug 250x335cm

Pink Contemporary Herringbone Kilim Rug 250x335cm
This stunning kilim rug features a delightful combination of magenta pink and cream hues in contemporary herringbone design. The kilim rug is expertly handwoven from 100% recycled wool, boasting a durable and hard-wearing texture which also retains a pleasant softness underfoot.

Made from hand-dyed wool, the rug showcases a unique aesthetic that machine-dyed materials simply cannot match. The artisanal dyeing process allows for varied levels of colour saturation, resulting in a rich and sophisticated texture.

For bespoke rugs, please click here.

 
MADE-TO-MEASURE
This style also comes in made-to-measure with a 3 month lead time. Please get in touch for questions or a quote. 

 

Kilim rugs

Kilims are a popular choice for hallways, entryways and other areas at home that receive a lot of use as they are strong and resistant to wear and tear. Their flat-woven texture makes them a great choice for dining areas too as this allows chairs to slide in and out without catching.


 


Hand-dyed wool 

All contemporary and made-to-measure kilims are handwoven by artisan weavers with hand-dyed wool. This gives the rugs a unique appearance that machine-dyed wool cannot replicate, achieving different levels of colour saturation to create a more sophisticated and rich texture.


 

Size and shape

This striped kilim has a large size of 250cm wide and 335cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Underlay 

Kilim rugs or flat-weaves typically do not have a pile of wool on one side and as such they are much lighter and thinner than pile rugs.

If placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles, you may wish to add an underlay to prevent slipping or sliding and to keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This magenta pink herringbone striped kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs bothways.

 

Follow us: 


For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Extra Large Jute Living Room Rug – Thick Braided Design 300x450cm

Thick Braided Extra Large Jute Living Room Rugs 300x450cm
Emily's House thick braided Extra Large Jute Living Room Rugs is a go-to option for homeowners looking to introduce texture, warmth, and structure into their space. The natural jute tone blends easily with a variety of interior styles, making it well-suited to both classic and modern living areas.

This rug is handwoven with a dense braided pattern and includes four raised borders for added definition. The weave is identical on both sides, making it fully reversible. The central section is approximately 1cm thick, while the surrounding borders reach 1.5cm—ideal for grounding a room but worth noting for door clearance.

The jute used in Emily's House rugs is grown in India and Bangladesh, where the crop thrives on seasonal rainfall without requiring chemical treatments. A jute living room rug offers sound absorption, insulation, and a natural, eco-friendly aesthetic that complements timber, tile, or concrete floors.
Custom Sizes Available
We offer made-to-measure jute living room rugs for customers who need a specific size or shape. Production typically takes a minimum of three months. Use our contact page to request a quote or ask for more information.
Shop In-Stock Jute Rugs
You can browse our in-stock jute living room rugs online for immediate delivery. Limited quantities available.
Responsibly Made by Skilled Weavers
Each rug is woven in a certified Indian workshop that follows International Labour Organisation standards. All artisans are paid fairly and work in safe, ethical conditions under UN-aligned human rights guidelines.
The Value of Jute as a Fibre
Jute is the second most used natural plant fibre after cotton. It is spun from the stem of the plant and offers a renewable, biodegradable alternative to synthetic flooring. Our thick braided jute living room rugs offer softness and affordability, but are not as wear-resistant as wool in heavy footfall areas.
Durability and Everyday Use
Jute rugs may shed slightly, even when heat-treated. Over time, you may notice occasional loose strands, which can be easily trimmed or tucked in. Because they are reversible, flipping the rug helps extend its use and maintain its appearance.
Underlay for Jute Rugs
Due to their heavy weight, our thick jute rugs usually stay in place without help. However, we recommend using underlay with jute living room rugs on smooth floors such as tile or wood. It helps reduce movement, improves comfort, and protects the floor underneath.
Care Instructions

 	Vacuum regularly using low suction
 	Blot spills immediately using a clean, damp cloth
 	Avoid placing the rug in damp or high humidity environments
 	Rotate your jute living room rug every few months to even out wear

Delivery and Returns
We dispatch all in-stock rugs within five working days, complete with tracking details. Worldwide delivery for jute living room rugs is available.

If your order isn’t right for you, you can return it within two days of receiving the rug. Return shipping is not included. Please note that made-to-order rugs are non-refundable.
Stay Inspired
See how customers are styling their jute living room rugs by following Emily’s House London on Instagram.
Photo Credit
Styled interior photography by Daw & Co design studio.

### Marmoucha Grey Pink Midcentury Large Rug 200x270cm

Marmoucha Grey Pink Mid-century Large Rug 200x270cm
This beautiful mid-century Berber rug is hand knotted by women from the Marmoucha tribe. It features a geometric design in soft shades of grey, green and pink against a natural white wool background. The unique design and subtle hints of colour suggest that the weaver my have married into the tribe, skillfully blending two

The rug has good light colour background, its pile of wool is medium to low and soft to touch or sit on. The rug has a medium to large size of 200cm wide and 270cm long.

Handwoven Berber rugs


This Mid-century Berber rug is handwoven by Berber women from the Beni Ouarain tribe. Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. They use a complex knotting technique that has been passed down from generation to generation, from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self-discipline.

Each rug is a labor of love, taking several weeks or even months to complete, depending on the size and intricacy of the design.

Size and shape




This Mid-century Marmoucha rug has a sizeof 200cm wide and 270cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.




Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.



Maintaining and caring for your rug


This Moroccan Berber rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.


If you need further advise on washing or particular stain removal, please do get in touch.


Stain treatment


The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.


Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Beni Mguild Burgundy Pink Midcentury Handwoven Berber Rug 180x270cm

Beni Mguild Burgundy Pink Midcentury Handwoven Berber Rug 180x270cm
This breautiful Midcentury Beni Mguild rug is handwoven from premium wool and showcases exceptional craftsmanship. Its striking design boasts a vibrant array of geometric shapes, tribal motifs, and abstract patterns. The rug features a dense pile with a colourful palette of greens, blues, and oranges set against a rich burgundy-pink background. With generous dimensions of 180x270 cm, this piece is sure to make a statement in any space.

 

 

Handwoven Berber rugs


This Midcentury Berber rug is handwoven by Berber women from the Beni Mguild tribe. Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. They use a meticulous knotting technique that has been passed down from generation to generation, from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self-discipline.

Each rug is a labor of love, taking several weeks or even months to complete, depending on the size and intricacy of the design.

It is certain that the Berber woman at her home loom knew nothing about artistic trends in other parts of the world. Instead, their creations derive from deep connections to their tribe, involving countless hours of introspection, unwavering commitment and meticulous workmanship, regardless of the time invested. Such devotion is essential in the creation of artistic carpets.

 




Size and shape

This Midcentury Beni Mguild rug has a large size of 180cm wide and 270cm long

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.




 

Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.



 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### 350x250cm Handwoven Berber Rug Blue Abstract Design

350x250cm Handwoven Berber Rug Blue Abstract Design
This beautiful large area rug is handwoven in Morocco, showcasing an elegant blue abstract design. Crafted from quality wool, it features a low pile height for comfort and durability. The rug measures 350 cm in length and 250 cm in width.

For more large rugs, see our full kilim range.
Size and shape
This Moroccan rug with geometric design measures 350 cm by 250 cm.

Not sure what size you need? View our rug sizing guide.
Underlay: When do I need underlay?
Underlay is recommended for lightweight rugs like kilims or thin short-pile rugs placed on hard surfaces such as wood, laminate, or tiles. It helps prevent slipping, adds cushioning, reduces noise, and can extend your rug’s lifespan.
Maintaining and caring for your rug
This Berber rug is low maintenance. Vacuum on a low setting and flip it occasionally to clean both sides. Give it a shake outside every few months to help release dust.
Stain treatment
Deal with spills quickly. Dilute the area with water and blot with a kitchen towel from the outside in. Don’t rub or use bleach. Let the rug dry thoroughly to prevent damage. When in doubt, consult a professional cleaner. Contact us if you need advice.
Delivery and returns
Your order will be dispatched via UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small additional charge for remote areas. A tracking number will be provided once shipped. You may return the rug within 2 days of receipt for a full refund, excluding postage both ways.
Follow us
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

See what our customers think about Emily’s House

### 200 x 300 Jute Rug in Semi-Thick Blond Braided Weave

Jute Rug 200 x 300 – Semi-Thick Blond Braided Weave
This jute rug 200 x 300 cm is handwoven in a semi-thick blond braided weave with a subtle linear texture. The fully reversible design offers comfort underfoot and a natural look that works in both modern and traditional interiors.

This Emily's House rug is made from sustainable jute fibres grown in India and Bangladesh, this 200 x 300 rug provides warmth, structure and mild sound absorption. Jute requires little water and no pesticides, making it a smart eco-friendly choice for your home.
Compare Jute Weaves
Not sure which texture is right for you? See our jute rug guide comparing fine, semi-thick and thick braided styles.
Custom Sizes Available
If you need something bespoke, your jute rug 200 x 300 can be custom-made. Production usually takes around three months. Contact Emily’s House for a quote.
Ready to Ship
View our in-stock jute rugs available for immediate delivery.
Ethical Weaving
Every rug is handwoven in Indian workshops that meet International Labour Organisation standards. Artisans are paid fairly and work in safe, transparent conditions.
What Is Jute?
Jute is a renewable vegetable fibre harvested from the plant’s stem. Strong, biodegradable and sustainable, it’s ideal for woven rugs. The humid climate of South Asia provides perfect growing conditions for high-quality jute.
When to Use Underlay
Semi-thick rugs such as the jute rug 200 x 300 are heavy enough to stay in place. For thin or lightweight rugs, or when placing on wood or tile, underlay is recommended to improve grip and comfort.
Care and Maintenance
Unlike wool, jute rugs are not washable. To maintain your rug:

 	Vacuum on a low suction setting
 	Blot spills quickly with a clean, damp cloth
 	Keep away from high humidity
 	Rotate every few months for even wear
 	Trim or tuck any loose fibres

Delivery and Returns
All in-stock jute rugs are dispatched within five working days with tracking included. Returns are accepted within two days of delivery (excluding postage). Custom orders are non-refundable.
Follow Us
For styling inspiration and real home settings, follow Emily’s House on Instagram.

### Semi-Thick Natural Jute Rug Blonde Braided Handwoven 244x300cm

Natural Jute Rug – Semi-Thick Braided Handwoven Design (244x300cm)
This semi-thick natural jute rug features a structured braided weave with a soft blond tone and subtle linear texture. Handwoven by skilled artisans, it provides a warm, organic aesthetic and reversible use for added practicality. The dense construction feels comfortable underfoot and works beautifully in rustic interiors as well as modern minimalism.

Made from natural jute fibres grown in India and Bangladesh, this rug is both eco-friendly and sound-absorbing. Jute grows with minimal water and no chemical treatments, making it a responsible choice for sustainable living. A natural jute rug also helps soften footsteps in open-plan spaces or rooms with hard floors.
Product Details

 	Shape: Rectangle
 	Dimensions: 244cm x 300cm
 	Construction: Handwoven semi-thick braided weave
 	Material: 100% natural jute
 	Reversible: Yes

Explore Our Jute Rug Styles
Compare natural jute rug textures including fine, semi-thick and thick braids in our visual guide from Emily’s House.
Custom Sizes for Jute Rugs
Need a bespoke fit? Our made-to-measure natural jute rug service lets you order a rug sized specifically for your space. Production time is typically around three months.
Shop In-Stock Jute Rugs
We stock a limited range of natural jute rugs available for immediate dispatch. Browse our current collection while supplies last.
Ethical Craftsmanship and Fair Labour
Every rug is woven in Indian workshops that meet ILO labour standards. Weavers are paid fairly, work in safe conditions, and preserve traditional weaving skills. Your rug is both beautiful and responsibly made.
Why Choose a Natural Jute Rug?
Jute is a fast-growing, renewable fibre that’s fully biodegradable. It’s a natural alternative to synthetic flooring, loved for its raw texture and low environmental impact. A natural jute rug offers durability, sound absorption and a warm aesthetic, making it ideal for those who value sustainable living.
Is Underlay Necessary?
Semi-thick rugs have enough weight to stay in place, but for hard surfaces we recommend anti-slip underlay for natural jute rugs. It improves grip, adds cushioning, reduces noise, and extends the life of your rug.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Natural Jute Rug Care Tips
Jute rugs require regular dry care. Blot spills immediately with a clean towel, vacuum on low suction, and occasionally shake the rug outdoors to freshen it. The semi-thick weave is reversible, allowing you to flip it for extended use.

 	Vacuum gently with low suction
 	Blot spills immediately to avoid stains
 	Keep away from damp or humid areas
 	Rotate every few months for even wear

Delivery and Returns
We dispatch all in-stock rugs within five working days. Worldwide shipping is available and tracking details are provided once dispatched. Please unroll and check your rug as soon as it arrives.

If you’re not satisfied, returns are accepted within two days of delivery for a full refund (excluding return postage). Please note that custom-sized natural jute rugs are non-refundable.
Customer Reviews
See what buyers say about our rugs and service by reading our Google reviews.
See Natural Jute Rugs Styled in Real Homes
Follow us on Instagram for customer photos, design ideas and behind-the-scenes updates: @emilyshouselondon.

### Semi-Thick Blonde Braided Handwoven Jute Rug Carpet 244x335cm

Semi-Thick Handwoven Jute Rug Carpet in Blond Braided Weave
This semi-thick jute rug carpet is handwoven with a bold braided texture and a soft natural finish. The subtle linear pattern runs the full length of the weave, adding structure and movement without overwhelming your space. It’s reversible and offers a cushioned, natural feel underfoot—ideal for bedrooms, living rooms, and dining areas.

Each Emily's House jute rug carpet is made from fibres sourced in India and Bangladesh. Jute is a renewable plant that grows quickly without needing pesticides or intensive irrigation. As well as being sustainable, jute offers mild sound insulation and visual warmth for rooms with timber, tile or concrete flooring.
Compare Braided Jute Rug Carpet Styles
We offer three distinct textures—fine, semi-thick, and thick. You can compare jute rug carpet weaves in our side-by-side guide to choose the right texture for your home.
Made-to-Measure Jute Rug Carpet Sizes
If you need a custom size, our made-to-order jute rug service is available. Custom rugs take around three months to complete. Submit your sizing request through our dedicated page.
In-Stock Jute Rugs Available Now
Browse our full selection of jute rug carpets currently in stock and ready to ship.
Ethically Made by Skilled Weavers
Each jute rug carpet is handwoven in Indian workshops that meet ILO labour standards. Artisans receive fair pay and work in safe, ethical environments. All production follows the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
About Jute Fibre
Jute is a coarse, plant-based fibre known for its strength and eco-friendly properties. It’s biodegradable, renewable, and widely used in textiles. The humid, seasonal climate of South India creates ideal growing conditions for high-quality jute fibre.
Should You Use Underlay?
For hard surfaces like wood, tile, or laminate, we recommend using an anti-slip underlay with your jute rug carpet. While heavier weaves may stay in place, underlay improves grip, comfort, and noise absorption, and can extend the life of your rug.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Cleaning and Maintenance
Unlike wool, a jute rug should not be washed. For routine care, vacuum gently on a low suction setting and shake outdoors occasionally. If a spill occurs, blot it quickly with a clean, damp cloth. Semi-thick and thick styles are reversible for extended wear; thinner rugs should be used with one side facing up only.
Jute Rug Carpet Care Tips

 	Use low suction when vacuuming to protect the fibres
 	Blot spills immediately to reduce staining
 	Keep away from moisture or high-humidity areas
 	Rotate the rug periodically for even wear

Shipping and Returns
We dispatch all in-stock jute rug carpets within five working days. We ship internationally and provide tracking details once your rug is on its way.

If you're not happy with your order, returns are accepted within two days of delivery. Return shipping is at your cost. Custom-sized jute rugs are non-refundable as they are made to order.
Customer Feedback and Reviews
Read verified customer feedback on our Google reviews page for Emily’s House.
Follow Our Design Inspiration
For styling ideas and real-life room photos, follow Emily’s House London on Instagram.

### Durable Square Jute Natural Rug Semi Thick and Braided 280x280cm

Large Square Jute Natural Rug in Semi-Thick Blond Braided Weave
This large square natural rug is handwoven in a semi-thick braided weave with a subtle linear design that brings both structure and softness to your room. Its reversible finish and warm blond tones make it a durable, comfortable and versatile flooring choice.

Crafted from jute fibres grown in India and Bangladesh, this natural rug combines style with sustainability. Emily's House recommends it for its eco-friendly qualities, including sound absorption and low water use in cultivation.
Compare Our Jute Styles
Find out how different textures perform in our jute rug weave guide.
Custom Sizes Available
We can create a made-to-measure large square natural rug in jute to suit your space. Production typically takes three months. Request a quote or ask us a question.
View Current Stock
See our available natural rugs ready for immediate delivery.
Ethical Production
Each rug is produced in Indian workshops that follow ILO standards, offering safe conditions and fair pay while preserving traditional weaving techniques.
What Is Jute?
Jute is a natural plant fibre harvested from the stem. It is renewable, biodegradable and an eco-conscious alternative to synthetic materials in home interiors.
Underlay Advice
Heavier jute natural rugs such as semi-thick or thick styles usually stay in place. For lighter pieces on wood or tile, underlay for natural rugs adds grip and extra comfort.
Care and Maintenance

 	Vacuum gently on low suction
 	Blot spills quickly with a clean cloth
 	Avoid damp or humid areas
 	Rotate regularly for even wear

Jute natural rugs are not washable and may show wear over time. The reversible design helps extend their lifespan.
Shipping and Returns
In-stock rugs are dispatched within five working days with tracking included. Worldwide delivery available please request a quote for postage.

Returns are accepted within two days of receipt (buyer covers postage). Custom-made natural rugs are non-refundable.
Follow Us
For styling ideas and customer homes, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

### Pink Boujaad Berber Rug Geometric Design Green Brown 180X315cm

Pink Boujaad Berber Rug Geometric Design Green Brown 180X315cm
 

This is a stunning colourful Boujaad Berber rug, in a soft pink palette, highlighting a geometric pattern in shades of green, yellow and browns. Handwoven with a low pile and hardwearing texture this rug has a good large size of 180x315cm.

Tribal rugs




Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities.

Knowledge and skills are passed on from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

This means that every rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalised through the weavers choice of colours and motifs.



Size and shape

This Moroccan Berber rug from Boujaad has a good large size of 180xm wide and 315cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

Underlay : When do I need underlay? 





I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.


Maintaining and caring for your rug


This Moroccan Berber rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

Stain treatment


The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.


Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Ochre Yellow Large Handwoven Contemporary Rug 263x327cm

Ochre Yellow Large Handwoven Contemporary Rug 263x327cm
 

This exquisite contemporary Berber rug boasts a striking monochrome palette in a beautiful ochre yellow hue. Handwoven with a refined low pile, it measures 263 cm in width and 327 cm in length. The rug provides a soft underfoot feel, showcasing excellent patination and a good knot count.

 

 


Size and shape

This Moroccan contemporary rug in monochrome ochre yellow palette has a large size of 263cm wide and 327cm long .

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 





Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.



 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### 400x300cm Beni Ouarain Large Area Rug Brown Geometric Design

400x300cm Beni Ouarain Large Area Rug Brown Geometric Design
Stunning large handwoven Berber rug measuring 400 cm in length and 300 cm in width, featuring a minimalist brown geometric pattern. This soft rug has a low wool pile for comfort, along with superb patination and a good knot count for durability.

For more extra large rugs, click here.

For more Berber rugs, click here.
Size and shape
This Moroccan Beni Ouarain rug with a simple brown geometric design measures 400 cm by 300 cm.

If you’re unsure what size you need, view our rug sizing guide.
Underlay: When do I need underlay?
Underlay is recommended if your rug is lightweight, such as a kilim or thin short-pile rug, and placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles. It helps prevent slipping, adds comfort, reduces noise, and may increase the rug’s lifespan.

Find out more about underlay here.
Maintaining and caring for your rug
This Moroccan Berber rug is low maintenance and only needs occasional vacuuming. Use a low setting and vacuum the reverse side now and then to remove dust. Give it a good shake outdoors every few months.
Stain treatment
Act quickly when spills happen. Dilute the stain with water, then blot with a kitchen towel, working from the outside in. Avoid rubbing. Never use bleach or harsh chemicals, as they may leave a white mark. Always allow the rug to dry fully to avoid damage. If in doubt, contact a professional cleaner—we're happy to advise.
Delivery and returns
Orders are dispatched via UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available, with a small extra fee for remote areas. You’ll receive a tracking number once the rug is on its way. If you’re not happy with your purchase, you may return it within 2 days of receiving it for a full refund, excluding postage both ways.
Follow us
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

See what our customers think about Emily’s House

### 390x309 Handwoven Berber Rug with Blue Geometric Design

390x309 Handwoven Berber Rug with Blue Geometric Design
This beautiful large area rug is handwoven in Morocco, showcasing an elegant blue geometric pattern. Crafted from quality wool, it features a low pile height for comfort and durability. The rug measures 390 cm in length and 309 cm in width.

For more large rugs, see our collection.

For more Berber rugs, click here.
Size and shape
This Moroccan rug with geometric design measures 390 cm by 309 cm.

If you're unsure what size you need, view our rug sizing guide.
Underlay: When do I need underlay?
Use underlay if your rug is lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, and placed on a hard surface such as wood, laminate or tiles. Underlay helps prevent slipping, adds comfort, reduces noise, and may increase the rug’s lifespan.

For more details on underlay, click here.
Maintaining and caring for your rug
This Moroccan Berber rug is low maintenance. Vacuum it on a low setting and occasionally vacuum the reverse side. Shake it outdoors every few months to keep it fresh.
Stain treatment
Act fast with spills. Dilute with water and blot using a kitchen towel, starting from the outside in. Avoid rubbing or using bleach. Let the rug dry fully to avoid damage. For persistent stains, professional carpet cleaning is best. Contact us for advice if needed.
Delivery and returns
Orders are dispatched via UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available, with a small surcharge for remote areas. A tracking number will be provided. You can return your item within 2 days of delivery for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.
Follow us
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

See what our customers think about Emily’s House

### 270x350cm Plain White Handwoven Berber Rug Simple Geometric Design

270x350cm Plain White Handwoven Berber Rug Simple Geometric Design
This plain white Moroccan Berber rug features a subtly hidden geometric design. It’s handwoven with a low pile height and a good knot count. At 350 cm long and 270 cm wide, it makes a strong statement in any room.

For more rugs, click here.

For more Berber rugs, click here.
Size and shape
This Moroccan rug has a large size of 350 cm by 270 cm. For help choosing the right size, view our rug sizing guide.
Underlay: When do I need it?
Underlay is useful if your rug is lightweight and placed on a hard surface. It prevents slipping, adds comfort, reduces noise, and can help extend the life of your rug.

Find underlay options here.
Maintaining and caring for your rug
This rug is low maintenance. Vacuum on a low setting and turn it over occasionally to clean the reverse. Give it a shake outdoors every few months.
Stain treatment
Act fast with spills. Rinse with water and blot gently from the outside in. Avoid rubbing and don’t use bleach. Let the rug dry fully. For persistent stains, professional cleaning is best. Contact us for advice.
Delivery and returns
We dispatch orders within 5 working days via UPS. Worldwide shipping is available, with a small extra fee for remote locations. You’ll receive tracking details once dispatched. If you’re not happy, you can return the rug within 2 days for a full refund (postage both ways not included).
Follow us
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

See what our customers think of Emily’s House.

### 290x267cm Handwoven Berber Rug Blue Geometric Design Square

290x267cm Handwoven Berber Rug Blue Geometric Design Square
This beautiful large area rug is handwoven in Morocco, showcasing an elegant blue geometric pattern. Crafted from quality wool, it features a low pile height for comfort and durability. The rug measures 290 cm in length and 267 cm in width, making it close to a square shape.

For more large rugs, click here.

For more Berber rugs, click here.
Size and shape
This Moroccan rug with geometric design has a large size of 290 cm by 267 cm.

For help choosing the right size, view our rug sizing guide.
Underlay: When do I need underlay?
Underlay is recommended if your rug is lightweight, like a kilim or thin short-pile rug, and placed on a hard surface such as wood, laminate or tiles. It prevents sliding, adds comfort, reduces noise, and may help extend the rug's life.

Find underlay options here.
Maintaining and caring for your rug
This Moroccan Berber rug is low maintenance. Vacuum on a low setting and turn it over occasionally. Give it a shake outside every couple of months to help remove dust.
Stain treatment
Act quickly when spills happen. Dilute with water and blot using a kitchen towel, working from the outside in. Avoid rubbing the stain or using bleach or harsh chemicals. Make sure the rug dries fully to prevent damage. For persistent stains, professional cleaning is the best option. Contact us if you need advice.
Delivery and returns
Orders are dispatched via UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available, with a small fee for remote locations. You'll receive a tracking link once your rug is on the way. Returns are accepted within 2 days of receipt for a full refund, excluding postage both ways.
Follow us
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

See what our customers think about Emily’s House

### 350x280cm Beni Ouarain Large Area Rug Brown Geometric Design

350x280cm Beni Ouarain Large Area Rug Brown Geometric Design
Stunning large handwoven Berber rug measuring 350 cm in length and 280 cm in width, featuring a minimalist brown geometric pattern. This soft rug has a low wool pile for comfort, with excellent patination and a good knot count for durability.

For more large kilim rugs, see our collection.

For more Berber rugs, click here.
Size and shape
This Moroccan Beni Ouarain rug with a simple brown geometric design measures 350 cm by 280 cm.

If you’re unsure what size you need, see our rug sizing guide.
Underlay: When do I need underlay?
Underlay is recommended if your rug is lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, and placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles. It helps prevent sliding, adds comfort, reduces noise and may increase the lifespan of your rug.

More information on underlay is available here.
Maintaining and caring for your rug
This Moroccan Berber rug is low maintenance and only needs occasional vacuuming. Use a low setting and occasionally vacuum the reverse, as dust collects underneath too. Give it a shake outside every few months to help keep it fresh.
Stain treatment
Address spills quickly. Dilute with water and blot with a kitchen towel, working from the outside in. Avoid rubbing. Allow the rug to dry completely to prevent damage. Do not use bleach or harsh chemicals. When in doubt, consult a professional carpet cleaner. We’re happy to advise if needed.
Delivery and returns
Your order will be dispatched via UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide delivery is available, with a small additional fee for remote areas. You’ll receive a tracking number once shipped. If you’re not satisfied, return your item within 2 days of delivery for a full refund, excluding return postage.
Follow us
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

See what our customers think about Emily’s House

### Pair of 90x140cm Small Jute Rugs in Semi-Thick Blond Braided Weave

Pair of 90x140cm Semi-Thick Blond Braided Handwoven Jute Rugs
This pair of small jute rugs features a semi-thick braid and a light blond colour palette. Sized at 90x140cm each, they work well as bedside rugs or for small spaces that need texture and warmth. The weave is soft underfoot and reversible for longer use.
What Makes Semi-Thick Rugs Different?

 	Mid-weight construction between thick and thin braided jute rugs
 	Approximately 1cm in thickness
 	Reversible weave with a soft underfoot texture
 	Light blond tone similar to thick jute rugs
 	More resilient than thick jute options

Made-to-Order Options
If you need a specific size, we offer made-to-measure small jute rugs with a minimum lead time of three months. Contact us for quotes or queries.
Current Stock
To view all available small jute rugs in stock, visit our shop page.
How They Are Made
These jute rugs are handwoven in India in a workshop that follows ILO labour standards, ensuring fair wages and ethical working conditions.
Material and Sustainability
Each Emily's House rug is made from vegetable fibres extracted from the jute plant stem. Jute is biodegradable, renewable, and grown with minimal water and no pesticides, making small jute rugs an environmentally sound choice.
When to Use Underlay
Our semi-thick braided jute rugs are heavy and typically stay in place. However, underlay for small jute rugs may be helpful on hard flooring or if additional cushioning is desired.
Care Instructions

 	Vacuum with low suction to protect fibres
 	Blot spills immediately with a clean, damp cloth
 	Avoid humid areas to prevent fibre breakdown
 	Rotate the rugs to spread wear

Delivery and Returns
Small jute rugs in stock are dispatched within five working days and include tracking. International shipping is available. Returns are accepted within two days of delivery, excluding postage. Custom rugs are non-refundable.
Follow Us
See more design inspiration on our Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

### Plain in Blue Handwoven Moroccan Berber Rug 210x350cm

Plain in Blue Handwoven Moroccan Berber Rug 210x350cm
 

This Moroccan rug, handcrafted by Berber women, features a rich blue colour palette and boasts a luxurious, dense pile. It has generous dimensions of 210 cm in width and 350 cm in length and is in excellent condition!

 

 

Plain in Blue Berber Rug

This Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven in the area of Beni Guild.

Beni Guild is an area in the Middle Atlas Mountains that is fairly traditional and as such produces rugs that are of very high quality with fairly simple designs.

Traditional this area was particularly well suited for raising sheep for the wool used in these rugs. The Berber tribes lived a semi nomadic life: moving their flock to the higher mountain areas in spring and returning to the lowland during colder months. Semi nomadism is still there today although they may move their sheep and goods by truck and live only a portion of the year  in tents, returning to permanent houses in winter.

The traditional style and patterns of rugs from this area consist of mostly geometric black and brown lines that create diamond and abstract shapes on a cream or whitish background. Moroccan Berber rugs have been produced initially for personal needs. Life was spend on the floor on which various coverings were being laid to serve as bedding, blankets or protection against the stony ground. Because of their everyday use a simple design was preferred above more elaborate and complex decoration.

 

What is the best style to go with Berber carpets. 

Modernist architects and designers such as Le Corbusier, Alvar Aalto, Frank Lloyd Wright and Ray and Charles Eames integrated Moroccan carpets into their interiors to contrast with the clean lines of 20th century interiors.

Appreciation of the spontaneous and bold character of Moroccan Berber carpets began in the 1920ies and 30ies and they are still perfect in homes today because of their monochrome shades and their simple geometric design.


 

Size and shape

This Moroccan Indigo Beni Mguild rug has a generous size of 210cm wide and 350cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.




 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug from azilal is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Marmoucha Berber in Red and Purple Handwoven Rug 190x310cm

Marmoucha Berber in Red and Purple Handwoven Rug 190x310cm
 

This midcentury rug is intricately handwoven in Morocco by a skilled Berber woman from the Marmoucha tribe. Featuring a striking double geometric diamond pattern against a rich red and purple background, this piece is crafted from 100% wool with a minimal pile height. In excellent condition, it boasts a remarkable pile quality that enhances its appeal.

For more Marmoucha rugs, please click here

 

 



Artisan Handwoven Marmoucha Berber Rug 

Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , foremother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

For more Berber rugs, please click here.





 

Size and shape

This Moroccan Marmoucha Berber rug has a large size of 190x310cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 


Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.




Please click here for more info on underlay here.



 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 


Stain Treatment




The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus delivery costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Beautiful Midcentury Azilal Rug Handwoven Size 150x220cm

Beautiful Midcentury Azilal Rug Handwoven Size 150x220cm
 

This is an exceptional Midcentury Azilal rug, featuring an elegant geometric design in reds, olive greens, coral peach', mushroom brown and accents in sky blue. With its low, soft pile, this medium-sized rug measures 150cm wide and 220cm long. It has a beautiful patina and is a truly remarkable find from the Midcentury era!

 

 

Azilal Berber rug 

This Azilal originates from the Azilal region in he Atlas Mountains of Morocco. These rugs are typically made from natural wool, with a low pile height. The design on Azilal rugs are characterised by abstract geometric patterns, symbols and motifs that reflect the culture of the Berber women who weave the. They often use a colourful design on an undyed wool background.

 




Tribal rugs




Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities.

Knowledge and skills are passed on from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

This means that every rag rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalised through the weavers choice of colours and motifs.



 

Size and shape

This Moroccan azilal rug has a small size of 150cm wide and 220cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This Moroccan Azilal rug  is handwoven with a flexible handle and soft low wool pile.


 



Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.


 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug from azilal is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Boujaad Berber Rug Faded Earthy Brown and Pink 175x290cm

Boujaad Berber Rug Faded Earthy Brown and Pink 175x290cm
 

This is a stunning Boujaad Berber rug, beautiful faded over time, highlighting a large geometric pattern in shades of pink and soft pink on a soft brown background. Handwoven with a refined low pile low pile height, this Midcentury rug offers softness underfoot with excellent patination and good knot count.

 




Tribal rugs




Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities.

Knowledge and skills are passed on from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

This means that every rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalised through the weavers choice of colours and motifs.



 

Size and shape

This Moroccan azilal rug has a small size of 175cm wide and 290cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 




 


Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.




Please click here for more info on underlay here.


 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Moroccan kilim 200x295cm

Moroccan kilim 200x295cm

### 205x300cm Teal Blue Contemporary Kilim Rug Herringbone Stripe

Teal Blue Contemporary Kilim Rug Herringbone Stripe 204x300cm
This stunning teal blue kilim rug is handcrafted from premium materials, showcasing a minimalist design with elegant herringbone stripes.

Woven from hand-dyed wool, the rug features a captivating blend of teal, blue, and cream tones, rather than uniform solid colors. The hand-dyeing process adds depth and variety to the piece.

Measuring a generous 204x300 cm, this kilim rug offers a soft yet resilient texture, making it a perfect addition to any space.

 


Origin 

This beautiful teal blue large kilim rug is handwoven in Turkey by skilled craftspeople with premium materials and a herringbone striped design.

It is new made and has a contemporary look and feel to it.

 

Size and shape

This teal blue handwoven kilim rug has a large size of 205x300cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% hand-spun wool. It has a soft feel to it with a flexible handle yet is durable and hardwearing.

 

Age

This teal blue kilim rug in herringbone stripe design is new made with a contemporary look and feel.

 

Underlay 

This teal blue kilim rug has a good weight to it, is not too thin or too floppy, however depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 

Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This teal blue Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon





 

### Peach & Pink Handwoven Berber Rug Midcentury Rug 195x315cm

Peach & Pink Handwoven Berber Rug Midcentury Large Area Rug
 

This stunning mid-century rug features a lovely combination of peach and pink, expertly handwoven by Berber women. Measuring 195x315 cm, it boasts a medium pile height with a vibrant interplay of peach and bright pink, accentuated by a charcoal grey check pattern at its center.

 



 





Handwoven Berber rugs


This peach and pink Berber rug is handwoven by Berber women. Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. They use a complex knotting technique that has been passed down from generation to generation, from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self-discipline.

Each rug is a labor of love, taking several weeks or even months to complete, depending on the size and intricacy of the design.

It is certain that the Berber woman at her home loom knew nothing about artistic trends in other parts of the world. Instead, their creations derive from deep connections to their tribe, involving countless hours of introspection, unwavering commitment and meticulous workmanship, regardless of the time invested. Such devotion is essential in the creation of artistic carpets

 






Size and shape

This Midcentury Moroccan rug in peach and pink has a large size of 195cm wide and 315cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.







Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.





Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug in is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Soft Orange Plain Short Pile Handwoven Berber Rug 177x320cm

Soft Orange Plain Short Pile Handwoven Berber Rug 177x320cm
 

This beautiful midcentury Berber rug is hand knotted with a very short pile and a soft orange colour palette.

It is hardwearing, in excellent condition and has a beautiful patination. It has a large size of 177cm wide and 320cm long.

 

 

Handwoven Berber rugs


This Midcentury Berber rug is handwoven by Berber women. Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. They use a complex knotting technique that has been passed down from generation to generation, from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self-discipline.

Each rug is a labor of love, taking several weeks or even months to complete, depending on the size and intricacy of the design.

 




Size and shape

This Midcentury Berber rug in soft orange rug has a large size of 177cm wide and 320cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.




 

Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.



 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Beni Berber rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.


If you need further advise on washing or particular stain removal, please do get in touch.


 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon



 

 

### The 3 Ways of Doing Jute

Jute Rug Styles – Thin, Semi-Thick and Thick
Jute rugs are a natural way to bring warmth, texture and versatility into your home. Handwoven from plant fibres grown in India and Bangladesh, our rugs feature soft blond tones, mild sound absorption and eco-friendly appeal. Jute is a renewable crop that grows quickly with minimal water and no pesticides, making it one of the most sustainable fibres used in interiors.

At Emily’s House, we offer three distinct jute rug styles: thin, semi-thick and thick, each crafted to suit different rooms and preferences. Here’s what sets them apart:
Thin Jute Rugs
Thin jute rugs are less than 1 cm thick with a tightly woven fine braid. Their slim profile makes them versatile and perfect for high-traffic spaces such as hallways and dining rooms. These rugs are not reversible, and underlay is recommended for extra grip on smooth floors.
Semi-Thick Jute Rugs
Semi-thick jute rugs strike a balance between softness and structure. Featuring a small braided pattern and reversible design, they add subtle texture without being too bulky. Their weight usually keeps them in place without underlay.
Thick Jute Rugs
Thick braided jute rugs are our most popular style, offering softness and comfort underfoot with a generous weave and raised borders. They are reversible, naturally weighty and perfect for central living areas where warmth and texture matter most.

All three jute rug styles can be custom-made to order, ensuring the perfect fit for your space.

See our whole Jute collection or book an appointment at our shop to see the rugs up close.

### Fine Natural Woven Rug – Handwoven Braided Jute Design 260x260cm

This fine natural woven rug is less than 1 cm thick and crafted in a tight, elegant jute braid. It is square and 260cm x 260cm. Its subtle natural tones and slim braided pattern create a refined look while remaining strong enough for everyday use. The flat, structured weave adds gentle texture to interiors without overpowering other design elements.

Our Emily's House rug is made from the fibres of the jute plant, grown in India and Bangladesh, this natural woven rug is not only stylish but also sustainable. Jute is a renewable crop that thrives with little water and no pesticides, making it an eco-friendly option. Along with its sustainable appeal, jute provides mild sound absorption, helping to soften acoustics in larger rooms.
Product Details

 	Dimensions: 260cm x 260cm
 	Thickness: Less than 1cm
 	Construction: Handwoven fine braid
 	Material: 100% natural jute
 	Best for: Low-traffic areas

Compare Jute Rug Styles
Not sure which weave is right for your home? View our guide to fine, semi-thick and thick jute rug textures to see the differences.
Made-to-Measure Service
If you need a specific size, our made-to-order natural woven rugs are available with a lead time of about three months. Contact us for a quote or to discuss custom options.
In-Stock Rugs
Browse our current collection of natural woven rugs in stock for immediate delivery.
Responsible Production
Every rug is handwoven in Indian workshops that follow International Labour Organisation standards. Skilled artisans work in safe conditions and receive fair pay, ensuring each piece is responsibly made.
Do You Need Underlay?
Fine braided natural woven rugs are lighter in weight and can benefit from anti-slip underlay, especially on wood, tile or laminate floors. Underlay adds grip, prevents slipping, provides extra cushioning and may extend the life of your rug.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Care and Maintenance
Unlike wool rugs, jute cannot be washed. To care for your natural woven rug, blot spills immediately, vacuum on a low setting and trim or tuck any loose fibres. Rotate the rug occasionally for even wear. While jute is durable, it is prone to staining and fading over time and is best suited to lower humidity areas.

 	Vacuum with low suction to protect the fibres
 	Blot spills straight away with a clean cloth
 	Avoid damp or high-humidity spaces
 	Rotate regularly for even use

Delivery and Returns
In-stock natural woven rugs are dispatched within five working days with worldwide shipping available. Tracking details are provided once dispatched.

If you are not happy with your order, returns are accepted within two days of delivery for a refund (minus postage both ways). Please note that custom-made rugs are non-refundable.
Follow Us
For styling ideas and customer inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon.

### Durable Fine Braided Jute Rug Square 300x300cm

Jute Rug Square: Fine Braided Natural Fibre Design
This jute rug square features a tightly woven fine braided texture with a soft neutral blond palette. Less than 1cm thick, its durable flatweave offers a low profile and refined appearance that works well in modern and traditional interiors. Its neat finish adds structure to open-plan rooms or complements compact spaces.

Woven from the fibres of the jute plant, mainly grown in India and Bangladesh, this natural material is both biodegradable and renewable. Jute grows with minimal water and without the need for pesticides, making it one of the most sustainable fibres used in textiles today.
Compare Our Jute Weaves
To understand the difference between fine, semi-thick and thick styles, explore our three types of jute rug construction.
Made to Order
If you need a square jute rug in a specific size, we offer made-to-measure options with a lead time of around three months. Request a custom quote for your Jute Rug Square.
Ethical Craftsmanship
Each rug is made in a workshop that upholds International Labour Organisation standards and provides fair wages and safe working conditions. These production values align with the ILO’s global mandate on labour rights.
Underlay Advice
While fine braided rugs tend to stay in place due to their weight, rug underlay for jute square rugs is helpful on wood, tile or laminate surfaces for added comfort and safety.
Care and Maintenance

 	Vacuum regularly using a low suction setting
 	Blot spills immediately with a clean, damp cloth
 	Rotate the rug from time to time to even out wear
 	Avoid high humidity or wet cleaning methods

Shipping and Returns
All in-stock square jute rugs are dispatched within five working days with tracking. Worldwide delivery available. Returns accepted within two days of receipt (postage costs not included). Bespoke rugs are non-refundable.
Connect With Us
To see more interior examples, follow Emily's House on Instagram at @emilyshouselondon.

See our Google reviews too!

### Create Your Own Beni Berber Rug

Create your own Beni Rug!
Renowned for their classic design and chic look, Beni rugs effortlessly add elegance and comfort to any space. Choose from simple geometric patterns or opt for a more abstract style in black or brown, or go bold with vibrant greens or pinks! Share your vision with us, and we’ll bring it to life just for you!





Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Midcentury Boujaad Berber Rug Colourful Geometric Design 202x335cm

Midcentury Boujaad Berber Rug Colourful Geometric Design 202x335cm
 

This beautiful Midcentury Boujaad rug is handwoven by Berber women. It has a lrage size of 205x335cm and a short pile height. It is handmade with 100% wool and a colourful geometric pattern in soft orange, greens and pinks.

 



 





Handwoven Berber rugs


The Boujaad Berber rug is handwoven by Berber women. Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. They use a complex knotting technique that has been passed down from generation to generation, from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self-discipline.

Each rug is a labor of love, taking several weeks or even months to complete, depending on the size and intricacy of the design.

It is certain that the Berber woman at her home loom knew nothing about artistic trends in other parts of the world. Instead, their creations derive from deep connections to their tribe, involving countless hours of introspection, unwavering commitment and meticulous workmanship, regardless of the time invested. Such devotion is essential in the creation of artistic carpets

 






Size and shape

This Midcentury Moroccan Boujaad rug has a large size of 205cm wide and 335cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.







Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.





Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug in is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Jute Woven Rug in Fine Braided Blonde Jute 165x270cm

Woven Jute Rug with Fine Braided Texture – 165 x 270 cm
This woven jute rug in 165 x 270 cm is handwoven in a fine braided texture with a soft blonde tone. Less than 1 cm thick, it has a tight structure that makes it durable yet versatile, perfect for adding natural warmth and texture to your home.

The Emily's House rug is crafted from natural jute fibres grown in India and Bangladesh, this rug is sustainable and helps absorb sound in larger rooms. With its eco-friendly qualities and soft underfoot feel, it works well in bedrooms, hallways and light-use living spaces.
Product Details at a Glance

 	Dimensions: 165 cm x 270 cm
 	Thickness: Less than 1 cm
 	Construction: Handwoven fine braid
 	Material: 100% natural jute
 	Best for: Bedrooms, hallways and light-use areas

Compare Jute Rug Styles
Not sure which thickness suits your space? See the Emily’s House woven jute rug comparison guide for a full breakdown of fine, semi-thick and thick textures.
Made-to-Measure Woven Jute Rugs
Looking for a bespoke size? Our made-to-order woven jute rugs are available with a typical lead time of three months. Contact us to request a quote.
Responsible Production
Every rug is handwoven in Indian workshops that follow International Labour Organisation standards, ensuring safe working conditions and fair wages for artisans.
Underlay Advice
Fine braided woven jute rugs benefit from using underlay on smooth floors such as wood or tile. Underlay adds grip, extra cushioning and sound control, while also extending the life of the rug.
Care Instructions

 	Vacuum gently on a low suction setting
 	Blot spills immediately with a clean, damp cloth
 	Keep away from high-humidity areas
 	Rotate occasionally for even wear

Delivery and Returns
In-stock woven jute rugs are dispatched within five working days with worldwide shipping available. Orders may be returned within two days of receipt for a refund (excluding postage). Custom rugs are non-refundable.
Follow Us
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon or explore our Berber and Beni Ourain rugs for more handwoven styles.

### Vintage Kilim Long Striped Lightweight Fabric 153x300

Vintage Kilim Long Striped Lightweight Fabric 153x300
 

 

Midcentury Moroccan lightweight kilim rug size 153x300cm.

Works as floor cover with underlay or bedcover, DIY Lightweight fabric!

### Midcentury Moroccan Berber Rug Orange Brown Area Rug 150x280cm

Midcentury Moroccan Berber Rug Orange Brown Area Rug 150x280cm
 

Midcentury Berber rug with brown central design and orange background.

Handwoven with 100% wool and in very good condition!

### Lovely Midcentury Marmoucha Berber Rug Diamond Design 187x310cm

Lovely Midcentury Marmoucha Berber Rug Diamond Design 187x310cm

### Funky Moroccan Boujaad Berber Rug with Blue Green Yellow 200x270cm

Funky Moroccan Boujaad Berber Rug with Blue Green Yellow 200x270cm
This beautiful Moroccan rug originates from the Boujaad area in the foothills of the Atlas Mountains. It is hand knotted with a medium to low pile height. It is handwoven with 100% wool. It has a striking colour palette in light blue, green and yellow on a burgundy red background.

Boujaad rugs are also known for their warm and cozy texture, making them perfect for adding a touch of Moroccan style to any home. They are ideal for adding a pop of colour to a room, or for creating a cozy atmosphere.

In addition to their beauty, Boujaad rugs are also prized for their durability and quality. These rugs are handwoven by skilled artisans using traditional techniques that have been passed down through generations. Each rug is a unique piece of art, with no two rugs being exactly alike.

This funky colourful Moroccan rug is Midcentury and has a good large size of 200cm wide x 270cm long.

 

 

Boujaad Berber with blue green yellow 

The area of Boujaad is known for their free form rugs and daring use of colours. Boujaad weavers are less traditional than for example in the High or Middle Atlas Mountains and often use eye-catching patterns and bold intricate designs. These designs are a reflection of the rich history and cultural heritage of the diverse Berber people living in that area.

In this case a funky colourful design has been used with striking blues greens and yellows on a burgundy red wool background.

 




Tribal rugs


This  Moroccan Berber rug from Boujaad is a piece of folk art!


Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities.

Knowledge and skills are passed on from one generation to the next, from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

This means that every rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalised through the weavers choice of colours and motifs.



 

Size and shape

This Moroccan Boujaad rug with colourful pattern with blue has a large size of 200cm wide and 270cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, and if your intuitive compass isn't getting you anywhere, maybe these guidelines here could help you make the best decision.


 



Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.



 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug with blue is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Braided Handwoven Jute Rug - Semi Thick Square 350x350cm

350 x 350cm Braided Handwoven Jute Rug – Semi-Thick Square
This braided handwoven jute rug in 350 x 350 cm features a semi-thick weave with a chunky braided texture that blends comfort and elegance. The subtle linear design runs across the rug, and its reversible construction allows you to use both sides for longer wear. With soft blond tones, it adds natural warmth and structure, making it a versatile choice for both modern and traditional interiors.

This Emily's House rug is made from 100% natural jute fibres grown in India and Bangladesh, this rug is eco-friendly, renewable and fully biodegradable. Jute requires little water and no pesticides, making it one of the most sustainable fibres available. Along with its natural appeal, a braided handwoven jute rug provides sound absorption, helping soften acoustics in open-plan rooms or hard-floored spaces.
Product Details

 	Shape: Square
 	Dimensions: 350 cm x 350 cm
 	Thickness: Approx. 1 cm in the centre, up to 1.5 cm at the borders
 	Construction: Semi-thick braided handwoven design
 	Material: 100% natural jute
 	Reversible: Yes
 	Best for: Living rooms, dining areas and open-plan layouts

Unique Natural Fibre
This is a natural fibre product crafted from plant-based jute. Each braided handwoven jute rug is unique, with variations in colour and weave that highlight its organic beauty. These differences are part of the rug’s charm and ensure that every piece is naturally one of a kind.
Explore Jute Rug Styles
We offer three jute rug styles—thin, semi-thick and thick—so you can choose the texture and finish that best fits your home.
Custom Sizes
Looking for a tailored fit? Our made-to-measure braided handwoven jute rugs can be ordered to your exact size, with a lead time of approximately three months.
Ethical Production
All Emily’s House rugs are handwoven in India by skilled artisans working in workshops that follow International Labour Organisation standards. Weavers are paid fairly and work in safe conditions, ensuring each rug is ethically made.
When to Use Underlay
Semi-thick rugs are heavy enough to stay in place without underlay. However, on smooth surfaces such as wood, tile or laminate, we recommend anti-slip underlay to improve grip, add comfort, reduce noise and extend the rug’s life.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Care Instructions
We hope you love your braided handwoven jute rug, but if you decide it’s not right, we’ve designed it to be as easy to care for as possible. Follow these tips for best results:

 	Unroll and leave flat for 24 hours when first used
 	Vacuum gently on a low suction setting
 	Cut loose fibres with scissors—never pull
 	Blot spills immediately with a clean white cloth—avoid saturating fibres
 	Spot clean gently and allow to dry naturally
 	Keep away from damp or humid environments
 	Rotate every few months to ensure even wear

Over time, natural fibre rugs may show slight colour variations or fading. These natural changes are part of the rug’s unique character.
Delivery and Returns
In-stock braided handwoven jute rugs are dispatched within five working days, with worldwide shipping available. A tracking number is provided once dispatched.

If your rug isn’t right for you, in-stock items can be returned within two days of delivery for a full refund (minus postage). Custom-made rugs are non-refundable.
Follow Us
See how our customers style their braided handwoven jute rugs and get inspiration by following us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon.

### Semi-Thick Blonde Braided Handwoven Jute Rug – Small 90 x 140 cm

Small Jute Rug in Semi-Thick Blonde Braided Weave
This jute rug small in 90 x 140 cm is handwoven in a semi-thick blonde braided texture that feels both soft and structured. The subtle pattern runs the full length of the rug, complemented by a reversible weave that makes it practical for everyday living. With its natural blond tone, it brings warmth and texture to hallways, bedrooms and light-use spaces.

This Emily's House rug is crafted from natural jute fibres grown in India and Bangladesh, each rug is eco-friendly, renewable and biodegradable. Jute requires little water and no pesticides, making this jute rug small a sustainable choice for your home. Alongside its environmental benefits, it also offers noise-reducing properties that work well in rooms with hard flooring.
Product Details

 	Size: 90 cm x 140 cm
 	Type: Semi-thick blonde braided handwoven design
 	Material: 100% natural jute
 	Reversible: Yes
 	Best for: Bedrooms, hallways, and light-use areas

Compare Our Jute Rug Styles
We offer three distinct jute rug styles—thin, semi-thick and thick—so you can select the texture that suits your space best.
Made-to-Measure Options
If you need a specific size, our made-to-measure service allows you to order a custom jute rug small or large to your exact requirements. Lead times are approximately three months.
Ethical Production
Each blonde braided jute rug is handwoven in India under fair working conditions. All workshops follow International Labour Organisation standards, ensuring artisans receive fair pay and safe environments while keeping traditional weaving alive.
Do You Need Underlay?
Our semi-thick braided rugs are naturally weighty and often stay in place without underlay. However, for thinner jute rugs or placement on wood, tile or laminate floors, anti-slip underlay is recommended. Underlay helps prevent slipping, provides cushioning and can extend the rug’s lifespan.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Care and Maintenance

 	Unroll and leave flat for 24 hours when first used
 	Vacuum on a low suction setting
 	Cut loose fibres with scissors—never pull them
 	Blot spills immediately with a damp white cloth
 	Avoid saturating fibres—allow to dry naturally
 	Keep out of high humidity areas
 	Rotate every few months for even wear

This is a natural fibre jute rug small, so each piece has its own unique colour variations and organic character. Over time, natural changes in tone and texture may occur, enhancing the beauty of your rug.
Delivery and Returns
All in-stock small jute rugs are dispatched within five working days with worldwide delivery available. You’ll receive full tracking once dispatched.

We hope you love your rug, but if it isn’t right, in-stock items can be returned within two days of delivery for a full refund (minus postage both ways). Please note that custom-made rugs are non-refundable.
Follow Us
For styling ideas and to see how others use their small jute rugs, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon.

### Made to Order - Blonde Jute Rug Semi-Thick Handwoven Braided

Semi-Thick Blonde Jute Rug – Braided Handwoven Design
This semi-thick blonde jute rug features a chunky braided weave with a subtle linear pattern that runs across its length. Handwoven by skilled artisans, the rug is reversible, soft underfoot and designed to add warmth and structure to both modern and traditional interiors.

This Emily's House rug is made from natural jute fibres grown in India and Bangladesh, this blonde jute rug is as sustainable as it is stylish. Jute is a renewable plant fibre that grows quickly with little water and without pesticides, making it an eco-friendly option for your home. Alongside its natural beauty, this rug also offers noise-reducing properties, helping soften the acoustics in open-plan spaces and rooms with hard flooring.
Product Details

 	Dimensions: Available in multiple sizes
 	Construction: Handwoven semi-thick braid
 	Material: 100% natural jute fibre
 	Colour: Soft blonde natural tones
 	Reversible: Yes
 	Best for: Living rooms, dining spaces, open-plan layouts

Compare Jute Rug Styles
We offer three jute rug styles—fine, semi-thick and thick. Each style offers a unique look and feel so you can choose the perfect option for your space.
Made-to-Measure Blonde Jute Rugs
If you need a specific size, our made-to-measure service allows you to order a blonde jute rug customised to your requirements. Lead times are approximately three months.
Ethical Production
Every rug is handwoven in Indian workshops that follow International Labour Organisation conventions, ensuring fair pay and safe conditions for weavers. This commitment preserves traditional skills while supporting ethical craftsmanship.
Natural Fibre Characteristics
A blonde jute rug is made from plant-based materials, meaning each piece is unique and naturally beautiful. Variations in colour and weave are part of the charm, ensuring no two rugs are identical. Over time, natural fibre rugs may show subtle changes in tone or texture, enhancing their organic appeal.
When to Use Underlay
Semi-thick and thick jute rugs are heavy enough to stay in place, but underlay is recommended for lightweight designs or when used on smooth flooring such as wood, tile or laminate. Anti-slip underlay improves grip, adds comfort, reduces noise and can extend the lifespan of your rug.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Care Instructions

 	Unroll your rug and leave flat for 24 hours when first used
 	Vacuum gently on a low suction setting
 	Cut any loose fibres with scissors, never pull
 	Blot spills immediately with a clean, damp white cloth—do not saturate
 	Leave to dry naturally
 	Avoid placing in damp or high-humidity areas
 	Rotate every few months for even wear

Unlike wool rugs, jute rugs cannot be washed. With the right care, your blonde jute rug will age gracefully, retaining its natural beauty for years to come.
Delivery and Returns
In-stock blonde jute rugs are dispatched within five working days with worldwide delivery available. Tracking details are provided upon dispatch.

We hope you love your rug, but if it isn’t quite right, you can return in-stock items within two days of delivery for a full refund (minus postage both ways). Please note that bespoke made-to-measure rugs are non-refundable.
Follow Us
For interior inspiration and to see how customers style their blonde jute rugs, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon.

### Beautiful Blonde Semi-Thick Braided Jute Rug 250x280cm

Semi-Thick Braided Jute Rug 250x280cm
This Emily's House semi-thick braided jute rug in 250x280cm offers a perfect balance of softness, strength and texture. Designed to sit between our thin and thick braided rugs, it combines durability with comfort and makes a versatile choice for modern and traditional interiors alike.
Product Details

 	Size: 250x280cm
 	Thickness: Approx. 1cm (borders up to 1.5cm)
 	Colour: Blond natural tone
 	Material: 100% natural jute fibre
 	Construction: Handwoven semi-thick braided weave
 	Reversible: Yes, same design on both sides
 	Origin: Handmade in India

Why Choose a Semi-Thick Braided Jute Rug?
This rug strikes the middle ground between our other jute weaves:

 	Thicker than thin braided rugs (0.5cm) yet lighter than thick braided rugs (2cm)
 	Offers a soft underfoot feel, similar to thick braided styles
 	Tighter weave gives it more resilience than thick braided versions
 	Fully reversible, unlike thin braided rugs which are one-sided
 	Soft blond colour that brightens interiors

The semi-thick braided jute rug is a practical option for living rooms, dining areas and open-plan spaces where comfort, durability and style matter.
Sustainable and Natural
Woven from fibres of the jute plant, primarily grown in India and Bangladesh, this rug is as sustainable as it is beautiful. Jute requires very little water and no chemical treatments, making it a renewable, eco-friendly material. Choosing a semi-thick braided jute rug supports environmentally conscious living without compromising on style.
Made-to-Measure Options
If you need a rug in a custom size, we can produce a made-to-order jute rug. Production takes around three months, and you can request a quote by contacting us.
Ethical Craftsmanship
Our rugs are made in workshops in India that uphold International Labour Organisation standards. We work with craftspeople who are paid fairly and operate in safe, transparent environments. Each rug reflects traditional weaving skills combined with modern quality standards.
Underlay Guidance
Semi-thick braided jute rugs are heavy enough to stay in place on most floors. Underlay is optional, but if you prefer additional comfort or need to prevent movement on wood or tile, see our anti-slip rug underlay.

“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Care and Maintenance
To keep your semi-thick braided jute rug looking its best:

 	Vacuum regularly using low suction
 	Blot spills quickly with a clean, dry cloth
 	Rotate the rug occasionally to balance wear
 	Avoid placing in damp or humid spaces
 	Trim or tuck in any loose strands that may appear

Like all plant-fibre rugs, jute requires some care. It is not washable, and while durable, it is not as hardwearing as wool. With regular attention, however, your rug will retain its natural beauty and character.
Delivery and Returns

 	In-stock rugs ship within 5 working days via UPS
 	Worldwide delivery with tracking included
 	Returns accepted within 2 days of receipt (buyer covers return postage)
 	Custom rugs are non-refundable as they are made to order

 

### Thick Braided Plain Jute Square Rug 280x280cm

280x280cm Thick Braided Plain Square Jute Rug

 

This Emily's House jute rugs is a popular choice for many homeowners and for good reason!

It is incredibly diverse and a natural way to add warmth and texture to any space. They are handwoven with a thick braided natural colour weave and 4 raised borders.


The weave is the same on both sides so this makes every rug reversible too. It has a soft texture and a thickness of 1 cm with up to 1.5cm on the borders (think about doors opening and closing).

Made from the fibres of the jute plant, which is primarily grown in India and Bangladesh, the rug doesn't only look beautiful but also has insulating and noise-reduction properties. What’s more, it are eco-friendly, as jute is a renewable resource that requires little water and no pesticides to grow, so a sustainable choice for environmentally-conscious consumers.

 
Made-to-measure jute Rug: Made-to-Order
A jute rug can be made-to-order to fit your specific size requirements with a minimum 3 month lead time.

For questions and quotes, please do get in touch here

 
Stock
Please click here to see what is ready for immediate delivery.

 
Production 


The rugs are woven in a workshop in India complying with ILO conventions and recommendations, good working conditions and fair wages in line with The Universal Declaration of Human Rights and key UN conventions.


 
Vegetable fibre
Jute is a vegetable fibre that is extracted from the stem of the jute plant. It is an eco-friendly material that is biodegradable and renewable, so these rugs are a great choice for those who are looking for an environmentally friendly option. However jute rugs are not as durable as for example wool rugs are and therefore they do come with a few downsides.

Due to the nature of the material, there will be some shedding. We do everything we can do minimise this (like heat treatment) but it can not be completely avoided. The shedding can be minimised by vacuuming gently on a low setting and avoid placing it in high traffic areas.

Due to the thickness of this weave, there will be some loose strands popping out over time. They can just be cut off or tucked in again. Choosing something with a more tight weave can reduce this or choosing for a different material all together, like wool, can be a more durable option.

It is worth re-mentioning here that these jute rugs have been made reversible, so if one side becomes worn you can turn them around.

 
Underlay 
These rugs have a heavy weight to them and should not move around. However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

Please click here for more info on underlay here.


 

Maintaining and caring for your carpet
Rugs made from plant fibres are prone to staining and fading over time. They do require some TLC and are not as hardwearing and durable as for example, wool rugs.

There are some things you can do:

 	Vacuum on a low suction setting to avoid damaging the fibers.
 	Spot clean any spills or stains immediately with a clean, damp cloth. Be gentle with the rug to avoid causing any damage.
 	Avoid placing the rug in areas with high humidity, as this can cause the fibers to weaken and break down over time.
 	Rotate the rug periodically to ensure even wear and tear.




 





Delivery and returns 
Jute rugs in stock will be dispatched within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available.

Once your order is on its way, you will receive a tracking number.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


Bespoke jute rugs are made according to your specific requirements and are non-refundable.

 
Follow us:
For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon









Photo credits




Front Image Photo credit: ROMO x TEMPERLEY collab where fashion and interiors unit! The Romo group took a dive into the Temperley archives and came up with some magnificent fabrics wall coverings and trimmings.



Photo credit @colefaxandfowler, Stylist: Sally Denning @sallydenningstylist, Photographer: Jan Baldwin @janbaldwin

Photo credit @manuelcanovasparis in Balangan wallpaper on walls and ceiling is kiwi, styles by the talented @alibronstylist 

### Versatile Semi-Thick Handwoven Jute Small Rug 170x240cm

170x240cm Semi-Thick Handwoven Jute Small Rug
The Emily's House semi-thick jute small rug in 170x240cm is handwoven with a chunky braided texture that balances softness and durability. Its subtle woven pattern runs the full length of the rug, while the reversible design ensures comfort and longevity underfoot. Ideal for living rooms, dining spaces or bedrooms, this small jute rug offers natural warmth and understated style.
Product Details

 	Size: 170x240cm
 	Thickness: Approx. 1cm
 	Material: 100% natural jute fibre
 	Construction: Semi-thick braided handwoven weave
 	Colour: Blond natural tone
 	Reversible: Yes, same weave on both sides
 	Origin: Handmade in India

Sustainable and Eco-Friendly
Every jute small rug is made from fibres of the jute plant, primarily grown in India and Bangladesh. Jute is a renewable crop that needs very little water and no pesticides to thrive, making it an eco-conscious choice. Alongside its beauty, this rug also provides mild sound absorption and a natural layer of insulation, especially useful on hard floors.
Compare Our Jute Weaves
Not sure which weave is right for you? See how our thin, semi-thick and thick jute rugs compare before making your choice.
Made-to-Measure Options
If you need a custom size, we can create a made-to-order jute rug with a lead time of around three months. Contact us to request a tailored quote for your perfect fit.
Ethical Craftsmanship
Our rugs are woven in Indian workshops that follow International Labour Organisation conventions. Every rug supports fair wages, safe conditions and traditional handcraft techniques in line with the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
About Jute
Jute is a natural vegetable fibre harvested from the stem of the plant. It is biodegradable, renewable and second only to cotton in worldwide use. Strong yet soft, it makes a sustainable choice for rugs while adding authentic texture to interiors.
Do You Need Underlay?
Semi-thick braided rugs like this one are heavy and usually stay in place without underlay. However, if used on hard surfaces such as wood or tiles, anti-slip rug underlay is recommended for extra cushioning and stability. Underlay can also reduce noise and extend the life of your rug.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Care and Maintenance
With proper care, your jute small rug will retain its natural look and feel for years:

 	Vacuum regularly on a low suction setting
 	Blot spills quickly with a clean, dry cloth
 	Avoid damp or humid spaces
 	Rotate occasionally for even wear
 	Trim or tuck in any loose strands if they appear

Like all plant-fibre rugs, jute may shed lightly in the first few months and is not as hardwearing as wool. This is normal and does not affect the quality.
Delivery and Returns

 	In-stock jute rugs are dispatched within 5 working days via UPS
 	Worldwide delivery available with full tracking
 	Returns accepted within 2 days of receipt (buyer covers return postage)
 	Bespoke rugs are non-refundable

Stay Inspired
Browse our full jute rug collection for more styles and sizes, or explore the rest of our shop at Emily’s House London. For styling inspiration, follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon.

### Caput Kilim Turkish Handwoven Striped Rug 150x290cm

Caput Kilim Turkish Handwoven Striped Rug
This vintage Caput Kilim runner is handwoven by the gypsy culture in South Central Turkey. It features a colourful striped design made using a blend of cotton and goat hair. The slightly coarse texture comes from the goat hair, while the cotton adds softness and flexibility.

With a bold mix of colours and a long, narrow shape, this Caput Kilim is ideal for hallways, kitchens, or any space that benefits from a pop of colour—such as a children's room or bathroom.
What Makes Caput Kilim Rugs Unique?
Caput Kilims are known for their tribal yet minimal character. Unlike traditional kilims that use motifs and borders, Caput Kilims feature striped patterns with no framing, creating a simple and contemporary look despite their heritage.

They originate from the Turkish gypsy community, where they were traditionally handwoven by women for practical household use. Life was lived close to the floor, and these rugs served multiple purposes—bedding, floor coverings, blankets and more.
Materials and Practicality
The Mediterranean climate of South Central Turkey is ideal for growing cotton, the primary fibre in these rugs. Goat hair is often included for its water-resistant properties. When exposed to moisture, goat hair expands and helps prevent water from passing through—an important feature for a rug used as bedding or ground cover.
How They're Made
Caput Kilims are created using portable looms, which are rolled up and transported between settlements. These looms allow for weaving only narrow strips, which are later cut and stitched together to create larger pieces. Each rug is one of a kind and reflects the nomadic lifestyle of its makers.
Size and Shape
This particular Caput Kilim measures 150cm wide by 290cm long. If you're unsure what size you need, visit our rug size guide.
Do You Need Underlay?
If you're placing this rug on wood, tile or laminate, we recommend using underlay. Kilims are lightweight and may slide on hard floors. Underlay keeps the rug secure, adds cushioning, reduces noise, and may extend its lifespan.
Care and Maintenance
This Caput Kilim is low-maintenance. Vacuum it using a low suction setting and occasionally flip it to clean the underside. A shake outdoors every few months helps dislodge embedded dust.
Stain Removal Tips

 	Act fast to avoid permanent stains.
 	For spills like wine, start with water to dilute, then blot with a clean towel.
 	Work from the outside in to contain the stain—never rub.
 	Dry thoroughly to prevent damage to the fibres.
 	Avoid bleach or harsh chemicals. These may cause discolouration.

For tough stains or general cleaning, we recommend professional carpet care. Feel free to contact us if you’d like advice.
Delivery and Returns
Your rug will be shipped with UPS within five working days. Worldwide delivery is available, with a small surcharge for remote regions. A tracking link will be provided once dispatched.

If you’re not happy with your purchase, you can return it within 2 days of receipt for a full refund (excluding return postage).
Follow Us
For styling inspiration and new arrivals, follow us on Instagram:
@emilyshouselondon

### Bright Caput Kilim Turkish Handwoven Striped Rug 150x290cm

Bright Caput Kilim Turkish Handwoven Striped Rug
This Bright Caput Kilim is a Turkish handwoven runner, crafted by women from the gypsy culture in South Central Turkey. The rug features a colourful striped design with bold contrast and no border or motifs, giving it a clean, modern look despite its heritage.

Woven using cotton and goat hair, this rug has a slight coarse feel and a tight flatweave that makes it ideal for areas with more footfall such as kitchens and hallways. Its playful use of colour also makes it a great accent in children's rooms or bathrooms.
What Is a Caput Kilim?
Caput Kilims are known for their tribal simplicity. While they reflect traditional weaving practices, their lack of borders and motifs sets them apart from other kilims. They were originally made for domestic use, serving as covers, blankets, bedding or even as flooring protection in homes where life was lived close to the ground.

Unlike traditional nomads, the gypsies of Turkey practised a form of commercial nomadism, selling handcrafted items to support their way of life. These kilims reflect both creativity and practicality in their design and purpose.
Materials and Water Resistance
Bright Caput Kilims are mainly woven from cotton, a material well suited to the hot summers and wet winters of the region. Goat hair is often added for its natural water-resistant qualities. When exposed to moisture, goat hair swells and helps block water from passing through—ideal for use as a floor covering or blanket in outdoor settings.
Made on Portable Looms
These kilims are made on narrow, portable looms designed to be rolled up and carried from place to place. Only narrow strips can be woven on these looms. Larger rugs like this one are created by cutting the strips and sewing them together. The result is a long, narrow rug with character and function in equal measure.
Size and Shape
This Bright Caput Kilim measures 150cm wide and 290cm long. If you're unsure what size works best for your space, check our rug size guide.
Do You Need Underlay?
We recommend underlay if you’re placing the rug on hard flooring such as wood, tiles, or laminate. Underlay prevents slipping, adds comfort underfoot, reduces noise and can extend the life of the rug by reducing friction and movement.
Maintaining and Caring for Your Rug
This Bright Caput Kilim is low maintenance. Vacuum it regularly on a low suction setting. Flip it occasionally to clean the reverse side as well. Giving it a good shake outdoors every few months also helps keep it fresh.
Stain Treatment

 	Act fast: blot spills immediately to avoid permanent marks
 	Dilute with water, then blot with a clean kitchen towel
 	Work from the outside in to contain the stain
 	Never rub the fibres or use bleach
 	Allow the rug to dry thoroughly to prevent damage

For stubborn stains, we recommend using a professional carpet cleaner. If you’re unsure what to do, feel free to contact us for advice.
Delivery and Returns
All orders are shipped via UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide delivery is available, with a small surcharge for remote areas. You’ll receive a tracking link once your rug is dispatched.

If you're not satisfied with your purchase, you can return it within 2 days of receipt for a full refund, excluding postage costs both ways.
Follow Us
For more ideas and rug styling inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

### Checkerboard Rug Navy Blue Short Pile Wool Rug 230x300cm

This Navy Blue Short Pile Rug is not simply woven; it is individually hand-knotted, a meticulous process that guarantees lasting quality and durability. We specifically use premium hand-spun wool because its natural variations provide a subtle colour depth, meaning the checks appear in gentle shades of navy and cream, rather than solid, flat blocks. This creates a more sophisticated texture and superior underfoot comfort.
Bespoke Size and Colour Service
While the impressive 230 x 330cm size is in stock, we offer a full made-to-measure service for this design. If you need a specific size, such as a custom runner or an extra-large statement piece, or if you require a different colour combination, we can accommodate your request.
Please note, the lead time for all custom orders is approximately 3 months. Contact us for a personal quote.
Design Integrity and Application
Handwoven Character
Typical for handmade rugs, this piece possesses subtle character. The checks are intentionally not perfectly symmetrical squares; they feature slight variations in size which contribute to the bespoke charm and handmade look. This quality is the authentic hallmark of a hand-knotted piece.  The short pile height ensures this rug is functional in various spaces: it works beautifully as a sophisticated living room rug, an accent in kitchen areas, or a durable choice for hallways.
Safety and Longevity
We strongly recommend using underlay if this Navy Blue Short Pile Rug is placed on a hard surface (such as wood, laminate, or tiles).
This thin, short-pile construction benefits greatly from underlay, which:

 	Prevents sliding, eliminating a potential safety hazard.
 	Provides extra cushioning, making the rug more comfortable to walk on.
 	Increases longevity by absorbing impact and reducing friction.

Care, Delivery, and Returns
Maintaining and Caring for Your Rug
This Navy Blue Short Pile Rug is relatively low maintenance:

 	Routine Care: Vacuum regularly on a lower suction setting. Dust can accumulate on the reverse side as well, so flip and vacuum the back occasionally. Give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.
 	Stain Treatment: The quicker you deal with spills, the better. Apply water immediately to dilute the stain, then blot gently with a kitchen towel, working from the outside in. Do not rub, as this can damage the yarn. Never use bleach or chemical treatments, as they can strip the colour and leave a white patch. Professional cleaning is recommended for stubborn stains.

Delivery and Availability
This specific Navy Blue Short Pile Rug (230 x 330cm)is currently In Stock and ready for its new home. Your order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Emily’s House London offers worldwide shipping please enquire for shipping cost for delivery if outside of the UK.
Returns Policy
If you are unhappy with your purchase for any reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.

For more inspiration, please follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon

### MADE TO ORDER Checkerboard Rug NAVY BLUE Short Pile Wool Rug

Checkerboard Rug NAVY BLUE Short Pile Wool Rug
THIS RUG COMES MADE-TO-MEASURE WITH A 3 MONTH LEAD TIME!

DIFFERENT COLOUR OPTIONS AVAILABLE

Handwoven with premium wool, this navy blue checkerboard rug is simple yet sophisticated!

It is hand knotted with excellent wool quality and natural hand-spun wool! The latter gives the rug extra depth, instead of using solid block colours, and translates in a more sophisticated and softer look and feel.

It is handmade with soft wool and a very short pile height. The low pile makes it work in many different rooms: it works as a living room rug as well as in kitchen areas or in hallways.

 

Bespoke Size&Colour Combo

This rug can also be made in bespoke sizing and different colour options. Please get in touch if you have any questions or would like a quote.

 

Size

This navy blue checkerboard short pile rug has a large size of 230cm wide and 330cm long.

You can work with your intuitive Feng Shui compass to determine the size but if that is not getting you anywhere, then please find here some guide lines.

 

Handwoven rugs

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this checkerboard design the check motifs are not perfectly square. They have a slight difference in size with yet a symmetrical look and feel.

They are handwoven in shades of its colour instead of solid block colours as of the handspun wool mentioned above.


 

Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.




Please click here for more info on underlay here. 


 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This navy blue short pile checkerboard rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Hardwearing Fine Braided XL Jute Rug 244x335cm

Fine Braided XL Jute Rug 244 x 335 cm
The fine braided XL jute rug is a handwoven piece with a slim profile and tightly braided weave that runs the full length of the rug. With a thickness of less than 1cm, it delivers a sleek and lightweight finish while still offering the strength needed for daily use. Its soft blond tones and refined texture make it a versatile choice for both modern and traditional interiors.
Features of Our Fine Braided XL Jute Rug

 	Handwoven with a fine braided construction for a slim, sleek look
 	Lightweight design with a thickness under 1cm
 	Tightly woven pattern for durability and subtle texture
 	Neutral blond tones that blend easily with any room design
 	Strong build that withstands everyday use

Sustainable Material
This XL jute rug is crafted from fibres of the jute plant, a renewable crop grown mainly in India and Bangladesh. Jute requires little water and no pesticides, making it one of the most sustainable fibres available. In addition to its eco-friendly qualities, it also has natural noise-reducing benefits that bring comfort and warmth into your home.
Ethical Craftsmanship
Each rug is woven in workshops in India that follow International Labour Organization standards, ensuring fair pay, safe working conditions and the preservation of heritage weaving skills. Choosing this XL jute rug supports ethical craftsmanship and traditional methods.
Product Details

 	Shape: Rectangle
 	Thickness: Less than 1cm
 	Construction: Fine braided weave
 	Material: 100% natural jute fibre
 	Origin: India and Bangladesh

Custom Sizes
Our fine braided XL jute rugs can also be woven to order for bespoke sizes. Made-to-measure rugs require a lead time of three months. Please contact us for quotes or specific enquiries.
Stock Availability
Browse our current stock [here] to see which XL jute rugs are ready for immediate delivery.
Underlay Recommendation
Due to its lightweight profile, we recommend using an underlay if the rug is placed on wood, tile or laminate floors. Underlay prevents slipping, adds extra comfort underfoot, reduces noise and can help extend the life of your rug. Heavier braided jute rugs may not need underlay, but finer weaves like this benefit from the added support.
Care Instructions
To keep your XL jute rug looking its best:

 	Vacuum regularly on a low suction setting
 	Blot spills immediately with a clean, dry cloth
 	Trim or tuck in any loose threads
 	Rotate occasionally to balance natural wear
 	Avoid damp or humid environments

Please note: jute rugs cannot be machine washed. As with all plant fibre rugs, they may fade or stain over time, so careful maintenance is recommended.
Delivery and Returns

 	In-stock rugs dispatch within 5 working days
 	Worldwide delivery available
 	Tracking details provided once shipped
 	Returns accepted within 2 days (buyer covers postage both ways)
 	Made-to-order rugs are non-refundable

Compare Jute Weaves
The fine braided XL jute rug has a slim, refined finish that suits lighter styling. If you prefer a bolder look, our semi-thick and thick braided jute rugs offer greater depth and texture, allowing you to compare styles before choosing the right option for your home.
Add Natural Elegance With an XL Jute Rug
An XL jute rug brings natural fibres, handwoven detail and everyday durability into one piece. Its fine braided weave and soft blond tones create warmth and texture, making it a versatile addition to living rooms, bedrooms and dining areas.

### MADE-TO-MEASURE FINE Braided Jute Rug Blond Hardwearing

FINE Braided Jute Rug: textured and durable
 

Durable FINE Jute: This sleek option is less than 1cm thick and features an elegant, fine braided texture. With a tightly woven design that runs the length of the rug, it adds visual interest to a space! It has a neutral soft blond colour palette and elegant appearance while maintaining a sturdy quality that withstands daily use.

Made from the fibres of the jute plant, which is primarily grown in India and Bangladesh, these rugs don’t only look beautiful but also have noise-reduction properties and are eco-friendly, as jute is a renewable resource that requires little water and no pesticides to grow.

3 WAYS OF DOING JUTE
Check out here how our jute options compare with one another.


 

Made-to-measure jute Rug: Made-to-Order

A jute rug can be custom-made to meet your specific size needs, with a minimum lead time of three months.

If you have any questions or would like a quote, please feel free to reach out to us here.

 

Stock

Please click here to see what is ready for immediate delivery.

 

Production 


The rugs are woven in a workshop in India complying with ILO conventions and recommendations, good working conditions and fair wages in line with The Universal Declaration of Human Rights and key UN conventions.


 





Vegetable fibre

Jute is a vegetable fibre that is extracted from the stem of the jute plant. It is an eco-friendly material that is biodegradable and renewable, so these rugs are a great choice for those who are looking for an environmentally friendly option.

 


When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles. In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place. Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on.

“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

What’s more, underlay offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.

Our thick braided jute rugs are heavy and do not necessarily need underlay. 

Our thin braided jute rugs have a lighter weight and could benefit from underlay especially on a wood flooring. 

Please click here for more info on underlay here. 


 


Maintaining and caring for your carpet


Unlike wool rugs, jute rugs cannot typically be washed. Instead, it is recommended to quickly blot any stains with a clean towel to absorb as much of the spill as possible. To keep jute rugs looking their best, regularly vacuum them on a low setting and trim any loose strands or tuck them back in. The thick braided jute rug is reversible, allowing for use on both sides. The thin braided jute rug is more durable due to its tight weave, but can only be used with one side facing up due to the soumak weave.



Rugs made from plant fibres are prone to staining and fading over time. They do require some TLC and are not as hardwearing and durable as for example, wool rugs.

There are some things you can do:

 	Vacuum on a low suction setting to avoid damaging the fibers.
 	Spot clean any spills or stains immediately with a clean, damp cloth. Be gentle with the rug to avoid causing any damage.
 	Avoid placing the rug in areas with high humidity, as this can cause the fibers to weaken and break down over time.
 	Rotate the rug periodically to ensure even wear and tear.




 






Delivery and returns 

Jute rugs in stock will be dispatched within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available.

Once your order is on its way, you will receive a tracking number.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


Bespoke jute rugs are made according to your specific requirements and are non-refundable.

 

Follow us:

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






Gallery Image Photo Credit: ROMO ‘s Autumn Winter 2024 collection, beautifully captured by the talented @damianrussell_ for romo_fabrics! Our slim braided jute rug boasts a distinctive and chic design, showcasing a textured braided structure. It’s a versatile option that not only enhances your décor but also serves as a practical floor covering. Showing here with Shiri drapes in copper, and cushions from the Ottavia Collection @romo_fabrics

### Beni Mguild Blue Geometric Moroccan Berber Rug 172x220cm

Beni Mguild Blue Geometric Moroccan Berber Rug 172x220cm
This beautiful Beni Mguild rug is hand knotted in Morocco with a bold pattern featuring geometric shapes, tribal motifs and abstract designs in striking blue palette.

The rug has a medium pile height with a luxurious texture and is handwoven by skilled artisans using traditional techniques passed down through generations.

Beni Mguild rugs are  works of art that hail from the rich tradition of Moroccan rug-making. These rugs are typically made from high-quality, natural materials such as wool, which is hand-spun and dyed using traditional methods. The result is a rug with eye catching design that is soft, durable and versatile, making it a practical choice for both modern and traditional interiors.

The rug is one of the older pieces of its kind and has a beautiful patination. It is Midcentury, in good condition and has a large size of 172cm wide and 220cm long.

 

 

Handwoven Berber rugs


This Midcentury Berber rug is handwoven by Berber women from the Beni Mguild tribe. Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. They use a complex knotting technique that has been passed down from generation to generation, from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self-discipline.

Each rug is a labor of love, taking several weeks or even months to complete, depending on the size and intricacy of the design.

It is certain that the Berber woman at her home loom knew nothing about artistic trends in other parts of the world. Instead, their creations derive from deep connections to their tribe, involving countless hours of introspection, unwavering commitment and meticulous workmanship, regardless of the time invested. Such devotion is essential in the creation of artistic carpets.

 




Size and shape

This Midcentury Beni Mguild rug has a large size of 172cm wide and 220cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.




 

Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.



 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Beni Berber rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Contemporary Light Blue Hand Knotted Berber Rug 175x265cm

Contemporary Light Blue Hand Knotted Berber Rug 175x265cm
 

This beautiful contemporary Berber rug is hand knotted with an abstract design in red and pinks on a striking light blue background.

The rug has a medium pile height with a soft luxurious texture that is handmade with high-quality wool.

This eye-catching contemporary rug has a medium size of 175cm wide and 265cm long.

 

 

Artisan weavers 


This light blue contemporary Berber rug is handwoven in a cooperative of artisan weavers. They use traditional weaving techniques that have been passed down through generations, using 100% high-quality wool. All materials are sourced locally and help maintain the ecology of the environment around the Middle Atlas area through effective land and livestock management.

Each rug is a labor of love, taking several weeks or even months to complete, depending on the size and intricacy of the design.

 




Size and shape

This contemporary striking light blue Berber rug has a medium size of 175cm wide and 265cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.




 

Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.



 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan contemporary light blue rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Midcentury Berber Rug From Beni Ouarain REVERSIBLE 197x340cm

Midcentury Berber Rug From Beni Ouarain 197x340cm
 

This beautiful midcentury Berber rug is hand knotted by women from the Beni Ouarain tribe. It has a simple geometric design in light brown on a natural white wool background.

The rug is one of the older pieces of its kind and has a beautiful patination. It is Midcentury, in good condition and has a large size of 197cm wide and 340cm long.

The rug has a timeless and chic look that can easily complement a variety of home decor styles. Its texture is soft with a low height wool pile, making it a popular choice for living rooms or bedrooms.

 

 

Handwoven Berber rugs


This Midcentury Berber rug is handwoven by Berber women from the Beni Ouarain tribe. Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. They use a complex knotting technique that has been passed down from generation to generation, from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self-discipline.

Each rug is a labor of love, taking several weeks or even months to complete, depending on the size and intricacy of the design.

 




Size and shape

This Midcentury Beni Ouarain rug has a large size of 197cm wide and 340cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.




 

Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.



 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Beni Berber rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Checkerboard Green Midcentury Moroccan Rug REVERSIBLE 205x322cm

Checkerboard Green Midcentury Moroccan Rug 205x322cm
 

This beautiful checkerboard Moroccan rug originates from the Boujaad area in the foothills of the Atlas Mountains. It is hand knotted with a low pile height and with 100% wool. It has a striking checkerboard pattern in hand-dyed colours of orange, red and stunning shades of green.

Boujaad rugs are also known for their warm and cozy texture, making them perfect for adding a touch of Moroccan style to any home. They are ideal for adding a pop of color to a room, or for creating a cozy and inviting atmosphere.

In addition to their beauty, Boujaad rugs are also prized for their durability and quality. These rugs are handwoven by skilled artisans using traditional techniques that have been passed down through generations. Each rug is a unique piece of art, with no two rugs being exactly alike.

This checkerboard green Moroccan rug is Midcentury and has a good large size of 205x322cm

 

 

Boujaad Checkerboard Green Rug 

The area of Boujaad is known for their free form rugs and daring use of colours. Boujaad weavers are less traditional than for example in the High or Middle Atlas Mountains and often use eye-catching patterns and bold intricate designs. These designs are a reflection of the rich history and cultural heritage of the diverse Berber people living in that area.

 




Tribal rugs


This  Moroccan Berber rug from Boujaad is a piece of folk art!


Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities.

Knowledge and skills are passed on from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

This means that every rag rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalised through the weavers choice of colours and motifs.



 

Size and shape

This Moroccan Berber runner in pink has a large size of 205cm wide and 322cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.


 



Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.




 


 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug in green checkerboard is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Hardwearing Fine Braided Cream Jute Rug 200x300cm

200x300cm Cream Jute Rug – Fine Braided Weave
Woven from natural jute fibres grown in India and Bangladesh, this cream jute rug combines subtle style with everyday practicality. Jute is a renewable plant that grows quickly, needs little water, and is free from chemical treatments. Its dense flat weave helps reduce noise, making it ideal for busy homes and shared spaces.
See the Difference Between Our Jute Rugs
We offer a selection of jute styles with varying textures and finishes. Compare our full range here.
Custom Sizes Available
Need a different size? We can create a made-to-measure cream jute rug to fit your space. Please allow around three months for completion. Contact us for a quote.
Ready to Ship
Explore our in-stock jute rugs for immediate delivery options.
Responsible Production
This Emily's House rug is handwoven in India in workshops that meet International Labour Organisation standards. We work only with partners who offer fair wages, safe environments, and ethical working conditions.
Underlay Advice
Planning to place your rug on wood, tile, or other smooth flooring? Underlay is recommended to prevent slipping and add comfort underfoot. While heavier braided rugs often stay put on their own, this thinner cream jute rug benefits from extra grip on hard surfaces.
Care Instructions
Jute rugs are not washable. For best results:

 	Vacuum gently using low suction
 	Blot spills immediately with a clean, dry cloth
 	Avoid damp or humid rooms
 	Rotate occasionally to even out wear

As a natural fibre, jute will show some changes in tone and texture over time. To extend the life of your cream jute rug, avoid using it in moisture-prone areas like bathrooms or utility rooms.
Shipping and Returns
In-stock rugs are dispatched within 5 working days. We ship internationally and provide tracking details once your order leaves the studio.

If you're not satisfied, you can return the rug within 2 days of receiving it. Return postage is payable both ways. Made-to-order rugs are final sale and cannot be returned.
See It Styled
For styling ideas and customer photos featuring the cream jute rug, follow @emilyshouselondon on Instagram.
Photo credit: This 200x300cm cream jute rug appears in ROMO’s Autumn Winter 2024 shoot, photographed by @damianrussell_ for ROMO. Pictured with copper Shiri drapes and Ottavia collection cushions.

### Turkish Kilim Midcentury Flat-weave Floral 156x265cm

Turkish Kilim Midcentury Flat-weave Floral 156x265cm
This is a flat-woven rug originating from Konya, a city in Turkey known for its rich history in weaving and textiles. This kilim is characterised by an embroidered floral pattern on a striped cotton background. Its colour palette is subtle on the base with a more vibrant floral motifs in pinks, ochres, greens and oranges.

In terms of construction, Konya kilims are handwoven using a technique that results in a tight and durable weave. The patterns are created by interweaving different colored threads on a flat loom, giving the kilims a smooth and even surface. The craftsmanship and attention to detail put into creating these rugs make them highly valued for their beauty and quality.

Konya kilims are all unique and have an artistic appeal. They serve not only as decorative pieces but also as pieces of art that reflect the heritage and craftsmanship of the Turkish people.

For more kilim rug options currently in stock, please click here.

 


Size and shape

This striped Konya kilim has a medium size of 154cm wide and 265cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Underlay 

Kilim rugs or flat-weaves typically do not have a pile of wool on one side and as such they are much lighter and thinner than pile rugs. If placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles, you may wish to add an underlay to prevent slipping or sliding and to keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

Please click here for more info on underlay here. 

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This Turkish Konya kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote locations.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.

 

Follow us: 


For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Beni Ouarain Marmoucha Midcentury Large Size 193x296cm

Beni Ouarain Marmoucha Midcentury Large Size  193x296cm
This beautiful midcentury Berber rug is hand knotted by women from the Beni Ouarain tribe. It has a simple geometric design in shades of charcoal brown on a natural white wool background. It has accents of colour in yellow blue and red which are very unusual for its area and design.

The rug is one of the older pieces of its kind and has a beautiful patination. It is Midcentury, in good condition and has a large size of 193x296cm long.

The rug has a timeless and chic look that can easily complement a variety of home decor styles. Its texture is soft with a low to medium height wool pile.

 

 

Handwoven Berber rugs


This Midcentury Berber rug is handwoven by Berber women from the Beni Ouarain tribe. Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. They use a complex knotting technique that has been passed down from generation to generation, from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self-discipline.

Each rug is a labor of love, taking several weeks or even months to complete, depending on the size and intricacy of the design.

 




Size and shape

This Midcentury Beni Ouarain rug has a large size of 193cm wide and 296cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.




 

Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.



 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Beni Berber rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.


If you need further advise on washing or particular stain removal, please do get in touch.


 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Large Marmoucha Handwoven Berber Rug REVERSIBLE 200x330cm

Large Marmoucha Handwoven Berber Rug 200x330cm

### Blue Moroccan Berber Rug Midcentury Mrirt 200x305cm

Blue Moroccan Berber Rug Midcentury Mrirt 200x305cm

### Moroccan Ait Bouchaouen Rug Colourful Geometric 190x310cm

Moroccan Ait Bouchaouen Rug Colourful Geometric 190x310cm.
 

This beautiful Art Bouchaouen carpet with colourful geometric design is a type of traditional Moroccan carpet that originates from the Art Bouguemez Valley in the Atlas Mountains if Morocco. It is handwoven with traditional weaving techniques, a cgeometric design in vibrant colours, using high quality wool that is sourced from local sheep which results in a soft and durable carpet.

 

Handwoven Berber rugs


This Moroccan rug is handwoven by Berber women. Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. They use a complex knotting technique that has been passed down from generation to generation, from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self-discipline.

Each rug is a labor of love, taking several weeks or even months to complete, depending on the size and intricacy of the design. This is not only a demonstration of true craftsmanship but also serves as a genuine testimonial of authentic handicraft.

It is certain that the Berber women who skillfully created these carpets at home knew nothing about artistic trends in other parts of the world. Instead, their creations derive from deep connections to their tribe, involving countless hours of introspection, unwavering commitment and meticulous workmanship, regardless of the time invested. Such devotion is essential in the creation of artistic carpets where creativity and authenticity are paramount and only shows us that today's hyperconnectivity might not be necessary in expanding our worlds.










 

Size and shape

This Midcentury Moroccan Boujaad rug has a large size of 190cm wide and 310cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.







Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.




 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug in is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Moroccan Berber Rug Mixed Materials 150x245cm

Moroccan Berber Rug Mixed Materials 150x245cm

### Moroccan Berber Rug 200x275cm

Moroccan Berber Rug 200x275cm

Low pile height

Soft wool texture

 

### Moroccan Azilal Rug Abstract Design 160x230cm

Moroccan Azilal Rug Abstract Design 160x230cm

### Contemporary Blue Berber Rug 168x253cm

Contemporary Blue Berber Rug 173x263cm

### Vintage Moroccan Berber Talsint 170x270cm

Vintage Moroccan Berber Talsint 170x270cm

### Pink Moroccan Zaiane Berber Rug Midcentury Large 185x305cm

Pink Moroccan Zaiane Berber Rug Midcentury Large 185x305cm
 

This Beautiful Zaiane Berber rug is handwoven with a durable wool pile that is low in height and soft to touch. Its colour palette is pink with some areas more pink than others and a geometric design in yellow and orange in the background.

It has a good large size of 185cm wide and 305cm long.

The rug is Midcentury and in excellent condition.




 

Handcrafted

The Zaiane Berber rugs are meticulously handwoven by Berber women. Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. They use a complex knotting technique that has been passed down from generation to generation, from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self-discipline.

Each rug is a labor of love, taking several weeks or even months to complete, depending on the size and intricacy of the design.

 

Zaiane Berber rug

Zaiane Berber rugs are exquisite handcrafted pieces that originate from the Zaiane region of the Atlas Mountains in Morocco. These rugs are considered one of the finest examples of traditional Berber weaving techniques and have gained recognition worldwide for their unique beauty and craftsmanship.

What sets the Zaiane Berber rugs apart is their distinct and intricate patterns. These rugs often feature geometric motifs, bold shapes, and a combination of vibrant colors. The designs are symbolic and tell stories of the weaver's cultural heritage and daily life, representing fertility, protection, and warding off evil spirits, each design tells a tale of ancestral wisdom and craftsmanship.

Aside from their visual appeal, Zaiane Berber rugs are known for their durability and longevity. These rugs are made from high-quality wool, which not only provides warmth and comfort but also makes them resistant to fraying and wear. The short wool pile can withstand heavy foot traffic, making them perfect for both residential and commercial spaces.

 






Size and shape

This Midcentury Moroccan Zaiane Berber rug has a large size of 185x305cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.




 

Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.



 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug in is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Red Navy Teal Moroccan Zaiane Berber Area Rug 183x320cm

Red Navy Teal Moroccan Zaiane Berber Area Rug 183x320cm
 

This Beautiful Zaiane Berber rug is handwoven with a durable wool pile that is low in height and soft to touch. Its colour palette is red with a geometric design in navy blue, white and teal green.

It has a good large size of 183cm wide and 320cm long.

The rug is Midcentury and in excellent condition.




 

Handcrafted

The Zaiane Berber rugs are meticulously handwoven by Berber women. Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. They use a complex knotting technique that has been passed down from generation to generation, from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self-discipline.

Each rug is a labor of love, taking several weeks or even months to complete, depending on the size and intricacy of the design.

 

Zaiane Berber rug

Zaiane Berber rugs are exquisite handcrafted pieces that originate from the Zaiane region of the Atlas Mountains in Morocco. These rugs are considered one of the finest examples of traditional Berber weaving techniques and have gained recognition worldwide for their unique beauty and craftsmanship.

What sets the Zaiane Berber rugs apart is their distinct and intricate patterns. These rugs often feature geometric motifs, bold shapes, and a combination of vibrant colors. The designs are symbolic and tell stories of the weaver's cultural heritage and daily life, representing fertility, protection, and warding off evil spirits, each design tells a tale of ancestral wisdom and craftsmanship.

Aside from their visual appeal, Zaiane Berber rugs are known for their durability and longevity. These rugs are made from high-quality wool, which not only provides warmth and comfort but also makes them resistant to fraying and wear. The short wool pile can withstand heavy foot traffic, making them perfect for both residential and commercial spaces.

 






Size and shape

This Midcentury Moroccan Zaiane Berber rug has a large size of 183x320cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.




 

Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.



 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug in is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Zaiane Berber Rug Red White Geometric Design Large 190x300

Zaiane Berber Rug Red White Geometric Design Large 190x300
 

This Beautiful Zaiane Berber rug is handwoven with a durable wool pile that is low in height and soft to touch. Its colour palette is red with a white geometric design.

It has a good large size of 190cm wide and 300cm long.

The rug is Midcentury and in excellent condition.




 

Handcrafted

The Zaiane Berber rugs are meticulously handwoven by Berber women. Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. They use a complex knotting technique that has been passed down from generation to generation, from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self-discipline.

Each rug is a labor of love, taking several weeks or even months to complete, depending on the size and intricacy of the design.

 

Zaiane Berber rug

Zaiane Berber rugs are exquisite handcrafted pieces that originate from the Zaiane region of the Atlas Mountains in Morocco. These rugs are considered one of the finest examples of traditional Berber weaving techniques and have gained recognition worldwide for their unique beauty and craftsmanship.

What sets the Zaiane Berber rugs apart is their distinct and intricate patterns. These rugs often feature geometric motifs, bold shapes, and a combination of vibrant colors. The designs are symbolic and tell stories of the weaver's cultural heritage and daily life, representing fertility, protection, and warding off evil spirits, each design tells a tale of ancestral wisdom and craftsmanship.

Aside from their visual appeal, Zaiane Berber rugs are known for their durability and longevity. These rugs are made from high-quality wool, which not only provides warmth and comfort but also makes them resistant to fraying and wear. The short wool pile can withstand heavy foot traffic, making them perfect for both residential and commercial spaces.

 






Size and shape

This Midcentury Moroccan Zaiane Berber rug has a large size of 190x300cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.




 

Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.



 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug in is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Pink Moroccan Handwoven Rug 195x310cm

Pink Moroccan Handwoven Rug 195x310cm

### Pale Pink With Green Large Handwoven Berber Rug 200x302cm

Pale Pink With Green Large Handwoven Berber Rug 200x302cm
 

This Midcentury Moroccan rug in pale pink is handwoven by Berber women from the area of Zaiane in the Middle Atlas Mountains.

It has a traditional Zaiane design with a distinct geometric pattern in diamonds with a symmetrical and repetitive design. Its colour palette has aged nicely into faded pink with accents in green.

The rug is handwoven with natural wool, giving the rug a soft and durable texture. Its pile of wool is low and can withstand some wear and tear.

Zaiane rugs also have cultural significance in Morocco. They are often used as floor coverings or wall hangings, adding a touch of Moroccan heritage and vibrant aesthetics to any space.

This Zaiane rug has a medium size of 200x305cm and is in good vintage condition without any repairs.

 



Handwoven rugs

This Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug from Zaiane is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of tribal handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a semi symmetrical and repetitive geometric design in earthy tones of pink with accents in green.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Tribal rugs 

This Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug is a piece of folk art!

Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed on from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter, with skills being acquired through observation, practice and self discipline.

One of the most significant attributes of a tribal handwoven rug is its uniqueness. It’s design , pattern and choice of colour is rooted in the cultural background of the maker, yet tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow, which means that every weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.


This means that every tribal rug is therefore a highly personalised form of self-expression and that no two rugs are ever alike. How traditional berber women, living fairly remote and local lifestyles had access to so much creativity is a different question all together. It may just imply that today’s hyper-connectivity may not be essential to the expansion of our selves creatively.



 

Size and shape

This Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug has a medium size of 200x305cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.


For more rugs, please click here


For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles. In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place. Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.




Please click here for more info on underlay here. 

 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug in is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Beni Benchegra Rug Grey Blue Geometric 175x280cm

Beautiful Beni Benchegra Rug Grey Blue Geometric 175x280cm
Beautiful Beni Benchegra, handwoven by Berber women with looped pile and a simple geometric design in light grey and cobalt blue.

It is handwoven in the Atlas Mountains by artisan weavers with a low pile height and elegant looped texture. The natural wool used is slightly pale rather than bright white. This rug is vintage and in excellent condition.

 
Craftswomen
This rug is handwoven by Berber women. Rug making is traditionally carried out by women in Berber communities, with knowledge passed down through generations. Skills are learned through observation and disciplined practice.
Middle Atlas Berber rug
This Benchegra rug comes from the Middle Atlas Mountains, known for high-quality wool production. The Beni Ouarain tribes maintain a semi-nomadic lifestyle, moving between mountain pastures and lowland areas seasonally.

Rugs from this region were made for daily use as bedding or floor coverings, with simple designs preferred for practicality. This rug features a looped pile with a geometric design in soft grey and cobalt blue.
Size and shape
This Midcentury Moroccan Benchegra rug has a medium size of 175x280 cm.

If you're unsure what size you need, view our rug sizing guide.
Underlay: When do I need it?
Underlay is recommended for lightweight rugs or those placed on hard floors like wood, tile or laminate. It helps prevent slipping, adds cushioning, reduces noise, and can extend the life of your rug.

 
Maintaining and caring for your rug
This vintage Berber rug is low maintenance. Vacuum gently using a low setting. Occasionally vacuum the reverse side to remove hidden dust. Shake the rug outdoors every few months to keep it fresh.
Stain treatment
Act quickly to prevent stains. Dilute spills with water and blot with a kitchen towel, starting at the edges. Do not rub. Ensure the rug dries thoroughly to prevent damage. Avoid bleach or chemical products as they may leave a white mark. For persistent stains, contact a professional cleaner—we’re happy to advise.
Delivery and returns
Your order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide delivery is available, with a small surcharge for remote locations. A tracking number will be provided once the rug is on its way.

If you're not happy with your purchase, return the rug within 2 days of receipt for a full refund, excluding return postage.
Follow us
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

See what our customers think about Emily’s House

### Beni Benchegra Berber Rug Square Size 190x235cm

 
Beni Benchegra Berber Rug Square Size 190x235cm
Beautiful Beni Benchegra, handwoven by Berber women with looped pile and a simple, elegant design in teal, red and black on a natural white wool background.

This rug is handwoven in the Atlas Mountains by artisan weavers. It has a low pile height and an elegant looped texture. The rug is Midcentury and in excellent condition.

 
Craftswomen
This rug is handwoven by Berber women. Rug making is a female tradition in Berber communities, passed down from mother to daughter through observation and discipline.
Middle Atlas Berber rug
This Benchegra Berber rug comes from the Middle Atlas Mountains, a region known for its sheep and wool quality. The Beni Ouarain tribes have a semi-nomadic lifestyle, moving their flocks seasonally.

Originally woven for daily life, used as bedding, blankets or floor protection, these rugs often feature simple designs for practicality. This piece has a looped pile and a minimal design in teal, red and black on a natural wool background.
Size and shape
This Midcentury Moroccan Benchegra rug has a square format, measuring 190x235 cm.

If you’re unsure about the best size, view our rug sizing guide.
Underlay: When do I need it?
Use underlay if your rug is lightweight or placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles. Underlay prevents slipping, adds comfort, reduces noise, and can extend the life of your rug.

Read more about underlay options here.
Maintaining and caring for your rug
This Midcentury Moroccan rug is low maintenance. Vacuum it occasionally on a low setting. Flip and vacuum the reverse side periodically, as dust can collect underneath. Shake it outdoors every few months to refresh the fibres.
Stain treatment
Treat spills quickly. Dilute with water and blot with a kitchen towel, working from the outside in. Avoid rubbing. Once wet, dry the rug thoroughly to prevent rotting. Do not use bleach or harsh chemicals, as these may leave permanent marks. For stubborn stains, professional cleaning is recommended. Contact us for help if needed.
Delivery and returns
Orders are dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available, with a small fee for remote areas. A tracking number will be provided once the order is shipped. You may return your item within 2 days of delivery for a full refund, excluding return postage.
Follow us
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

See what our customers think about Emily’s House

### Bold Handwoven Moroccan Vintage Teal Blue Berber Rug 156x230cm

Handwoven Heritage and Authenticity
This Teal Blue Berber Rug carries the weaving traditions of the Boujaad region, where techniques are passed through families over generations. Each piece is woven by hand on a traditional loom, giving it a texture and finish that cannot be produced by modern machinery. The slight unevenness in pile height and tone is part of its history. These natural variations add depth and make the rug feel alive in a room.

We source from co operatives in the Atlas Mountains and each rug is professionally cleaned, checked and prepared before leaving Morocco. You receive a genuine vintage piece that is ready for immediate use.
Colour and Design
This rug has a pure teal blue surface with no pattern. The colour shifts gently depending on light, giving movement without strong contrast. The fine black wool border gives definition and helps anchor the rug in the room. The finishing tassels add a soft handmade touch.

Because the design is simple, the colour becomes the main feature. It works especially well in homes that enjoy bold tones or a clean, uncluttered style.
Styling Ideas for Your Home
Colour Rich Homes
You can place this vintage rug under a bed, beside a sofa or in an open living area. The teal brings a clear focal point that pairs well with warm woods, brass, plants or darker accent pieces.
Minimalist Interiors
The plain field suits simple rooms with clean lines. It brings colour without pattern, which helps keep the space calm and uncluttered.
Eclectic Spaces
Layer this Berber with textiles, cushions or collected objects. The solid colour acts as a grounding base for a more creative mix.
Sustainability and Long Term Value
Natural Materials
The rug is woven entirely from natural sheep’s wool. Wool is durable, renewable and naturally insulating.
Sustainable Choice
By choosing a vintage piece, you support slower production methods that use traditional skills instead of mass manufacturing.
Long Term Value
Vintage Boujaad rugs hold their appeal. Each one is individual, giving you something that feels personal and stays relevant as your home evolves.
Care and Maintenance
Vacuum on a low suction setting and rotate occasionally to help it wear evenly. Avoid beater bars as they can pull the pile.
Blot any spills with a clean cloth.
For deep cleaning, use a wool specialist or a service experienced in vintage rugs.
Delivery and Availability
This is a single, one off piece.
At Emily's House, the delivery cost is dependent on the rug, with worldwide shipping also available. International customers can select the request a quote option at checkout to receive a shipping price before purchase. Each rug is packed carefully for transport.
Why Choose This Teal Blue Berber Rug?
A solid teal rug of this size and quality is rare in vintage Boujaad weaving. Its colour makes an immediate impact, while the handmade texture brings warmth and history. It offers both visual strength and quiet simplicity, making it a versatile piece for homes that want something original and full of character.

### Pale Patterned Geometric Handwoven Berber Rug 175x250cm

Pale Patterned Geometric Handwoven Berber Rug 175x250cm
 

Handwoven with premium materials this Moroccan Berber rug from Zemmour has a very short hardwearing pile with beautiful geometric patterns.

 

### Handwoven Pink and Yellow Berber Rug 175 x 290cm

This Pink and Yellow Berber Rug is a product of deep Moroccan weaving traditions, created by Berber women using techniques passed down through generations. Unlike mass-produced rugs, every knot is placed by hand on a traditional loom, guaranteeing superior quality and durability.

Our Guarantee: We partner directly with artisan co-operatives in the Atlas Mountains. The use of premium virgin wool and natural dyes ensures a rug that is both soft and sustainable. This commitment supports ethical production and preserves the authentic art of Moroccan weaving.
Unique Design and Vibrant Colour Palette
The design is bold yet cheerful, showcasing expressive diamond and abstract geometric patterns. Dominant shades of soft pink and sunny yellow are balanced by subtle neutral wool tones. The colours are derived from high-quality natural pigments, guaranteeing they remain rich and vibrant for years to come. Like traditional Moroccan rugs, this striking Pink and Yellow Berber Rug offers a wonderfully warm and optimistic feel, instantly brightening any room.
Styling Ideas for Your Home
The optimistic colours of this statement Pink and Yellow Berber Rug bring a lively, positive energy to any interior.

 	Mid-Century Modern: The abstract design and bold colours work perfectly with teak wood and clean lines, creating a playful focal point.
 	Contemporary Spaces: Use it to introduce warmth and texture to minimalist or neutral rooms, allowing the pink and yellow hues to instantly lift the atmosphere.

Whether positioned in a child’s room, a light-filled conservatory, or a creative living area, this Pink and Yellow Berber Rug adds warmth, texture, and individuality.
Sustainability and Long-Term Value
Choosing a newly handwoven Berber rug means investing in sustainability and lasting value.

 	Natural Materials: This rug is woven from 100% natural sheep’s wool, which is renewable, naturally insulating, and highly durable, a sound choice for everyday use.
 	Ethical Production: By choosing a genuine handwoven piece, you are directly supporting sustainable practices and traditional artisan economies.

Care and Maintenance for Your Wool Berber Rug
With the right care, your investment will last for decades.

 	Routine Care: Vacuum regularly on a low suction setting to maintain freshness, and rotate occasionally to ensure even wear. Avoid using a beater bar as this can damage the high pile.
 	Spills: For spills, blot gently with a clean cloth, avoiding rubbing, which can spread the stain.
 	Deep Cleaning: A professional wool cleaning service, specialising in thick pile rugs, is recommended every few years to protect the wool and maintain its rich colours.

Delivery, Availability, and Final Thoughts
Delivery and Availability
This specific Pink and Yellow Berber Rug is currently In Stock and ready to ship. Emily’s House London offers delivery across the UK, with worldwide shipping available for international buyers. At checkout, overseas customers can select the ‘request-a-quote’ option to receive a tailored shipping cost before finalising the order. Every rug is carefully packaged to ensure safe delivery.
Why Invest in This Pink and Yellow Berber Rug?
A rug is more than decoration; it is a foundation that adds texture and reflects your personal style. This Pink and Yellow Berber Rug combines vibrant colour with authentic craftsmanship, offering both function and a joyful aesthetic. By choosing this genuine, handwoven piece, you bring warmth, luxury,
and Moroccan artistry into your home.

### 400x450cm Jute Rug Thick Braided Natural Plant Fibres

400x450cm Jute Rug Thick Braided Natural Plant Fibres

 

Our jute rugs are a popular choice for many homeowners and for good reason!

They are incredibly diverse and a natural way to add warmth and texture to any space. They are handwoven with a thick braided natural colour weave and 4 raised borders.


The weave is the same on both sides so this makes every rug reversible too. They have a soft texture and a thickness of 1 cm with up to 1.5cm on the borders (think about doors opening and closing).

Made from the fibres of the jute plant, which is primarily grown in India and Bangladesh, these rugs don't only look beautiful but also have insulating and noise-reduction properties. What’s more, they are eco-friendly, as jute is a renewable resource that requires little water and no pesticides to grow, so a sustainable choice for environmentally-conscious consumers.

 

Bespoke Jute Rug: Made-to-Order

A jute rug can be made-to-order to fit your specific requirements with a minimum 3 month lead time.

For questions and quotes, please do get in touch here

 

Stock

Please click here to see what is ready for immediate delivery.

 

Production 


The rugs are woven in a workshop in India complying with ILO conventions and recommendations, good working conditions and fair wages in line with The Universal Declaration of Human Rights and key UN conventions.


 

Jute 


Jute is a long soft material that can be spun into coarse strong threads. It is one of the most affordable plant fibres, and second only to cotton in the amount produced and variety of uses.

The jute plant needs standing water to thrive. The suitable climate for growing jute is warm and wet and therefore South India is great for jute production with its monsoon climate, humidity and temperatures from 20-40degrees.

 


Vegetable fibre

Jute is a vegetable fibre that is extracted from the stem of the jute plant. It is an eco-friendly material that is biodegradable and renewable, so these rugs are a great choice for those who are looking for an environmentally friendly option. However jute rugs are not as durable as for example wool rugs are and therefore they do come with a few downsides.

Due to the nature of the material, there will be some shedding. We do everything we can do minimise this (like heat treatment) but it can not be completely avoided. The shedding can be minimised by vacuuming gently on a low setting and avoid placing it in high traffic areas.

Due to the thickness of this weave, there will be some loose strands popping out over time. They can just be cut off or tucked in again. Choosing something with a more tight weave can reduce this or choosing for a different material all together, like wool, can be a more durable option.

It is worth re-mentioning here that these jute rugs have been made reversible, so if one side becomes worn you can turn them around.

 

Underlay 

These Emily's House rugs have a heavy weight to them and should not move around. However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


Please click here for more info on underlay here. 


 


Maintaining and caring for your carpet

Rugs made from plant fibres are prone to staining and fading over time. They do require some TLC and are not as hardwearing and durable as for example, wool rugs.

There are some things you can do:

 	Vacuum on a low suction setting to avoid damaging the fibers.
 	Spot clean any spills or stains immediately with a clean, damp cloth. Be gentle with the rug to avoid causing any damage.
 	Avoid placing the rug in areas with high humidity, as this can cause the fibers to weaken and break down over time.
 	Rotate the rug periodically to ensure even wear and tear.




 






Delivery and returns 

Jute rugs in stock will be dispatched within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available.

Once your order is on its way, you will receive a tracking number.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


Bespoke jute rugs are made according to your specific requirements and are non-refundable.

For more inspiration, please follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon












Front Image Photo credit: ROMO x TEMPERLEY collab where fashion and interiors unit! The Romo group took a dive into the Temperley archives and came up with some magnificent fabrics wall coverings and trimmings.



Photo credit @colefaxandfowler, Stylist: Sally Denning @sallydenningstylist, Photographer: Jan Baldwin @janbaldwin

Photo credit @manuelcanovasparis in Balangan wallpaper on walls and ceiling is kiwi, styles by the talented @alibronstylist 



 

### Handwoven Grey Striped Rug - Wool Kilim 307 x 400cm

White and Grey Striped Kilim Rug 307cm x 400cm 
Handwoven in a traditional flatweave, this grey striped rug offers a minimalist design that works in any modern or classic interior. Crafted by skilled artisans from 100% pure wool, it combines softness, durability, and timeless style. The hand-dyed wool gives each piece a unique depth of colour you won't find in machine-made rugs, ensuring your rug is truly one of a kind.
Key Features

 	100% Handwoven Wool: Natural, pure wool for a soft feel and lasting durability.
 	Hand-Dyed in Small Batches: Creates unique colour variations and a richer grey tone.
 	Contemporary Striped Design: A versatile pattern that blends into both traditional and modern spaces.
 	Low-Profile Flatweave: Practical for busy areas and dining rooms.
 	Made-to-Order: Custom sizes available with a 3-month lead time.

The Art of Handweaving
Every grey striped rug is woven by hand on traditional looms. The process can take several weeks to complete, with each stage requiring focus and expertise.

Our wool is hand-dyed in small batches, producing a depth of tone and subtle variation in the grey stripes. This is something industrial dyeing cannot achieve, making every rug truly one-of-a-kind.

At Emily's House we work directly with artisan weavers, ensuring fair pay and supporting traditional craft communities. By choosing this rug, you’re investing not only in a long-lasting piece but also in ethical, sustainable practices.
Where to Place Your Grey Striped Rug

 	Living Rooms: Anchor a sofa area or create a subtle backdrop for leather seating and wooden furniture.
 	Bedrooms: Place it under the bed or in a reading corner to soften the space and add warmth to hard flooring.
 	Entryways and Hallways: Its durable weave handles constant foot traffic and catches dirt before it spreads through the home.
 	Dining Rooms: The low pile makes it easy to pull chairs in and out without dragging.

The neutral grey and clean striped design act as a versatile base, allowing you to layer it with textured throws, patterned cushions, or bold wall colours.
Caring for Your Kilim
Your kilim wool grey striped rug is designed to be hardwearing and low-maintenance:

 	Vacuuming: Use a low suction setting regularly. For best results, vacuum both sides occasionally.
 	Rotation: Rotate the rug every 6–12 months to ensure even wear and protect against fading in sunlit areas.
 	Stain Treatment: Blot spills immediately with a clean towel. Avoid rubbing. For liquid stains, dilute gently with water and blot again. Do not use bleach or harsh chemicals.
 	Deep Cleaning: For stubborn marks or an overall refresh, we recommend a professional rug cleaner experienced with flatweave wool rugs.

Sizing and Delivery
This specific rug measures 307cm x 400cm. Need a different size? All of our rugs can be made to order with a 3-month lead time.

We ship worldwide with UPS and will provide a tracking number once your rug has been dispatched. If for any reason you are not satisfied with your purchase, you may return your rug within 2 days of receiving it for a full refund (excluding shipping costs).

Request a custom quote.

All our Kilim Rugs

All our Colourful Rugs

### MADE TO ORDER Soft Pink Herringbone Kilim Rug Striped Design

MADE TO ORDER WITH 3 MONTH LEAD TIME, DIFFERENT COLOURS AVAILABLE

Soft Pink Herringbone Striped Kilim Rug
This style comes in made-to-measure with a 3 month lead time. Please get in touch for questions or a quote. 

This beautiful kilim rug is handwoven by artisan weavers with 100% wool and a minimal herringbone striped design.

It is made with hand-dyed wool which gives the rug a unique appearance that machine-dyed wool cannot replicate, achieving different levels of colour saturation to create a more sophisticated and rich texture.

This handwoven kilim rug has a contemporary herringbone striped design and its texture is durable and hardwearing yet also soft to touch or sit on.

 

 

Kilim rugs

Kilims are a popular choice for hallways, entryways and other areas at home that receive a lot of use as they are strong and resistant to wear and tear. Their flat-woven texture makes them a great choice for dining areas too as this allows chairs to slide in and out without catching.


 


Made to measure kilim rugs 

Our made-to-measure flat-weaves come in a range of geometric designs, from checkerboard to herringbone motifs, and have a 3 month lead time.

 

Hand-dyed wool 

All bespoke kilims are handwoven by artisan weavers with hand-dyed wool. This gives the rugs a unique appearance that machine-dyed wool cannot replicate, achieving different levels of colour saturation to create a more sophisticated and rich texture.


 

Size and shape

This striped kilim has a large size of 300cm wide and 400cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Underlay 

Kilim rugs or flat-weaves typically do not have a pile of wool on one side and as such they are much lighter and thinner than pile rugs. If placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles, you may wish to add an underlay to prevent slipping or sliding and to keep your rug in place. Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This pink herringbone striped Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.

 

Follow us: 


For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Grey Striped Handwoven Large Area Rug 300x400cm

Grey Striped Handwoven Large Area Rug 300x400cm
 

This beautiful kilim rug is handwoven by artisan weavers with 100% wool and a minimal striped design.

It is made with hand-dyed wool which gives the rug a unique appearance that machine-dyed wool cannot replicate, achieving different levels of colour saturation to create a more sophisticated and rich texture.

This handwoven kilim rug has a contemporary grey striped design and a good large size of 300x400cm. Its texture is durable and hardwearing yet also soft to touch or sit on.

This style also comes in made-to-measure with a 3 month lead time. Please get in touch for questions or a quote. 

For more kilim rug options currently in stock, please click here.

For bespoke rugs, please click here.

 

Kilim rugs

Kilims are a popular choice for hallways, entryways and other areas at home that receive a lot of use as they are strong and resistant to wear and tear. Their flat-woven texture makes them a great choice for dining areas too as this allows chairs to slide in and out without catching.

 

 

Made to measure kilim rugs 

Our made-to-measure flat-weaves come in a range of geometric designs, from checkerboard to herringbone motifs, and have a 3 month lead time.

 

Hand-dyed wool 

All bespoke kilims are handwoven by artisan weavers with hand-dyed wool. This gives the rugs a unique appearance that machine-dyed wool cannot replicate, achieving different levels of colour saturation to create a more sophisticated and rich texture.


 

Size and shape

This striped kilim has a large size of 307cm wide and 400cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Underlay 

Kilim rugs or flat-weaves typically do not have a pile of wool on one side and as such they are much lighter and thinner than pile rugs. If placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles, you may wish to add an underlay to prevent slipping or sliding and to keep your rug in place. Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

Please click here for more info on underlay here. 

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This grey striped Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.

 

Follow us: 


For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Moroccan Berber Rug Colourful Checkerboard 156x230cm

Moroccan Berber Rug Colourful Checkerboard 156x230cm

### Azilal Runner 120x280cm

Azilal runner in size 120x280cm

### MADE TO ORDER Red Burgundy Herringbone Striped Kilim

MADE TO ORDER WITH 3 MONTH LEAD TIME, DIFFERENT COLOURS AVAILABLE

Red Burgundy Herringbone Striped Handwoven Kilim
 

MADE TO ORDER

Handwoven with premium materials and hand-spun wool, this kilim in herringbone design can be made in your size and colour combo.

The use of hand-spun wool which gives it shades of burgundy red with alternating cream tones instead of solid block colours. The hand-spun wool gives the kilim rug more variety in colour and creates extra depth.

Its design and look is contemporary with alternating blocks of burgundy red and creamy white.

 

 

Flatweave 

This is a kilim rug or flat woven rug. This means it does not have a pile of wool on one side and as such it is much lighter than a pile rug.

Kilims are made by interweaving the warp and weft strands in a flat texture. This makes them reversible and so they can be laid out from both the front and back side.

 


 

Size and shape

This herringbone kilim rug can be made in your required size and colour combo.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% hand-spun wool. It has a soft feel to it with a flexible handle yet is durable and hardwearing.

 

Handwoven rugs

This made to measure kilim rug is handwoven.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a simple herringbone design with a symmetrical look and feel to it yet every block varies slightly in size and shape and comes in slightly different colour shades.

 

Underlay 

This kilim rug has a good weight to it, is not too thin or too floppy, however depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This herringbone Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Hague Blue Kilim Rug Herringbone Stripe Large 250x350cm

Hague Blue Contemporary Kilim Rug Herringbone Stripe Large 250x350cm
 

This beautiful teal blue kilim rug is handwoven with premium materials and a minimal design in herringbone striped shapes.

It is woven with handspun wool which gives it shades of teal, blue and cream tones instead of solid block colours. The handspun wool gives the kilim rug more variety and creates extra depth.

This teal blue kilim rug has a good large size of 250x350cm and has a soft yet durable texture.

Its design and look is contemporary with a teal blue herringbone geometric design with alternating blocks in creamy white.

 

 

Teal Blue Flatweave 

This teal blue kilim rug is fatwoven, which means it does not have a pile of wool on one side and as such it is much lighter than a pile rug.

Kilims are made by interweaving the warp and weft strands in a flat texture. This makes them reversible and so they can be laid out from both the front and back side.

 


Origin 

This beautiful teal blue large kilim rug is handwoven in Turkey by skilled craftspeople with premium materials and a herringbone striped design.

It is new made and has a contemporary look and feel to it.

 

Size and shape

This teal blue handwoven kilim rug has a large size of 250x350cm.

This works well under a kingsize bed, under a kitchen table or in a living room.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% hand-spun wool. It has a soft feel to it with a flexible handle yet is durable and hardwearing.

 

Handwoven rugs

This teal blue kilim rug is handwoven on a large loom!

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a simple herringbone design with a symmetrical look and feel to it!

 

Underlay 

This teal blue kilim rug has a good weight to it, is not too thin or too floppy, however depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 

Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This teal blue Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### MADE TO ORDER Checkerboard Rug Brown White Short Pile Wool Rug

MADE TO ORDER WITH 3 MONTH LEAD TIME, DIFFERENT COLOURS AVAILABLE
 
Checkerboard Rug Brown White Short Pile Wool Rug
 

This design is made-to-measure with a 3 month lead time. 

It is handwoven with premium materials and a low pile height. The low pile makes it work in many different rooms: it works as a living room rug as well as in kitchen areas or in hallways.

It is hand knotted with hand-spun wool! The latter gives the rug extra depth, instead of using solid block colours, and translates in a more sophisticated and softer look and feel.

For more options in made-to-measure please click here.

For handwoven rugs ready for immediate delivery, please click here.

 

Size

You can work with your intuitive Feng Shui compass to determine the size but if that is not getting you anywhere, then please find here some guide lines.

 

Handwoven rugs

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this checkerboard design the check motifs all have a slightly different shape and colour yet with an overall symmetrical look and feel. The hand-spun wool gives the rug variety in colour and creates depth.

 

Underlay 

This brown checkerboard rug has a good weight to it, is not too thin or too floppy, however depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

Please click here for more info on underlay here.


 

Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This brown checkerboard rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.





For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Moroccan Narrow Runner 60x300cm

Moroccan runner with yellow border

Narrow size of 60cm wide and 300cm long

 

### Midcentury Moroccan Berber Rug Green Boujaad 160x260cm

Midcentury Moroccan Berber Rug Green Boujaad 160x260cm
This olive green Moroccan Berber rug is Midcentury and handwoven in the area of Boujaad.

It has a low to medium pile of wool with traditional geometric design with accents of red, beige and creams.

It is handwoven with 100% wool and is in excellent condition.

It has a medium size of 160cm wide and 260cm long.

 

 

Midcentury Green Berber Rug 



This Midcentury Moroccan carpet is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for artisan handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a colourful geometric design with accents of red and some beige and creams. It is soft to touch and in excellent condition.

 


Size and shape

This Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug has a medium size of 160cm x 260cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This Moroccan Berber rug from Boujaad is handwoven with premium materials of wool and a low to medium pile height.


 


 

Age

This carpet is Micentury with a nice aged patination with beautiful and rare olive green colour palette.

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug has a good weight to it and flexible handle.

Depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This colourful green Boujad rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Blue Striped Diagonal Contemporary Kilim Rug 225x313cm

Blue Striped Diagonal Contemporary Kilim Rug 225x313cm
 

This diagonal blue striped kilim rug is handwoven with premium materials and a minimal striped design.

It is woven with handspun wool which gives it shades of indigo blue alternating with cream tones, instead of solid block colours. The handspun wool gives the kilim rug more variety and creates extra depth.

This diagonal blue striped kilim rug has a good large size of 225x313cm and has a soft yet durable texture.

Its design and look is contemporary with diagonal stripes handwoven in blue and cream bands.

The width of the rug is 225cm which is good for under a kitchen table leaving enough space for chairs to be pulled in and out comfortably. Its size is also suitable under a kingsize bed, keep in mind a big amount of the rug will go under the bed.

 

 


Origin 

This beautiful blue striped large kilim rug is handwoven in Turkey by skilled craftspeople with premium materials and a simple striped design.

It is new made and has a contemporary look and feel to it.

 

Size and shape

This diagonal blue striped handwoven kilim rug has a large size of 225x313cm.

This works well under a kingsize bed, under a kitchen table or in a living room.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% hand-spun wool. It has a soft feel to it with a flexible handle yet is durable and hardwearing.

 

Age

This diagonal blue striped kilim rug is new made with a contemporary look and feel.

 

Handwoven rugs

This blue striped kilim rug is handwoven on a large loom!

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a free flow diagonal striped design in blue,  alternating with creamy white tones.

 

Underlay 

This diagonal blue striped kilim rug has a good weight to it, is not too thin or too floppy, however depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This diagonal blue striped Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Contemporary Beni Rug Simple Geometric Design 220x273cm

220x273cm Moroccan Rug Beni Ourain – Simple Geometric Pattern
This Moroccan rug Beni Ourain is newly handwoven using traditional techniques. Crafted by Berber women, it features a soft low wool pile and a clean geometric design in a subtle black tone. The large format size of 220x273cm suits open-plan living spaces or under furniture layouts.

Not sure which rug size you need? Read our guide for help choosing the right dimensions for your room.
Made by Skilled Craftswomen
Each Moroccan rug Beni Ourain is woven in small cooperatives run by Berber artisans in the Middle Atlas Mountains. These rugs are made using organic wool and traditional methods passed down through generations of women. Local sourcing and careful land use support the environmental balance of the region.
The Beauty of Handwoven Wool Rugs
This piece is a genuine handwoven Moroccan rug Beni Ourain chosen by Emily's House. Its slightly irregular pattern is part of its handmade character, reflecting the artisan’s hand. No two rugs are identical. This one shows a simplified diamond motif in dark wool on a natural cream base.
Optional Underlay
The rug has a solid weight and good floor coverage. On hard surfaces such as tile or wood, we recommend using underlay to improve grip and comfort.
“Underlay makes such a difference – not just to how the rug sits, but how it feels underfoot.”
Care and Maintenance
This Moroccan rug Beni Ourain is low maintenance. Vacuum it occasionally on a gentle setting and don’t forget to vacuum the back as well, where dust can gather. Shaking the rug outdoors every few months will help keep fibres fresh.
Spill Treatment
Act quickly if something spills. Use water to dilute, then blot from the outside of the mark using kitchen towel. Avoid rubbing or using harsh cleaning products. Allow the rug to dry completely if damp, and never use bleach. For tough stains, we recommend contacting a professional rug cleaner. Need help? Get in touch.
Delivery and Returns
Orders are sent via UPS within 5 working days. We ship worldwide and offer tracked delivery. For remote areas, a small surcharge may apply. Once shipped, you’ll receive a tracking link by email.

If you’re not satisfied with your rug, you may return it within 2 days of receiving it. Return postage is payable both ways. Custom or made-to-order rugs are not refundable.
Explore More Rugs
Browse our full selection of handmade pieces, including the full Moroccan rug Beni Ourain range, at our shop or find out more about Emily's House.
See It Styled
Follow us on Instagram for real-home photos and styling inspiration: @emilyshouselondon

### Contemporary Beni Rug Brown Geometric Design 212x297cm

212x297cm Beni Rug with Brown Geometric Pattern
This contemporary beni rug is handwoven using 100% wool and features a soft, thick pile. The design includes a simple brown geometric pattern set against a background of undyed natural wool. It measures 212x297cm, making it a great fit for larger spaces.

If you’re unsure about rug sizing, view our guide and let Emily's House help you choose the right fit for your room.
Made by Berber Craftswomen
Each beni rug is woven by hand in cooperatives led by Berber women in the Middle Atlas region. Traditional skills are passed down from mother to daughter and learned through observation and daily practice. The wool is locally sourced and woven without chemical treatments, supporting sustainable land use and animal care in the area.
Character in Every Rug
As with all handmade rugs, slight imperfections are part of what make each piece unique. The subtle variations in pattern and weave reflect the hand of the maker and add to the rug’s charm and authenticity.
Underlay Recommendation
This beni rug has substantial weight, but on hard flooring, we recommend using anti-slip underlay for added grip and comfort.
“Underlay makes such a difference – not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel better to walk on.”
Rug Care
This Moroccan beni rug requires only occasional maintenance. Vacuum both sides gently using a low setting, and shake it outside every few months to remove dust.
Dealing with Spills
Act fast to prevent staining. First, dilute the spill with water, then blot with a clean kitchen towel—working from the outside in. Avoid rubbing or using bleach. Once damp, allow the rug to dry completely to prevent fibre damage.

If in doubt, we recommend speaking to a professional rug cleaner. We're happy to advise—contact us if needed.
Delivery and Returns
We dispatch all online orders via UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available, with an added fee for remote locations. You’ll receive a tracking number as soon as your beni rug is on the way.

If you’re not happy with your purchase, you can return it within 2 days of delivery. Return postage is payable both ways. Please note: custom orders are non-refundable.
Shop the Collection
Browse our full collection of Beni Ourain rugs or visit our shop for more handmade Moroccan styles.
Follow Us
For styling ideas and customer homes, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

### Contemporary Beni Rug Simple Geometric Design 210x266cm

Contemporary Beni Rug Simple Geometric Design 210x266cm.
 

This is a new made Beni Ouarain rug, handwoven by Berber women.

It is handwoven with a geometric design in grey black.

It is handmade with 100% wool and a soft pile.

It has a good large size of 210x266cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

 

Craftswomen

Contemporary Beni Ourain rugs are handmade in cooperatives by artisan craftswomen. They use traditional weaving techniques and 100% organic wool. All materials are sourced locally and help maintain the ecology of the environment around the Middle Atlas area through effective land and livestock management.

Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

 

Handwoven rugs

This new made Beni Ouarain rug is handwoven.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a simple diamond design in grey black on a background of natural wool.

 

 

Underlay 

This Beni rug has a large size and good weight to it.

However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 

 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Beni Berber rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### MADE TO ORDER Red Bordeaux Herringbone Striped Handwoven Kilim

MADE TO ORDER
Red Bordeaux Herringbone Striped Handwoven Kilim New Made 210x290cm
 

This beautiful Bordeaux red kilim rug is handwoven with premium materials and a minimal design in herringbone striped shapes.

It is woven with hand-spun wool which gives it shades of Bordeaux red and alternating cream tones, instead of solid block colours. The hand-spun wool gives the kilim rug more variety in colour and creates extra depth.

Its design and look is contemporary with a bordeaux red herringbone geometric design with alternating blocks in creamy white.

 

 

Red Bordeaux Herringbone Flatweave 

This Bordeaux red kilim rug is flatwoven, which means it does not have a pile of wool on one side and as such it is much lighter than a pile rug.

Kilims are made by interweaving the warp and weft strands in a flat texture. This makes them reversible and so they can be laid out from both the front and back side.

 


Origin 

This beautiful Bordeaux red large kilim rug is handwoven in Turkey by skilled craftspeople with premium materials and a herringbone striped design.

It is new made, unused and has a contemporary look and feel to it.

 

Size and shape

This Bordeaux red handwoven kilim rug has a large size of 210cm wide and 290cm long.

This works well under a kingsize bed, under a kitchen table or in a living room.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% hand-spun wool. It has a soft feel to it with a flexible handle yet is durable and hardwearing.

 

Handwoven rugs

This bordeaux red kilim rug is handwoven on a large loom.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a simple herringbone design with a symmetrical look and feel to it, yet every block varies slightly in shape and colour.

 

Underlay 

This kilim rug has a good weight to it, is not too thin or too floppy, however depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 

Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshou

### Midcentury Azilal Rug 140x230cm

Midcentury Azilal Rug 140x230cm

### Colourful Contemporary Moroccan Berber Rug 227x283cm

Colourful Contemporary Moroccan Berber rug
 

This colourful contemporary Moroccan rug is handwoven with premium materials.

It is handmade with geometric motifs and a low to medium thick pile height.

It is new made and contemporary in look and feel.

This colourful contemporary Moroccan Berber rug has a large size of 227cm wide and 283cm long.

 

 

Contemporary colourful carpet 



This contemporary colourful Moroccan carpet is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for artisan handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a colourful geometric design with a low to medium height wool pile in premium materials. It is soft to touch, new made and contemporary in look and feel.

 


Size and shape

This colourful contemporary carpet has a good large size of 227cm wide and 285cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This colourful contemporary carpet is handwoven with premium materials of wool and a large size of 227x285cm.


 


 

Age

This carpet is contemporary and new made!

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug has a good weight to it and flexible handle.

Depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This colourful contemporary rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Small Pink Moroccan Berber Runner 100x190cm

Small Pink Moroccan Berber Runner 100x190cm
 

This vintage Moroccan rug is handwoven by Berber women from the area Boujaad.

It is handmade with bright pink colour palette and  a short low pile height.

It is vintage, and in excellent condition.

This bright pink hand knotted Moroccan Berber rug has a small size of 100cm wide and 190cm long.

 

 

Bright pink Berber runner 

This Moroccan Berber runner in bright pink with simple geometric design is handwoven in the area of Boujaad.

The area of Boujaad is known for their free form rugs and daring use of colours. Weavers here are less traditional than for example in the High or Middle Atlas Mountains, where weavers tend to be more traditional.

Berber rugs are knows for their simple designs, usually lozenges, or a free flow geometric design. Rugs were made for domestic use and as such a simple design was often preferred instead of more elaborate designs.

In this case a colourful geometric design has been used in mixed non animal materials on a background of bright pink shades in wool.

 




Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Boujaad rug is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a free flow geometric design on a pink wool background. the pile of wool is low to medium in height and soft tot touch.

 

Tribal rugs


This  Moroccan Berber rug in pink is a piece of folk art!


Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities.

Knowledge and skills are passed on from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

This means that every rag rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalised through the weavers choice of colours and motifs.



 

Size and shape

This Moroccan Berber runner in pink has a medium size 100cm wide and 190cm long. I would work well next to a bed or in a corridor or hallway.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This Moroccan Boujaad rug in pink is handwoven with a flexible handle and soft semi low wool pile height.


 


 

Age

This Moroccan Berber rug in pink is vintage.

It has a low height pile and is handmade with mixed materials and wool.

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug has a good weight to it and flexible handle.

Depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug in pink is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### SALE Orange Berber Rug Vintage Moroccan Carpet 155x170cm

Orange Berber Rug Vintage Handwoven Moroccan Carpet
This is a Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug handwoven in the area of Boujaad.

It is handwoven with a very low height wool pile and is soft to touch.

It has a classic geometric design of large lozenges on a bright orange wool background.

It is Midcentury and in very good condition with an area of repair as shown on the images.

This bright orange Moroccan Berber rug has a medium size of 155x170cm

 

 



Bright orange Moroccan Berber rug

This  orange Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a traditional double geometric design in white on a bright orange wool background.

 

Orange Artisan rug

This Moroccan Berber rug in bright orange is a piece of folk art!

Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities.

Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

Knowledge and skills are passed on from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.



This means that every rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalised through the weavers choice of colours and motifs.




 

Size and shape: Orange Moroccan Berber rug

This bright orange Moroccan Boujaad rug has a medium size of 155x170cm and is in good condition with an area of repair as shown in the images.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven with 100% wool and a flexible handle.

In line with the tradition, the Berber rugs use the Berber knot which is tied in a very specific way to give the rug a flexible handle. This was necessary and most compatible with their travelling lifestyle as this makes the rug easy to pack onto an animal and more lightweight than using a Turkish knot.


 


 

Age

This bright orange Moroccan boujaad Berber rug is Midcentury.

It has a low height pile and is handmade by Berber women.

 

Berber carpets and contemporary interiors. 

Appreciation of the spontaneous and bold character of Moroccan Berber carpets began in the 1920ies and 30ies as modernist architects and designers such as Le Corbusier, Alvar Aalto, Frank Lloyd Wright and Ray and Charles Eames integrated Moroccan carpets into their interiors to contrast with the clean lines of 20th century interiors.

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug has a good weight to it and flexible handle.

Depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This orange moroccan Berber rug is low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order (obsessively if you wish so).

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Grey Purple Moroccan Kilim 145x457cm Handwoven Runner

Grey Purple Moroccan Kilim 145x457cm Handwoven Runner

This is a large kilim rug with beautiful soft design in purple grey.

It is handwoven in Morocco by Berber women in the 1970ies.

Size 145x457cm 

It has a  lightweight flexible handle and can be used as floor cover as well as bedcover, curtain/room divider or for DYI upholstery or as large runner.

It is handwoven with 100% wool and is in excellent condition.


 

Origin 

This striped kilim rug is handwoven in Morocco by Berber women.

 

Size and shape

It has a large size of 457cm long and has a width of 145cm wide. it would work well as a long hallway runner.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This vintage purple grey kilim rug from Morocco, is handmade with 100% natural wool and has a soft texture. It feels comfortable under foot and has an elegant look and feel to it.

 


Handwoven rugs

This pink striped Moroccan kilim is handmade in the 1970ies by skilled artisans.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with soft purple grey faded colour palette.




 

Underlay 

This Moroccan runner rug in purple grey striped is lightweight and could benefit from an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 


Style

This vintage Moroccan kilim rug is handmade with a soft purple grey design.

It would work well as living room kilim, as hallway runner or in a children's room.

It is flatwoven with lightweight yet hardwearing and durable texture.

 

Age

This Moroccan pink striped kilim rug is handwoven in the 1970ies with fine wool quality.

 




Maintaining and caring for your carpet

This large purple grey Moroccan kilim rug is soft under foot yet hardwearing and durable. It is low in maintenance and requires just a little hoovering now and then.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining. The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this wcan damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon



 


 

 



 



 


 

### Hardwearing Braided Thick Jute Large Rug 270x370cm

Jute Large Rug 270x370cm – Thick Handwoven Braided Design
This jute large rug in 270x370cm is handwoven in India using high-quality natural fibres. With a thickness of 1cm and slightly raised edges of 1.5cm, it has a sturdy braided weave that sits firmly on the floor. Its generous size makes it ideal for open living rooms, dining spaces and interiors where natural texture and structure are needed.
Product Details

 	Dimensions: 270x370cm
 	Thickness: 1cm (edges just under 1.5cm)
 	Shape: Rectangle
 	Material: 100% natural jute fibre
 	Construction: Handwoven thick braided weave
 	Reversible: Same weave on both sides
 	Origin: Handmade in India

Style and Versatility
The jute large rug is an all-rounder, fitting seamlessly into contemporary homes, Scandinavian interiors, bohemian spaces or classic country settings. Its natural blond tones and heavy flatweave construction give it a relaxed yet structured look that works across many styles.
Materials and Texture
Made entirely from natural jute, this rug is crafted by skilled artisans in India. The weave is the same on both sides, which makes it reversible, and the thick braided design ensures it sits firmly in place without underlay. The texture is soft to the touch yet flatwoven enough to handle everyday use. Because of the natural fibre, you may notice the occasional loose strand—these can simply be trimmed or tucked back into place.
Size and Custom Options
This large rug is available in 270x370cm, making it perfect for spacious rooms. If you require a different size, shape or even a runner to match, please contact us to enquire about made-to-measure jute rugs. We also carry a variety of standard sizes in stock all year round.
Quality and Age
Every jute large rug is newly made, unused and woven with excellent jute fibre. Shedding may occur during the first months, which is typical of natural fibres as jute absorbs sand while growing. This lessens over time and does not affect durability.
Ethical Production
Our rugs are woven in workshops in India that prioritise safe working conditions and fair wages. Production follows the principles of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, UN conventions and ILO recommendations. Each rug represents both traditional craftsmanship and ethical responsibility.
Care and Maintenance
Jute is naturally soft and low-maintenance. Both sides of this rug are woven the same way, so it can be flipped occasionally. Vacuum on a low setting and clean the underside as well as the surface to remove dust. Avoid high humidity and never use wet cleaning methods.
Stain Advice

 	Blot spills immediately with a clean, dry cloth
 	Water marks may settle into the fibre but usually fade into a soft patina
 	Avoid bleach or harsh chemicals, which may lighten the fibres
 	For stain concerns, please get in touch for guidance

About Jute
Jute is a long, soft vegetable fibre that can be spun into strong threads. It is one of the most affordable and sustainable fibres available, second only to cotton in production volume and versatility. The plant thrives in warm, wet climates with monsoon rains, making South India one of the key growing regions.
Delivery and Returns

 	Dispatched within five working days via UPS
 	Worldwide shipping available with tracking provided
 	Returns accepted within two days of receipt (buyer pays postage both ways)
 	Custom rugs are non-refundable

See More
Follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon for styling inspiration and see what our customers think about our products. See more of our jute collection or book an appointment at our shop. Our rugs have been featured in leading interiors shoots with Colefax and Fowler, Manuel Canovas and Romo Pluma, styled by Sally Denning and Ali Brown, and photographed by Jan Baldwin.

### Pink Orange Black Striped Handwoven Kilim Rug 162x345cm

Pink Orange Black Striped Handwoven Kilim Rug

 

This is a large kilim rug with beautiful striped pink orange and black striped design.

It is handwoven in Morocco by Berber women in the 1970ies.

Size 162x345cm

It has a  lightweight flexible handle and can be used as floor cover as well as bedcover, curtain/room divider or for DYI upholstery.

It is handwoven with 100% wool and is in excellent condition.


 

Origin 

This striped kilim rug is handwoven in Morocco by Berber women.

 

Size and shape

It has a large and relatively narrow shape of 162cm wide x 345cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This vintage striped kilim rug from Morocco, is handmade with 100% natural wool and has a soft texture. It feels comfortable under foot and has an elegant look and feel to it.

 


Handwoven rugs

This pink striped Moroccan kilim is handmade in the 1970ies by skilled artisans.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a striped design in pink orange and black red.




 

Underlay 

This Moroccan pink striped kilim rug is flatwoven and could benefit from an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 


Style

This vintage Moroccan kilim rug is handmade with a colourful striped design.

It would work well as living room kilim, as hallway rug or in a children's room.

It is flatwoven with hardwearing and durable texture.

 

Age

This Moroccan pink striped kilim rug is handwoven in the 1970ies with fine wool quality.

 




Maintaining and caring for your carpet

This large pink striped Moroccan kilim rug is soft under foot yet hardwearing and durable. It is low in maintenance and requires just a little hoovering now and then.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining. The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this wcan damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon



 


 

 



 



 


 

### Azilal Moroccan Berber Rug Large Vintage 145x300cm

Azilal Moroccan Handwoven Berber Rug
 

This vintage Moroccan rug is handwoven by Berber women from the area Azilal.

It is handmade with a colourful geometric design on a ivory white wool background.

It is vintage, 1960ies, and in excellent condition.

It is possibly made a wedding dowry rug as there are little henna marks which indicates this.

This azilal Berber rug has a good large size of 145cm wide and 300cm long.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Azilal Berber rug 

This Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven in the area of Azilal.

Azilal is an area in the High Atlas Mountains, known for their white wool rugs with often colourful designs. They resemble traditional Beni Ouarain rugs at first glimpse, yet accents of colour make the azilal rugs stand out from the crowd.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a colourful central geometric network in blue and teal tones on a natural wool background that is slightly ivory in tone (not white!)

Azilal rugs have a fairly low wool pile height and in this case the rug has a loose and flexible handle to it.

 




Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan azilal rug is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a large central lozenge network in blue and teals on a ivory white wool background.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Tribal rugs


This  Moroccan azilal rug is a piece of folk art!


Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities.

Knowledge and skills are passed on from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

This means that every rag rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalised through the weavers choice of colours and motifs.



 

Size and shape

This Moroccan azilal rug has a large size of 145cm wide and 300cm long.

Traditional Moroccan rugs, like this one, are often relatively narrow compared to length which proves this is a genuine older piece.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This Moroccan azilal rug  is handwoven with a flexible handle and soft semi low wool pile height.


For more rugs, please click here


 

Age

This Moroccan azilal rug is handwoven in the 1970ies.

It has a low height pile and is handmade with mixed materials and soft to touch.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug has a good weight to it and flexible handle.

Depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here. 

 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug from azilal is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Square Moroccan Red Vintage Boujaad Rug 140x170cm

Square Moroccan Red Vintage Boujaad Rug 140x170cm
This vintage rug is handwoven in Morocco by Berber woman.

It is handwoven with a free flow design with large geometric design on a red wool background.

The rug is handwoven in the 1970ies with 100% natural wool and a low short height wool pile.

This vintage Moroccan Berber rug in red has a square-ish size of 140x170cm and is in excellent condition.

 



Artisan Handwoven Berber Rug 

Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities.

Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.


 

Handwoven rugs

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a free flow geometric design and a border all around its central medallion. It has a short pile height and is in excellent condition.

 



Tribal rugs 

Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

In line with the tradition, the Berber rugs use the Berber knot which is tied in a very specific way to give the rug a flexible handle. This was most compatible with their travelling lifestyle as this makes the rug easy to pack onto an animal and more lightweight than using a Turkish knot.

 

What is the best style to go with Berber carpets. 

Appreciation of the spontaneous and bold character of Moroccan Berber carpets began in the 1920ies and 30ies. Modernist architects and designers such as Le Corbusier, Alvar Aalto, Frank Lloyd Wright and Ray and Charles Eames integrated Moroccan Beni Ouarain carpets into their interiors to contrast with the clean lines of 20th century interiors.

 

Size and shape

This Moroccan Berber rug in pink has a square ish size of 140x170cm. It would work very well in a bathroom, hallway area or as kids room rug.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 


Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug in square size has a flexible handle and a good weight to it.

Depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 


Stain Treatment





The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus delivery costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Beni Ouarain Handwoven Berber Rug Large Size 185x315cm

270x350cm Plain White Handwoven Berber Rug Simple Geometric Design
This exquisite plain white Moroccan Berber rug features a subtly hidden geometric design, handwoven with a low pile height and a good knot count. Spanning a generous size of 350 cm in length and 270 cm in width, it makes a striking addition to any space.

 
Size and shape
This Moroccan rug in plain white with a simple geometric design measures 350 cm in length and 270 cm in width.

If you’re unsure what size you need, find guidelines here to help you decide.
Underlay: When do I need underlay?
Underlay is recommended if your rug is lightweight, such as a kilim or thin short-pile rug, and placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles. It helps prevent slipping, adds cushioning, reduces noise, and may increase your rug’s lifespan.

For more info on underlay, click here.
Maintaining and caring for your rug
This Moroccan Berber rug is low maintenance and only requires occasional vacuuming. Use a lower setting and vacuum the reverse side now and then. Give it a shake outside every few months to remove dust.
Stain treatment
Act quickly with spills. Dilute with water and blot using a kitchen towel, working from the outside in. Avoid rubbing, bleach or harsh chemicals. Make sure the rug dries fully. If unsure, professional carpet cleaning is advised. Contact us if you’d like guidance.
Delivery and returns
Orders are dispatched via UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available, with a small fee for remote areas. You’ll receive tracking details once shipped. If you're unhappy with your order, return it within 2 days for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.
Follow us
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

See what our customers think about Emily’s House

### Vintage Moroccan Berber Rug Square Red Rug 160x170cm

Vintage Moroccan Berber Rug Square Red Rug 160x170cm
 

This is a Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug handwoven in the area of Boujaad.

It is handmade with premium materials and has a very low pile height with flexible handle.

It has simple geometric motifs in black, pinks and soft green on a red wool background.

The rug has a square size of 160x170cm.

This square vintage Moroccan Berber rug is Midcentury and in very good condition.

 
Artisan rug



This Moroccan Berber rug in square size is handwoven by artisan craftswomen from the area of Boujaad.


Boujaad is known for their free flow designs, being less traditional than the rural areas of  the Atlas Mountains.


This square rug has a colourful palette in red black green and pinks, with low pile and high quality materials.

 

 




Size 

This Moroccan Berber rug from Boujaad has a square size of 160x170cm.




If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 



Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Berber rug in rusty brown is handwoven by Berber women from the area of Boujaad.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs.

In this case the rug has a free flow design in black green and orange on a red wool background.

 



Tribal rugs 

This Moroccan Berber rug is a piece of tribal folk art.

This means it is made by Berber women from the heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow.

Unlike oriental rugs, the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and she is the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

 




Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly.

Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also vacuumed because just as much dust an accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. use a hairdryer, underfloor heating or radiator to get the rug completely dry afterwards.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS or DHL within 5 working days.

Worldwide shipping is available with potential extra charges to remote locations.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order (obsessively if you wish to).

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 
Follow us:
For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon




 

### Azilal Moroccan Berber Rug 133x200cm

Azilal Moroccan Berber Rug 133x200cm
This is a Moroccan Berber rug from Azilal. It is handmade with wool and has a flexible handle.

The rug features a colourful design in blue, pink and yellow, with a square-ish proportion of 133x200 cm. It would work well in a child’s room, bathroom or as a colourful accent elsewhere.

This vintage Moroccan Azilal rug is in very good condition.
Azilal Berber rug
This colourful rug is handwoven in the Azilal region. It has a short pile and is made from 100% premium wool.

Typical of Azilal carpets is a low pile height and colourful geometric designs on a natural wool base. This rug features blue, pink and soft yellow shapes on an off-white background.

Azilal rugs are similar to Beni Ouarain but usually more colourful. Azilal is in the High Atlas Mountains, which are warmer than the Middle Atlas. As a result, the pile is lower than that of Beni Ouarain rugs.
Artisan rug
This Moroccan Azilal rug is handmade by Berber women in the Azilal region. These rugs tend to be more colourful than Beni Ouarain rugs.
Size
This Moroccan Azilal rug measures 133x200 cm.

If you're unsure about the best size for your space, view our rug sizing guide.
Handwoven rugs
This rug is handwoven by Berber women in Azilal. Handmade rugs are rarely perfectly symmetrical—that's part of their charm. This piece features a free-flowing multicoloured design on a natural wool background.

 
Tribal rugs
This Azilal rug is a piece of tribal folk art. It was created without a drawn plan, allowing the weaver to improvise freely during the weaving process.

Unlike oriental rugs, Berber rugs are made from the heart, not from a pattern. The weaver is the creator, not just the executor.
Looking after your rug
Shake your rug outside every couple of months and vacuum it regularly. Every few vacuum sessions, also vacuum the reverse side to remove hidden dust.
Stain treatment
Act quickly with spills. Dilute with water and blot using a kitchen towel, starting from the outside and working inward. Do not rub the fibres. Ensure the rug dries fully using a hairdryer, radiator or underfloor heating to avoid damage.

Avoid bleach or harsh chemicals—they can leave a white stain. For best results, use a professional carpet cleaner. Contact us if you need guidance.
Delivery and returns
Your order will be dispatched with UPS or DHL within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available; extra charges may apply for remote locations. A tracking number will be provided once the rug is on its way.

If you're not satisfied, you can return the rug within 2 days of delivery for a full refund, minus return postage.
Follow us:
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

See what our customers think about Emily’s House

### Caput Rug Turkish Striped Kilim 175x300cm

Caput Rug Turkish Striped Kilim 175x300cm
 

This is a vintage Turkish Caput rug with multi striped design.

It is handmade by gypsy women in South Central Turkey.

Caput kilims usually, and also in this case, have a simple striped design and durable texture.

This caput kilim is made up of more narrow identical strips sewn together on the selvedges to make a wider piece.

SIZE 175x300cm


Turkish Caput Kilim


 

 

Caput kilims

Caput kilim rugs have a tribal folkloristic character but in the same time the absence of borders or any kind of motif makes them different: they are generally colourful with a simple striped design and hardwearing texture.

The making of a caput kilim is largely associated with the Turkish gypsy culture. They are made by women for domestic purposes, life was spend on the floor, upon which various coverings where being laid to serve as bedding, blankets, table sofa, or protection against the stony ground.

Gypsies are known for their travelling lifestyle but unlike the traditional nomads they do not have reds and wide lands. Their economy is based on ‘commercial nomadism’ selling their craft products in exchange for the products they need.

The gypsies making these sort of kilims live in South Central Turkey. As this area has a Mediterranean climate with hot summers and wet winters, it is  ideal for cotton production. As such, cotton is predominantly used in the making of these kilims. They often add goat hair to the kilims as well, to make them more water resistant. Goat hair has the quality to expand with water and this makes that water cannot get through. This quality of water resistance is important for the gypsies as they often use these kilims as covers or to blankets.


 

Portable looms

The making of a caput kilim is done on a portable loom that can be rolled up and packed on to an animal for migration and re-erected when they reach their new destination.

This means it only allows you to weave long narrow strips which are then cut into parts and sewn together to make larger pieces to serve as coverings for various domestic purposes.



 


Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly.

Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also vacuumed because just as much dust an accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Underlay 

This striped Turkish Caput rug is flat-woven and could benefit from an underlay depending on the flooring underneath.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. use a hairdryer, underfloor heating or radiator to get the rug completely dry afterwards.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.


 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon





 

### Midcentury Moroccan Berber Rug Orange Large Area 150x320cm

Midcentury Moroccan Berber Rug Orange Large Area 150x320cm
 

This is a Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug handwoven in the area of Boujaad.

It is handmade with premium wool quality and has a soft flexible handle to it.

It has traditional decorative motifs on an orange background. Its pile of wool is short to very short and soft to touch.

Size 150x320cm

This orange midcentury Berber rug is midcentury and in excellent condition.

 
Artisan rug



This Moroccan Berber rug in orange is handwoven by artisan craftswomen from the area of Boujaad.

Boujaad is known for their less traditional weavings. In this case the rug has a more creative free flow design with more elaborate motifs than for example a Beni Ouarain rug.





 

Size 

This Moroccan Berber rug in orange from Boujaad has a size of 150cm x 320cm.




If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 



Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Berber rug in orange is handwoven with premium wool materials.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs.

In this case the rug has non symmetrical free flow design on an orange wool background.

 



Tribal rugs 

This Moroccan Berber rug is a piece of tribal folk art.

This means it is made by Berber women from the heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow.

unlike oriental rugs, the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and she is the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

 




Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly.

Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also vacuumed because just as much dust an accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. use a hairdryer, underfloor heating or radiator to get the rug completely dry afterwards.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS or DHL within 5 working days.

Worldwide shipping is available with potential extra charges to remote locations.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order (obsessively if you wish to).

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 
Follow us:
For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon




 

### Red Striped Midcentury Moroccan Kilim Rug Handwoven 160x300cm

Red Striped Midcentury Moroccan Kilim Rug Handwoven 160x300cm
 

This is a vintage Moroccan Berber rug in red striped design, handwoven in the area of Rehamna.

Rehamna is well know for their high quality rugs and textiles and the weavers us a lot of orange and red as these natural dye sources were naturally abundant in that area.

It is Midcentury and handmade in the 196-ies with premium materials and a tactile mix of flat and pile weave.

It has a medium size of 160cm wide and 300cm long.

It is in excellent condition.

 

Artisan rug 



This Moroccan Berber rug in red striped design is handwoven by artisan craftswomen from the area of Rehamna.

The rug is Midcentury and in excellent condition.





It has a red palette with striped design and a tactile mix of flat and pile weave.

 

Size 

This Moroccan Berber kilim with striped design has a good large size of 160x300cm.




If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 



Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Berber rug in red striped design is handwoven by Berber women.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs.

In this case the rug has a simple striped design with a tactile mix of flat and pile weave.

For more handwoven Berber rugs, please click here

 



Tribal rugs 

This Moroccan Berber rug in red striped design is a tribal rug.

This means it is made by the heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. The weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

 




Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly.

Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also vacuumed because just as much dust an accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. use a hairdryer, underfloor heating or radiator to get the rug completely dry afterwards.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon




 

### Vintage Moroccan Kilim Rug Brown Striped 122x235cm

Vintage Moroccan Kilim Rug Brown Striped 122x235cm
 

This is a vintage Moroccan kilim rug from Demnat in the High Atlas Mountains.

It is handwoven with wool and goat hair and a striped design in natural wool and brown tones. It has a tactile mix of kilim weave with motifs in short colourful pile texture.

It is handwoven in the 1960-ies with premium materials and simple striped design.

It has a flat-woven texture and is hardwearing and durable.

It has a good medium size of 122x235cm.

It is in good vintage condition with nice patination and age.

 
Striped kilim rug



This Moroccan Berber kilim with striped design is handwoven by Berber women from the High Atlas Mountains!

The rug is vintage and in excellent condition.





It is flat-woven with hand-spun wool and mixed with goat hair.

It has traditional look and feel and a durable texture.

 

Size 

This Turkish kilim rug has a medium size of 122x235cm.




If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 





Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly.

Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also vacuumed because just as much dust an accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Underlay 

This striped Moroccan kilim rug is flat-woven and could benefit from an underlay depending on the flooring underneath.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. use a hairdryer, underfloor heating or radiator to get the rug completely dry afterwards.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.


 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon




 

### Striped Moroccan Kilim Rug Handwoven Berber Rug 170x305cm

Striped Moroccan Kilim Berber Rug Handwoven
 

This is a vintage Moroccan Berber kilim in soft pale pink with striped design.

It is handwoven in lovely shades of dusty pink with an alternating striped design.

It is handwoven in the 1970ies with premium materials and hardwearing texture.

This Moroccan kilim rug with striped design has a good large size of 170cm wide and 305cm long.

It is in good vintage condition with nice patination and age.

 

Striped Design - Artisan rug 


 


This Moroccan striped kilim rug is handwoven by artisan craftswomen from the Berber tribes in the Middle Atlas Mountains.

The rug is vintage and in excellent condition.





It is flat woven with handspun wool and shades of dusty pink.

Its striped design has traditional Moroccan motifs.

 

Size 

This Moroccan Berber kilim with striped design has a good large size of 170x305cm

It has a gentle colour palette and elegant striped design.




If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 



Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan kilim rug with striped design is handmade by Berber women in the 1970ies. .

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs.

In this case the rug has a striped design with alternating dusty pink bands, handwoven in a symmetrical look and feel.

 



Tribal rugs 

This striped kilim is from tribal origin. Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

 




Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly.

Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also vacuumed because just as much dust an accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. use a hairdryer, underfloor heating or radiator to get the rug completely dry afterwards.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.





 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon




 

### Quality Jute Rug Runner 75x225cm

Jute Rug Runner
Gorgeous handwoven new made jute rug runner in thick plain braided weave. It has a soft texture and natural warm colour palette in plain woven design. This jute rug runner has a good thickness and heavy weight to it, not like the thin floppy ones from the bigger home stores.

If you aren’t sure what type of Jute Rug you are looking for see our also in stock, please click jute rug collection..

For a bespoke size, please get in touch kv@emilyshouselondon.com

Style – Jute Rugs
The jute rug runner is a great all-rounder and fits many interior styles, including contemporary, Scandinavian, bohemian, ethnic and classic country homes. It works well in a kitchen area, hallway or any space with high footfall. Its plain look also makes it suitable for a bedroom, living room or office space.

It has a thickness of 1cm and ends just under 1.5cm high, woven in a thinner braided weave.

For more plain rugs, click here.

Materials and Texture – Jute
This jute rug runner is handmade in India using high-quality materials and a simple, functional design. The weave is the same on both sides, making the rug reversible. The flat-woven texture feels soft to the touch, and the thick braided construction gives it weight and stability. It won’t shift around and does not need underlay.

You may notice some loose strands, especially at first. These can be trimmed or tucked back in without damaging the rug.

Size and Shape
The standard jute rug runner measures 75cm wide by 225cm long. We also stock other sizes. For custom dimensions or matching sets, contact us.

Age
All jute rug runners are newly made and unused. They are handmade with high-quality jute. Natural shedding may occur initially, which is typical for plant-based fibres.

Production
The rugs are woven in workshops in India that follow fair labour practices. These facilities operate in line with ILO standards, key UN conventions, and the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

Maintaining and Caring for Your Carpet
Jute is durable and low maintenance. The weave on both sides allows for reversibility. To care for your jute rug runner:

 	Vacuum on low suction and clean both sides regularly
 	Blot spills quickly with a clean towel
 	Do not use bleach or harsh chemicals
 	Professional cleaning is best for stubborn stains

Stain Treatment
Jute is naturally absorbent, so dealing with spills fast is key. Water marks usually settle over time. Avoid chemical treatments as they may cause further discolouration. If unsure, consult a professional cleaner.

About Jute
Jute is a soft, durable fibre grown in warm, wet climates. It’s second only to cotton in production volume and has a wide range of uses. The jute used in this jute rug runner is sourced from India where conditions are ideal for cultivation.

Delivery and Returns
Orders are dispatched within 5 working days via UPS. Worldwide shipping is available, and there are no extra EU charges after Brexit. A tracking link will be provided once your rug is on its way.

If you are unhappy with your purchase, return the item within 2 days for a full refund (excluding return postage). Bespoke rugs are non-refundable.

Google Reviews
Read what our customers say about their jute rug runner and more on Google reviews.

Follow Us
For inspiration and customer photos, follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Pink Moroccan Berber Rug 1960ies Large Area Rug 190x310cm

Pink Moroccan Berber Rug 1960ies
This is a Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug handwoven in the area of Mrirt.

It is handwoven with premium materials and geometric shapes in multi colours.

It is Midcentury, 1960ies, possibly older and in excellent condition.

This Berber rug has a good large size of 190x310cm

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Pink Moroccan Berber rug 

This Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven in the area of Mrirt in the Middle Atlas Mountains.

The Middle Atlas is known for their high quality rugs and textiles!

Traditional this area was particularly well suited for raising sheep for the wool used in these rugs. The Berber tribes lived a semi nomadic life: moving their flock to the higher mountain areas in spring and returning to the lowland during colder months. Semi nomadism is still there today although they may move their sheep and goods by truck and live only a portion of the year  in tents, returning to permanent houses in winter.

 

What is the best style to go with Berber carpets. 

Appreciation of the spontaneous and bold character of Moroccan Berber carpets began in the 1920ies and 30ies as modernist architects and designers such as Le Corbusier, Alvar Aalto, Frank Lloyd Wright and Ray and Charles Eames integrated Moroccan carpets into their interiors to contrast with the clean lines of 20th century interiors.



 

Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Beni Mrirt rug in pink is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with an overall geometric design in multi colours on a dark magenta pink wool background.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Tribal rugs 

This Moroccan Beni Mrirt rug is a piece of folk art!

Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities.

Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

Knowledge and skills are passed on from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.



This means that every rag rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalised through the weavers choice of colours and motifs.




 

Size and shape

This Moroccan Mrirt rug has a large size of 190x310cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven with premium materials and a flexible handle.

In line with the tradition, the Berber rugs use the Berber knot which is tied in a very specific way to give the rug a flexible handle. This was most compatible with their travelling lifestyle as this makes the rug easy to pack onto an animal and more lightweight than using a Turkish knot.


For more rugs, please click here


 

Age

This Moroccan Berber rug in Pink is Midcentury and handwoven in the 1960ies.

It has a low to medium height pile and is handmade with soft wool.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug has a good weight to it and flexible handle.

Depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here. 

 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug from Mrirt is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Light Blue Handwoven Kilim Rug Large Size 236x330cm

Light Blue Handwoven kilim rug

 

This gorgeous light blue kilim rug is handwoven in Turkey with premium materials.

Size 236x330cm

For your bespoke size please get in touch here, with your size requirements to get your quote. 

The lead time for this bespoke rug is 3 months!

It is hand knotted on a large loom with a mixed weaving technique, giving it its contrasting and interesting texture.

It has a light blue colour palette with decorative accents in olive green and ochre yellow.


 

 

Origin 

It is new made, in excellent condition and handwoven in Turkey.

 

Size and shape

This light blue kilim rug has a large size of 236x3300cm and can also be made in bespoke sizes.

 

 

Materials and texture 

This light blue kilim rug in large size is handmade with 100% premium wool. It has a soft texture and is comfortable under your feet.

It is handwoven with a mixed weaving technique, giving it a very lively and interesting texture.

 

Style

This light blue Turkish kilim rug has a contemporary look and feel to it. It has a simple design with olive green and ochre yellow geometric motifs on a blue background.

It would work well in a kitchen area, or a space that has more footfall and traffic and therefore needs a more hardwearing and durable texture.

 

Flatweave 

This is a kilim rug or flat woven rug. This means it does not have a pile of wool on one side and as such it is much lighter than a pile rug.

Kilims are made by interweaving the warp and weft strands in a flat texture. This makes them reversible and so they can be laid out from both the front and back side.

 


Size and shape

This  kilim rug can be made in your required size.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Underlay 

This kilim rug has a good weight to it, is not too thin or too floppy, however depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This  Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Checkerboard Rug Brown White Short Pile Wool Rug 240x335cm

Checkerboard Rug Brown White Short Pile Wool Rug 240x335cm
Handwoven with premium wool, this checkerboard rug is simple yet sophisticated!

It is hand knotted with excellent wool quality and natural hand-spun wool! The latter gives the rug extra depth, instead of using solid block colours, and translates in a more sophisticated and softer look and feel.

It is handmade with soft wool and a very short pile height. The low pile makes it work in many different rooms: it works as a living room rug as well as in kitchen areas or in hallways.

 

Bespoke Size&Colour Combo

This rug I can also be made in bespoke sizing and different colour options. Please get in touch if you have any questions or would like a quote.

 

Size

 

240x335cm

You can work with your intuitive Feng Shui compass to determine the size but if that is not getting you anywhere, then please find here some guide lines.

 


Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles. For this rug, underlay is not necessarily required but depending on the floor beneath and the furniture on top,  it can help the rug from sliding. Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug extra-comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.




Please click here for more info on underlay here. 





 

Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This brown checkerboard rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.





For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### SALE Taupe Grey Plain Large Handwoven Contemporary Rug

Taupe Grey Contemporary Plain Solid Coloured Large Area Rug 250x350cm


This beautiful Taupe grey contemporary rug is handwoven by artisan weavers from Morocco with a plain solid-coloured pile.

It is made with a soft and luxurious texture, providing warmth and coziness to the overall design of a room. The thickness of the pile is low to medium in height and has a nice sheen to it. Besides its ability to add a sense of luxury and elegance to a space, it also offers a cushioning effect and the ability to absorb sound.

Its beautiful taupe grey colour palette is a very versatile colour that is inviting, fairly light and pairs easy with other tones in both modern and traditional designs.

This solid-coloured rug in taupe grey has a large size of 250x350cm which works well for a larger living room, to create an island within an open-space area or for under a kingsize bed.

This plain solid-coloured rug also comes in made-to measure with a 3 month lead time! Please don't hesitate to get in touch. 

For more bespoke rugs, please click here.

Front image - Romo - Zolani - Photographer Damian Russell

 

Plain or solid-coloured rugs

A plain rug or solid-coloured rug has several advantages. They are a great way to add texture and colour to a room, without the commitment to lots of pattern. They provide a neutral and grounding foundation that allows other designs elements, such as furniture and artwork to stand out and become more of a focal point in the room. A plain rug can also help to make a room feel more spacious, especially if it is a light colour. It can create a calming and relaxing atmosphere, which is ideal for bedrooms, living rooms, and other spaces where you want to unwind and feel comfortable.

Overall, plain rugs are a great choice for those seeking a minimalistic look with a cosy textural element while allowing versatility and room to add your own unique and personal style.


 

Size and shape

This solid-coloured taupe grey handwoven rug has a large size of 250x350cm and also comes in bespoke sizes with a 3 month lead time.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This Moroccan rug is new made and handwoven with a mixed wool and synthetic fibres. It has a flexible handle, is durable and has a very soft texture.

 


Underlay 

This taupe grey Moroccan rug has a good weight to it, is not too thin or too floppy, however depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This taupe grey Moroccan rug is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Large Pink Handwoven Moroccan Berber Rug REVERSIBLE 185x390cm

Large Pink Handwoven Moroccan Berber Rug
This is a Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug in pink.

It is handwoven by Berber women in the 1970ies with a medium low pile height.

This pink Moroccan Berber rug has a classic semi symmetrical design on a background in shades of pink.

This vintage pink Moroccan rug is handwoven in a large size of 185cm wide and 390cm long.

It is in excellent condition.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Moroccan Berber rug, pink

This is a vintage carpet, handwoven in Morocco in the 1970ies.

The rug has a short even pile height and is soft to touch. It has classic symmetrical motifs on a background in pink.


 

Size and shape,

This Moroccan Berber rug is vintage and has a large size of 185x390cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% wool and premium materials!

 

Age

This Moroccan Berber rug in bush pinks is Midcentury.

It has a very short pile height and is in excellent condition.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Berber rug in pink is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a fairly symmetrical design with classic shapes in cream and soft yellow on  background in blush pink, soft orange and reds.

Its pile of wool is very short and soft to touch.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here


 

Hardwearing and durable 

This Moroccan Berber rug in blush pink has a soft flexible handle to it and is durable and hardwearing.


 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug in blush pink has a flexible handle and good weight to it.

However, depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Hardwearing Small Area Jute Rug Thick Braided Handwoven 95x140cm

Small Area Jute Rug Thick Braided Handwoven 95x140cm


These jute rugs are a popular choice for many homeowners and for good reason!

They are incredibly diverse and a natural way to add warmth and texture to any space. They are handwoven with a thick braided natural colour weave and 4  raised borders.

The weave is the same on both sides so this makes every rug reversible too. They have a soft texture and a thickness of 1 cm with up to 1.5cm on the borders (think about doors opening and closing).

Made from the fibres of the jute plant, which is primarily grown in India and Bangladesh, these rugs don’t only look beautiful but also have insulating and noise-reduction properties. What’s more, they are eco-friendly, as jute is a renewable resource that requires little water and no pesticides to grow, so a sustainable choice for environmentally-conscious consumers.

See the full collection of our wonderful Jute Rugs.

 

Bespoke Jute Rug: Made-to-Order

A jute rug can be made-to-order to fit your specific requirements with a minimum 3 month lead time.

For questions and quotes, please do get in touch here

 

Stock

Please click here to see what is ready for immediate delivery.

 

Production 


The rugs are woven in a workshop in India complying with ILO conventions and recommendations, good working conditions and fair wages in line with The Universal Declaration of Human Rights and key UN conventions.


 

Jute 


Jute is a long soft material that can be spun into coarse strong threads. It is one of the most affordable plant fibres, and second only to cotton in the amount produced and variety of uses.

The jute plant needs standing water to thrive. The suitable climate for growing jute is warm and wet and therefore South India is great for jute production with its monsoon climate, humidity and temperatures from 20-40degrees.

 


Vegetable fibre

Jute is a vegetable fibre that is extracted from the stem of the jute plant. It is an eco-friendly material that is biodegradable and renewable, so these rugs are a great choice for those who are looking for an environmentally friendly option. However jute rugs are not as durable as for example wool rugs are and therefore they do come with a few downsides.

Due to the nature of the material, there will be some shedding. We do everything we can do minimise this (like heat treatment) but it can not be completely avoided. The shedding can be minimised by vacuuming gently on a low setting and avoid placing it in high traffic areas.

Due to the thickness of this weave, there will be some loose strands popping out over time. They can just be cut off or tucked in again. Choosing something with a more tight weave can reduce this or choosing for a different material all together, like wool, can be a more durable option.

It is worth re-mentioning here that these jute rugs have been made reversible, so if one side becomes worn you can turn them around.

 

Underlay 

These rugs have a heavy weight to them and should not more around. However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

Please click here for more info on underlay here.


 


Maintaining and caring for your carpet

Rugs made from plant fibres are prone to staining and fading over time. They do require some TLC and are not as hardwearing and durable as for example, wool rugs.

There are some things you can do:

 	Vacuum on a low suction setting to avoid damaging the fibers.
 	Spot clean any spills or stains immediately with a clean, damp cloth. Be gentle with the rug to avoid causing any damage.
 	Avoid placing the rug in areas with high humidity, as this can cause the fibers to weaken and break down over time.
 	Rotate the rug periodically to ensure even wear and tear.




 






Delivery and returns 

Jute rugs in stock will be dispatched within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available.

Once your order is on its way, you will receive a tracking number.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


Bespoke jute rugs are made according to your specific requirements and are non-refundable.

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon







 

### MADE TO ORDER Brown Striped Handwoven Bespoke Kilim Rug 250x350cm

MADE TO ORDER WITH 3 MONTH LEAD TIME, DIFFERENT COLOURS AVAILABLE

Brown Striped Handwoven Contemporary Kilim Rug
Comes in made-to-measure with 3 month lead time. PLEASE GET IN TOUCH HERE 

This beautiful kilim rug is handwoven with premium materials and a minimal striped design.

It is woven with hand-spun wool which gives it shades of grey brown with alternating cream tones instead of solid block colours. The hand-spun wool gives the kilim rug more variety in colour and creates extra depth.

This brown grey striped kilim rug has a soft yet durable texture.

Its design and look is contemporary with striped bands handwoven on one large loom.

 

Striped kilim large area rug

This brown grey striped kilim rug is flat woven, which means it does not have a pile of wool on one side and as such it is much lighter than a pile rug.

Kilims are made by interweaving the warp and weft strands in a flat texture. This makes them reversible and so they can be laid out from both the front and back side.

 


Origin 

This beautiful striped large kilim rug is handwoven in Turkey by skilled craftspeople with premium materials and a simple striped design.

Comes in made-to-measure with 3 month lead time.

 

Size and shape

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% hand-spun wool. It has a soft feel to it with a flexible handle yet is durable and hardwearing.

 

Handwoven rugs

This striped kilim rug is handwoven on a large loom.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with bands of horizontal stripes in brown grey, alternating with creamy white tones. The blocks are all slightly different in size yet look-a-like with shades of its colour instead of solid block tones.

 

Underlay 

This brown grey striped kilim rug has a good weight to it, is not too thin or too floppy, however depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This brown grey striped Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 









For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Vintage Moroccan Berber Runner Colourful Rug 145x255cm



### Small Rag Rug Colourful Handwoven Moroccan Rug 153x98cm

Small Rag Rug Colourful Handwoven Moroccan Rug 153x98cm

### Pink Purple Berber Rug Moroccan Handwoven Carpet 180x330cm

Pink Purple Moroccan Berber Rug
 

This Moroccan rug is Midcentury and handwoven by Berber women in the 1960ies.

It is handwoven with premium wool quality and traditional design. It has a magenta pink colour palette with accents in beige purple and mint green.

This purple pink Moroccan Berber rug has a good large size of 180x330cm.

 

Artisan 

Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

For more Berber rugs, please click here.

 

Handwoven rugs

This Purple pink Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven with premium materials.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

This purple pink Berber rug has a symmetrical look and feel. It has a check design on the background with a geometric diamond design on top. Its colour palette included magenta pink, purple, beige and mint green tones.

It is highly unique in look and feel and woven with a fine know and premium wool materials.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Tribal rugs

This purple pink Moroccan Berber rug is a tribal piece of folk art!

Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

In line with the tradition, the Berber rugs use the Berber knot which is tied in a very specific way to give the rug a flexible handle. This was most compatible with their travelling lifestyle as this makes the rug easy to pack onto an animal and more lightweight than using a Turkish knot.

 

What is the best style to go with Berber carpets.

Modernist architects and designers such as Le Corbusier, Alvar Aalto, Frank Lloyd Wright and Ray and Charles Eames integrated Moroccan Beni Ouarain carpets into their interiors to contrast with the clean lines of 20th century interiors.

Appreciation of the spontaneous and bold character of Moroccan Berber carpets began in the 1920ies and 30ies and they are still perfect in homes today because of their monochrome shades and their simple geometric design.

These rugs are perfect for modern interiors and also work well with Scandinavian, bohemian, Kinfolk and more ethnic interiors.

 

Size and shape

This Moroccan Berber rug in pink had a large size of 180x330cm. It would work well as bedroom rug, living room rugger where and accent of colour is required.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Underlay

This Pink purple Berber rug has a flexible handle and is semi light weight.

Depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.

“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

Please click here for more info on underlay.

 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain Treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus delivery costs both ways.

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### MADE TO ORDER Short Pile Handwoven Checkerboard Rug

MADE TO ORDER WITH 3 MONTH LEAD TIME, DIFFERENT COLOURS AVAILABLE
 

BESPOKE SHORT PILE RUGS




This bespoke short pile rugs are handwoven with … a short wool pile and simple check design.

It comes in bespoke sizes and colour combo's

The lead time for a bespoke rug is 3 months.

Please get in touch here, with your required size to get a quote.


 

Handspun premium wool 




Ths short pile rug is handwoven with premium materials and handspun wool! The latter gives the rug more variety and depth by using shades of the same colour instead of solid block colours.

For more options in bespoke styles and sizes, please click here.

For pile rugs ready for immediate delivery, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

Our rugs are all handwoven with premium materials.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug has a simple check design with squares that are slightly varying in size!

The use of handspun wool gives the rug shades of blue/cream instead of solid block colours! This creates more depth and variety to the rug.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

Our bespoke low pile handwoven carpets are low maintenance and only require an occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.



 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Bespoke items are made according to your specific requirements and can therefore not be returned.

Your online order of stock items will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### 6. Plain Purple Square Moroccan Berber Rug 220x200cm

Plain Purple Square Moroccan Berber Rug 220x200cm

### 4. Coral Pink Vintage Moroccan Berber Rug 160x240cm

Coral Pink Vintage Moroccan Berber Rug 160x240cm

### Light Blue Kilim Rug Contrasting Weaving Texture

MADE TO ORDER WITH 3 MONTH LEAD TIME,

Kilim Rug handwoven with contrasting weaving techniques
This gorgeous light blue kilim rug is handwoven in Turkey with premium materials.

For your bespoke size please get in touch here, with your size requirements to get your quote. 

The lead time for this bespoke rug is 3 months!

It is hand knotted on a large loom with a mixed weaving technique, giving it its contrasting and interesting texture.

It has a light blue colour palette with decorative accents in olive green and ochre yellow.


 

 

Materials and texture 

This light blue kilim rug in large size is handmade with 100% premium wool. It has a soft texture and is comfortable under your feet.

It is handwoven with a mixed weaving technique, giving it a very lively and interesting texture.

 

Style

This light blue Turkish kilim rug has a contemporary look and feel to it. It has a simple design with olive green and ochre yellow geometric motifs on a blue background.

It would work well in a kitchen area, or a space that has more footfall and traffic and therefore needs a more hardwearing and durable texture.

 

Flatweave 

This is a kilim rug or flat woven rug. This means it does not have a pile of wool on one side and as such it is much lighter than a pile rug.

Kilims are made by interweaving the warp and weft strands in a flat texture. This makes them reversible and so they can be laid out from both the front and back side.

 


Size and shape

This  kilim rug can be made in your required size.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Underlay 

This kilim rug has a good weight to it, is not too thin or too floppy, however depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This  Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon







 

### MADE TO ORDER Dusty Pink Vertical Stripe Contemporary Handwoven Kilim

MADE TO ORDER WITH 3 MONTH LEAD TIME, DIFFERENT COLOURS AVAILABLE

Dusty Pink Vertical Stripe Contemporary Handwoven Kilim Rug
This style comes in made-to-measure with a 3 month lead time. Please get in touch for questions or a quote. 

This beautiful kilim rug is handwoven by artisan weavers with 100% wool and a minimal vertical striped design.

It is made with hand-dyed wool which gives the rug a unique appearance that machine-dyed wool cannot replicate, achieving different levels of colour saturation to create a more sophisticated and rich texture.

This handwoven kilim rug has a contemporary striped design and its texture is durable and hardwearing yet also soft to touch or sit on.

 

 

Kilim rugs

Our kilims are a popular choice for hallways, entryways and other areas at home that receive a lot of use as they are strong and resistant to wear and tear. Their flat-woven texture makes them a great choice for dining areas too as this allows chairs to slide in and out without catching.


 


Made to measure kilim rugs 

Our made-to-measure flat-weaves come in a range of geometric designs, from checkerboard to herringbone motifs, and have a 3 month lead time.

 

Hand-dyed wool 

All bespoke kilims are handwoven by artisan weavers with hand-dyed wool. This gives the rugs a unique appearance that machine-dyed wool cannot replicate, achieving different levels of colour saturation to create a more sophisticated and rich texture.


 

Size and shape

This striped kilim is made to measure with a 3 month lead-time.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Underlay 

Kilim rugs or flat-weaves typically do not have a pile of wool on one side and as such they are much lighter and thinner than pile rugs. If placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles, you may wish to add an underlay to prevent slipping or sliding and to keep your rug in place. Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This pink striped Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.

Bespoke orders are made according to your specific size requirements and are therefore non-refundable.

 

Follow us: 


For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon










 

### Red Moroccan Berber Rug Plain Large Area Rug Short Pile 275x190cm

Red Moroccan Berber Rug Plain
This is a vintage Moroccan Berber rug from Chichaoua.

It is handwoven by Berber women in the 1970es with premium materials and a short low pile height.

this red Moroccan Berber rug from Chichaoua has a plain red field with small decorative details in the two corners.

This vintage red rug has a large size 275cm long and 190cm wide.

It has aged gracefully and is in excellent condition.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Moroccan Berber rug, plain red rug 

This is a vintage carpet, handwoven in Morocco in the area of Chichaoua.

The rug has a plain red filed with small decorative details and a course feel to it.

 

Origin 


It is handwoven in the area of Chichaoua.

 

Size and shape, large plain red area rug 

This Moroccan Berber rug from Chichaoua in plain red and has a large size of 275x190cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% wool and premium materials!

 

Age

This Moroccan Berber rug in plain red is Midcentury.

It has a very short pile height and is in excellent condition.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Berber rug in plain red is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a plain red field and small decorative details in two corners.

Its pile of wool is very short and soft to touch.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here


 

Hardwearing and durable 

This Moroccan Berber rug in plain red has a coarse handle to it and is durable and hardwearing.


 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug in peach pink tones has a flexible handle and good weight to it.

However, depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Cheerful Moroccan Berber Rag Rug Size 165x250cm

Cheerful Moroccan Berber Rag Rug
This vintage Boucherouite rag rug in cheerful colour palette is handwoven by Moroccan Berber women.

It is handmade with mixed materials of wool, cotton and synthetic fibres.

It is excellent condition.

This boucherouite rag rug in cheerful colours has a medium size of 165x250cm

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Rag rug in cheerful colour palette 

This Berber rag rug is a boucherouite carpet.

Boucherouite rug or rag rugs are a relatively new style of Moroccan rugs. They are made out of diverse materials like synthetic fibres, scrapes of old clothes, cotton,….

Around 1960 Morocco shifted to a more urban society and some areas started to move away from farming and cattle breeding. Wool and goat hair as a primary source for making carpets, became rarer.

This coupled with the constant domestic demand for rugs to meet family needs such as setting up new households or replacing worn weavings led weavers to improvise; using recycled materials like scrapes of old cloth, synthetic fibres.

Soon it became clearer that the changes had gone much deeper than just switching from animal materials like wool and goat hair to non-animal materials! The patterns, colours and general look and feel of the rugs were also affected.

The new generation of weavers also started to invent new patterns, colours and motifs, moving away from just moving traditional shapes their parents thought them.

This means that every rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalized through the weavers choice of materials, colours and motifs.

 

Handwoven rag rug 




This Moroccan boucherouite rag rug is handwoven with cheerful colour palette by artisan craftswomen. It is handmade with contemporary materials and has a bright geometric design.




 

Tribal rugs


This Moroccan Boucherouite rag rug is a piece of folk art!


Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

 



Size and shape

This cheerful Moroccan Boucherouite rag rug has a medium runner size of 165x250cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This Moroccan Boucherouite rag rug is handwoven with a flexible handle and mixed materials of cotton, synthetic fibres and some wool.


For runners, please click here


 

Age

This Moroccan boucherouite rag rug is relatively new made.

It has a low height pile texture and is handmade with mixed materials and soft to touch.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rag rugs

This Moroccan Boucherouite rag rug is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a free flow geometric design in bright cheerful colours. It has a soft texture and is handmade with mixed materials.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug has a good weight to it.

However, depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rag rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Moroccan Rag Rug Runner Boucherouite 85x220cm

Moroccan Rag Rug Runner Boucherouite
 

This vintage Boucherouite rug in runner size is handwoven by Moroccan Berber women.

It is handmade with mixed materials of wool, cotton and synthetic fibres.

It is vintage and in excellent condition.

This boucherouite runner has a medium size of 85cm wide x 220cm long. It would work well in a bathroom or as children's rug.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Boucherouite Runner 

This colourful runner is a boucherouite carpet.

Boucherouite rugs or rag rugs are a relatively new style of Moroccan rugs. They are made out of diverse materials like synthetic fibres, scrapes of old clothes, cotton,….

Around 1960 Morocco shifted to a more urban society and some areas started to move away from farming and cattle breeding. Wool and goat hair as a primary source for making carpets, became rarer.

This coupled with the constant domestic demand for rugs to meet family needs such as setting up new households or replacing worn weavings led weavers to improvise. They started using recycled materials like scraps of old cloth and synthetic fibres or they buy pullovers sold as second hand in the local souk and unravel them to make a new piece.

Soon it became clearer that the changes had gone much deeper than just switching from animal materials like wool and goat hair to non-animal materials! The patterns, colours and general look and feel of the rugs were also affected.

The new generation of weavers started to invent new patterns, colours and motifs and moved away from just using the traditional shapes their parents thought them.

This means that every rag rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalised through the weavers choice of materials, colours and motifs.

 

Handwoven




This Moroccan boucherouite runner is handwoven by artisan craftswomen with contemporary materials and a free flow geometric design.




 

Tribal rugs


This  Moroccan Boucherouite runner is a piece of folk art!


Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities.

Knowledge and skills are passed on from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

 



Size and shape

This Moroccan Boucherouite runner has a size of 85cm wide and 220cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This Moroccan Boucherouite runner is handwoven with a flexible handle and mixed materials of cotton, synthetic fibres and some wool.


For more runners, please click here


 

Age

This Moroccan boucherouite runner is handwoven in the 1980ies.

It has a medium height pile and is handmade with mixed materials and soft to touch.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Boucherouite runner is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with free flow geometric design in multi colours with mixed materials of wool, cotton and synthetic fibres.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber runner has a good weight to it and flexible handle.

Depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber runner is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Colourful Yellow Teal Moroccan Boucherouite Rag Rug Runner 122x245cm

Colourful Yellow Teal Moroccan Rag Rug
This vintage Boucherouite rag rug in yellow and teal is handwoven by Moroccan Berber women.

It is handmade with mixed materials of wool, cotton and synthetic fibres.

It is vintage and in excellent condition.

This boucherouite rag rug in yellow teal has a medium size of 122x245cm

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Rag rug runner in yellow teal 

This colourful yellow teal Berber rag rug is a boucherouite carpet.

Boucherouite rug or rag rugs are a relatively new style of Moroccan rugs. They are made out of diverse materials like synthetic fibres, scrapes of old clothes, cotton,….

Around 1960 Morocco shifted to a more urban society and some areas started to move away from farming and cattle breeding. Wool and goat hair as a primary source for making carpets, became rarer.

This coupled with the constant domestic demand for rugs to meet family needs such as setting up new households or replacing worn weavings led weavers to improvise; using recycled materials like scrapes of old cloth, synthetic fibres.

Soon it became clearer that the changes had gone much deeper than just switching from animal materials like wool and goat hair to non-animal materials! The patterns, colours and general look and feel of the rugs were also affected.

The new generation of weavers also started to invent new patterns, colours and motifs, moving away from just moving traditional shapes their parents thought them.

This means that every rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalized through the weavers choice of materials, colours and motifs.

 

Handwoven rag rug 




This Moroccan boucherouite rag rug in yellow teal is handwoven by artisan craftswomen with contemporary materials and a simple striped geometric design.




 

Tribal rugs


This Moroccan Boucherouite rag rug is a piece of folk art!


Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , foremother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

 



Size and shape

This bright yellow teal Moroccan Boucherouite rag rug has a medium runner size of 122x245cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This Moroccan Boucherouite rug in yellow teal is handwoven with a flexible handle and mixed materials of cotton, synthetic fibres and some wool.


For more runners, please click here


 

Age

This Moroccan boucherouite rag rug is handwoven in the 1980ies.

It has a low height pile texture and is handmade with mixed materials and soft to touch.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rag rugs

This Moroccan Boucherouite rag rug is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with striped yellow and teal blue design with geometric diamond along the middle. It has a semi symmetrical look and feel with a low pile soft texture.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug has a good weight to it.

However, depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rag rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Red Moroccan Berber Rug Boujaad 165x230cm

Red Moroccan Berber Rug Boujaad
This is a Moroccan Berber rug, handwoven with premium materials in the area of Boujaad.

It has a medium to low pile height and a flexible handle.

It has a beautiful texture with small geometric shapes in the middle area on a background in shades of red.

It has a good large size of 190x310cm which makes this and excellent size living room rug.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Red Moroccan Berber Rug

This red Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven in the 1960ies with premium wool quality.

The rug has a classic look and feel with small geometric shapes on a red background.


 

Size and shape

This red Moroccan Berber rug has a good large size of 165x230cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This red Moroccan Berber rug is handmade with 100% wool and has a flexible soft handle to it with medium thick pile.

 

Age

This beautiful Moroccan Berber rug in red, is vintage

It has a short low pile height and is in excellent condition.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a free flow design of small geometric shapes in the middle area and a black diamond design, on a red wool background.

Its pile of wool is medium short and soft to touch.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug in plain red with greek key border, has a flexible handle and good weight to it.

However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here. 

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Colourful Vintage Moroccan Berber Rug 115x180cm

Colourful Vintage Moroccan Berber Rug
 

This colourful vintage Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven in the Ourika area.

It is handmade with mixed materials of wool, cotton and synthetic fibres and is soft to touch!

It is vintage and in excellent condition.

This colourful rug has a medium size of 116x180cm.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Colourful Boucherouite Berber Rug

This colourful Berber rug is a boucherouite carpet.

Boucherouite rug or rag rugs are a relatively new style of Moroccan rugs. They are made out of diverse materials like synthetic fibres, scrapes of old clothes, cotton,....

Around 1960 Morocco shifted to a more urban society and some areas started to move away from farming and cattle breeding. Wool and goat hair as a primary source for making carpets, became rarer. This coupled with the constant domestic demand for rugs to meet family needs such as setting up new households or replacing worn weavings led weavers to improvise; using recycled materials like scrapes of old cloth, synthetic fibres,... they reuse other fabrics or they buy pullovers sold as second hand in the local souk and unravel them to make a new piece.

Soon it became clearer that the changes had gone much deeper than just switching from animal materials like wool and goat hair to non-animal materials! The patterns, colours and general look and feel of the rugs were also affected. The new generation of weavers also started to invent new patterns, colours and motifs, moving away from just moving traditional shapes their parents thought them. This means that every rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalized through the weavers choice of materials, colours and motifs.

 

Handwoven




This colourful Moroccan rug is handwoven by artisan craftswomen with a contemporary look and feel. It has a highly unique design and vibrant colour palette.




 

Tribal rugs


This colourful Moroccan Berber rug is a piece of folk art!


Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , foremother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

 



Size and shape

This colourful Moroccan Berber has a medium size of 115x180cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven with a flexible handle and mixed materials of cotton, synthetic fibres and some wool.

 

Age

This Moroccan rug with colourful pile is vintage, from the 1970ies.

It has a low pile height and is soft to touch.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Berber rug with thick pile is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a free flow design in a vibrant colour palette!

Its pile of wool is low in height and soft to touch.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug has a good weight to it.

However, depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Boucherouite Berber Runner Coral Diamond Design 100x220cm

Boucherouite Berber Runner
 

This vintage Boucherouite runner is handwoven in by Moroccan Berber women.

It is handmade with mixed materials of wool, cotton and synthetic fibres.

It is vintage and in excellent condition.

This boucherouite rug has a size of 100x220cm and works well as a runner.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Colourful Boucherouite Berber Rug

This colourful Berber rug is a boucherouite carpet.

Boucherouite rug or rag rugs are a relatively new style of Moroccan rugs. They are made out of diverse materials like synthetic fibres, scrapes of old clothes, cotton,….

Around 1960 Morocco shifted to a more urban society and some areas started to move away from farming and cattle breeding. Wool and goat hair as a primary source for making carpets, became rarer. This coupled with the constant domestic demand for rugs to meet family needs such as setting up new households or replacing worn weavings led weavers to improvise; using recycled materials like scrapes of old cloth, synthetic fibres,… they reuse other fabrics or they buy pullovers sold as second hand in the local souk and unravel them to make a new piece.

Soon it became clearer that the changes had gone much deeper than just switching from animal materials like wool and goat hair to non-animal materials! The patterns, colours and general look and feel of the rugs were also affected. The new generation of weavers also started to invent new patterns, colours and motifs, moving away from just moving traditional shapes their parents thought them. This means that every rug is not only a truly unique piece of art but also highly personalized through the weavers choice of materials, colours and motifs.

 

Handwoven




This Moroccan boucherouite runner is handwoven by artisan craftswomen with a contemporary materials and a diamond design in coral colour palette.




 

Tribal rugs


This colourful Moroccan Boucherouite runner is a piece of folk art!


Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , foremother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

 



Size and shape

This coral coloured Moroccan Boucherouite runner has a medium size of 100x220cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

This Moroccan Boucherouite runner is handwoven with a flexible handle and mixed materials of cotton, synthetic fibres and some wool.


For more runners, please click here


 

Age

This Moroccan boucherouite runner is handwoven in the 1980ies.

It has a medium height pile and is handmade with mixed materials.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Boucherouite runner is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with free flow diamond design in multi colours on a coral grid colour palette.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug has a good weight to it.

However, depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Azilal Berber Rug Handwoven Moroccan Carpet 160x240cm

Azilal Berber Rug Handwoven Moroccan Rug
This is a Moroccan Azilal Rug with simple brown dot design.

It has a thick pile of wool and is handwoven with 100% natural wool.

It has a simple design and a natural white wool background.

It is new made and handwoven by Berber women from the Atlas Mountains.

 

 

Simple dot design in brown. 

This rug is vintage and handwoven by Berber women with excellent wool quality and simple dot design in brown.

 


Origin 

This Moroccan Berber rug is vintage and handwoven in the area of Azilal.

 

Size and shape

This Azilal rug has a good large size of 160x240cm

It is handwoven with premium materials with a simple design in dark brown in a natural wool background.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% wool and has a flexible soft handle to it.

 

Age

This azilal berber rug in vintage.

It has a thick pile of wool and is soft tot touch.

 

Handwoven rugs

This vintage azilal rug is handwoven by Berber women.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a simple dot design in dark brown on a natural white wool background.

Its pile of wool is thick and of excellent quality.

 

Underlay 

This vintage azilal rug has a medium size and good weight to it.

However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”




 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Azilal rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Beautiful Large Jute Rug Handwoven 350x400cm

350x400cm Thick Braided Large Jute Rug
Handwoven with a thick braided weave, it combines durability with natural texture, making it perfect for spacious living rooms, dining areas and open-plan interiors. This large jute rug in 350x400cm is in stock and ready for delivery.
Features of the Large Jute Rug

 	

 	Size: 350x400cm
 	Thickness: Centre approx. 1cm, borders up to 1.5cm
 	Shape: Rectangle
 	Material: 100% natural jute fibre
 	Construction: Handwoven thick braided weave
 	Reversible: Same design on both sides for extended use



Natural and Sustainable
This thick braided large jute rug is crafted from plant fibres grown in India and Bangladesh. Jute is one of the most sustainable materials available, requiring little water and no pesticides during cultivation. Its natural golden tone blends easily with a wide range of décor styles, from classic to contemporary.
Handwoven Craftsmanship
Each Emily's House large jute rug is handmade by skilled artisans in India under fair and ethical working conditions. Production follows International Labour Organisation standards, ensuring safe environments and fair wages. The traditional weaving process gives every rug character while maintaining strength and durability.
Comfort and Practicality
The thick braided weave makes this rug heavy and stable underfoot. At 350x400cm, this large jute rug is ideal for anchoring large furniture layouts or adding warmth to expansive floor plans. Reversible weaving extends its lifespan, while its dense texture softens sound in open spaces. Underlay is optional but recommended on wood, tile or laminate flooring for added comfort and slip resistance.
Care Guide
To keep your large jute rug in top condition:

 	

 	

 	Vacuum regularly on a low suction setting
 	Blot spills immediately with a clean, dry cloth
 	Rotate every few months to distribute wear
 	Avoid damp or humid spaces
 	Trim or tuck in any loose strands if they appear





Shedding is natural with jute fibres and may occur during the first few months. This is normal and decreases over time.
Custom Sizes Available
If you need a different dimension or shape, we also create made-to-measure jute rugs with a standard lead time of around three months. Contact us to discuss your requirements and receive a quote for a bespoke large jute rug.
Delivery and Returns

 	

 	

 	In stock and dispatched within 5 working days via UPS
 	Worldwide delivery with full tracking provided
 	Returns accepted within 2 days of receipt (buyer covers return postage)
 	Custom rugs are non-refundable





Explore More
Browse our complete jute rug collection or book an appointment to view our designs in person.

Follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon for design inspiration and recent projects.
Image Credits

 	

 	@colefaxandfowler | Stylist: Sally Denning | Photographer: Jan Baldwin
 	@manuelcanovasparis | Stylist: @alibronstylist
 	ROMO x TEMPERLEY collection

### Hemp Rug Natural Handwoven Large Area Rug 196x290cm

Hemp Rug Natural Handwoven Large Area Rug

 

This is a vintage handwoven hemp rug in natural warm colour palette.

I has a hardwearing durable texture and feels slightly rough (more rough than our jute rugs which are soft to touch.

It has a large size of 196x290cm and is in very good condition.

For more plain rugs, please click here.

 


Maintaining and caring for your carpet

This hemp rug is hardwearing and durable and has a plain soft warm golden colour. It is low in maintenance and both sides are woven in the same way so it is also reversible.

It is best to vacuum your jute rug on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

Hemp is a natural material and like all natural fibres, can be sensitive to staining. Water marks however are fine and settle relatively quickly (based on my own experience with my kitchen jute rug) but can leave a light mark.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a lighter stain instead. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 






Delivery and returns 

Rugs in stock will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


Bespoke rugs are made according to your specific sizes and requirements and are therefore non-refundable.

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Square Jute Rug Handwoven 300x300cm

Square Jute Rug Handwoven 300x300cm Thick Braided with 4 Raised Borders
Looking for a natural floor covering with warmth, texture and versatility?

At Emily's House, our Square Jute Rug measures a generous 300x300cm and is handwoven with a thick braided weave and four raised borders.

This rug is in stock and ready for immediate dispatch.
Natural Look. Durable Feel.
This Square Jute Rug has a soft, neutral tone that works in a wide range of interiors. Its thick 1cm weave gives it a solid, weighty feel, a far cry from the thin jute rugs you find in chain stores. The raised borders are created with a finer braid and measure under 1.5cm, which is worth considering if you’re placing the rug where doors need to clear it.

The weave is the same on both sides, making the rug fully reversible.
Why Choose This Square Jute Rug?

 	100% handwoven in India using premium jute
 	Heavy enough to stay put without underlay (optional based on your floor type)
 	Cool blond tone with a chunky flatwoven texture
 	Soft underfoot but tough enough for everyday use
 	Works well in kitchens, bedrooms, living rooms and home offices

This Square Jute Rug is a practical choice for sliding chairs, high-traffic areas or layering under furniture.
Bespoke Sizes Available
Need a custom fit? We offer made-to-order jute rugs in any size, shape or border configuration (2 or 4 borders). The lead time for a bespoke square jute rug is typically 3 months. For questions on sizes and prices, please get in touch here.
Other Sizes in Stock
For other sizes please do get in touch.
Designed for Versatile Spaces
This Square Jute Rug suits a range of interiors, from contemporary to Scandinavian, bohemian, ethnic or classic country homes. Its plain, textured look complements any colour scheme and offers a grounding element in minimalist or layered rooms.

Ideal placements include:

 	Kitchen dining areas (resistant to chair movement)
 	Bedrooms
 	Lounge spaces
 	Home studios or offices

Craftsmanship & Materials
Each rug is handmade by skilled artisans in India using sustainably grown jute fibres. We work with workshops that follow ethical standards, including:

 	Fair wages
 	Safe working environments
 	Compliance with ILO and UN Human Rights standards

Practical Details

 	Thickness: approx. 1cm
 	Border height: under 1.5cm
 	Texture: flatwoven and soft
 	Weight: heavy, stays flat without curling
 	Reversible: same weave both sides
 	Material: 100% jute

You may notice a few loose fibres when the rug is new. These can be trimmed or tucked back into the weave. This is typical of natural fibre rugs and won’t affect the rug’s structure.
Jute as a Material
Jute is one of the most widely produced plant fibres after cotton. It grows quickly with minimal water and no pesticides. This makes jute rugs a sustainable, eco-conscious choice.

 	Biodegradable
 	Renewable
 	Grown mainly in India and Bangladesh
 	Soft but strong fibres ideal for weaving

Maintenance Tips
To keep your  Square Jute Rug looking its best:

 	Vacuum regularly on a low suction setting
 	Turn the rug over from time to time to reduce wear
 	Avoid placing it in areas of high humidity
 	Clean spills immediately with a damp cloth (avoid harsh chemicals)
 	Expect some shedding early on, especially from the borders

Water stains tend to settle naturally over time. We don’t recommend bleach or strong stain removers, as they may cause discolouration.
Underlay Options
The rug’s heavyweight structure means underlay isn't required in most cases. However, if you’re placing it on smooth flooring, underlay can help with grip and comfort.
Delivery & Returns
This Square Jute Rug is in stock and will be dispatched via UPS within 5 working days.

 	Worldwide shipping available
 	For a shipping quote please select the Large Jute Rug and request a quote in the basket.
 	Tracking number provided on dispatch

If you’re not satisfied with your rug, you can return it within 2 days of receiving it for a full refund, minus return shipping. Bespoke jute rugs are non-refundable due to their made-to-order nature.
A Natural Rug That Lasts
With its thick braided weave, warm natural tone and square format, this Square Jute Rug is a functional and timeless addition to any space. Whether you’re furnishing a home, studio or rental, it’s a practical and stylish way to add texture underfoot.

For more inspiration, please follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon.

### Hardwearing Woven Jute Rug Blond 244x300cm

244x300cm Woven Jute Rug Fine Braided Finish
This Emily's House woven jute rug is made using natural plant fibres sourced from India and Bangladesh. Jute is fast-growing, sustainable, and requires no chemical treatments. With its tight flat weave and soft cream tone, this rug combines clean design with everyday function. The structure helps absorb sound, making it suitable for busy homes and shared spaces.
Explore Our Jute Weaves
We stock a variety of textures and braids. See how our jute rug styles compare.
Custom Sizes Offered
If you need a specific dimension, we can create a bespoke woven jute rug. Production time is approximately three months. Request a quote here.
Shop Available Stock
Looking for something ready to go? Visit our jute rug collection to view current availability.
Ethical Craftsmanship
Each woven jute rug is handwoven in Indian workshops that follow ILO standards. The teams we work with are paid fairly and operate in safe, respectful conditions.
Using Underlay
We recommend using rug underlay if you're placing it on smooth flooring such as wood or tile. It prevents slipping and improves comfort. While heavier rugs may stay in place naturally, this lighter woven jute rug benefits from added grip.
Cleaning Tips
Jute is not suitable for machine washing. To maintain your rug:

 	Vacuum weekly on a low setting
 	Blot spills straight away with a clean, dry towel
 	Keep away from damp rooms
 	Rotate now and then to balance wear

Like all plant-based fibres, jute may show slight changes in colour or texture over time. For best longevity, avoid placing your woven jute rug in humid areas.
Delivery and Returns
We dispatch in-stock items within 5 working days. Orders include international tracking.

You may return your rug within 2 days of receiving it, excluding postage costs both ways. Custom-made rugs are non-returnable.
Get Inspired
See how our woven jute rug is styled in real homes. Follow @emilyshouselondon on Instagram.
Photo credit: This 244x300cm woven jute rug was featured in ROMO’s Autumn Winter 2024 collection, photographed by @damianrussell_ for ROMO. Pictured with Shiri drapes in copper and cushions from the Ottavia range.

### Handwoven Thick Braided Jute Rug 200x300cm

Thick Braided Handwoven Jute Rug – 200x300cm
This thick braided handwoven jute rug combines natural strength with refined texture. At 200x300cm, it is a substantial piece designed to add warmth and structure to living rooms, dining rooms and open-plan layouts. The raised borders and generous weave create a luxurious feel underfoot, while the natural blonde tones bring calm and balance to both modern and traditional interiors.
Features of Our Thick Braided Jute Rug

 	Handwoven by skilled artisans using traditional techniques
 	Substantial braided weave with four raised borders for definition
 	Reversible design with the same weave on both sides
 	Luxurious 1cm thickness, rising to 1.5cm on the borders
 	Naturally soft texture with a durable, weighty finish

Sustainable Material
This jute rug is made from fibres grown in India and Bangladesh. Jute is a renewable, fast-growing crop that requires little water and no pesticides, making it one of the most eco-friendly natural fibres available. By choosing a thick braided handwoven jute rug, you’re bringing timeless style into your home while also supporting sustainable living.
Ethical Craftsmanship
Emily's House rugs are woven in workshops that uphold International Labour Organisation standards. Fair wages, safe working conditions and respect for artisan skills are central to the way these rugs are produced. Each handwoven jute rug represents a combination of traditional craftsmanship and ethical values, resulting in a product you can feel proud to own.
Product Details
Shape: Rectangle
Size: 200x300cm
Thickness: 1cm, up to 1.5cm at the borders
Construction: Thick braided handwoven weave
Material: 100% natural jute fibre
Origin: India and Bangladesh
Underlay Recommendation
This rug is heavy enough to stay in place, but on smooth flooring such as wood, tile or laminate we recommend using a non-slip underlay. Underlay not only prevents movement but also enhances the comfort underfoot and prolongs the life of your rug.
Care Instructions
To maintain the beauty of your rug:

 	Vacuum regularly on a low suction setting
 	Rotate the rug occasionally to balance natural wear
 	Blot spills immediately with a clean, dry cloth
 	Avoid prolonged exposure to damp or humidity
 	Do not wash or steam clean

With gentle care, your thick braided jute rug will remain a striking feature in your home for many years.
Delivery and Returns
Dispatch: In-stock rugs ship within five working days
Tracking: Full tracking details provided once shipped
Delivery: Worldwide shipping available – request a quote if needed
Returns: Items can be returned within two days of receipt (buyer covers postage)
Custom Rugs: Bespoke jute rugs are made to order and are non-refundable
Compare Jute Weaves
Not sure whether a thick braided rug is the right fit? Compare our fine, semi-thick and thick jute rugs to find the texture and finish that suits your space best.
Bring Natural Luxury Into Your Home
A 200x300cm thick braided handwoven jute rug is more than just a floor covering. It’s a sustainable piece of craftsmanship that combines natural beauty, durability and ethical values. Whether placed beneath a dining table, styled in a lounge, or grounding a larger open-plan room, this rug adds a luxurious, organic element that enhances any interior.

### 250x400cm THICK Braided Plain Jute Rug Large Area Rug

250x400cm Jute Rug Thick Braided Plain Large Area Rug

 

These Emily's House jute rugs are a popular choice and for good reason!

They are incredibly diverse and a natural way to add warmth and texture to any space. They are handwoven with a thick braided natural colour weave and 4 raised borders.


The weave is the same on both sides so this makes every rug reversible too. They have a soft texture and a thickness of 1 cm with up to 1.5cm on the borders (think about doors opening and closing).

Made from the fibres of the jute plant, which is primarily grown in India and Bangladesh, these rugs don't only look beautiful but also have insulating and noise-reduction properties. What’s more, they are eco-friendly, as jute is a renewable resource that requires little water and no pesticides to grow, so a sustainable choice for environmentally-conscious consumers.

 

Made-to-measure jute Rug: Made-to-Order

A jute rug can be made-to-order to fit your specific size requirements with a minimum 3 month lead time.

For questions and quotes, please do get in touch here

 

Stock

Please click here to see what is ready for immediate delivery.

 

Production 


The rugs are woven in a workshop in India complying with ILO conventions and recommendations, good working conditions and fair wages in line with The Universal Declaration of Human Rights and key UN conventions.


 

Jute 


Jute is a long soft material that can be spun into coarse strong threads. It is one of the most affordable plant fibres, and second only to cotton in the amount produced and variety of uses.

The jute plant needs standing water to thrive. The suitable climate for growing jute is warm and wet and therefore South India is great for jute production with its monsoon climate, humidity and temperatures from 20-40degrees.

 


Vegetable fibre

Jute is a vegetable fibre that is extracted from the stem of the jute plant. It is an eco-friendly material that is biodegradable and renewable, so these rugs are a great choice for those who are looking for an environmentally friendly option. However jute rugs are not as durable as for example wool rugs are and therefore they do come with a few downsides.

Due to the nature of the material, there will be some shedding. We do everything we can do minimise this (like heat treatment) but it can not be completely avoided. The shedding can be minimised by vacuuming gently on a low setting and avoid placing it in high traffic areas.

Due to the thickness of this weave, there will be some loose strands popping out over time. They can just be cut off or tucked in again. Choosing something with a more tight weave can reduce this or choosing for a different material all together, like wool, can be a more durable option.

It is worth re-mentioning here that these jute rugs have been made reversible, so if one side becomes worn you can turn them around.

 

Underlay 

These rugs have a heavy weight to them and should not move around. However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

Please click here for more info on underlay here. 


 


Maintaining and caring for your carpet

Rugs made from plant fibres are prone to staining and fading over time. They do require some TLC and are not as hardwearing and durable as for example, wool rugs.

There are some things you can do:

 	Vacuum on a low suction setting to avoid damaging the fibers.
 	Spot clean any spills or stains immediately with a clean, damp cloth. Be gentle with the rug to avoid causing any damage.
 	Avoid placing the rug in areas with high humidity, as this can cause the fibers to weaken and break down over time.
 	Rotate the rug periodically to ensure even wear and tear.




 






Delivery and returns 

Jute rugs in stock will be dispatched within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available.

Once your order is on its way, you will receive a tracking number.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


Bespoke jute rugs are made according to your specific requirements and are non-refundable.

 

Follow us:

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






Photo credits




Front Image Photo credit: ROMO x TEMPERLEY collab where fashion and interiors unit! The Romo group took a dive into the Temperley archives and came up with some magnificent fabrics wall coverings and trimmings.



Photo credit @colefaxandfowler, Stylist: Sally Denning @sallydenningstylist, Photographer: Jan Baldwin @janbaldwin

Photo credit @manuelcanovasparis in Balangan wallpaper on walls and ceiling is kiwi, styles by the talented @alibronstylist 



 

### Thick Braided Jute Rug Rectangular Handwoven Area Rug 250X450cm

250x450cm Semi-Thick Handwoven Jute Rug Rectangular
This semi-thick handwoven jute rug rectangular in 250x450cm is designed to add natural warmth, durability and texture to larger interiors. With a substantial braided weave and four raised borders, it balances softness underfoot with everyday practicality, making it ideal for dining rooms, living spaces and open-plan layouts.
Product Details

 	Size: 250x450cm
 	Thickness: Approx. 1cm centre, up to 1.5cm at borders
 	Shape: Rectangular
 	Material: 100% natural jute fibre
 	Construction: Handwoven semi-thick braided weave
 	Reversible: Yes, same weave on both sides
 	Origin: Handmade in India

Natural and Sustainable
This Emily's House jute rug rectangular is crafted from fibres grown in India and Bangladesh. Jute is a renewable crop that requires little water and no pesticides, making it one of the most eco-friendly materials available. Beyond its sustainability, the rug helps reduce noise and offers a light layer of insulation on hard floors.
Handwoven Craftsmanship
Each rug is handmade by skilled artisans in workshops that comply with International Labour Organisation standards. Fair wages, safe working conditions and traditional weaving methods ensure that every rug combines ethical production with long-lasting quality.
Comfort and Practicality
The semi-thick structure provides softness underfoot while remaining stable and heavy enough to stay in place. Its reversible design extends usability, and the generous rectangular size makes it suitable for anchoring furniture arrangements in large rooms. Raised borders add definition while allowing for consideration of door clearance.
Care and Maintenance
With proper care, your semi-thick jute rug rectangular will retain its natural beauty for years. Some shedding or loose strands may appear due to the nature of jute fibres—these can simply be trimmed or tucked back in. To keep the rug in good condition:

 	Vacuum gently on a low suction setting
 	Blot spills quickly with a clean, dry cloth
 	Rotate every few months to balance wear
 	Avoid damp or high-humidity areas

Underlay Recommendation
This rug is heavy and usually sits firmly in place, but underlay is recommended on wood, tile or laminate for extra cushioning, slip resistance and longevity. As one customer said: “Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Custom Sizes Available
If this size isn’t quite right, we also offer made-to-order jute rugs with a three-month lead time. Contact us for quotes on bespoke dimensions.
Delivery and Returns

 	In-stock rugs dispatched within 5 working days via UPS
 	Worldwide shipping available with tracking
 	Returns accepted within 2 days of receipt (buyer pays return postage)
 	Custom rugs are non-refundable

Shop More Jute Rugs
View our full jute rug collection for other weaves and sizes. For bespoke enquiries, contact us directly.

### Large Square Jute Rug Thick Braided 350x350cm

Large Square Jute Rug Thick Braided Plain 350x350cm
Looking for a natural rug that brings structure, warmth and texture into your space?

Our Large Square Jute Rug measures 350x350cm and is handwoven using thick braided jute with four raised borders. The weave runs identically on both sides, making the rug fully reversible and extending its use.

With a thickness of around 1cm and a border height of up to 1.5cm, it’s soft underfoot yet firm enough to hold its shape. It also works well under furniture or in areas where chair movement is frequent.
Sustainable and Stylish
Made from jute fibres grown in India and Bangladesh, this Large Square Jute Rug is not only attractive but also functional. Jute is a vegetable-based fibre that grows quickly, needs minimal water, and requires no pesticides. It is a strong option for those who care about natural materials and reduced environmental impact.

The chunky weave offers light sound absorption and a solid, tactile surface underfoot. The rug’s plain, neutral colouring blends easily into modern, rustic, or classic interiors.

For questions and quotes, please do get in touch here.
A Practical Fit for Everyday Spaces
Thanks to its weight and thickness, this Large Square Jute Rug usually stays in place without underlay. It works well in:

 	Kitchen diners
 	Lounges
 	Bedrooms
 	Studies or home offices

The simple square shape also suits open-plan areas where you want to define a central zone.

See our Emily's House Jute Rug collection.
Reversible & Handmade with Care
Each rug is handmade by artisans in India, in workshops that meet key ethical standards including:

 	Fair wages
 	Safe working conditions
 	UN Human Rights and ILO compliance

This Large Square Jute Rug is made with the same braided weave on both sides. When one side begins to show wear, you can flip it over to extend its life.
Bespoke Sizing Available
Looking for a different size? We offer made-to-order options, including rugs with either two or four borders. Lead time is typically three months. To request a quote, simply get in touch with us.
Jute: The Natural Fibre
Jute is one of the most widely used natural fibres in the world, second only to cotton in production volume. It thrives in warm, humid climates and supports sustainable agriculture. The fibres are long and soft, but when spun, they create a coarse thread that’s ideal for rug weaving.

Our Large Square Jute Rug uses these durable threads to create a thick, structured weave with excellent weight and tactile appeal.
Care and Maintenance
To keep your rug in good condition:

 	Vacuum gently with low suction
 	Spot clean with a damp cloth (no harsh cleaners)
 	Avoid damp or high humidity areas
 	Turn the rug from time to time to spread wear
 	Expect some shedding, especially from the borders

You may see loose strands with use. These can be snipped or tucked back into the weave.
Underlay
While underlay is optional, it may improve grip and feel, especially on smooth floors. Some customers find underlay adds extra comfort underfoot too.
Delivery and Returns
This Large Square Jute Rug is in stock and ready for delivery. Orders are dispatched via UPS within five working days. You’ll receive a tracking number once your item is on the way.

 	Worldwide shipping available
 	In-stock rugs are refundable within 2 days of receipt (minus return shipping)
 	Made-to-order rugs are non-refundable

A Rug That Works in Every Season
Whether placed under a dining table, in a relaxed living area or in a bedroom, this Large Square Jute Rug offers natural tone and texture with long-lasting appeal. It’s a dependable, unfussy addition to your home.

For more ideas and customer photos, follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon.
Photo credits
Front Image Photo credit: ROMO x TEMPERLEY collab where fashion and interiors unite. The Romo Group took a dive into the Temperley archives and came up with some magnificent fabrics, wall coverings and trimmings.

Photo credit @colefaxandfowler, Stylist: Sally Denning @sallydenningstylist, Photographer: Jan Baldwin @janbaldwin

Photo credit @manuelcanovasparis in Balangan wallpaper on walls and ceiling in kiwi, styled by the talented @alibronstylist

### Red Plain Greek Key Bordered Moroccan Vintage Rug 170x260cm

Red Plain Greek Key Bordered Moroccan Vintage Rug 170x260cm
This is a vintage Moroccan Berber rug, handwoven by Berber women from Boujaad.

It has a soft short pile height and is handwoven with 100% wool.

It has a plain middle field and a decorative grey key border around its plain centre.

It has a medium size of 170x260cm

It is vintage, midcentury and in excellent condition.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Moroccan Berber rug, Plain red with grey key border

This is a vintage carpet, handwoven in Morocco.

The rug has a classic look and feel with plain mid field and greek key border.

 


Origin 

This Orange rug is Midcentury and handwoven with premium wool quality.

 

Size and shape, Medium size

This Moroccan Berber rug in plain red with greek key border, has a medium size of 170x260cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% wool and has a flexible soft handle to it.

 

Age

This Moroccan Berber rug in plain red with grey key border, is midcentury

It has a short pile height and is in excellent condition.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Berber rug with plain red mid field and greek key border, is handwoven bu artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a plain middle field in shades of similar reds, surrounded by a border in stylish greek key design.

Its pile of wool is very short and soft to touch.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug in plain red with greek key border, has a flexible handle and good weight to it.

However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Moss Green Moroccan Berber Rug Plain Vintage Large Area Rug 200x300cm

Moss Green Moroccan Berber Rug Plain
 

This is a handwoven large Moroccan Berber rug in plain moss green colour palette.

It has a low pile height and is handwoven with 100% wool.

It is handwoven with plain palette in moss greensand a hardwearing texture.

It has a good large size of 300cm long and 200cm wide.

It is vintage and in excellent condition.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Moss Green Moroccan Berber rug

This Moss green Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven with 100% wool in a plain colour palette in moss green.

 



Moss Green Handwoven Berber rug





This moss green Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven by artisan craftswomen from the Berber tribes in the Middle Atlas Mountains. The rug is vintage, from the 1970ies and is in excellent condition.

It has a low pile texture and is soft to touch.

For more plain rugs, please click here .

This green large handwoven Moroccan Berber rug is soft to touch and adds elegance and texture to the room.




 

Craftswomen

Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , foremother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

 



Size and shape, Large area rug

This Moroccan Berber in moss green has a good large size of 300cm long and 200cm wide.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% wool and has a flexible soft handle to it.

 

Age

This Moroccan Berber rug in green is vintage, from the 1970ies possibly older.

It has a low pile height and is in excellent condition.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Berber rug in moss green is handwoven.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a plain field and no design. It is handmade with shades of moss green colour palette bordered with a rusty toned edge.

Its pile of wool is low in height and soft to touch.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug in moss green has a flexible handle and good weight to it.

However, depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here. 

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Large Turkish Kilim Rug Gently Faded Vintage Flatweave 210x330cm

Large Turkish Kilim Rug Gently Faded
 

This is a large vintage Turkish kilim rug, handwoven in the area of Manisa.

It is handmade by artisan weavers with a gently faded design.

It is Midcentury, flatwoven and is in excellent condition.

 

Artisan handwoven Turkish Rug


This kilim rug is handwoven by Turkish artisan craftswomen from the area of Manisa in West Turkey and has a gently faded design.


This flatweave kilim rug is Midcentury, vintage and in excellent condition.





This Turkish kilim rug from Manisa has a gently faded design on a darker brown goat hair background. The latter makes is slightly more rough to touch.

 

Size 

This large Turkish kilim rug has a good size of 210x330cm and is handmade with vegetable dyes.




If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.


 

Kilim rugs  

Kilim rugs, also known as a flatweave, show a decisive difference to hand knotted rugs. They do not have a pile of wool on one side an as such they are much lighter than pile rugs.

Kilim rugs are made by interweaving the warp and weft strands in a flat structure. This makes them reversible and so they can be laid out from both the front and back side.

This weaving technique comes from the former Persia, but is now used all over the world.


 

Underlay 

Kilim rugs are relatively lightweight and could benefit from and underlay.


"Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping your rug in place but also making it feel much nicer to walk on."

 

 


Handwoven rugs

This large Turkish kilim rug with gently faded design is Midcentury and handwoven with vegetable dyes.




 



 

Tribal rugs 

This large Turkish kilim rug is handmade in West Turkey and is a nice example of tribal folk art.

Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

 




Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly.

Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also vacuumed because just as much dust can accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. use a hairdryer, underfloor heating or radiator to get the rug completely dry afterwards.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon




 

### Turkish Kilim Midcentury Vintage Ushak Flatweave Large Size 193x310cm

Turkish Kilim Midcentury Vintage Ushak Flatweave Large Size 193x310cm
 

This is a vintage Turkish kilim rug, handwoven in the area of Ushak.

It has a traditional geometric design and is handwoven with vegetable dyes.

It is Midcentury, flatwoven and is in excellent condition.

 

Artisan handwoven Turkish Rug


This kilim rug is handwoven by Turkish artisan craftswomen from the area of Ushak in West Turkey.


This flatweave kilim rug is Midcentury, vintage and in excellent condition.





This Turkish kilim rug from Ushak has a traditional geometric diamond design and is handwoven with vegetable dyes.

It has an elegant look and feel to it with well defined motifs and traditional shapes.

If you re looking for more kilim rugs, please click here.

 

Size 

This Turkish kilim rug  from Ushak has a good large size of 193x310cm and is handmade with vegetable dyes.




If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.


 

Kilim rugs  

Kilim rugs, also known as a flatweave, show a decisive difference to hand knotted rugs. They do not have a pile of wool on one side an as such they are much lighter than pile rugs.

Kilim rugs are made by interweaving the warp and weft strands in a flat structure. This makes them reversible and so they can be laid out from both the front and back side.

This weaving technique comes from the former Persia, but is now used all over the world.


 

Underlay 

Kilim rugs are relatively lightweight and could benefit from and underlay.


"Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping your rug in place but also making it feel much nicer to walk on."

Please click here if you wish to add underlay.

 


Handwoven rugs

This Turkish kilim rug from Ushak is Midcentury and handwoven with vegetable dyes.


It hs well defined motifs and is handmade with high quality materials and a symmetrical design.


For more kilim rugs, please click here.

For kilims in bespoke sizes, please click here.



 

Tribal rugs 

This colourful Turkish kilim rug from Ushak in West Turkey is a nice example of tribal folk art.

Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

 




Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly.

Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also vacuumed because just as much dust can accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. use a hairdryer, underfloor heating or radiator to get the rug completely dry afterwards.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon




 

### Diagonal Striped Turkish Vintage Manisa Kilim Large 200x310cm

Diagonal Striped Turkish Vintage Manisa Kilim Large 200x310cm
 

This is a vintage Turkish kilim rug, handwoven in the area of Manisa.

It is handmade by artisan weavers with a colourful diagonal design!

It is Midcentury, flatwoven and is in excellent condition.

 

Artisan handwoven Turkish Rug


This kilim rug is handwoven by Turkish artisan craftswomen from the area of Manisa in West Turkey with a diagonal striped design.


This flatweave kilim rug is Midcentury, vintage and in excellent condition.





This Turkish kilim rug from Manisa has a colourful diagonal design on a darker brown goat hair background. the latter makes is slightly more rough to touch than wool kilims.

 

Size 

This Turkish kilim rug with diagonal striped design has a good large size of 200x310cm and is handmade with vegetable dyes.




If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.


 

Kilim rugs  

Kilim rugs, also known as a flatweave, show a decisive difference to hand knotted rugs. They do not have a pile of wool on one side an as such they are much lighter than pile rugs.

Kilim rugs are made by interweaving the warp and weft strands in a flat structure. This makes them reversible and so they can be laid out from both the front and back side.

This weaving technique comes from the former Persia, but is now used all over the world.


 

Underlay 

Kilim rugs are relatively lightweight and could benefit from and underlay.


"Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping your rug in place but also making it feel much nicer to walk on."

 

 


Handwoven rugs

This Turkish kilim rug with diagonal striped design is Midcentury and handwoven with vegetable dyes.


It is handmade with cool colourful diagonal squares on a background of brown goat hair.


 



 

Tribal rugs 

This colourful Turkish kilim rug with diagonal striped design is handmade in West Turkey and is a nice example of tribal folk art.

Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

 




Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly.

Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also vacuumed because just as much dust can accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. use a hairdryer, underfloor heating or radiator to get the rug completely dry afterwards.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon




 

### Orange Berber Rug Vintage Moroccan Rehamna Carpet 160x245cm

Orange Berber Rug Vintage Moroccan Rehamna Carpet
This is a vintage Moroccan Berber rug, handwoven by Berber women from Rehamna.

It has a soft short pile height and is handwoven with 100% wool.

It has a free flow geometric design in blush pink, black and hints of mint green.

It has a medium size of 160x240cm.

It is vintage, midcentury and in excellent condition.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Moroccan Berber rug, Vintage Rehamna rug in Orange 

This is a vintage carpet, handwoven in the Rehamna area in Morocco, which is known for it vibrant use of orange tones!

The rug has a free flow semi symmetrical design in  blush, black and pale tones on a vibrant orange wool background.

 


Origin 

This Orange rug is Midcentury and handwoven in the area around Rehamna in Middle Morocco.

 

Size and shape, Medium size orange Rehamna rug 

This Moroccan Berber rug in orange from Rehamna has a medium size of 160x240cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% wool and has a flexible soft handle to it.

 

Age

This Moroccan Berber rug in orange is vintage and handwoven in the area of Rehamna.

It has a short to medium pile of wool and feels soft to touch.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This vintage Moroccan Berber rug in orange is handwoven in Rehamna.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a fee flow artistic design in black and pale tones on a vibrant orange wool background.

Its pile of wool is short to medium in height and soft to touch.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug in Orange from Rehamna, has a flexible handle and good weight to it.

However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug in orange from Rehamna is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Turkish Kilim Rug Handwoven Ushak Flatweave Rug 202x308cm

Turkish Kilim Rug Handwoven Ushak Rug
 

This is a vintage Turkish kilim rug, handwoven in the area of Ushak.

It has a good large size of about 200x300cm and a mix of striped and floral motifs.

It has traditional geometric designs in classic reds, greens and orange on a pale blue -grey background.

It is in excellent condition!

 

Artisan handwoven Turkish Ushak kilim Rug


This kilim rug is handwoven by Turkish artisan craftswomen from the Ushak Area in West Turkey.


This flatweave Ushak kilim rug is vintage and in excellent condition.





This Turkish kilim rug from Ushak has a colourful design in reds, greens and oranges on a grey-ish background.

It has an elegant look and feel to it with well defined motifs and traditional shapes.

If you re looking for more kilim rugs, please click here.

 

Size 

This Turkish kilim rug from Ushak has a good large size of just over 200x300cm and would work well as living room rug or kitchen rug.




If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.


 

Kilim rugs  

Kilim rugs, also known as a flatweave, show a decisive difference to hand knotted rugs. They do not have a pile of wool on one side an as such they are much lighter than pile rugs.

Kilim rugs are made by interweaving the warp and weft strands in a flat structure. This makes them reversible and so they can be laid out from both the front and back side.

This weaving technique comes from the former Persia, but is now used all over the world.


 

Underlay 

Kilim rugs are relatively lightweight and could benefit from and underlay.


"Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping your rug in place but also making it feel much nicer to walk on."

Please click here if you wish to add underlay.

 


Handwoven rugs

This Turkish kilim rug from Ushak is handwoven with vegetable dyes.


It hs well defined motifs and is handmade with high quality materials and a symmetrical design.


For more kilim rugs, please click here.

For kilims in bespoke sizes, please click here.



 

Tribal rugs 

This colourful Turkish kilim rug from Ushak is a nice example of tribal folk art. Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

 




Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly.

Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also vacuumed because just as much dust can accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. use a hairdryer, underfloor heating or radiator to get the rug completely dry afterwards.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon




 

### Geometric Design Beni Ouarain Rug Large Size 210x290cm

Geometric Design Beni Ouarain Rug – New, Handwoven, 210x290cm (NR1903)
This Geometric Design Beni Ouarain Rug is newly handwoven by Berber women in the Atlas Mountains. Made using 100% natural wool, it features a soft short pile and a clean, minimal design with black diamonds set against a natural white background.
Simple Berber Style
This piece is woven in the traditional Beni style using high-quality wool and a single black geometric pattern. The result is a contemporary rug that blends seamlessly with a range of interiors.
Origin
This is a newly made Beni Ouarain rug with a modern feel, while still honouring its traditional roots in Moroccan craftsmanship.
Size and Shape
It measures 210cm wide by 290cm long — a generous size that works well in living rooms, bedrooms or open-plan spaces.

If you're unsure what size you need, take a look at our rug sizing guide.
Materials and Texture
Made from 100% natural wool, this rug has a flexible handle and soft texture. The short to medium pile feels comfortable underfoot while remaining durable for everyday use.
Age
This is a newly handwoven piece using fresh wool and modern looms. Its condition is excellent, with a crisp finish and uniform patterning.
Handwoven Craftsmanship
Every Geometric Design Beni Ouarain Rug is handwoven, meaning you may notice minor asymmetries — a signature of authentic handmade rugs. These small irregularities add to the uniqueness and charm of each piece.
Underlay Recommendation
This rug has a substantial weight, but we recommend using underlay if it’s being placed on smooth flooring such as wood or tiles. It will keep the rug in place, provide extra cushioning, reduce noise, and help prolong its life.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Style Versatility
The clean geometric pattern and neutral tones work well in a wide range of spaces, from Scandinavian and modern to bohemian and ethnic-inspired interiors.
Care and Maintenance
This rug is low maintenance. Vacuum it regularly on a low setting and flip it occasionally to remove dust from both sides. Shaking it outdoors every few months can also help maintain its freshness.
Stain Treatment

 	Blot spills immediately with a clean cloth—don’t rub
 	Start with plain water to dilute the stain, then dab with kitchen towel
 	Work from the outside in to avoid spreading
 	Allow the rug to dry thoroughly after any cleaning
 	Avoid bleach or harsh chemical cleaners

If you're unsure how to treat a stain, we recommend professional cleaning. Feel free to contact us for advice.
Delivery and Returns
Your order will be shipped via UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available, with a small additional charge for remote areas. A tracking link will be provided once your item has been dispatched.

If you're not satisfied with your rug, you can return it within 2 days of receipt for a full refund, excluding return postage.
Follow Us
For design ideas and to see our latest rugs, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

### MADE TO ORDER Beni Ouarain Rug Geometric Design

MADE TO ORDER WITH 3 MONTH LEAD TIME, DIFFERENT DESIGNS AVAILABLE

Beni rugs made to order
Our Beni rugs are made to order with a 3 month lead time.

There are various design to choose from a simple diamond design to more abstract patterns.

The pile of wool van be low or shaggy depending on your requirements.

 
Handwoven
Our Beni rugs are handmade in weaving cooperatives In Morocco

 

 


Size and shape

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% wool and has a flexible soft handle to it.


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Beni Berber rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

MADE TO ORDER rugs are made according to your specific needs and requirements and are therefore non-refundable.

 

Follow us
For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Grey Geometric Design Beni Ouarain Carpet Large 205x320cm

Grey Geometric Design Beni Ouarain Carpet
 

This is a beautiful Moroccan Beni Ouarain carpet with grey geometric design.

It has a soft shaggy pile and is handwoven with 100% natural wool.

It has a geometric design in soft grey tones, on a background of natural white wool.

It is handwoven by Berber women from the Beni Ouarain Tribe in the 1990ies.

It is in excellent condition.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Grey Geometric Beni Berber Rug

This rug is handwoven in the 1990ies by Berber women from the Beni Ouarain area with a grey geometric design and soft shaggy pile.

 


Origin 

This Beni rug with grey design is from the Beni Ouarain Area, in the Middle Atlas Mountains

 

Size and shape

This Beni rug has a good large size of 205x320cm and is handwoven with premium materials with grey geometric design and a natural white wool background.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with100% wool and natural dyes and has a flexible yet durable handle to it.

 

Age

This grey Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven in the 1990ies and in excellent condition.

It has a shaggy pile and is soft tot touch.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This beni with grey design is a  Moroccan rug, handwoven by Berber women from the Middle Atlas Mountains

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with an overall grey geometric design on a shaggy white wool background.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Beni rug with grey design has a large size and good weight to it.

However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here. 

 

Style

This Beni rug with grey design is appealing to a wide variety of projects and interiors, from contemporary homes to Scandinavian, bohemian, Kinfolk and more ethnic interiors.


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Beni Berber rug is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Small Beni Berber Navy Blue Geometric Design 90x180cm

Small Beni Berber with Navy Blue Design
 

This is a vintage Moroccan Beni rug, handwoven with navy blue geometric diamond design on a white wool background.

This small Beni rug has a low short pile height and is handwoven with super nice wool quality.

It has a medium size of 90x180cm and fringes one end.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Small Beni Rug Navy Blue Design 

This small beni rug with navy design is handwoven by artisan craftswomen with excellent wool quality and lustrous wool.

 


Size and shape, small size

This Beni Berber roughs a small size of 90cm wide x 180cm long.

It would work well next to a bed or on a hallway or bathroom area.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% wool and has a flexible soft handle to it.

 

Age

This Moroccan Berber rug in small size with navy diamond design is midcentury and in excellent condition.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Beni Berber rug, is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with navy blue geometric diamond design on a background of natural white coloured wool.

Its pile of wool is short and soft to touch.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Beni Berber in small size has a flexible handle and good weight to it.

However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Beni Berber in small size is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Colourful Large Moroccan Berber Rug Handwoven Large Area Rug 220x340cm

Colourful Large Moroccan Berber Rug
 

This is a Moroccan Berber rug handwoven with colourful motifs on a cherry red background.

 

It is handwoven with premium wool quality and a bold geometric design.

It has a medium to thick wool pile and adds comfort under foot,

This colourful Moroccan rug has a large size of about 220x340cm.

It is Midcentury and in excellent condition.

 

Colourful Moroccan Berber rug


This Moroccan Berber rug in colourful design is handwoven by artisan craftswomen from the Berber tribes in the Atlas Mountains.


The rug is Midcentury and in excellent condition.





It is handmade with a bold geometric design in multi colours of pink, green, black, pale green and purples on a cherry red wool background.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

For larger sizes, please click here 

 

Size 

This colourful Moroccan Berber rug has a large size of 220x340cm

It has a medium thick pile of wool and is soft underfoot.




If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 



Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Berber rug is handmade in the 1970ies.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a bold motifs in a semi symmetrical look and feel.

For more handwoven Berber rugs, please click here

 



Tribal rugs 

This colourful Berber rug is tribal folk art. Tribal rugs are woven by the heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

 




Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly.

Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also vacuumed because just as much dust an accumulate there, as on the front.


 

Underlay

Depending on the underfloor, you may want to consider putting an underlay under your rug.

“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

Please click here for more info.

 


Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. Use a hairdryer, underfloor heating or radiator to get the rug completely dry afterwards.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### MADE TO ORDER Teal Blue Contemporary Kilim Rug Herringbone

MADE TO ORDER WITH 3 MONTH LEAD TIME, DIFFERENT COLOURS AVAILABLE

Teal Blue Contemporary Kilim Rug Herringbone Stripe Large 260x350cm
 

This beautiful teal blue kilim rug is handwoven with premium materials and a minimal design in herringbone striped shapes.

It is woven with handspun wool which gives it shades of teal, blue and cream tones instead of solid block colours. The handspun wool gives the kilim rug more variety and creates extra depth.

This teal blue kilim rug has a good large size of 260x350cm and has a soft yet durable texture.

Its design and look is contemporary with a teal blue herringbone geometric design with alternating blocks in creamy white.

Try this design in pink  or soft pink

 

Teal Blue Flatweave 

This teal blue kilim rug is fatwoven, which means it does not have a pile of wool on one side and as such it is much lighter than a pile rug.

Kilims are made by interweaving the warp and weft strands in a flat texture. This makes them reversible and so they can be laid out from both the front and back side.

 


Origin 

This beautiful teal blue large kilim rug is handwoven in Turkey by skilled craftspeople with premium materials and a herringbone striped design.

It is new made and has a contemporary look and feel to it.

 

Size and shape

This teal blue handwoven kilim rug has a large size of 260x350cm.

This works well under a kingsize bed, under a kitchen table or in a living room.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% hand-spun wool. It has a soft feel to it with a flexible handle yet is durable and hardwearing.

 

Age

This teal blue kilim rug in herringbone stripe design is new made with a contemporary look and feel.

Handwoven rugs

This teal blue kilim rug is handwoven on a large loom!

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a simple herringbone design with a symmetrical look and feel to it!

Underlay 

This teal blue kilim rug has a good weight to it, is not too thin or too floppy, however depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

Style

This contemporary teal blue Turkish kilim is appealing to a wide variety of projects and interiors, from contemporary homes to Scandinavian, bohemian, Kinfolk and more ethnic interiors.

It would work well in areas that have more footfall as it is hardwearing and durable. It would also work well in a bedroom as it has a good large size of 260x350cm or as living room or kitchen rug.

Its design is contemporary with a teal blue herringbone geometric design with alternating blocks in creamy white.


 

Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This teal blue Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Quality Thick Large Jute Rug Handwoven 300x400cm

Thick Large Jute Rug 300x400cm
This 300x400cm Thick Large Jute Rug is a popular choice for homeowners looking to add natural warmth and texture to their interiors.

Handwoven with a thick braided weave in a natural tone and finished with four raised borders, this rug offers practical style for a variety of spaces.

The weave is identical on both sides, making it reversible. Its soft texture and 1cm thickness, with borders up to 1.5cm, should be considered where doors need clearance.

Made from jute fibres grown in India and Bangladesh, these rugs provide insulation, sound absorption and visual appeal. Jute is eco-friendly, renewable and grown without pesticides, making it a strong option for environmentally conscious homes.
Bespoke Jute Rug: Made-to-Order
A Thick Large Jute Rug can be made to order in any size. Lead time is around three months. For quotes, please get in touch here.
Stock
See our collection of Jute Rugs available for immediate delivery.
Production
Each rug is woven in an Indian workshop that follows ILO conventions, with safe working conditions and fair pay in line with UN guidelines.
Jute
Jute is a long, soft fibre spun into strong threads. It is one of the most widely produced plant fibres after cotton. South India provides an ideal growing climate with warm temperatures, monsoon humidity and standing water.
Vegetable Fibre
Jute is a vegetable fibre that is biodegradable and renewable. It’s a practical choice for those avoiding synthetic materials. While not as hardwearing as wool, it’s suited to low to medium traffic areas.

Some shedding may occur due to the natural fibres. This is reduced with heat treatment but cannot be entirely avoided. Vacuuming on a low setting helps minimise it.

The thick weave may produce occasional loose strands. These can be trimmed or tucked back in. For higher durability, consider a tighter weave or wool alternative.

Our Emily's House Thick Large Jute Rug is reversible, so if one side becomes worn, simply flip it over.
Underlay
The rug is heavy and generally stays in place. However, underlay may be preferred depending on your floor surface. It also adds comfort underfoot.
Maintaining and Caring for Your Rug

 	Vacuum on a low suction setting
 	Spot clean with a damp cloth and avoid harsh cleaners
 	Keep out of high-humidity areas
 	Rotate regularly for even wear

Delivery and Returns
Thick Large Jute Rugs in stock will be dispatched within five working days. A tracking number will be provided once shipped. Worldwide delivery available.

If you're not satisfied, you may return your rug within 2 days of receipt for a full refund, excluding return postage. Bespoke rugs are non-refundable.
Follow Us
For more photos and design ideas, follow us on Instagram @emilyshouselondon 
We have lots of happy customers, see some of our reviews.
Photo Credit
Image Photo credit 

Front Gallery Photo: ROMO x TEMPERLEY collab where fashion and interiors unite. The Romo group explored the Temperley archives to create fabrics, wall coverings and trims.

Photo credit @colefaxandfowler, Stylist: Sally Denning @sallydenningstylist, Photographer: Jan Baldwin @janbaldwin

Photo credit @manuelcanovasparis in Bangalan wallpaper on walls and ceiling in kiwi, styled by @alibronstylist

### Handwoven Dusty Pink Kilim Vertical Stripe Contemporary Kilim 240x336cm

Dusty Pink Vertical Stripe Contemporary Handwoven Kilim Rug
This beautiful Dusty Pink Kilim rug is handwoven using premium handspun wool. It features a minimal vertical stripe design in alternating shades of dusty pink and cream, giving it texture and depth without solid blocks of colour.

The rug measures 240x336cm and has a soft, flexible handle while remaining durable. The vertical stripes run along the longer edge (336cm), making it ideal for positioning under a kingsize bed or large dining table where chairs need space to move.

For more kilim rug options in stock, please click here. We also can supply made to measure beautiful rugs.
Dusty Pink Flatweave Area Rug
This Dusty Pink Kilim is flatwoven, meaning it has no raised pile and is lighter in weight than traditional pile rugs. It’s made by interweaving the warp and weft to create a reversible fabric that can be used on either side.
Origin
This large kilim is handwoven in Turkey by skilled artisans using high-quality handspun wool and a simple striped design. The look and feel are distinctly contemporary.
Size and Shape
It measures 240cm wide by 336cm long, suitable for use beneath a kingsize bed, under a large dining table, or in an open-plan living area. For guidance on choosing the right size, see our size guide.
Materials and Texture
Woven entirely from 100% handspun wool, this rug has a soft surface and a flexible but substantial weight, making it suitable for everyday use in busy areas.
Age
This Dusty Pink Kilim is newly made with a clean, modern finish and timeless stripe patterning.
Handwoven Rugs
This rug is woven by hand on a large loom. As with all handmade pieces, slight irregularities are common and are part of the charm of authentic kilims. In this case, the vertical stripe design features subtle variations in width.

For more handwoven rugs, visit our Moroccan Berber rug collection.
Underlay
While this Dusty Pink Kilim has good weight and structure, underlay is still recommended on hard floors such as tile, laminate, or wood. It helps prevent slipping, adds comfort, reduces noise, and may prolong the life of the rug.
“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”
Style
This striped kilim in dusty pink and cream suits a wide range of interiors—from Scandinavian and minimalist to bohemian and ethnic-inspired homes. It’s a practical and stylish choice for living rooms, bedrooms, or high-traffic areas like hallways and kitchens.
Maintaining and Caring for Your Kilim
This Dusty Pink Kilim is low maintenance and durable. Vacuum it using a low suction setting and occasionally flip it to remove dust from the reverse. Shake it outdoors every couple of months to refresh it.
Stain Treatment

 	Act quickly—blot spills immediately with a clean cloth
 	Dilute the spill with water before blotting with a kitchen towel
 	Blot from the outside inward to contain the stain
 	Let it dry thoroughly to prevent wool from rotting
 	Avoid bleach and harsh chemicals—they may leave white stains

For persistent stains, professional cleaning is always recommended. Contact us if you need help.
Delivery and Returns
Orders are dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available, with tracking information provided once dispatched.

If you're not satisfied with your rug, you may return it within 2 days of receipt for a full refund, excluding return postage.
Follow Us
For more inspiration and rug styling ideas, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

### Soft Pink Herringbone Kilim Rug Striped Design 300x400cm

Soft Pink Herringbone Striped Kilim Rug 300x400cm
This soft-pink beautiful kilim rug is handwoven by artisan weavers with 100% wool and a minimal striped design.

It is made with hand-dyed wool which gives the rug a unique appearance that machine-dyed wool cannot replicate, achieving different levels of colour saturation to create a more sophisticated and rich texture.

This handwoven kilim rug has a contemporary herringbone striped design and a good large size of 300x400cm. Its texture is durable and hardwearing yet also soft to touch or sit on.

This style also comes in made-to-measure with a 3 month lead time. Please get in touch for questions or a quote. 

 

Kilim rugs

Kilims are a popular choice for hallways, entryways and other areas at home that receive a lot of use as they are strong and resistant to wear and tear. Their flat-woven texture makes them a great choice for dining areas too as this allows chairs to slide in and out without catching.


 


Made to measure kilim rugs 

Our made-to-measure flat-weaves come in a range of geometric designs, from checkerboard to herringbone motifs, and have a 3 month lead time.

 

Hand-dyed wool 

All bespoke kilims are handwoven by artisan weavers with hand-dyed wool. This gives the rugs a unique appearance that machine-dyed wool cannot replicate, achieving different levels of colour saturation to create a more sophisticated and rich texture.


 

Size and shape

This striped kilim has a large size of 300cm wide and 400cm long.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Underlay 

Kilim rugs or flat-weaves typically do not have a pile of wool on one side and as such they are much lighter and thinner than pile rugs. If placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles, you may wish to add an underlay to prevent slipping or sliding and to keep your rug in place. Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

 


Maintaining and caring for your kilim

This pink herringbone striped Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low in maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.

 

Follow us: 


For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Grey Speckled Moroccan Berber Rug 140x240cm

Grey Speckled Moroccan Berber Rug
 

This is a vintage Moroccan Berber rug in grey speckled design. It is handwoven with wool and mixed fibres and has beautiful colourful fringes.

The rug has a soft feel to it and a low to medium pile height.

It has a medium size of 140x240cm and is in good condition.

 

 


Artisan rug in grey
This grey speckled rug is handwoven by artisan craftswomen from the Berber tribes in the Middle Atlas Mountains. The rug is a contemporary look and feel to it.





It has a low to medium pile of wool and feels very comfy under your foot. Its pile is soft to touch and has a speckled colour palette with grey, white and black.

If you re looking for the more traditional Berber rugs in black and white diamond design, please browse here for our Beni Ouarain rugs

 

Size 

This grey speckled Berber rug has a good medium size of 140x240cm.

It has a simple grey speckled design and is great to add some texture to a room.




If you are in doubt about what size you need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 



Handwoven rugs

This grey speckled rug is handwoven in Morocco. Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs.

In this case the rug has a very contemporary look and feel and no particular design is used, besides its free flow speckled design in grey and white.

For more handwoven Berber rugs, please click here

 



Tribal rugs 

Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of 'simply' executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

In line with the tradition, the Berber rugs use the Berber knot which is tied in a very specific way to give the rug a flexible handle. This was most compatible with their travelling lifestyle as this makes the rug easy to pack onto an animal and more lightweight than using a Turkish knot.

 




Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly. If your rug starts to look a little flat, a suitable tip is to vacuum it on the opposite direction of the pile, to help give it some life again.

Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also  vacuumed because just as much dust an accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining. the effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don't use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon




 

 

### SALE: Peach Purple Moroccan Berber Rug Low Pile 150x310cm

Peach Purple - Moroccan Berber Rug
 





ThisPeach purple Moroccan berber rug is handwoven by artisan craftswomen from the Berber tribes in the Middle Atlas Mountains.

The rug is vintage, midcentury with an elegant look and feel to it.




It has a very low pile hight, nearly flat, with a smooth elegant look and feel to it. For more options in low pile, please click here.

The rug is handmade with wool and some goat hair on the selvedges and is soft to touch.

It has a soft repetitive geometric design to it in purple lozenges on a peach background palette.

It has a long and relatively narrow size of 310cm long and 150cm wide including brown fringes both ends.



 

Handwoven rugs

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

For more handwoven Berber rugs, please click here


Tribal rugs 

Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of 'simply' executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , foremother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

In line with the tradition, the Berber rugs use the Berber knot which is tied in a very specific way to give the rug a flexible handle. This was most compatible with their travelling lifestyle as this makes the rug easy to pack onto an animal and more lightweight than using a Turkish knot.













 




Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly. If your rug starts to look a little flat, a suitable tip is to vacuum it on the opposite direction of the pile, to help give it some life again. Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also  vacuumed because just as much dust an accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining. the effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this wcan damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. Use a hairdryer for example to get both sides dry thoroughly.

Don't use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs. Please note you are responsible for postage both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Bespoke Runner Flatweave Size 80x400cm

Bespoke Runner

Flatweave,

For larger sizes, please click here.

### Handwoven Beni Ouarain Simple Geometric Design Low Pile 300x205cm

Beni Ouarain: new made handwoven wool rug
Lovely quality new made Beni Ouarain rug with low pile.

It has a large size of 300cm long including fringes both ends x 205cm wide.

 

Artisan Beni Ouarain rug

It is handwoven by artisan craftswomen from the Berber tribes in the Middle Atlas Mountains. The rug is new made and has a contemporary look and feel to it.





It has a low pile of wool, which is about 2-3cm in height and feels very comfy underfoot. Its pile is smooth and silky soft with a soft feel to it.

It has a simple black geometric pattern on a natural white wool background with fringes both ends.




This artisan Beni Ouarain rug has a large size of 205cm wide and 290cm long excluding the fringes and 300cm long including fringes both ends.

 

Craftswomen

The new made Beni Ourain rugs are handmade in cooperatives by artisan craftswomen. They use traditional weaving techniques and 100% organic wool. All materials are sourced locally and help maintain the ecology of the environment around the Middle Atlas area through effective land and livestock management.

Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , foremother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

 

Beni Ouarain 

Traditional Beni Ouarain rugs were made by  a group of Berber tribes living in the North Eastern part of the Middle Atlas Mountains. This area was particularly well suited for raising sheep for the wool used in these rugs. The Beni Ouarain tribes lived a semi nomadic life: moving their flock to the higher mountain areas in spring and returning to the lowland during colder months. Semi nomadism is still there today although they may move their sheep and goods by truck and live only a portion of the year  in tents, returning to permanent houses in winter.

The traditional style and patterns of the Beni Ouarain rug consist of mostly geometric black and brown lines that create diamond and abstract shapes on a cream or whitish background. Moroccan Beni Ouarain rugs have been produced initially for personal needs. Life was spend on the floor on which various coverings were being laid to serve as bedding, blankets or protection against the stony ground. Because of their everyday use a simple design was preferred above more elaborate and complex decoration.



 

Handwoven rugs

Both the vintage as well as the new made Beni Ouarain rugs are handwoven. Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

 



Tribal rugs 

Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of 'simply' executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

The design scheme of the new made artisan Beni rugs show the traditional simple geometric Berber motifs often in a well balanced, regular semi symmetrical grid composition. Natural white wool is being used with most often a black design with single or a double diamond pattern.

In line with the tradition, the Berber rugs use the Berber knot which is tied in a very specific way to give the rug a flexible handle. This was most compatible with their travelling lifestyle as this makes the rug easy to pack onto an animal and more lightweight than using a Turkish knot.

 

What is the best style to go with Beni Ouarain carpets 

Modernist architects and designers such as Le Corbusier, Alvar Aalto, Frank Lloyd Wright and Ray and Charles Eames integrated Moroccan Beni Ouarain carpets into their interiors to contrast with the clean lines of 20th century interiors.

Appreciation of the spontaneous and bold character of Moroccan Berber carpets began in the 1920ies and 30ies and they are still perfect in homes today because of their monochrome shades and their simple geometric design. These rugs are perfect for modern interiors and also work well with Scandinavian, bohemian, Kinfolk and more ethnic interiors.

 

In what room shall I use a Beni Ouarain rug

The Beni Ouarain rug is a great all rounder for any room! It works well as a bedroom rug but also suits as living room floor covering or in a playroom. It adds a subtle pattern as well as texture to the room without competing with other items. But the Beni rug is much more than just a background player. Its geometric design won't go unnoticed and the rug will zone the area, create comfort under your feet and a cosy feel will be achieved through its texture.




 

Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly. If your rug starts to look a little flat, a suitable tip is to vacuum it on the opposite direction of the pile, to help give it some life again. Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also  vacuumed because just as much dust an accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining. the effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away. Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this wcan damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. Don't use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Beautiful Rag Rug Moroccan Berber Carpet



### Black Brown Cactus Silk Moroccan Berber Kilim Rug 177x190cm

Black Brown Cactus Silk Moroccan Kilim Rug 177x190cm



Gorgeous dark black brown colour palette in medium semi square size of 190cm long and 177cm wide.

This is handmade with premium materials of Cactus silk,



Resistant and very soft to the touch, this kilim rug is hand loomed with real silk of Aloe Vera Cactus cultivated in the Saharan desert. This silk is then colored with herbal dyes and minerals derived from roots, berries, spices, leaves and wood. A 100% artisanal and ecological fabric respecting the ancient Berber tradition.

Even more, Cactus silk are individually loomed by hand. Also known as Sabra, each kilim is unique and tells its own story, their minor handmade imperfections adds to their charms and makes all the beauty of this piece of artisanal art.



It is handwoven in the 1960ies with a simple geometric design in soft muted colours.

The kilim has a flexible handle and is semi lightweight. Depending on the underfloor, it would benefit from an underlay.

For underlay options, please click here.

 

Artisan 





It is handwoven by artisan craftswomen from the Berber tribes in the Atlas Mountains.

It is flat woven with a slick look and elegant feel to it.

It has a soft geometric pattern in ochre, red and whites.




It has a semi square size of 177x190 with tassels both ends.

 



Handwoven rugs

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

 



Tribal rugs 

Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of 'simply' executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

In this rug a symmetrical design is being used with a decorative border woven all around its motifs.

 




Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly. Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also vacuumed because just as much dust an accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining. the effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this wcan damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don't use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Small Berber Rug

Add authentic Moroccan character to your home with this small Berber rug, handwoven in the Atlas Mountains. Measuring 100cm x 65cm, it is the perfect size for smaller spaces while still showcasing the rich heritage of Berber craftsmanship.
Authentic Craftsmanship
Each small Berber rug chosen by Emily's House is handmade using traditional weaving techniques passed down through generations. The geometric patterns and symbols carry cultural meanings, making every piece completely unique.
Colourful and Versatile
This rug stands out with its colourful design, ideal for brightening up a hallway, bedside area or reading nook. It also works beautifully as a decorative accent layered with larger rugs.
Ethically Sourced
We work directly with Berber artisans, supporting fair trade practices and ensuring each rug is chosen for its quality and authenticity.
Durable and Easy to Maintain
Made from natural wool rich in lanolin, this small Berber rug naturally resists stains and is easy to clean with light care.

Bring warmth, history and individuality into your home with a genuine small Berber rug.

### Grey Blue Kilim Fabric Rug Size 175x280cm

Grey Blue Kilim Fabric Rug Size 175x280cm

 

lightweight fabric or rug in grey blue palette, wool.

### Colourful Cubism Large Moroccan Berber Rug 225x310cm

Colourful Cubism Large Moroccan Berber Rug 225x310cm
 

This is a new made Moroccan Berber rug, handwoven by artisan craft weavers.

It has a contemporary design in cubism style with colourful squares and triangles.

Its pile of wool is soft and has a medium thickness which is comfortable under foot.

This new made cubism inspired carpet has a large size of 225cm wide and 310cm long including fringes both ends.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Moroccan Berber rug, colourful cubism 

This new made Berber rug is handwoven in Morocco.

The rug has a contemporary look and feel and a good large size of 225x310cm

 


Origin 

This cubism inspired rug is new made and handwoven with a thick pile height.

 

Size and shape, Large size

This Moroccan cubism inspired Berber rug has a good large size of 225cm wide and measures 310cm long including fringes both ends (295cm long ex fringes)

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% wool and has a good heavy weight to it.

It would work well as a living room carpet, bedroom rug or kids room.

 

Age

This Moroccan cubism style rug is new made with a thick pile height.

It is in excellent condition

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven by artisan weavers from Morocco.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with colourful cubism motifs in a thick pile with flatweave areas to define its various shapes.

Its pile of wool is thick and soft to touch.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug has a flexible handle and good heavy weight to it.

However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### MADE TO ORDER Magenta Pink Turkish Flatweave Kilim

MADE TO ORDER WITH 3 MONTH LEAD TIME, DIFFERENT COLOURS AVAILABLE
Pink Kilim Handmade Turkish Rug Contemporary Geometric Design Large
Origin 

This is a new made unique Turkish kilim rug, handwoven by skilled craftspeople with a mosaic style geometric design.

It is woven with handspun wool which gives it its beautiful shades of magenta pink and creams. This makes the rug higly unique and gives it shades of different tones instead of just solid block colours.

It is new made on a large loom and has a soft yet durable texture.

 

 

Size and shape

It has a large size of 244x333cm, it has a good weight to it and should not require an underlay.

 

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% hand-spun wool and it sits sturdy on the floor. It has a soft feel to it and a flexible yet heavy handle.

 

Age

This magenta pink Turkish kilim rug is new made, unused and in excellent condition.

 

Handwoven rugs

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.


 

Style

This contemporary pink kilim Turkish kilim is appealing to a wide variety of projects and interiors, from contemporary homes to Scandinavian, bohemian, Kinfolk and more ethnic interiors.

It would work well in areas that have more footfall as it is hardwearing and durable. It would also work well in a bedroom as it has a good large size of 244x333cm or as living room rug.

Its design is contemporary with a magenta pink mosaic style geometric design with alternating blocks in creamy white.


 

Maintaining and caring for your carpet

This magenta pink Turkish kilim is hardwearing and durable. It is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean. It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front. Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining. the effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away. Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this wcan damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon



 


 

 



 


 
 
 

### Grey Striped Turkish Kilim Small Square Area Rug 155x155

Grey Striped Turkish Kilim
This is a Turkish caput kilim rug, handwoven by the gypsy culture in South Central Turkey.

It has a symmetrical pattern of striped purple and brown on a slate grey background palette.

It is handmade of two symmetrical panels sewn together to make a larger piece.

This grey Turkish kilim rug has a small square size of 155x155cm or about 5x5feet.

It is handmade with mixed materials of cotton and goat hair and the latter gives it a slight rough feel to it. It sits strong and sturdy on the floor yet underlay might be recommended depending on the flooring underneath.  For high quality underlay, pls click here.

This grey flat-woven striped kilim is appealing to a wide variety of projects and interiors, from contemporary homes to Scandinavian, bohemian, Kinfolk and more ethnic interiors.

It would work well in a kitchen area, hallway or landing or a space that has more footfall and traffic and therefore needs a more hardwearing and durable texture.

This grey striped caput kilim is about 40-50 years old and is in excellent condition.

 

 

Maintaining and caring for your carpet

This Turkish kilim rug in slate grey is flat woven, hardwearing and durable. Its grey and darker striped colour palette makes it low in maintenance. It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front. Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Caput kilims

Caput kilim rugs have a tribal folkloristic character but in the same time the absence of borders or any kind of motif makes them different: they are generally colourful yet with a simple striped design and hardwearing texture.

The making of a caput kilim is largely associated with the Turkish gypsy culture. They are made by women for domestic purposes, life was spend on the floor, upon which various coverings where being laid to serve as bedding, blankets, table sofa, or protection against the stony ground.

Gypsies are known for their travelling lifestyle but unlike the traditional nomads they do not have reds and wide lands. Their economy is based on ‘commercial nomadism’ selling their craft products in exchange for the products they need.

The gypsies making these sort of kilims live in South Central Turkey. As this area has a Mediterranean climate with hot summers and wet winters, it is  ideal for cotton production. As such, cotton is predominantly used in the making of these kilims. They often add goat hair to the kilims as well, to make them more water resistant. goat hair has the quality to expand with water an this makes that water cannot get through. This quality of water resistance is important for the gypsies as they often use these kilims as covers or to blankets.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### 150 Per Piece 2 Purple Striped Matching Turkish Kilim Runners 84x230cm

2 Purple Striped Matching Turkish Kilim Runners
These are a matching pair of Turkish caput kilim runners, handwoven by the gypsy culture in South Central Turkey.

They have a striped design in of purple, red and teal green.

They are a matching pair and can be used as two separate runners but we can also arrange to have them sewn together to make a larger piece (168x230cm) or make them into one long runner instead of 2.

This matching pair of purple striped runners have a good medium size of 84cm wide with a length of 230cm.

They are handmade with mixed materials of cotton and goat hair and the latter gives it a slight rough feel to it. They sits strong and sturdy on the floor yet underlay might be recommended depending on the flooring underneath.  For high quality underlay, pls click here.

This matching pair of purple striped runners is appealing to a wide variety of projects and interiors, from contemporary homes to Scandinavian, bohemian, Kinfolk and more ethnic interiors.

It would work well in a kitchen area, hallway or landing or a space that has more footfall and traffic and therefore needs a more hardwearing and durable texture. As they are a matching pair, they would also sit well as bedside runners.

These purple striped caput kilims are about 40-50 years old and are in excellent condition.

 

Maintaining and caring for your carpet

These Turkish kilim runners in purple stripes are flat woven, hardwearing and durable. Their dark purple, red and teal colour palette make them low in maintenance. It is best to vacuum them on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front. Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Caput kilims

Caput kilim rugs have a tribal folkloristic character but in the same time the absence of borders or any kind of motif makes them different: they are generally colourful with a simple striped design and hardwearing texture.

The making of a caput kilim is largely associated with the Turkish gypsy culture. They are made by women for domestic purposes, life was spend on the floor, upon which various coverings where being laid to serve as bedding, blankets, table sofa, or protection against the stony ground.

Gypsies are known for their travelling lifestyle but unlike the traditional nomads they do not have reds and wide lands. Their economy is based on ‘commercial nomadism’ selling their craft products in exchange for the products they need.

The gypsies making these sort of kilims live in South Central Turkey. As this area has a Mediterranean climate with hot summers and wet winters, it is  ideal for cotton production. As such, cotton is predominantly used in the making of these kilims. They often add goat hair to the kilims as well, to make them more water resistant. Goat hair has the quality to expand with water and this makes that water cannot get through. This quality of water resistance is important for the gypsies as they often use these kilims as covers or to blankets.


 

Portable looms

The making of a caput kilim is done on a portable loom that can be rolled up and packed on to an animal for migration and re-erected when they reach their new destination. This means it only allows you to weave long narrow strips which are then cut into parts and sewn together to make larger pieces to serve as coverings for various domestic purposes.


 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon



 

### 244x300cm Jute Rug Thick Braided Large Area Rug

244x300cm Thick Braided Large Area Jute Rug
 

Emily's House jute rugs are a popular choice for many homeowners and for good reason!

They are incredibly diverse and a natural way to add warmth and texture to any space. They are handwoven with a thick braided natural colour weave and 4 raised borders.


The weave is the same on both sides so this makes every rug reversible too. They have a soft texture and a thickness of 1 cm with up to 1.5cm on the borders (think about doors opening and closing).

Made from the fibres of the jute plant, which is primarily grown in India and Bangladesh, these rugs don't only look beautiful but also have insulating and noise-reduction properties. What’s more, they are eco-friendly, as jute is a renewable resource that requires little water and no pesticides to grow, so a sustainable choice for environmentally-conscious consumers.

 

Bespoke Jute Rug: Made-to-Order

A jute rug can be made-to-order to fit your specific requirements with a minimum 3 month lead time.

For questions and quotes, please do get in touch here

 

Stock

Please click here to see what is ready for immediate delivery.

 

Production 


The rugs are woven in a workshop in India complying with ILO conventions and recommendations, good working conditions and fair wages in line with The Universal Declaration of Human Rights and key UN conventions.


 

Jute 


Jute is a long soft material that can be spun into coarse strong threads. It is one of the most affordable plant fibres, and second only to cotton in the amount produced and variety of uses.

The jute plant needs standing water to thrive. The suitable climate for growing jute is warm and wet and therefore South India is great for jute production with its monsoon climate, humidity and temperatures from 20-40degrees.

 


Vegetable fibre

Jute is a vegetable fibre that is extracted from the stem of the jute plant. It is an eco-friendly material that is biodegradable and renewable, so these rugs are a great choice for those who are looking for an environmentally friendly option. However jute rugs are not as durable as for example wool rugs are and therefore they do come with a few downsides.

Due to the nature of the material, there will be some shedding. We do everything we can do minimise this (like heat treatment) but it can not be completely avoided. The shedding can be minimised by vacuuming gently on a low setting and avoid placing it in high traffic areas.

Due to the thickness of this weave, there will be some loose strands popping out over time. They can just be cut off or tucked in again. Choosing something with a more tight weave can reduce this or choosing for a different material all together, like wool, can be a more durable option.

It is worth re-mentioning here that these jute rugs have been made reversible, so if one side becomes worn you can turn them around.

 

Underlay 

These rugs have a heavy weight to them and should not more around. However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

Please click here for more info on underlay here. 


 


Maintaining and caring for your carpet

Rugs made from plant fibres are prone to staining and fading over time. They do require some TLC and are not as hardwearing and durable as for example, wool rugs.

There are some things you can do:

 	Vacuum on a low suction setting to avoid damaging the fibers.
 	Spot clean any spills or stains immediately with a clean, damp cloth. Be gentle with the rug to avoid causing any damage.
 	Avoid placing the rug in areas with high humidity, as this can cause the fibers to weaken and break down over time.
 	Rotate the rug periodically to ensure even wear and tear.




 






Delivery and returns 

Jute rugs in stock will be dispatched within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available.

Once your order is on its way, you will receive a tracking number.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


Bespoke jute rugs are made according to your specific requirements and are non-refundable.

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon





Front Image Photo credit: ROMO - Pluma Wallcovering @romofabrics By photographer @benandersphotgrapher & @sibev


Photo credit @colefaxandfowler, Stylist: Sally Denning @sallydenningstylist, Photographer: Jan Baldwin @janbaldwin





 

 

### Moroccan Azilal Carpet Teal Brown Geometric Design Large Size 150x326cm

This is a large Moroccan rug, handwoven by Berber women from the Azilal a tribe. 
It has a beautiful unique colour palette of brown geometric diamonds with teal accents on a natural wool white background. 

It has a large size of 150x326cm and is in good condition.

### Thick Braided Blonde Jute Rug Large Natural Weave 244 x 335cm

Thick Braided Jute Rug Large Handwoven 244 x 335cm
At Emily's House experience the perfect blend of natural beauty and comfort with our large jute rug. Handwoven with a thick braided weave and finished with two raised borders, this rug adds a touch of rustic elegance to any space. The natural blonde tone and subtle linear pattern bring warmth and structure without overwhelming your room. Soft underfoot and fully reversible, this jute rug large is a durable, eco-friendly choice for living rooms, dining areas, and bedrooms.

 
Key Product Features
 

 	Handwoven Quality: Meticulously handwoven by skilled artisans in India, creating a unique and durable piece.
 	Naturally Soft: Despite its hardwearing nature, the thick jute braid offers a cushioned, comfortable feel underfoot.
 	Eco-Friendly: Made from 100% renewable and biodegradable jute, grown with minimal water and no pesticides.
 	Reversible Design: Fully reversible with the same beautiful weave on both sides for even wear and extended life.

 
Product Details
 

 	Material: 100% Jute
 	Construction: Handwoven flatweave
 	Color: Natural blonde
 	Dimensions: 335 cm length x 244 cm width
 	Thickness: Approx. 1 cm (borders up to 1.5 cm)
 	Weight: 35 kg

 
Care and Maintenance
 

Keep your jute rug large looking its best with these simple steps:

 	Vacuum gently using a low suction setting.
 	Shake outdoors to refresh and remove dust.
 	Blot spills immediately with a clean, damp cloth.
 	Rotate periodically for even wear.
 	Loose strands are a normal characteristic of natural jute and can be trimmed or tucked in.

;
Custom Sizes & Delivery
 

 	Need a custom size? Our large jute rugs can be made to order. Contact us with your measurements for a quote. Please allow approximately three months for bespoke orders.
 	Delivery In-stock rugs dispatch within 5 working days. Returns are accepted within 2 days of receipt; shipping costs apply. Note: Custom rugs are non-refundable.

More from Emily's House

 	See our full jute collection and our handwoven rug collection in our shop.

### Vintage Moroccan Beni Ouarain Carpet Charcoal Design 175x330cm

Beautiful Moroccan Beni Ouarain rug, handmade by Berber women in the 1960ies

It has a charcoal brown geometric design and a low soft pile of wool.

175x330cm

### Blue Berber Rug Handwoven Moroccan Carpet Runner 160x265cm

Blue Berber Rug Handwoven Moroccan Carpet Runner
This blue Moroccan carpet is handwoven by Berber women from the Atlas Mountains. It has a lustrous low to medium pile made from super soft wool and features a soft speckled blue and white palette. It measures 160x265cm and works well as a rug or runner depending on placement.
Artisan rug in blue
This rug is made by craftswomen from the Middle Atlas Mountains. It has a plain, speckled design and a super soft feel. If you’re looking for more Berber rugs in various sizes, please click here.

For a black and white diamond design, browse our Beni Ouarain rugs.
Size
This rug is 160x265cm. It suits a hallway, landing, bedroom, or living room. If you’re unsure what size you need, find size guidelines here.
Handwoven rugs
This rug is handmade with traditional Berber knots. Like all handmade rugs, it may have natural imperfections, which add to its character.
Tribal rugs
Tribal rugs are woven from memory, not from drawings, allowing the weaver full creative freedom. The Berber knot is used to create a flexible, travel-friendly rug — ideal for traditional nomadic use.
Looking after your rug
Shake your rug outdoors every couple of months and vacuum it regularly on a low setting. Occasionally vacuum the reverse side to remove hidden dust. If the rug looks flat, try vacuuming against the pile to lift it again.
Stain treatment
For spills, dilute with water and blot with a towel from the outside in. Don’t rub. Ensure the rug dries completely to prevent rot. Avoid bleach or harsh chemicals. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning is best. Contact us for advice if needed.
Delivery and returns
Orders ship with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide delivery is available, including to the EU with no extra Brexit charges. You’ll receive tracking information once dispatched. If you’re not happy with your order, return it within 2 days for a full refund (minus delivery costs).
Follow us
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

### Orange Moroccan Carpet Large Handwoven Berber Rug 175x295cm

This is a vintage Moroccan carpet, handwoven by Berber women.

It has a simple geometric design and is handmade with a low to very low pile height.

It has a bright orange colour palette and a sky blue colour on the tassels.

 

### Turkish Tulu Rug Mohair Wool Small Area Rug 85x150cm

This is a handwoven Turkish Tulu rug, handmade with a long colourful mohair wool pile.

It is a small area rug with size 85x150cm

 

### Turkish Tulu Carpet Handwoven Vintage Small Area Rug 60x68cm

This is a small Turkish handwoven tulu carpet in small size of 60x68cm

 

### Vintage Moroccan Berber Carpet Plain Pale Green 150x290

This is a vintage Moroccan carpet, handwoven by Berber women.

It has a plain field, no design and a muted pale green colour palette.

Its colour is soft green with a mixture of purple and pink in the undertones.

It has a medium long size of 150 wide and 290cm in length.

 

### Handwoven Square Moroccan Berber Carpet Midcentury 160x190cm

This is a Moroccan carpet, handwoven by Berber woman.

It has a coral peach colour palette and a square size of 160x190cm

It is hand knotted with 100% wool and a low pile height.

It is vintage, midcentury and in excellent condition.

### Handknotted Turkish Hemp Kilim Soft Pink Swirl Design 175x265cm

This is a Turkish rug, hand knotted with hemp material.

It has a swirly design in pale pink and blue.

It has a very short pile height and is hardwearing and durable.

It has a light stain in the upper left corner, as can be seen on the images.

 

 

### Midcentury Moroccan Marmoucha Carpet Large Area Rug 170x400cm

Midcentury Moroccan Marmoucha Carpet
This is a beautiful Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug from the area Marmoucha.

It is handwoven with a short low pile of wool and a classic geometric design in dark charcoal brown.

It has a long and relatively narrow size of 400cm long and 170cm wide.

It is hand-woven with 100% wool in the 1940ies and is in excellent condition.

 

Antique Moroccan Berber rug, Marmoucha  

This antique Moroccan Berber rug is from the area Marmoucha.

It is handwoven with premium wool quality and is in excellent condition.


Typical for the Marmoucha area is that they weave double size diamonds in a darker tone on a natural wool background. It is similar to a Beni Ouarain rug, yet its design is more pronounced and has a more detailed lozenge network often embedded with further motifs such as crosses and diamonds.

 

Size and shape, Large area rug 

This antique Moroccan Marmoucha rug has a large size of 170x400cm. Its long and relatively narrow size is an indicator of its age and that it is a genuine older piece of its kind.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% premium wool and has a flexible soft handle to it.

 

Handwoven rugs

This antique Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven by artisan weavers from the area Marmoucha.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

Handwoven rugs are made by the heart and so there is no cartoon or drawing to follow. The weavers invents the rug while weaving and has the freedom to incorporate her own ideas and inspiration as she weaves along. This makes every weaver the artist of her own creation and every item highly unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with a typical Marmoucha style lozenge network in semi symmetrical look and feel. It has a dark charcoal brown diamond design on a natural white wool background.

It is of excellent quality, has a fine knot and is lightweight. Traditionally these rugs where made as bedcovers and, while living a semi nomadic life, it was important that it was warm yet also lightweight to pack onto an animal for migration.

 

Underlay 

This antique Moroccan Berber rug fromMarmoucha has a flexible handle and is relatively light in weight.

Depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Beni Berber Moroccan Handwoven Large Area Rug 305x200cm

Beni Berber Moroccan Handwoven Large Area Rug
This Beni carpet is handwoven in Morocco by Berber women from the Atlas Mountains. It has super soft, lustrous wool and feels very comfortable underfoot. The pile is about 1 cm in height—medium and springy.

This rug measures 200 cm wide and 290 cm long (305 cm including fringes).
Beni Ouarain rug
This Beni rug is handwoven by artisan craftswomen and has a contemporary look with traditional roots. The soft wool pile is approximately 1 cm high and made from 100% natural wool.

It features a black geometric pattern on a natural white background and adds a soft layer of texture to any room. The full size is approximately 305 x 200 cm including fringes.

Browse more Beni Ouarain rugs.

If you're looking for a similar look with a lower pile, see our full collection.
Craftswomen
These rugs are handmade in cooperatives by Berber craftswomen using traditional techniques and 100% organic wool. Materials are sourced locally, supporting sustainable land and livestock management in the Middle Atlas.

Rug making is passed from mother to daughter. Skills are developed through observation, repetition and practice.
Beni Ouarain
These rugs originate from Berber tribes in the northeastern Middle Atlas Mountains, an area ideal for raising sheep. The Beni Ouarain tribes are semi-nomadic, moving their flocks seasonally between higher and lower ground. This lifestyle continues today with some modern adaptations.

Traditional Beni Ouarain rugs feature black or brown geometric lines forming diamonds or abstract patterns on cream or white wool backgrounds. Originally, they were made for everyday use—covering cold, stony floors and doubling as bedding or blankets. Simple designs were preferred for practicality and durability.
Handwoven rugs
All Beni Ouarain rugs, vintage and new, are handwoven. As with all handmade pieces, slight imperfections are part of their charm and uniqueness.
Tribal rugs
These rugs are created without a predefined pattern, giving the weaver full artistic freedom. This approach makes each rug a unique work of folk art.

The artisan Beni rugs often follow a minimalistic layout—single or double diamonds in black on a soft white wool background. The traditional Berber knot is used, resulting in a flexible, lightweight rug that’s easy to roll and transport.
What styles pair well with Beni Ouarain rugs?
Modernist designers like Le Corbusier, Alvar Aalto, Frank Lloyd Wright, and the Eameses used Moroccan Berber rugs to soften the clean lines of 20th-century interiors. These rugs also work well in Scandinavian, bohemian, Kinfolk, and more eclectic or ethnic-inspired rooms.
Best rooms for a Beni Ouarain rug
Beni rugs are versatile and suit almost any space. They're ideal for bedrooms, living rooms, or playrooms. The neutral palette and simple patterns won’t overpower a room but will define zones, add texture and create a cosy atmosphere.
Looking after your rug
Shake the rug outside every few months and vacuum regularly. To revive the pile, vacuum against the grain. Every few cleanings, flip the rug and vacuum the back to remove dust.
Stain treatment
Act fast. Dilute spills with water and blot immediately using a kitchen towel. Start from the edges and move inward. Do not rub. Dry thoroughly using a hairdryer or heater. Avoid bleach or chemical treatments, as they can damage the wool or leave white stains. If in doubt, consult a professional cleaner. We’re happy to advise.
Delivery and returns
Your rug will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available. EU deliveries have no additional charges post-Brexit. A tracking link will be provided once shipped.

If you’re not satisfied, you can return the item within 2 days of receiving it for a full refund, minus postage both ways. You are responsible for return costs.
Follow us
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondon

See what our customers think about Emily’s House

### Vintage Turkish Kilim Rug Handwoven Brown Floral Design 192x315cm

This is a large area rug handwoven with a floral design on a brown background.

It is a flatweave kilim, handmade with vegetable dyes.

It has a good large size of 192x315cm and is hardwearing and durable.

It has a beautiful midcentury vintage patination and is in excellent condition.

 

### Midcentury Turkish Kilim Large Area Rug Grey Purple Red 158x291cm

This is a Turkish kilim rug, handmade with red geometric design on a faded grey-purple background.

It has a large size of 158x291cm and is hardwearing and durable.

It is handwoven, midcentury and in excellent condition.

 

 

 

### African Fabric Black Brown Geometric 3 available 165x215cm

African Cloth
3 available
165x215cm

### Large Turkish Perde Kilim Flat-woven Striped Area Rug  220x390cm

This is a large Turkish perde kilim, handmade by tribal woman from East Anatolia.

It is handwoven in 5 different strips and sewn together to make a larger piece.

It is durable and hardwearing and made with 100% wool.

This sort of kilim can be used as kilim rug or also as curtain or room divider.

It is lightweight so ideally needs an underlay if used as floor cover.

### Vintage Moroccan Azilal Berber Rug Brown Design Square Size 175x220

This is a vintage Moroccan rug, Handwoven by Berber women from Azilal. It has a cosy texture and a medium thick pile of wool. It is handmade with a brown geometric design on a background of natural white coloured wool.

The rug is vintage, from the 1970ies and in excellent condition. It has a square shape of 175x220cm and would work well in a living room or with a corner sofa.

Vintage from the 1970s
Material Wool
Dimensions
Length: 220 Centimetres; Width: 175 Centimetre
It is handmade with excellent wool quality and is super soft to touch.

It has a square shape of 175x220 cm and is in excellent condition

### RESERVED CHLOE Vintage Moroccan Berber rug in Peach Pink Large 160x295cm

Vintage Moroccan Berber Rug in Peach Pink
 

This is a vintage Moroccan Berber rug with teal and pink geometric design on a peach coloured background.

This vintage rug is handwoven by Berber women from Boujaad in colourful palette of peach, teal and pinks.

It has a large size of 160x295cm and a soft texture with medium pile height.

The rug is Midcentury and in excellent condition.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Vintage Moroccan Berber rug, Colourful peach palette 

This is a vintage carpet, handwoven in Morocco.

The rug is vintage and is handwoven with a colourful design in teal and pinks on a peach background.


 

Size and shape, Medium size

This vintage Moroccan Berber rug has a large size of 160x295cm

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% wool and has a soft, flexible soft handle to it.

 

Age

This Moroccan Berber rug with colourful teals, pinks and peach, is midcentury and in good vintage condition.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with colourful motifs in teal and pinks on a peach background. It ha a free flow design in semi symmetrical look and feel.




For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Berber rug has a flexible handle and good weight to it.

However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here. 

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Coral Teal Grey Vintage Handwoven Moroccan Berber Runner 122x266cm

Coral Teal Grey Vintage Handwoven Moroccan Berber Runner
Handwoven by Berber woman, this Vintage Moroccan runner has a colourful design in teal blue greys on a background of coral and blush pink. Soft to touch and with a low short pile height, this handmade runner is vintage and in excellent condition.

This runner has a size of 122x266cm. It would suit well in an hallway or corridor, behind a bed or in a kids room. It is soft to touch and adds a colourful accent to the room.

Excellent condition

 


Artisan Handwoven Berber Rug 

Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , foremother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

For more Berber rugs, please click here.


 

Handwoven rugs

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They often have a free-flow design that the weaver invents while weaving. Often she also weaves according to her tribes traditions, in this case using a variation of the geometric diamond design in interesting teal grey colour on a coral wool background.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here



 

Size and shape

This Moroccan Berber runner has a large size of 1622x266cm and would work well as bedroom rug, children's rug,  in a hallway or corridor.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 


Underlay : When do I need underlay? 

I recommended using underlay if your rug is fairly lightweight, like a kilim or a thin short-pile rug, that is placed on a hard surface like wood, laminate or tiles.

In such cases your rug may slide, which can cause a safety hazard. Underlay would prevent this and will keep your rug in place.

Underlay also provides extra cushioning which makes the rug more comfortable to walk on. What’s more, it offers noise-reduction properties and may even increase the longevity of your rug.




Please click here for more info on underlay here.



 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 


Stain Treatment




The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus delivery costs both ways.


 

Follow us

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Antique Moroccan Beni Ouarain Runner Brown Design 140x285cm

Antique Moroccan Beni Ouarain Runner Brown Design 140x285cm

This is an antique Moroccan Beni Ouarain runner.
It is handmade by Berber women from the Beni Ouarain tribe in the Middle Atlas Mountains.
It is handwoven with a brown geometric diamond design on a natural wool background.
This runner has a soft pile of wool and a flexible handle. It is handwoven with premium wool and has goat hair on the selvedges, indicating its older age.

Large Area Runner, Beni Ouarain
This large runner is a Moroccan Beni Ouarain carpet. It is handwoven by artisan craftswomen from the Berber tribes in the Middle Atlas Mountains.
It has a medium thick wool pile, about 2 cm in height, and feels soft and comfortable underfoot. Its elegant look and feel make it a statement piece.
Browse more options here.
This large area runner features a simple geometric design in brown on a creamy white wool background.

Size
This Beni Ouarain runner has a large size of 140x285 cm.
If you’re unsure what size you need, check our rug sizing guide.

Artisan
This Beni Ouarain runner is handmade by Berber women. Rug weaving is a female tradition passed from mother to daughter through observation and hands-on practice.

Beni Ouarain
Beni Ouarain rugs are made by Berber tribes living in the northeastern Middle Atlas Mountains. The region is ideal for raising sheep whose wool is used in these rugs.
The Beni Ouarain people lead a semi-nomadic life, moving between the mountains and lowlands depending on the season. Today, movement often involves trucks, but traditional lifestyles are still observed.
The rugs feature geometric brown or black lines forming diamonds and abstract patterns on a cream or white background. Originally made for domestic use, their simple design suited daily life on stone floors.

Handwoven rugs
Both vintage and newly made Beni Ouarain rugs are handwoven. As a result, their designs are never perfectly symmetrical. These imperfections are part of what makes each rug unique and authentic.
This piece uses a simple brown geometric design on a natural white wool base.

Tribal rugs
Tribal rugs are created without following a drawn pattern. Each weaver is free to improvise, becoming the artist of her own work.
Berber rugs use the Berber knot, which creates a flexible structure, ideal for nomadic life. These rugs are more lightweight and easier to transport than those made with Turkish knots.

What style suits Beni Ouarain carpets?
Modernist designers like Le Corbusier, Alvar Aalto, Frank Lloyd Wright, and the Eameses used Beni Ouarain rugs to soften the lines of 20th-century interiors.
The monochrome palette and simple geometric style work well in modern, Scandinavian, bohemian, Kinfolk, and ethnic-inspired interiors.

Best rooms for a Beni Ouarain rug
This versatile rug suits almost any space. Use it in a bedroom, living room, or playroom. It adds texture and pattern without overpowering other elements in the room.
Its design helps zone open areas, adds comfort underfoot, and brings a cosy atmosphere through its tactile surface.

Looking after your rug
Shake your rug outdoors every few months and vacuum it regularly. To restore flattened pile, vacuum against the direction of the fibres. Don’t forget to clean the reverse side occasionally too, as dust collects there as well.

Stain treatment
Treat spills quickly to reduce staining. Dilute the area with water and blot with a kitchen towel, starting from the outer edge. Avoid rubbing the fibres. Allow the rug to dry completely to prevent damage.
Do not use bleach or chemical cleaners—they can leave a permanent white stain. For stubborn marks, professional cleaning is recommended. Contact us if you need help.

Delivery and returns
Your order will be dispatched via UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available, and EU deliveries have no additional fees post-Brexit. You’ll receive a tracking link once the rug is on its way.
If you’re not happy with your purchase, you can return it within 2 days of receiving it for a full refund, minus return postage.

Follow us
For more inspiration, follow us on Instagram: @emilyshouselondonSee what our customers think about Emily’s House

### Handwoven Carpet Brown Diamond design Looped Pile 1970s 200x290

Handwoven by Berber woman, this large Vintage Moroccan rug has a looped pile of wool.

It is super soft to touch and handmade with lustrous premium wool quality.

It is vintage from the 1970s and from the Beni Ouarain area.

### Turkish Rusty Brown Hallway Runner Check Design 130x321cm

Turkish Rusty Brown Hallway Runner Check Design 130x321cm
This is a large Turkish Tulu runner, handwoven with premium wool quality.

Excellent vintage condition and its wool is super soft with a mix of wool and mohair.

It has a checkerboard design in rusty brown black colour palette.

Its pile of wool is low to medium in height and soft to touch.

It would make a good hallway runner or landing runner or to add texture behind the bed.

Excellent condition and excellent wool quality.




 

Size 

This Turkish tulu runner has a large size of 130x320cm




If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 



Handwoven runner

This Turkish Tulu runner is handwoven with premium materials of wool and mohair.

The runner has a dark colour palette and the mohair makes it very soft to touch. It is hardwearing yet best suited for private homes.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs.

In this case the runner is handwoven with a black grid design on a rusty brown wool background.

For more runners, please click here



Tribal rugs 

This Turkish tulu runner is handmade by tribal women.

This means it is made by the heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. The weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

 




Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly.

Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also vacuumed because just as much dust an accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Underlay 

This check design turkish tulu runner has a good weight and flexible handle. Depending on the floor underneath, you may wish to add an underlay.

“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”

Please click here for more info on underlay here. 

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. use a hairdryer, underfloor heating or radiator to get the rug completely dry afterwards.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon




 

### Large Moroccan Boucherouite Rug Handwoven Mixed Materials 150x310

This Moroccan rug is handwoven by Berber woman with a funky colourful look and feel.

It is handmade with mixed materials of cotton, nylon and synthetic fibres on a background of white wool.

It has an abstract design and shaggy pile and a large size of 150x310cm.

 

 

### Magenta pink Moroccan Berber Rug Handmade Large Size 195x310

This is a vintage Moroccan rug, handwoven by Berber women in the 1970ies.

It has a magenta pink colour palette with bold geometric design in creamy white, orange and mint green

It has a large size of 195x310cm and a short height pile of wool.

 

### High Quality Anti Slip Rug Underlay 180x290cm or Bespoke

Anti Slip Rug Underlay: Keep Your Rug in Place
"It makes SUCH a difference, not only in keeping the rug in place but also makes it feel much nicer to walk on."
Our Anti Slip Rug Underlay is a high-quality, non-adhesive product designed to keep your rug stable and enhance how it feels underfoot. It’s suitable for use on all smooth flooring types and is especially helpful for rugs that are light, thin, or placed in high-traffic areas.

The underlay creates a firm grip between your rug and the floor, helping prevent movement, creases, and curling at the edges. It also adds a subtle cushioning effect that improves both comfort and sound absorption. You won’t find any sticky backing or residue, just a breathable, flexible material that protects your flooring and helps your rug stay flat and secure.

If your rug is a unique size or shape, we can cut a piece to fit. Just get in touch with your measurements and we’ll guide you through the process.

Why choose Anti Slip Rug Underlay?

If your rug tends to move or slide, particularly on smooth surfaces like tile, hardwood or polished concrete, a rug underlay is more than a useful add-on, it becomes a key part of your rug setup.

We recommend using Anti Slip Rug Underlay with:

Flatwoven rugs such as kilims

Short-pile or vintage rugs

Rugs placed on wood, laminate, ceramic tile, or stone

Runners or hallway rugs in high-use areas

The underlay not only helps prevent slipping but also makes the rug easier to walk on. The added cushioning can soften each step and reduce impact noise, which is especially useful in flats or busy family homes. If your rug is near a doorway, this extra grip can also help prevent trips and slips, without raising the rug too high or interfering with door movement.

Can I use Anti Slip Rug Underlay with underfloor heating?

Yes. This product is safe to use with underfloor heating systems. It allows air to circulate and does not block heat from reaching the room. Unlike cheaper alternatives that can trap heat or leave marks, our Anti Slip Rug Underlay is designed for long-term use and performs well in warm environments.

Standard and bespoke sizes

The standard roll measures 180cm wide by 290cm long, suitable for most medium and large area rugs. However, if your rug is smaller, larger, or an unusual shape, we’re happy to provide a bespoke size.

Send us your rug measurements via our contact form and we’ll supply a piece that’s right for your space. We can advise how much to leave around the edge, or whether trimming is needed during placement.

Delivery and returns

Your Anti Slip Rug Underlay will be shipped with UPS within five working days. International delivery is available, and we aim to keep postage costs fair, though there may be a small surcharge for particularly remote areas.

Once your parcel is on its way, you’ll receive a tracking number so you can monitor progress.

If for any reason the product isn’t right for you, you’re welcome to return it within two days of receipt. Provided it’s unused and returned in original condition, we’ll issue a full refund (excluding postage both ways).

See our Emily's House product and service reviews.

For more styling ideas, real-life photos, and updates from the studio, follow us on Instagram:
@emilyshouselondon

### Vintage Moroccan Berber Runner Colourful Diamond design 80x180cm

This is a vintage Moroccan runner, handwoven by Berber women in the 1970ies.

It has a colourful diamond design, hand knotted with mixed materials of cotton, wool and synthetic fibres.

It is soft to touch and its pile is very low in height.

Ideal for a bathroom, kids room or as bedside rug.

### Kingsize New Made Handwoven Carpet Colourful Harlequin Design 255x355

This is an extra large handwoven carpet, it is new made with colourful harlequin design.

It has a free flow design with large lozenge in pink, purple, yellow and bordeaux brown.

Its pile of wool is low in height and of handwoven with premium materials.

 


Handwoven Artisan Turkish carpet
 





This kingsize colourful carpet is handwoven by artisan craftswomen from South East Anatolia. The carpet is new made and has a contemporary look and feel to it.


Its pile of wool is soft to touch and low in height. It is about 1 cm in height and has a very smooth texture.

If you prefer a different design in similar texture.


This artisan handwoven carpets a kingsize of 355long and 255cm wide. it has a colourful geometric design and straight ends without finger.



 

Handwoven rugs

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

 



Tribal rugs 

Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of 'simply' executing a specific drawing or cartoon.




This kingsize handwoven rug with harlequin design is handwoven with the Turkish knot and a low pile of wool!

 

Looking after your rug

It is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months and hoover it regularly. If your rug starts to look a little flat, a suitable tip is to vacuum it on the opposite direction of the pile, to help give it some life again. Every four or five times you hoover your rug, make sure the reverse is also  vacuumed because just as much dust an accumulate there, as on the front.

 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining. the effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away. Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this wcan damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting. Don't use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Tekke Bukhara Small Area Rug square size 135x110cm

This is a beautiful antique Tekke Bukhara. It has an oriental Tekke design in navy blue colour on a faded pink background. It has a very short pile and is hardwearing. Some areas have been repiled and it is in very good condition.

 

### Plain Purple Square Vintage Moroccan Berber Carpet Low Pile 195x250

This is a handmade vintage Moroccan rug in purple colour palette. The rug has a good large semi square size of 195x240cm and is handwoven with a short low pile of wool.

It is vintage, about 1970ies and in very good condition.

 

 

### Vintage Moroccan Berber Rug in Beige Blue 165x325

Vintage Moroccan Berber Rug in Beige Blue
This is a vintage Moroccan carpet, handwoven in the 1970ies with geometric motifs in beige and blue.

Its colour palette is rather unusual for a Moroccan rug as mostly reds and oranges are being used as these colours were more abundantly available in natural dye sources than blue tones.

The rug is vintage and has a good large long size of 325cm and a width of 165cm wide.

It has a low to medium pile height and is in excellent condition.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Vintage Moroccan rug in beige and blues 

This is a vintage carpet, handwoven in Morocco.

The rug has an unusual colour palette in beige and blues and a soft wool pile with long fringes one end.

 


Size and shape, large size

This Moroccan Berber rug in beige blue has a long large size of 325cm long and a width of 165cm wide.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% wool and has a flexible soft handle to it.

 

Age

This Moroccan Berber rug in beige and blue is vintage, midcentury.

It has a medium pile height and is in excellent condition.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Berber rug in beige and blue design, is handwoven by artisan weavers.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with an unusual colour palette in beige and blues and its design is free flow with different themes going on both sides. It works with traditional geometric shapes of lozenge and diamond shapes yet it has an intentional non symmetrical design.

All handwoven rugs are made by the heart, without any cartoon or drawing to follow. This makes every weaver the artist of the rug, as she invents its design while she weaves along.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This vintage Moroccan Berber rug has a flexible handle and good weight to it.

However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Vintage Handwoven Moroccan Runner Colourful Stripes 106x200

This is a vintage Moroccan rug, handwoven with colourful striped design on a cream coloured background.

The rug is handmade with mixed materials of wool, cotton and synthetic fibres.

It is soft to touch or sit on and would work well in a kids room, as a bedside rug or runner in a hallway.

The runner has a colourful design, vintage look and feel and is in very good condition.

### Turkish Vintage Kilim Rug Handwoven Striped Cotton Rug 160x368cm

Handwoven Heritage and Authenticity
This Turkish Vintage Kilim Rug was woven by skilled women using traditional flatweave methods passed through generations. Cotton was commonly used for flexibility, while goat hair was added to produce a strong and durable rug for daily use. Small irregularities in the stripe layout and colour variation show its handmade origin and add natural character.

Each rug is sourced through trusted partners and prepared so it arrives clean and ready to lay.
Colour and Design
The striped design blends multiple colours, giving the rug a warm, lived-in style. Tones shift across the width of the weave, creating depth without overpowering a room. The multicolour layout makes it easy to pair with a wide range of furniture and flooring.
Where This Rug Works Best
With its size and durable fibre mix, this Turkish vintage kilim rug suits:

 	wide hallways
 	larger rooms
 	indoor outdoor transitions
 	studios or shops
 	cabins and relaxed rustic interiors

The flatweave structure sits neatly on hard floors and handles footfall well. Its wide format also makes it useful for anchoring furniture in open spaces.
Durability and Long Term Use
Goat hair supports long term wear, making this rug a practical choice for busy homes or commercial areas. The cotton keeps it flexible, allowing it to lie flat and handle regular movement. As a vintage flatweave, it offers long lasting value through its handmade quality.
Care and Maintenance
Vacuum on low suction to protect the weave.
Shake or air outdoors to release dust.
Blot spills with a clean cloth.
For deeper cleaning, use a specialist who works with flatweave rugs.
Delivery and Availability
This is a single, original piece.
UK delivery is available, with worldwide shipping on request. Rugs are carefully packed for safe transport.
Why Choose This Turkish Vintage Kilim Rug
This rug combines size, colour and strength in a way modern flatweaves rarely match. The wide striped design brings interest to practical spaces, while the cotton and goat hair blend offers durability for everyday living. As a genuine vintage kilim, it adds character and handmade charm to any room.

We don;t just sell Kilim Rugs at Emily's House.  Come and visit us at our rug shop in Battersea and see for yourself the beautiful designs and quality of our rugs. We have everything from Jute Rugs and Berber Rugs to Made to Measure designs, see our online shop for the full repertoire!

### Turkish Kilim Runner Purple Staircase Hallway Runner Large 86x580cm

Handwoven Turkish Kilim Runner
This Turkish Kilim Runner was woven by skilled women using traditional flatweave techniques passed down through families. Goat hair was often added to strengthen runners intended for high use, creating a fibre blend that gives both durability and a slightly coarse feel underfoot. The visible irregularities in tone and weave reflect the handmade nature of the piece and form part of its vintage character.

Each rug is sourced directly from trusted suppliers, then cleaned and checked so it arrives ready for installation or immediate use.
Colour and Design
The runner features a dark striped layout with deep purple, teal and magenta tones woven throughout the flatweave structure. The colours appear muted in some areas and stronger in others, creating natural variation. The design has a simple linear layout that works well in both classic and modern homes.
Perfect for Staircases and Hallways
This runner is exceptionally long at 580cm, making it suitable for:

 	Staircases
 	Long corridors
 	Shops or studios
 	Cabins or indoor areas with high movement

The flatweave structure lies neatly against steps or floorboards, and the fibre blend holds up well to daily foot traffic.

For staircase use, it can be fitted by placing an underlay beneath and securing the kilim on top using grippers or adhesive. The flexible cotton base helps it mould to each step.
Durability and Long Term Use
Goat hair fibres add strength and resilience, making the runner suitable for busy households or commercial spaces. The flatweave construction is known for handling wear without losing shape.

Choosing a vintage kilim reduces reliance on modern production and offers long lasting value through its traditional fibre mix and handmade integrity.
Care and Maintenance

 	Vacuum on a low setting to avoid lifting the weave.
 	Shake it outside occasionally to release dust.
 	Blot spills with a clean cloth.
 	A specialist flatweave cleaner is recommended for deep cleaning.

Delivery and Availability

 	This is a single vintage piece.
 	We offer UK delivery, with worldwide shipping available. International customers can request a shipping quote before purchase.
 	Each rug is packaged carefully to protect the fibres during transit.

Why Choose This Turkish Kilim Runner
The combination of length, durability and rich colour makes this runner stand out. It brings character to practical spaces and offers strength for regular use. With its vintage flatweave structure, mixed fibres and traditional striped design, it provides a functional and visually striking addition to any hallway or staircase.

### Antique Moroccan Berber Rug Check Design Short Low Pile Rug 170x290

This is an antique Moroccan rug, handwoven by Berber women from Taznact.

It has a plain mid fields in natural white wool and a classic check design on the sides.

It has a very low pile of wool and is soft to touch. It is in very good vintage condition.

### Midcentury Turkish Kilim Geometric Pattern Brown Anatolian Flatweave 160x320cm

Midcentury Turkish Kilim Geometric Pattern Brown Anatolian Flatweave
 

 


Origin 

This is an antique midcentury Turkish kilim rug, handwoven in South Central Turkey.

It is handmade with 100% wool and a geometric design on a brown background.

It is midcentury, possibly older ad has some overall wear and areas of repair.

 

Size and shape

This Turkish kilim has a large size of 160cm wide and 320cm long.  It is relatively narrow compared to width so would make a good large runner for a hallway or corridor. It also works well behind a kingsize bed, leaving about 50cm each side of the bed or as living room kilim.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% wool and has a semi soft texture  It is lightweight and might require underlay depending on the flooring underneath.

 

 

Style

This mid-century Turkish kilim would work well in a kitchen area, hallway or landing or a space that has more footfall and traffic and therefore needs a more hardwearing and durable texture. It would also work well behind a kingsize bed, leaving about 50cm each side of the bed or as living room kilim.

Its design has simple geometric motifs in yellow red purple and orange on a background of natural brown wool.

This Turkish kilim has an earthy feel to it and would work best in homes with a more vintage, eclectic style.

 

Age

This Turkish handwoven kilim rug is midcentury,  from about 1940ies, possibly older.

 

Handwoven rugs

this Turkish kilim is handwoven in South Central Anatolia. Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

 

Maintaining and caring for your carpet

This Turkish kilim rug is hardwearing and durable. It has a darker colour palette and is low in maintenance. Just an occasional hoover now and then will do. It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front. Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.



 

Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining. the effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead. When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon



 


 

 



 


 

### Orange Turkish Rug Midcentury Handwoven Carpet 140x250cm

Cool Turkish Rug with soft short to medium pile height and colourful geometric design.

It is soft to touch, hardwearing and durable.

This handwoven Turkish rug is a one off piece that suits many different interior styles. From country classic to eclectically cool.

This Turkish tulu rug stands out with its geometric motifs and bright orange colour palette.

### Vintage Moroccan Berber Rug Striped Looped Pile Large 180x370cm

Vintage Moroccan Berber Rug Striped Looped Pile Large
This is a vintage Moroccan rug, handwoven by Berber women in the 1960ies.

It has a looped pile in natural cream colour palette. It has a striped pattern in coffee brown colour in the middle area.

It has a long size of 370cm and a width of 180cm wide.

It is vintage and in excellent condition.

 

Artisan Vintage Berber rug 

This is a Moroccan Carpet, handwoven by Berber women from the Atlas Mountains.

Its pile of wool is low in height, soft to touch and has allowed texture.

It has a largely plain design with a brown striped design in the middle area, on a natural white wool background. Note the wool is not white but more of a darker white.

This Moroccan rug is handmade by artisan craftswomen from the Berber tribes in the Middle Atlas Mountains. The rug is vintage and in excellent condition.




It has a low pile of wool, which is about 1.5 cm in height and feels very soft under your feet.




 

Craftswomen

Rug making is a female activity and it forms an integral part of the Berber communities. Knowledge and skills are passed from one generation to the next , from mother to daughter. Skills are acquired by observation and practice and require self discipline.

 

Middle Atlas Berber rug

Traditionally the vintage Moroccan Berber rugs were made by  a group of Berber tribes living in the North Eastern part of the Middle Atlas Mountains.

This area was particularly well suited for raising sheep for the wool used in these rugs. The Beni Ouarain tribes lived a semi nomadic life: moving their flock to the higher mountain areas in spring and returning to the lowland during colder months.

Semi nomadism is still there today although they may move their sheep and goods by truck and live only a portion of the year  in tents, returning to permanent houses in winter.

The Middle Atlas area is well know for its quality of rugs which have been produced initially for personal needs. Life was spend on the floor on which various coverings were being laid to serve as bedding, blankets or protection against the stony ground. Because of their everyday use a simple design was preferred above more elaborate and complex decoration.

In this case a looped pile was traditionally chosen and a long relatively narrow size was preferred. This is a sign of a genuine older Berber rug as its initial use would have been to cover the Berber tent floors which where always long and narrow.



 

Handwoven rugs

Both the vintage as well as the new made Beni Ouarain rugs are handwoven.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

This Moroccan Berber rug was handwoven with a very plain design and a simple brown striped pattern in the middle area. it has super wool quality and feels soft tot touch.

 



Tribal rugs 

Tribal rugs are made by heart, without any drawing or cartoon to follow. This means the weaver has the freedom to invent the rug while weaving and be the artist of her own creation, instead of ‘simply’ executing a specific drawing or cartoon.

In line with the tradition, the Berber rugs use the Berber knot which is tied in a very specific way to give the rug a flexible handle. This was most compatible with their travelling lifestyle as this makes the rug easy to pack onto an animal and more lightweight than using a Turkish knot.




 


Underlay 

This vintage Moroccan Berber rug with looped pile has a flexible handle and good weight to it.

However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


 


Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 


Stain Treatment





The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus delivery costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Lattice Design Moroccan Beni Berber XL Midcentury Rug 195x390cm

Moroccan Beni Berber XL Midcentury Black Lattice Design
 

This is a Moroccan carpet, handwoven by Berber women in the 1960ies.

It has a beautiful lattice design in black, on a background of natural white wool.

It has a soft pile in medium thick height and is handmade with premium wool quality.

It is very long with a length of 390cm and a with of 195cm.

In in Midcentury and in excellent condition.

 

 

Moroccan Marmoucha with black lattice design 

This Midcentury Moroccan Berber rug with black lattice design is handmade by Berber women from the Marmoucha area.

The rug is handmade in the 1960ies with a low to medium thick pile height and premium wool quality.


 

Size and shape

This Moroccan Berber with black lattice design has a large size of 390cm long and 195cm wide.


It is handmade with a symmetrical lattice design in black on a natural white wool background.


If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Age

This Moroccan Marmoucha rug with black lattice design is handwoven in the 1960ies. It is Midcentury, and in excellent condition.

It has a short to medium pile of premium wool and feels soft to touch.

 

Handwoven rugs

This Moroccan Marmoucha rug with black lattice design is handwoven.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with an overall lattice design in black on a natural white wool background. it has a symmetrical look and feel to it with an overall network of diamond shapes.

Its pile of wool is short to medium in height and excellent quality.

 

Underlay 

This Moroccan Marmoucha rug with black lattice design has a good heavy weight to it.

However depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”




 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Marmoucha rug with black lattice design is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Striped Turkish Kilim Vintage Flatweave in Purple Pink Large 189x260cm

Striped Turkish Kilim in Pink and purple
 

This is a Turkish caput kilim rug, handwoven by the gypsy culture in South Central Turkey.

It has a striped pattern of alternating pinks and purples and is made of two matching panels sewn together on the selvedge to make a larger piece.

It is handmade with mixed materials of cotton and goat hair and the latter gives it a slight rough feel to it. It is strong and sturdy on the floor and would only require an underlay if the floor underneath is slippery. For high quality under lay, pls click here.

This flat-woven striped kilim is appealing to a wide variety of projects and interiors, from contemporary homes to Scandinavian, bohemian, Kinfolk and more ethnic interiors.

It  would work also well in a kitchen area or a space that has more footfall and traffic and therefore needs to be  hardwearing and durable.

This striped caput kilim is about 40-50 years old and is in excellent condition.

For more kilim options please browse here

 

Caput kilims

Caput kilim rugs have a tribal folkloristic character but in the same time the absence of borders or any kind of motif makes them different: they are generally colourful yet with a simple striped design and hardwearing texture.

The making of a caput kilim is largely associated with the Turkish gypsy culture. They are made by women for domestic purposes, life was spend on the floor, upon which various coverings where being laid to serve as bedding, blankets, table sofa, or protection against the stony ground.

Gypsies are known for their travelling lifestyle but unlike the traditional nomads they do not have reds and wide lands. Their economy is based on 'commercial nomadism' selling their craft products in exchange for the products they need.

The gypsies making these sort of kilims live in South Central Turkey. As this area has a Mediterranean climate with hot summers and wet winters, it is  ideal for cotton production. As such, cotton is predominantly used in the making of these kilims. They often add goat hair to the kilims as well, to make them more water resistant. goat hair has the quality to expand with water an this makes that water cannot get through. This quality of water resistance is important for the gypsies as they often use these kilims as covers or to blankets.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Turkish Kilim Blue Striped Vintage Rug Large Size 160x336

This is a vintage Turkish kilim rug.

It is handwoven in the 1970ies by gypsie woman with a multicoloured striped pattern.

It is long and wide handmade with mixed materials of largely cotton and some goat hair. The latter makes the rug hardwearing and durable yet also slightly rough to touch.

This kilim rug has a more contemporary and rough look and feel and would do well in places with more footfall like a shop, hallway or a cabin with more indoor/outdoor movement. It would also suit in a bathroom, bedroom or living room with contemporary furniture.

 

### Vintage Marmoucha Rug - Handwoven Large 180x280cm

Marmoucha Rug - Vintage 1970s Moroccan Wool Berber Rug
This authentic vintage Marmoucha Berber rug is a unique handwoven treasure from the Middle Atlas Mountains of Morocco. Made in the 1970s, this rug beautifully blends traditional Marmoucha design with characteristics often found in Azilal rugs, making it a truly one-of-a-kind piece of Moroccan folk art.
A Fusion of Berber Traditions: Marmoucha Meets Azilal
This remarkable rug is a testament to the artistry of Berber women weavers. While it showcases the distinctive thick double-diamond network typical of the Marmoucha tribe, its low, short pile height and vibrant color accents are more characteristic of Azilal rugs from the High Atlas Mountains.

 	Marmoucha Heritage: Traditionally, Marmoucha rugs are known for their dense, thick pile, designed to provide warmth in the colder climate of the Middle Atlas. This rug, however, features a shorter pile, suggesting a unique artistic choice by the weaver.
 	Azilal Influence: The splashes of red and yellow color woven into the creamy white and brown-grey design are less common in Marmoucha pieces and more in line with the free-spirited designs of Azilal carpets. This beautiful blend of styles reflects the weaver's personal journey, perhaps born into one tradition and married into another.

Each handwoven Berber rug tells a story, and this one masterfully weaves together two distinct tribal traditions into a single, captivating piece. The imperfections in the symmetrical design are not flaws, but a signature of its handmade quality, ensuring your rug is truly unique.
Key Features & Specifications

 	Material: 100% Natural Wool
 	Origin: Marmoucha Tribe, Middle Atlas Mountains, Morocco
 	Weaving Technique: Handwoven using the traditional Berber knot
 	Vintage: Circa 1970s
 	Dimensions: 180 x 280 cm (5.9 x 9.2 ft) - A great large size for living rooms, bedrooms, or dining areas.
 	Pile Height: Low, short pile, making it suitable for high-traffic areas like kitchens.
 	Condition: Good vintage condition.

Styling Your Vintage Moroccan Rug
The timeless appeal of Moroccan Berber rugs is well-documented, appreciated by modernist architects and designers for their ability to add warmth and character to clean, modern lines. This vintage rug is a perfect addition to a wide range of interior styles, including Modern, Scandinavian, Bohemian, and Kinfolk. Its large size makes it a versatile piece for living rooms, bedrooms, or dining areas.
Care and Maintenance
This rug is relatively low-maintenance. We recommend vacuuming it occasionally on a low setting. For spills, blot the stain immediately with a clean cloth, working from the outside in. Do not rub. Avoid using bleach or harsh chemicals. For stubborn stains, professional cleaning is recommended. We also suggest a quality underlay to prevent slippage and add extra comfort.
Shipping & Returns
Your order will be dispatched within 5 working days with a tracking number. We offer worldwide shipping. You can return the rug within 2 days of delivery for a full refund (excluding shipping costs).

More from Emily's House

At Emily's House we have a collection of new, vintage and made-to-measure options, take a look at our shop and see what suits your space.

### Striped Runner Grey Black handwoven Turkish Runner 104x274

Striped Runner Grey Black
 

This is a Turkish caput kilim runner, handwoven by the gypsy culture in South Central Turkey.

It has a colourful striped pattern in multi colours together with grey and black.

Its striped pattern and texture gives it a contemporary look and feel to it.

It is handmade with mixed materials of cotton and goat hair and the latter gives it a slight rough feel to it. It sits well on the floor yet has a flexible handle and as such underlay might be recommended depending on the flooring underneath.  For high quality underlay, pls click here.

This flat-woven striped nomadic Turkish runner is appealing to a wide variety of projects and interiors, from contemporary homes to Scandinavian, bohemian, Kinfolk and more ethnic interiors. Please also note the exceptional beautiful fringes, on one end only, with 100% goat hair.

This striped kilim would work also in a kitchen area, hallway or  landing or a space that has more footfall and traffic and therefore needs to be  hardwearing and durable. It would also work well behind a bed or as children's rug or in a boys room.

This striped caput kilim is about 40-50 years old and is in very good condition.

 

Maintaining and caring for your carpet

This Turkish kilim rug in slate grey is flat woven, hardwearing and durable. Its grey and darker striped colour palette makes it low in maintenance. It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front. Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Caput kilims

Caput kilim rugs have a tribal folkloristic character but in the same time the absence of borders or any kind of motif makes them different: they are generally colourful yet with a simple striped design and hardwearing texture.

The making of a caput kilim is largely associated with the Turkish gypsy culture. They are made by women for domestic purposes, life was spend on the floor, upon which various coverings where being laid to serve as bedding, blankets, table sofa, or protection against the stony ground.

Gypsies are known for their travelling lifestyle but unlike the traditional nomads they do not have reds and wide lands. Their economy is based on ‘commercial nomadism’ selling their craft products in exchange for the products they need.

The gypsies making these sort of kilims live in South Central Turkey. As this area has a Mediterranean climate with hot summers and wet winters, it is  ideal for cotton production. As such, cotton is predominantly used in the making of these kilims. They often add goat hair to the kilims as well, to make them more water resistant. goat hair has the quality to expand with water an this makes that water cannot get through. This quality of water resistance is important for the gypsies as they often use these kilims as covers or to blankets.

 

Portable looms

The making of a caput kilim is done on a portable loom that can be rolled up and packed on to an animal for migration and re-erected when they reach their new destination. This means it only allows you to weave long narrow strips which are then cut into parts and sewn together to make larger pieces to serve as coverings for various domestic purposes.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Large Turkish Rug Ideal for Hotels, Restaurants and Pop-Up Shops 300x450cm

Handwoven Large Turkish Rug | 100% Wool, Short Shaved Pile
This expansive Large Turkish Handwoven Rug combines traditional artisan craft with a clean, contemporary aesthetic. Handwoven in Turkey by skilled artisans, it features a durable short shaved pile made from 100% hand-spun wool. The soft colour palette of blues, yellows, pinks, and whites brings warmth and character, while the oversized format makes it a foundational statement piece for large spaces.

At an impressive approx. 300 × 450 cm (309 × 446 cm measured), this rug is sized to anchor open-plan areas, balance a grand living room, or cover floors in commercial interiors where both style and durability are key.
Expertise & Durability: Why Choose This Handwoven Wool Rug?
This rug is built on a foundation of traditional weaving. While featuring a modern diamond design, its construction uses time-tested techniques, making it exceptionally robust:

 	Exceptional Durability: Natural wool and a short shaved pile withstand the demands of high-traffic areas, making it one of the most practical large handwoven rugs available.
 	Ideal for Commercial Use: Works well under dining tables, in meeting rooms, or other spaces where furniture is moved frequently and footfall is constant.
 	Natural Wool Benefits: Wool is naturally stain-resistant and holds its structure longer than synthetics, proving its value in busy environments.

Authenticity & Trustworthiness: The Artisan Difference
Unlike mass-produced alternatives, each Turkish Handwoven Rug carries its own unique character. Subtle variations in the pattern and weave reflect the artisan’s hand, giving every rug one-of-a-kind authenticity that designers and guests appreciate.
Perfect for Professional & Residential Statement Spaces
The scale, soft colour design, and resilience of this rug make it an excellent investment for interiors where first impressions matter. It is particularly suited to:

 	Boutique Hotels: Lobbies, suites, and reception areas where design impact and durability count.
 	Independent Shops & Pop-Ups: A stylish, memorable flooring solution that enhances the brand environment.
 	Restaurants & Cafés: Adds warmth and character while standing up to regular use.
 	Airbnbs & Short-Stay Rentals: Creates an immediate sense of luxury and comfort while remaining practical for hosts.

Key Details & Practical Care



Attribute
Detail


Origin
Handwoven in Turkey by experienced artisans


Material
100% hand-spun wool


Pile
Short shaved pile, flat, robust, and hardwearing


Size
Approx. 300 × 450 cm (309 × 446 cm measured)


Condition
New, unused, excellent quality


Handle
Flexible yet heavy enough to stay firmly in place



Practical Use and Care

 	Routine Care: Vacuum regularly on a low setting.
 	Spill Treatment: Dilute with water, blot with a clean cloth, and avoid rubbing.
 	Longevity Tip: Use a quality underlay to improve comfort, reduce movement, and extend lifespan.
 	Deep Cleaning: For stubborn marks, professional cleaning is best.

Delivery and Returns

 	Dispatched worldwide within 5 working days.
 	Delivered via UPS with tracking provided.
 	Surcharges may apply for remote locations.
 	Returns accepted within 2 days of delivery (minus original delivery costs).

If you are looking for a Large Turkish Handwoven Rug that blends artisan craft, contemporary design, and practicality, this piece is an excellent choice.

### Antique Moroccan Berber Rug Midcentury 150x340cm 

Antique Moroccan Berber Rug Handwoven
This is an unusual Moroccan carpet, handwoven by Berber women in the 1950ies.

It is unusual as of its age as well as its colour combo's.

It is from the area Glaoua and is handwoven with a short low pile height and ends in flatwoven texture.

Its design has traditional geometric motifs and with a rather unusual colour palette in coral, ochre yellow and browns.

It is handmade with 100% premium wool and is in excellent condition.

This antique Moroccan rug is Midcentury an has a large size of 150cm wide and 340cm long.

For more Berber rugs, please click here

 

Antique Moroccan Berber rug, Glaoua 

This antique Moroccan Berber rug is from the area Glaoua.

It is handwoven with premium wool quality and is in excellent condition.


 

Size and shape, Medium size

This antique Moroccan Berber rug has a large size of 150x340cm.

If you are in doubt about what size you ideally need, please find here some guidelines to help you make the right decision.

 

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with 100% wool and has a flexible soft handle to it.

For more pile rugs, please click here

 

Handwoven rugs

This antique Moroccan Berber rug is handwoven by artisan weavers from the area Glaoua.

Typical for handmade rugs is that they do not necessarily have perfect symmetrical designs. They have imperfections in design and this is also part of the charm of handwoven rugs and what makes every rug unique.

Handwoven rugs are made by the heart and so there is no cartoon or drawing to follow. The weavers invents the rug while weaving and has the freedom to incorporate her own ideas and inspiration as she weaves along. This makes every weaver the artist of her own creation and every item highly unique.

In this case the rug is handwoven with traditional geometric motifs in line with the Berber tradition, however its colourful palette is more subtle and sophisticated and diverts from its tradition into a more personalised view. A fine knot has been used and relatively long flatwoven borders each end.

For more handwoven rugs, please click here

 

Underlay 

This antique Moroccan Berber rug has a flexible handle and is relatively light in weight.

Depending on the underfloor you may wish to add an underlay.


“Underlay makes SUCH a difference not only in keeping the rug in place but also in making it feel much nicer to walk on.”


Please click here for more info on underlay here.

 


 

Maintaining and caring for your rug

This Moroccan Berber rug  is relatively low maintenance and only requires and occasional vacuum clean.

It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front.

Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 



Stain treatment

The quicker you deal with spills, the less chance there is of it staining.

The effective way to treat a spill, for example red wine, is to apply water to begin with to dilute the stain, followed by mopping it with a kitchen towel straight away.

Start from the outside of the stain and work inwards to limit the affected area, but do not rub the stain as this can damage the yarn. Once a carpet gets wet, it is important to dry it out thoroughly afterwards, to prevent the wool from rotting.

Don’t use any bleach or chemical treatments as they might take the stain out, but leave a white stain instead.

When in doubt, professional carpet cleaning will always remain the best choice. If you need advice on this, pleased get in touch.



 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with a small surplus for remote areas.

You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs both ways.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon






 

### Handwoven Blue Wool and Hemp Kilim Rug for Hotels and Retail 260x340cm

Blue Wool and Hemp Kilim Rug Handwoven 260x340cm
This hemp kilim rug is handmade in Turkey by skilled artisans, woven from a durable blend of wool and hemp. The flatwoven texture and jeans-blue palette give it a contemporary feel while staying true to traditional weaving techniques. Strong, practical, and elegant, this rug is versatile enough to work in both private homes and professional spaces.

With its large size of 260 x 340cm (8 x 11ft), it offers excellent floor coverage. Whether you want to anchor a spacious living room, place it under a king-size bed, or use it in a high-traffic area, this rug is designed to perform.
Why this hemp kilim rug stands out
What sets this rug apart from others in the collection is its ability to handle heavy footfall. The wool and hemp combination produces a robust, flatwoven structure that is resilient and easy to maintain, while the darker palette naturally conceals everyday use.

At Emily's House we believe this makes it particularly appealing to professional buyers who need a rug that is both decorative and practical. Beyond the home, it is suitable for:

 	Boutique hotels – ideal for bedrooms where durability and design are equally important
 	Independent shops – use as a floor statement that instantly creates atmosphere and draws customers in
 	Pop-up stores – eye-catching and practical, easy to transport and set up in temporary retail spaces
 	Restaurants and cafés – strong enough to withstand regular use while bringing warmth and colour to dining spaces
 	Airbnbs and short-stay rentals – durable, easy to care for, and instantly upgrading the appeal of guest accommodation
 	Design-led showrooms – a stylish foundation piece for furniture displays or gallery-style interiors
 	Event spaces and hire – works well for temporary events or exhibitions where impact and practicality are needed

Its balance of scale, colour, and hardwearing texture makes this hemp kilim rug a rare find for interiors that demand both resilience and design character.
Key details

 	Origin: Handmade in Turkey by artisan weavers
 	Material: Wool and hemp blend for strength and durability
 	Weave: Flatwoven kilim with low pile height
 	Colour: Jeans-blue tones with subtle natural variations
 	Size: 260 x 340cm (8 x 11ft)
 	Condition: New made, unused, excellent quality

Materials and texture
The wool and hemp mix gives this hemp kilim rug its flexible handle and robust finish. The flat surface makes it especially suited to spaces where chairs and tables are in constant use, such as dining rooms, meeting rooms, and restaurants. The hemp fibres add toughness, ensuring the rug stands up to repeated footfall without losing its look.

As with all handwoven rugs, minor irregularities in the weave are a natural feature, giving each rug a unique personality and artisan charm.
How to style this hemp kilim rug

 	Living rooms – place centrally to balance sofas and armchairs, creating a modern yet warm foundation
 	Bedrooms – fits comfortably under a king-size bed, leaving soft blue borders visible at the sides
 	Kitchens and dining areas – flat weave makes it ideal under tables, where chairs slide in and out with ease
 	Retail floors – a functional but stylish way to elevate a shop interior and guide customer flow
 	Pop-ups and exhibitions – lightweight yet impactful, making it perfect for temporary but high-visibility displays

Care and maintenance

 	Vacuum regularly on a low setting
 	Shake outdoors to release dust and keep fibres fresh
 	Treat spills immediately with water and blotting (avoid rubbing)
 	For persistent marks, use professional rug cleaning
 	Underlay recommended to keep it in place and extend lifespan

Delivery and returns

 	Worldwide shipping within 5 working days via UPS
 	Tracking link provided once dispatched
 	Remote area surcharges may apply
 	Returns accepted within 2 days of delivery (minus delivery costs)

This hemp kilim rug is more than just a decorative piece,  it is a functional, durable investment suitable for homes and businesses alike. Its flatwoven wool-hemp structure, forgiving colour palette, and large scale make it a practical solution for high-traffic areas, while its handmade character ensures every rug is unique. If you have any questions about this or any of our Emily's House rugs you can contact us and we are always more than happy to answer all your questions.

### Purple Pink Striped Turkish Kilim Rug Handwoven Medium Size 145x277

Purple Pink Striped Turkish Kilim
 

This is a Purple pink striped Turkish caput kilim rug, handwoven by the gypsy culture in South Central Turkey.

It has alternating purple pink stripes with also white and brown tones in it. It is handwoven on a narrow loom and made up of two strips sewn together on the selvedge to make a larger piece.

It is handmade with mixed materials of cotton and goat hair and the latter gives it a slight rough feel to it. It is strong and sturdy on the floor and would only require an underlay if the floor underneath is slippery. For high quality under lay, pls click here.

This flat-woven purple pink striped kilim is appealing to a wide variety of projects and interiors, from contemporary homes to Scandinavian, bohemian, Kinfolk and more ethnic interiors.

It  would work also well in a kitchen area or a space that has more footfall and traffic and therefore needs to be  hardwearing and durable. Because of its purple pink striped colour palette it would also work well as a children's rug or in a playroom.

This purple pink striped caput kilim is about 40-50 years old and is in excellent condition.

 

 

Caput kilims

Caput kilim rugs have a tribal folkloristic character but in the same time the absence of borders or any kind of motif makes them different: they are generally colourful yet with a simple striped design and hardwearing texture.

The making of a caput kilim is largely associated with the Turkish gypsy culture. They are made by women for domestic purposes, life was spend on the floor, upon which various coverings where being laid to serve as bedding, blankets, table sofa, or protection against the stony ground.

Gypsies are known for their travelling lifestyle but unlike the traditional nomads they do not have reds and wide lands. Their economy is based on ‘commercial nomadism’ selling their craft products in exchange for the products they need.

The gypsies making these sort of kilims live in South Central Turkey. As this area has a Mediterranean climate with hot summers and wet winters, it is  ideal for cotton production. As such, cotton is predominantly used in the making of these kilims. They often add goat hair to the kilims as well, to make them more water resistant. goat hair has the quality to expand with water an this makes that water cannot get through. This quality of water resistance is important for the gypsies as they often use these kilims as covers or to blankets.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Turkish Handwoven Kilim Striped Purple Pink Grey Vintage 150x270cm

This is a Turkish Kilim rug, handwoven in the 1970ies and in good condition.

It is handwoven from mixed materials of cotton and goat hair. The rug is hardwearing and durable and has a slightly rough feel to it.

It has a striped design in pink, purple and greys and is made of two narrow strips sewn together vertically.

### Teal Purple Striped Turkish Kilim Medium Size 143x234cm

Teal Purple Striped Turkish Kilim
Origin 

This is a Turkish caput kilim rug, handwoven by the gypsy culture in South Central Turkey.

It is handmade of two matching panels sewn together in the middle to make a larger piece.

Size and shape

This navajo style kilim rug has a medium size of 143x234cm and a semi square shape.

Materials and texture 

It is handmade with mixed materials of cotton and goat hair and the latter gives it a slight rough feel to it. It sits strong and sturdy on the floor yet underlay might be recommended depending on the flooring underneath.  For high quality underlay, pls click here.

Style

This  teal purple striped kilim is appealing to a wide variety of projects and interiors, from contemporary homes to Scandinavian, bohemian, Kinfolk and more ethnic interiors.

It would work well in a kitchen area, hallway or landing or a space that has more footfall and traffic and therefore needs a more hardwearing and durable texture. This navajo style teal purple striped hardwearing kilim would also sit well in a boys room or as playroom carpet.

Its design is more elaborate than caput kilims usually are and has a navajo style feel to it. It has a dark colour palette of grey, black teal and purple.

Age

This striped caput kilim is about 40-50 years old and is in excellent condition.

 

 

Maintaining and caring for your carpet

This Turkish kilim rug in navajo style is flat woven, hardwearing and durable. Its striped colour palette in dark grey black purple and teal make it low in maintenance. It is best to vacuum it on a lower setting and make sure you also do the reverse now and then as just as much dust accumulates there, as on the front. Furthermore, it is sensible to give your rug a good shake outside every couple of months.

 

Caput kilims

Caput kilim rugs have a tribal folkloristic character but in the same time the absence of borders or any kind of motif makes them different: they are generally colourful yet with a simple striped design and hardwearing texture.

The making of a caput kilim is largely associated with the Turkish gypsy culture. They are made by women for domestic purposes, life was spend on the floor, upon which various coverings where being laid to serve as bedding, blankets, table sofa, or protection against the stony ground.

Gypsies are known for their travelling lifestyle but unlike the traditional nomads they do not have reds and wide lands. Their economy is based on ‘commercial nomadism’ selling their craft products in exchange for the products they need.

The gypsies making these sort of kilims live in South Central Turkey. As this area has a Mediterranean climate with hot summers and wet winters, it is  ideal for cotton production. As such, cotton is predominantly used in the making of these kilims. They often add goat hair to the kilims as well, to make them more water resistant. goat hair has the quality to expand with water an this makes that water cannot get through. This quality of water resistance is important for the gypsies as they often use these kilims as covers or to blankets.

 

Portable looms

The making of a caput kilim is done on a portable loom that can be rolled up and packed on to an animal for migration and re-erected when they reach their new destination. This means it only allows you to weave long narrow strips which are then cut into parts and sewn together to make larger pieces to serve as coverings for various domestic purposes.

 

Delivery and returns 

Your online order will be dispatched with UPS within 5 working days. Worldwide shipping is available with no extra charges to EU after Brexit. You will receive a tracking number once your rug is on its way with a link to track your order.

If you are unhappy about your purchase, for whatever reason, you can return your item within 2 days of receiving your order for a full refund, minus postage costs.


 

For more inspiration, please follow us on instagram @emilyshouselondon

### Burnt Orange Moroccan Berber Rug Vintage Semi Square 160x230cm

Handwoven by Berber woman, this rug has a semi square medium size and a unique colour palette in burnt orange with sky blue.

It is vintage and handmade with mixed materials, soft to touch and in excellent condition.


## Additional URLs

### shop
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/shop/

### jute-rugs
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/jute-rugs/

### berber-rug-collection
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/berber-rug-collection/

### kilim-rugs
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/kilim-rugs/

### beni-ourain-rug
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/beni-ourain-rug/

### vintage-rugs
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/vintage-rugs/

### all-handwoven-rugs
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/all-handwoven-rugs/

### square-rugs
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/square-rugs/

### plain-rugs
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/plain-rugs/

### low-pile-rugs
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/low-pile-rugs/

### geometric-rugs
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/geometric-rugs/

### colourful-rugs
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/colourful-rugs/

### contemporary-rugs
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/contemporary-rugs/

### large-rugs
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/large-rugs/

### made-to-measure-rugs
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/product-category/made-to-measure-rugs/

### made-to-measure-flatweave-bordered-rug
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/made-to-measure-flatweave-bordered-rug/

### made-to-measure-jute-rug
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/made-to-measure-jute-rug/

### made-to-measure-checkerboard-rug
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/made-to-measure-checkerboard-rug/

### made-to-measure-light-blue-kilim-rug
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/made-to-measure-light-blue-kilim-rug/

### rug-shop
URL: https://emilyshouselondon.com/rug-shop/